Printing Instructions Table of Contents

Printing Instructions Table of Contents
How To Do It Guide
In Home Printers &
Desktop Publishers
Rev. David A. Hupp, Bth
Christian Evangelism Printing
A How To Do It Guide
For In Home Printers
And Desktop Publishers
Evangelist David A. Hupp
HIS Print Media Ministries
Santa Barbara, California, U.S.A.
What Readers Are Saying About
Christian Evangelism Printing
Wow! That is a beautiful book, excellently written & well done, & most certainly you
had a great anointing of the Lord. I’m very proud of you for being obedient to the Lord &
utilizing the talents & gifts He’s given you for His glory. We thank you so much for a
copy of your book.
Mary Peterson & Rebekah Strine, FOCUS Ministries, Inc.
David, I spent two hours last night reading your new printing manual, “Christian Evangelism Printing”. It is excellent…both from an instructional viewpoint…and an inspirational perspective.
9/16/09 Prince Handley, Handley World Services Foundation, Inc.
Regarding our website
Kudos for creating such a wonderful site. This site is not just informative but also very
inventive too. We find a limited number of people who can think to write technical stuff
that creatively. We keep searching for information on a topic like this. We ourselves
went over dozens of blogs to acquire know-how with respect to this. We look forward to
much more!!
Writing Service (IP: ,
860 Square Foot Remodeled Quonset hut for Christian Evangelism Printing
ISBN 978-1-61623-753-0
Published November, 2009
Revised May 2016 by:
HIS Print Media Ministries
P.O. Box 62112
Santa Barbara, CA 93160-2112 USA
Cell Phone: 805-452-5150 (David)
This book may be reproduced in whole or in part for Free Distribution. The easiest way
to do this is by using e-mail and the Internet to attach/forward the e-book version
posted on our website. First, download the free PDF e-book document from the website and save it on a hard drive, thumb drive, or memory card. You can then forward it to
others as an e-mail attachment. One can also forward only the URL link (see below) to
the document. One does Ctrl key + mouse left click over the blue hypertext, or types these words into the address bar of his internet browser window, then presses the enter key.
The computer then finds the document on the internet and displays/downloads it. Evidently one can read the book in the web browser window without having to download it.
The latest edition PDF contains more clickable (blue text) links to online (Internet) resources and additional information.
CEP e-book download link.
Now to Him Who, by (in consequence of) the [action of His] power that is at work within us, is able
to [carry out His purpose and] do superabundantly, far over and above all that we [dare] ask or
think [infinitely beyond our highest prayers, desires, thoughts, hopes, or dreams].
To Him be glory in the church and in Christ Jesus throughout all generations forever and ever.
Amen (so be it). - Ephesians 3:20-21 Amplified Bible
Permissions & Copyright Acknowledgements
Scripture quotations marked NLT are taken from the Holy Bible, New Living Translation,
copyright 1996, 2004. Used by permission of Tyndale House Publishers, Inc., Wheaton,
Illinois 60189. All rights reserved.
Scripture quotations marked TLB are taken from the Holy Bible, Living Bible Paraphrase, copyright 1971. Used by permission of Tyndale House Publishers, Inc.,
Wheaton, Illinois 60189. All rights reserved.
Scripture quotations taken from the Amplified® Bible,
Copyright © 1954, 1958, 1962, 1964, 1965, 1987 by The Lockman Foundation
Used by permission. (
In Gratitude
Here I say “Thank You!” to all those, some now deceased and with the Lord, who
helped me keep going, got the Devil off my back, helped me grow up, becoming the
steadfast gung ho Christian Evangelist I am today. They have corrected me, even
though it hurt, and pruned me for further growth in Grace, and in the Lord.
Galatians 4:1-2 NLT “Think of it this way. If a father dies and leaves an inheritance for his young children,
those children are not much better off than slaves until they grow up, even though they actually own eve2
rything their father had. They have to obey their guardians until they reach whatever age their father set.”
Hebrews 12:10 NLT “For our earthly fathers disciplined us for a few years, doing the best they knew how.
But God's discipline is always good for us, so that we might share in His holiness.”
Hebrews 12:5-6 NLT “And have you forgotten the encouraging words God spoke to you as His children?
He said, "My child, don't make light of the LORD's discipline, and don't give up when He corrects you. For
the LORD disciplines those He loves, and He punishes each one He accepts as His child ”
Hebrews 12:7 NLT “As you endure this divine discipline, remember that God is treating you as His own
children. Who ever heard of a child who is never disciplined by its father? ”
Hebrews 12:11-14 NLT “No discipline is enjoyable while it is happening—it's painful! But afterward there will be a peaceful harvest of right living for those who are trained in this way. 12 So
take a new grip with your tired hands and strengthen your weak knees. 13 Mark out a straight
path for your feet so that those who are weak and lame will not fall but become strong. 14 Work
at living in peace with everyone, and work at living a holy life, for those who are not holy will not
see the Lord.”
Proverbs 27:6 NLT “Wounds from a sincere friend are better than many kisses from an enemy.”
John 15:2 NLT “Any branch in Me that does not bear fruit [that stops bearing] He cuts away
(trims off, takes away); and He cleanses and repeatedly prunes every branch that continues to
bear fruit, to make it bear more and richer and more excellent fruit.”
Reverends Frank & Frances Hawks – When I got out of the Navy to enter the ministry,
I didn’t know how to hear from God or what to do. This anointed couple invited me to
their home where the first day they prayed for me for 12 hours, then later arranged for
me to go to two Bible colleges and get a lifetime ministry ordination. They introduced
me to Apostle Prince Handley who was a key player in supplying me with leads for printing tracts.
Prince Handley – 40 years of productive evangelistic and discipleship training ministry,
and an expert in designing and maintaining Christian Websites. We worked closely together locally to produce tens of thousands of tracts. He is a source of ongoing support.
Harold Terrell – a disabled prophet who loved me enough to tell me the truth about my
immaturity, helping me to begin to grow up and accept “life on life’s terms.”
Evangelist Sondra Berry Young – responsible for connections to make tracts for street
Jerry & Joni Leonard – a Smith Wigglesworth type miracle and healing anointing, my
current mentors who keep me balanced or on track. Enabled me to produce paperback
Pastors Drs. Ken and Laurella Meyer – took me in when I was jobless and had no
place to go; they helped me get a new career and back on my feet, all at their own expense.
Jack R. Johnston – Santa Barbara City College Print Shop Supervisor for the 15 years
I worked there in printing and duplicating. He allowed me to learn the printing trade at a
pace I could handle.
Ross & Adeline Hupp – My parents. They paid for the remodel of a ranch building
which is now a well equipped printing facility with insulation, heating, and air conditioning.
Harriet Elise Hupp - My ministry associate wife. We believe God brought us together
by a divine appointment. She had fourteen years experience in Desktop publishing, and
began improving the looks and readability of this book before we married. Together we
struggled against computer and printer malfunctions to produce the testimony booklet
My Miracle Stories. Having passed the test, we are "co-laborers together with Christ" in
this publishing ministry.
Joe Zaragoza, Tim Larson, and Richard Cutner – Volunteered hours of professional
skill in electrical, concrete, and drywall work in remodeling the Quonset hut to serve as a
print shop.
In a (2005?) “Presbytery,” (1 Timothy 4:14) at our local church I was told prophetically, through the late Dr. Esther Mallet, the head of our organization, Community Chapel
World Outreach, Inc. located in Norwalk, CA, that the Office of the Evangelist is upon
me, and that I will train others to do what I do. I took this to be printing evangelism since
I have been working at this, off and on, both as a hobby and a profession over a period
of forty plus years, starting in 1967 at age seventeen. More recently I was told prophetically, that I will write things that are going to benefit others, whether I think they will or
At first I posted two documents on the website, Do Tracts Work?
and Printing Instructions for printing the increasing number of Christian Evangelism
tracts being posted on our website in various languages for free downloading and use
by offset printers and desktop publishers worldwide. My idea was not just to print the
tracts and give them to ministries to pass out as I had done in the past, but to save the
increasing international shipping costs, and guide others in making (designing and printing) these tracts or their own themselves, possibly at a lower cost than it had cost me to
do it. This would free my time to be preparing and posting a greater variety of tracts on
the website in a greater number of languages, as well as designing the number of new
tract ideas the Lord has been showing me. I much prefer computer designing to running
a printing press like I did for years, often with difficulties due to improperly running
equipment. I like the axiom “It is better to teach a man to fish for himself than my giving
him a fish to eat.” As seen in the visions of others, I hoped to give hands-on-training in
the printing trade to others who are disadvantaged with free time on their hands who
could then be sent out to start Christian Evangelism Print Shops of their own. Thousands of dollars worth of equipment and a building were donated for my use. At one
point I worked and saved for months to buy each additional piece of equipment needed.
I see this book as a timely solution, especially since I have actively participated in the
publishing of paperback books for others, and I already have for my immediate use,
good bookmaking equipment, and the know how to use it in writing a book of my own.
“A” grades on college papers and my thesis for a bachelor’s degree, along with the
teacher’s interest in dialoging with me, coupled with over twenty years of writing and
public speaking in communicating God’s Good News, and having made a living working
as a printer for fifteen years - all this has prepared me for this enjoyable undertaking.
HIS Print Media Ministries
Mission Statement
2 Timothy 2:1-2 KJV “Thou therefore, my son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. 2And
the things that thou hast heard of me among many witnesses, the same commit thou to faithful
men, who shall be able to teach others also.”
1 Corinthians 9:18-19 NLT “What then is my pay? It is the opportunity to preach the Good News
without charging anyone. That's why I never demand my rights when I preach the Good News.
Even though I am a free man with no master, I have become a slave to all people to bring
many to Christ.”
Dr. Esther Mallet, head of EMIBU, to David Hupp at a presbytery at CCWO church in
Carpenteria, CA.
"The office of the Evangelist is upon you, and you will teach others to do what you do."
I was also told, by the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, "You will write things that will help
other people, whether you think they will, or not."
Beginning in 1967, at age seventeen, I began to take an interest in Christian Evangelism Printing, buying a hand cranked mimeograph machine from the Sears and Roebuck
catalogue for about $75. In 1979, I did volunteer work with a seasoned evangelist in his
non-profit publishing center.
I am not particularly fond of the hard work of running printing presses and bindery
equipment, but it is what I feel called to do and I am good at it. Also, the Lord has
blessed or gifted me with thousands of dollars worth of good free equipment to do it.
Years ago, about 1978, I told my spiritual mother, Frances I was wondering why I was
getting involved in learning printing at the Fullerton City College in Southern California,
and helping Evangelist Dick Handley run his Publishing center where God has blessed
him with $100,000 worth of equipment and a place to put it in one week’s time. Frances
replied, “I think it will come in handy some day.” She then began to shake all over as the
Spirit of God within her bore witness by affecting her motor nerves, “That’s right! That’s
right!" she added.
After having made a living in the printing industry for about 14 years, having learned
most aspects of the business (except marketing and billing—my wife handles the billing), and having taken nine graphic arts classes with "A" grades, and been gifted with
tens of thousands of dollars of free printing equipment and the free use of a building, I
realized that my calling as an Evangelist, at least for now, is to help others spread the
good news about Jesus Christ and the free gift of eternal life He offers, through media—
printed and online tracts, booklets and books, stickers with QR codes, audio recordings,
and online YouTube Free Training Videos on desktop publishing. The number of people we have been privileged to work with, in these avenues of outreach, is increasing
and adding excitement to our lives. My wife and I are living on social security retirement
and are blessed to be able to provide this ministry at a minimal cost with no contributions going to us personally (no charge for our labor).
An old proverb states that it is better to teach a person how to fish for themselves,
than to just be perpetually feeding him fish. We printed and mailed over 40,000 gospel
tracts to various ministries and evangelists in Brazil. The printing was $300, and the international shipping $530. With our training, a national could cut out the shipping cost.
By buying one of the new fast full color HP Pro X series of desktop inkjet printers with a
pagewide non-moving print head, and aftermarket remanufactured ink cartridges, a novice at printing, with limited computer skills, can download and print a free online gospel
tract document from our website, without having to set up a print shop like we have
Our statement of purpose: To aid others in using media (printing, audio and video)
to make and distribute their own gospel and discipleship training materials, at the least
possible expense, with minimal fundraising effort on their part or ours. We believe that
no one who is eager and willing to fulfill the great commission of Jesus Christ should be
hampered from doing so, due to a lack tools or training (know-how). We go so far as to
invite ministers to stay in our home for hands-on interaction in developing their projects.
I took one minister to our print shop for hands on training where he participated in producing his own materials (e.g., paperback books). Our ministry development will not be
limited due to a lack of funding. We try to put God's will first in our lives. For a reasonable fee, we do digital and offset printing for those who want it. We utilize the technology
and resources we currently have, and trust the Lord to expand our capacity to serve. We
believe that our hearts are being touched with the things that touch God's heart. God's
continued favor on our lives and ministry is ample witness that we are following Him,
walking in step with the Holy Spirit (Galatians 5:25), in what we have being doing toward
the advancement of His kingdom.
An exciting recent example (August 2015) of the fulfillment of our goal or mission is
the e-mails received from Denish Otuoma and David William, in Kenya East Africa,
found on pages 24-25 of this book.
In March, 2016 Harriet and I were interviewed for twelve minutes on the Open Up internet TV show about our ministry. We posted the video on You Tube. You can watch it
by clicking here.
Our business Interview with the Open Up Internet TV show at the Bakersfield Californian (12 minutes long) has been posted on YouTube. The URL link to the video is:
- 10 -
Table of Contents
Start Page
A Call to Evangelize!
......................................................................................... 13
Do Tracts Work—Why Get Involved? ................................................................. 17
HIS Print Media Ministries Brief History ............................................................... 27
Setting up and Running the Business ................................................................ 41
Financing the Business ...................................................................................... 45
Pricing Jobs – So You Don’t Go Broke! ............................................................... 47
Shipping & Packaging .......................................................................................... 49
Doing the Math—Estimating Jobs & Using the Proportions Formula .................. 53
Computers, Printers, & Software
....................................................................... 57
Computer Networking .......................................................................................... 61
The Value of Having a Website ........................................................................... 67
Guidelines — Printing out Tracts Posted in the “Posts” Section
of, Website & Tract Prices ...................................................... 73
Worldwide Communication by E-mail & Internet ................................................. 79
Moving Equipment Yourself .................................................................................. 81
Color Laser or Inkjet Printer, Offset Press, or Mimeograph? .............................. 97
Free Online (Internet) Training Videos ..............................................................105
Converting Hard Copy Document to Metal Printing Press Plate ........................113
Making PDF Documents from MS Word & Adobe ........................................... 123
Making a Laser Film Positive from a Computer Document ................................133
Laser Film to Positive Development Metal Plate ................................................145
Two Color Hard Copy to Two Color Press Separations......................................153
Two Color Computer Document to Two Color Press Separations ......................161
Adding Second “Spot Color” to Tract Document Separations ............................165
Two Color Hard Copy to Computer to Two Color Press Separations .................167
Optical Character Recognition Program—Hard Copy to Computer Copy ........177
Duotones, Screens, & Gradients .......................................................................185
Document Enhancement—Adding Photos, Art, Graphics .................................189
Using Dragon Naturally Speaking Software—Dictation to Typed Text ............... 199
- 11 -
Table of Contents (continued)
Start Page
Banners, Posters, and Signs ............................................................................203
CD Audio Tracts ...............................................................................................207
Booklet Making .................................................................................................211
Paperback Book Making ...................................................................................221
Reproducing a Comb bound Textbook ..............................................................231
E-Books ............................................................................................................237
Utilizing Social Media—QR Codes and E-tracts ...............................................245
Bindery—Folding, Perforating, Scoring, Numbering, Cutting, Laminating ........251
Volunteers & Saving Money—Cutting Down Waste & Cost of Consumables... 259
Buying Printing Supplies & Consumables ........................................................261
Mixing a Custom Ink Color Using Pantone Matching System ...........................267
Foreign Language Translations ........................................................................271
Pressman’s Pointers Learned from Twenty Years of Printing .........................275
Maintenance, Repairs, and Adjustments ...........................................................285
Electrical & Room Temperature Requirements ................................................289
HIS Print Media Ministries Printing Accomplishments ......................................295
Services Offered by HIS Print Media Ministries & Other Print Shops ...............301
Writing a Tract While Avoiding Jargon Unfamiliar to Lost Souls .......................305
My First Tract.....................................................................................................315
Holiday or Special Occasion Tracts ..................................................................319
Writing and Publishing a Booklet or Paperback Book ......................................321
General ISBN Information.................................................................................335
What’s This Born Again Business? God's Plan of Salvation.............................341
God’s Anointed Soul Winning Plan ..................................................................385
Follow-up ─ Discipleship Training/Bible Axioms for New Believers ..................391
Open Air Ministry ─ Reaching Beyond the Printed Page .................................405
Maintaining Priorities ─ Desiring “That Good Part”........ ...................................413
Where & How You Can Help ............................................................................415
World’s Most Important Prayer (English & Spanish), & A Closing Prayer for
Readers ............................................................................................................417
- 12 -
A Call to Evangelize!
“He that goeth forth and weepeth, bearing precious seed, shall doubtless come again
rejoicing, bringing his sheaves with him.” – Psalm 126:6
Jesus Christ told his disciples 2000 years ago “Look around you! Vast fields of human
souls are ripening all around us, and are ready now for reaping. The reapers will be
paid good wages and will be gathering eternal souls into the granaries of Heaven. What
joy awaits the sower and the reaper, both together.” – John 4:35b-36 TLB
A song comes to mind, “Do you know that souls are dying, do you care; children lost
and voices crying, do you care? Son of God and King is He, yet He died upon a tree.
Are you heartless, does it matter, do you care?”
Jesus stated, by way of a parable, “Go out into the highways and hedges and compel
them to come in, that my house may be full!” – Luke 14:23.
The plight of the unsaved world was graphically portrayed to me in a documentary film
titled “Dead Birds”, shown in my city college Cultural Anthropology class. The film
showed life in a village called “Kua Koa Ba” in the mountain highlands of Papua, New
Guineas. Before Christian missionaries arrived along with western influence, the villagers believed in “animism”—that spirits lived in everything. It was like they lived in mortal
terror of demons, making a fetish of warding off evil spirits and seeking the blessing of
good spirits. They were constantly at war with neighboring tribes, wanting to be on top
in the tally of who had killed the most number of their neighbors. As a tribal ritual, young
girls had two fingers of one hand cut off. More recent news reports have shown me that
life is better there now. Missionary Don Ricardson was about to give up on trying to
reach these people for Jesus Christ. Then there was a turning for the better when he
found what he called a "redemptive analogy" which led to a book and movie titled The
Peace Child.
Jesus stated in one translation of John 10:10, “The thief comes not but to kill, to steal,
and to destroy. I am come that they might have life in all its fullness.” Jesus commis- 13 -
sioned the 12 to 500 people he appeared to after His resurrection from the dead to “Go
ye into all the world and preach the gospel to every creature.” – Mark 16:15
Mark 16:20 tells us they obeyed. “And the disciples went out and preached everywhere, and the Lord worked with them, confirming the Word with signs that followed.”
In the first 300 years of the Christian Church it went from twelve disciples hiding behind locked doors for fear of the “Jews” or religious leaders of that day, to fierce persecution under Roman Emperor Nero, to the official and dominant religion of the same
Roman Empire under Emperor Constantine. Today, although 19,000 people are coming
to Christ each day, the birth rate of the world is 23,000 new babies a day. It looks like
we may be losing ground, but Jesus said, as one of the five things that must take place
as a precursor of his return, “And this Gospel of the Kingdom shall be preached into all
the world as a witness to all nations, and then shall the end come.” – Matthew 24:14.
When Jesus commissioned his Disciples (defined in Greek as “an adherent, a follower”),
He must have been referring to us as well as them since they are now in Heaven, and
souls are yet to be won and much work remains to be done to accomplish this goal.
In Bible College Evangelism class at Miracle Valley Bible College founded by the late
great Evangelist A.A. Allen, we learned about the principle of synergisms or how things
can multiply exponentially, and how one on one evangelism, the kind done with printed
gospel tracts, may be the cheapest and easiest and most cost effective way to win the
world for Christ. A little saying goes, “Each one, win one, then all will be won.” In this Bible college Evangelism class we used the science of mathematics and multiplication to
figure out that our class of only 50 or less students could reach the whole world in less
than 40 years by each one winning one soul per year, and those souls also winning a
soul each year. This would pave the way for Jesus to return and set up His Millennial
Kingdom on Earth in which we will have transformed immortal bodies that we so much
long for as the Apostle Paul did (1 Corinthians 15). This will be a time where Jesus'
rule, and government with accompanying peace, will have no end. In class we were told
the story of a man doing a good deed for the Chinese or Japanese Emperor and consenting to be paid by a grain of rice being placed on the first square of a chess game
board, and being doubled with each succeeding adjacent square. The end amount of
rice, by the time one got to the last square of the board, would be phenomenal!
I started in personal evangelism with tracts on the streets and advanced to holding
church services in parks, at convalescent hospitals, and weekly at the local Rescue
Mission. This work has had its challenges, but each day brings an opportunity for what I
call Divine appointments for souls and miracles as we go forth in Jesus’ mighty name.
I remember the words of song Go Ye into All the World sung at the graduation service
from the first Bible College I attended: “Far, far away, in heathen darkness dwelling, millions of souls forever may be lost. Who, who will go, salvation’s storytelling, Looking to
Jesus, heed not the cost.?"
- 14 -
Closing this chapter on a happy note, I have told people that the Lord is not going to
sit back and let the world go to hell in a hand basket while the devil's antichrist comes
and works all kinds of lying signs and wonders. A guest on Sid Roth's TV show, It's Supernatural stated that, in the next ten years, a billion people will be saved. Another
guest had the same dream as his wife. They were running across the United States
from a tidal wave. He got to the nation's capital, and clung to one of the columns. Then
the Lord revealed that the wave is a coming great revival. The people God will use won't
be the established churches; and the places the Holy Spirit touches will be sporadic.
- 15 -
- 16 -
Do Tracts Work – Why Get Involved?
Why should one get involved in Christian Evangelism Printing, specifically printing
“tracts”, when printing can be a messy frustrating operation with seemingly little or no
immediate evidence of results or financial remuneration, no miracle healings or signs
and wonders like one sees in an evangelistic meeting? God’s written Word the Bible
states in Isaiah 55:8-11 (Amplified Translation):
Isaiah 55:8-11 AMP “For My thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways My ways,
says the Lord. 9 For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are My ways higher than your
ways and My thoughts than your thoughts. 10 For as the rain and snow come down from the
heavens, and return not there again, but water the earth and make it bring forth and sprout, that
it may give seed to the sower and bread to the eater, [II Cor. 9:10.] 11 So shall My word be that
goes forth out of My mouth: it shall not return to Me void [without producing any effect, useless],
but it shall accomplish that which I please and purpose, and it shall prosper in the thing for which
I sent it.
Mark 13:4 AMP “Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these
things shall be fulfilled?”
March 13:10 KJV “And the gospel must first be published among all nations.”
Please consider some of the following Emails received by HIS Print Media Ministries
from those passing out our tracts, as well as those made by other tract ministries. Also
enclosed are statistics gathered from published articles.
Dec 25, 2005
Every Sunday afternoon, after the morning service at their church, the Pastor and his
eleven-year-old son would go out into their town and hand out Gospel Tracts. This particular Sunday afternoon, as it came time for the Pastor and his son to go to the streets
with their tracts, it was very cold outside as well as pouring down rain. The boy bundled
up in his warmest and driest Clothes and said, "OK dad, I'm ready."
His Pastor Dad asked, "Ready for what?"
"Dad, it's time we gather our tracts together and go out."
Dad responded, "Son, it's very cold outside and it's pouring down rain."
The boy gave his dad a surprised look asking, "But, Dad, aren't people still going to Hell,
even though it's raining?"
Dad answered, "Son, I am not going out in this weather."
Despondently, the boy asked, "Dad, can I go? Please?"
His father hesitated for a moment then said, "Son, you can go. Here are the tracts; be
careful, son."
- 17 -
Thanks, Dad!" And with that, he was off and out into the rain.
This eleven-year-old boy walked the streets of the town going door to door and handing
everybody he met in the street a Gospel Tract. After two hours of walking in the rain, he
was soaking, bone-chilled wet and down to his VERY LAST TRACT. He stopped on a
corner and looked for someone to hand a tract to, but the streets were totally deserted.
Then he turned toward the first home he saw - and started up the sidewalk to the front
door and rang the doorbell. He rang the bell, but nobody answered. He rang it again and
again, but still no one answered. He waited but still no answer. Finally, this eleven-yearold trooper turned to leave, but something stopped him. Again, he turned to the door
and rang the bell and knocked loudly on the door with his fist. He waited, something
holding him there on the front porch. He rang again, and this time the door slowly
Standing in the doorway was a very sad-looking elderly lady. She softly asked, "What
can I do for you, son?"
With radiant eyes and a smile that lit up her world, this little boy said, "Ma'am, I'm sorry if
I disturbed you, but I just want to tell you that JESUS REALLY DOES LOVE YOU, and I
came to give you my very last Gospel Tract which will tell you all about JESUS and His
great LOVE."
With that, he handed her his last tract, and turned to leave.
She called to him as he departed. "Thank you, son! And God Bless You!"
Well, the following Sunday morning in church Pastor Dad was in the pulpit. As the service began, he asked, "Does anybody have a testimony or want to say anything?"
Slowly, in the back row of the church, an elderly lady stood to her feet. As she began to
speak, a look of glorious radiance came from her face as she said, "No one in this
church knows me. I've never been here before. You see, before last Sunday I was not a
Christian. My husband passed on some time ago, leaving me totally alone in this world.
Last Sunday, being a particularly cold and rainy day, it was even more so in my heart
that I came to the end of the line where I no longer had any hope or will to live. So I took
a rope and a chair and ascended the stairway into the attic of my home. I fastened the
rope securely to a rafter in the roof, then stood on the chair and fastened the other end
of the rope around my neck. Standing on that chair, so lonely and brokenhearted, I was
about to leap off, when suddenly the loud ringing of my doorbell down stairs startled me.
I thought, "I'll wait a minute, and whoever it is will go away." I waited and waited, but the
ringing doorbell seemed to get louder and more insistent, and then the person ringing
also started knocking loudly. I thought to myself again, "Who on earth could this be?!
Nobody ever rings my bell or comes to see me." I loosened the rope from my neck and
started for the front door, all the while the bell rang louder and louder. When I opened
the door and looked I could hardly believe my eyes, for there on my front porch was the
most radiant and angelic little boy I had ever seen in my life.
His SMILE, oh, I could never describe it to you! And the words that came from his mouth
- 18 -
caused my heart, that had long been dead, TO LEAP TO LIFE as he exclaimed with a
cherub-like voice, 'Ma'am, I just came to tell you that JESUS REALLY DOES LOVE
Then he gave me this Gospel Tract that I now hold in my hand. As the little angel disappeared back out into the cold and rain, I closed my door and read slowly every word of
this Gospel Tract. Then I went up to my attic to get my rope and chair. I wouldn't be
needing them anymore.
You see, I am now a Happy Child of the KING and since the address of your church was
on the back of this Gospel Tract, I have come here to personally say 'THANK YOU' to
God's little angel who came just in the nick of time and, by so doing, spared my soul
from eternity in hell."
There was not a dry eye in the church. And as shouts of praise and honor to THE KING
resounded off the very rafters of the building, Pastor Dad descended from the pulpit to
the front pew where the little angel was seated. He took his son in his arms and sobbed
Probably no church has had a more glorious moment, and probably this universe has
never seen a Papa that was more filled with love and honor for his son... Except for
One. This Father also allowed His Son to go out into a cold and dark world. He received
His Son back with joy unspeakable, and as all of heaven shouted praises and honor to
The King, The Father sat His beloved Son on a throne far above all principality and
power and every name that is named.
Hi David,
Thank you for forwarding a powerful message [“The Pastor’s Son”]; it reminds me of
what we did last Sunday afternoon in the park where they invited us to pray for the newly elected officer. I then instructed our brethren to distribute tracts and it works out people come to church. Continue your good work for he who calls you is faithful. Bless you,
Your tracts are anointed and wonderful and we know by the Spirit of the Lord that many
have come to know Jesus through them. Jerry and Joni Leonard
Today I had to go far far far away, way down the hi-way to a town with no name I
know...........close to the squatter camp where we have gone for see shack
after shack after shack in the depths of so sad!! I went to a school, that we
are helping that has 200 students and no books, no pencils (EXCEPT WHAT WE HAD
GIVEN THEM) no nothing...but I had never seen the inside was quite shocking to say the least.
As we drove up the children were unhappy......surrounded by a
barbed wire fence that was broken and lapsing all around the building....the kitchen was
in very bad shape with one pot to feed 200 children..they had just a handful of bowls
- 19 -
and silver ware to feed a few kids in line, they had to wait till dishes were washed then
the next line of kids could eat...and what they had was soup...and not much of that..they
were blessed if there was any soup available at all....this is not a big pot....... on a hot
plate........they need help desperately...........I could hardly keep the tears back as I
walked through this school with appalling conditions...yet crammed together in a room to
be taught...with almost no help whatsoever...the only stuff they have is what we have
given them........for 200 students they had 2 metal frame toilets..that when the toilet
holes are full they have to keep moving........I have never seen such poverty....tomorrow
I am going to write more...but the unhappy faces turned to great joy as we began to
hand our GOSPEL TRACTS, “KNOW YOUR FUTURE” BY MEL GERRARD...and candy sent by Corinne and Don Hail..scripture candy canes...and candy sent by a couple of
churches we had saved till now..they were sooooooo elated....what a wonderful treat for
them...and then I was given permission to speak to all the students and 100 percent
raised their hands and bowed their heads in prayer to receive JESUS as their LORD
AND SAVIOUR AND VERY BEST FRIEND.........Sondra Berry Young Ministries
Info from November 2004 Charisma Magazine article titled, God In the Small Print :
A United States school teacher, Mary, was leaving tracts on her desk for the students. A lawyer on the school board fought to have her fired for this. At a funeral, Mary
found herself sitting next to this lawyer and felt compelled to hand him the only tract in
her purse, written by a Christian attorney. Not long afterwards, the lawyer’s daughter
joined Mary’s class. Mary suggested that the daughter be assigned to another class,
but the daughter replied that that wouldn’t be necessary because her dad had accepted
Jesus as his Savior.
Jews for Jesus has passed out over 40 million tracts one-on-one. Director David
Brickner acknowledges that, although, (in New York City?) 25% of tract recipients immediately discard them, he believes that few other methods of evangelism are as powerful
as passing out tracts that contain the Word of God.
Chick Publications founder, tract writer, and artist Jack Chick says, his booklet tracts
containing Scriptures have sold over 500 million copies worldwide, and that that Word
will not return void according to God’s promise in Isaiah 55:11 “So shall my word be that
goeth forth out of my mouth: it shall not return unto me void, but it shall accomplish that
which I please, and it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it.”
Gospel for Asia reports thousands of conversions as a direct result of tracts finding their
way into remote villages, often where people have never heard the gospel or seen a Bible.
Some of the greatest names in Church history, such as missionary Hudson Taylor, and
Evangelist George Whitefield, became Christians after reading tracts.
- 20 -
A man in India picked up a tract off the ground, got saved, and started 25 churches
Apostle Dick Handley ( says that through one copy of one tract he
wrote, that went to a foreign country, 120 people were Baptized in the Holy Spirit!
A local, Santa Barbara woman, the late Theresa Usura, got saved through a tract left in
the restroom of Harry’s Plaza Café. Her changed life resulted in her husband getting
saved, and the two of them eventually becoming pastors of a local church.
Pastor Clayton Golliher, head of Hope For Homeless Youth at the Dream Center in Los
Angeles told me that, so far over 3,000 people have gotten saved through the Seven
Things God Wants Us to Know booklet tract I put on computer medium and on this website for free downloading. Now we print this booklet in Spanish as well as English.
A man contacted us from Fresno, CA, requesting Know Your Future booklet tracts. He
is now passing out our tracts to the local homeless each month, along with food and
other necessities. We wondered how he had gotten one of our tracts. Here is the response he sent us by an e-mail:
From: Scott Bellefuille
Date: Tuesday, September 20, 2011
Subject: A God Story
Hi David you asked me awhile ago how I got one of your tracts. Well, we put the pieces together today.
You came down to Fresno for a family gathering not too long ago, and gave a tract to your cousin James.
He lives at one of the houses I work at. James and I have had talks about Jesus in the past, so when he
returned home from the gathering, he showed it to me. That’s when I loved it, like I shared with you in
my first email. James shared a room with another guy named Larry, he is my boss’s girlfriend’s brother.
Shortly after he came back Larry went into the hospital it turned out he had cancer, and not long to live.
James gave that tract to his sister, which she read the tract to Larry and asked him if he would like to ask
Jesus into his life. He did, he repeated the prayer in the tract. This last Friday Larry went home to be with
the Lord. Another amazing God story. Thank you for being a servant of God. I will be placing an order
with you first part of October. This is a God thing! God Bless, Scott Bellefeuille
A Report from Apostle Dick Handley:
I had a tract, The Little Red Bible, in my billfold (wallet) for 18 months. I would read it
every once in a while when nobody was looking and then put it back into my wallet.
One night while alone in my bedroom I was weighed down by the guilt of my sins
and I pulled out The Little Red Bible and began to read it. One verse jumped out at me:
“Come now, and let us reason together,” says the LORD. “Though your sins are (red)
- 21 -
like scarlet, and though they are red like crimson, they shall be as wool.” (From Tanakh:
Isaiah 1:18). I was so convicted that I began to weep. I got on my knees on top of my bed
and holding my hand I the air, I said, “Jesus, if you’re there … take my hand.” No one
took my hand; I did it again, but nothing happened. I thought I was so dirty that God would
not take me. But, the next time I said something different: “Jesus, I know you’re there …
please take my hand.” I thought maybe I would feel a surge of power or a great light
would shine, but I experienced nothing. I went to bed weeping and so sorry for my sins
and my wicked past. I thought again: “I am so dirty that God will not have me.”
However, the next morning when I woke up, I was different. And my life has never
been the same since!
A lady wrote me a letter and told me how she had found one of our tracts How To Win
on the sidewalk in downtown Los Angeles. She told me how she read the tract, prayed
the prayer, and was wonderfully saved by the Lord Jesus. Inside the envelope she placed
the tract: it was dirty and had several small holes in it (the way she found it)!
We received news from Africa that 122 people received the Baptism in the Holy Spirit, with speaking in tongues; all 122 read one tract…the same piece of literature: the same piece of paper.
One pastor wrote us that every time he received a four pound package of literature from us, the
LORD would raise up two to three new churches.
Years ago, I called and got permission to reproduce the tract, Who Is Jesus?, written by
Gwen Shaw of End-time Handmaidens and Servants. This tract had been translated into
about thirty languages. I asked them to send me four copies of each language. I figured
that when a foreign country requested tracts, I could reproduce these from the printed
copy. If the language used romance characters in their alphabet, I would be able to retype
the text using my English language keyboard. The special characters with accents can
be found under the glyphs pallet in a page layout program, or under symbols in Microsoft
Word. For the remaining languages, the columns of text are scanned and placed into a
page layout program. Microsoft corporation also has an on screen virtual keyboard that
might be helpful with typing foreign languages
Roy Cypher, a minister we have been printing for, began to go to other countries. When
he went to Kenya, I remade this tract in Swahili, and Roy took 1,000 copies with him.
Two high schools (600 students) were brought together for an evangelistic outreach.
Each student was given one of the tracts we had printed. 200 students came forward to
ask Jesus into their hearts, and all the students took the tracts home to their families.
On another trip, Roy went to Pakistan to speak at a pastor’s conference and a large
crusade. We reproduced the same tract in the Urdu language by scanning. I gave
some to another minister who visits Pakistan. He sent me via e-mail, attachment pictures of recipients holding the tracts in Pakistan.
- 22 -
Man in Pakistan Holding Tract
In 2014 We met the pastor of Lighthouse Foursquare Church in Santa Rosa, CA. As we
talked, we could sense God's presence and believed that our meeting was what we call
a divine appointment. Later, the Pastor took our tracts to outreaches in the Philippine
Islands, and Columbia, South America. He sent us the following e-mail regarding the
outreach in Columbia:
Great Material
Hi David and Harriet,
I just wanted to shoot off a quick note to let you that the quality
of the printed materials, gospel tracts and handouts in Spanish
were excellent.
The hosting Foursquare church there in Barrencabermeja, Colombia
loved them and gladly received them, passing them out and using them
in a huge downtown city square outreach we had. Over the course of
a few days we led over 300 people to Jesus. We feel that your gospel
tracts played a part in drawing those people and reinforcing their decisions
with those quality handouts.
Thanks again,
Pastor Kel Slater
along with the Gary Oates
Ministry Team
Recently (August, 2015) we printed out 40,000 How to Win tracts in Portuguese and
sent them to Brazil. The cost of printing was very reasonable at .75cents a tract, but it
cost over $300 for the shipping. I really enjoy writing and designing tracts and would
prefer to have others in foreign countries use our website to get the prepared tracts and
print them in their own country which would save the postage fees. That is why we were
so excited when we received this email from Kenya, East Africa:
Dear David, Praise God, First and foremost allow me to start by introducing myself. My name is brother
Denish Otuoma from Kenya who is a bible believer and a born again Christian who love the word of God
and sharing the same to others as in the book of Mark 16:15,.After following you closely through your
- 23 -
website (, I love what you are doing and the truth in you materials. Therefore this has
lead me to one think that has made me to take this golden chance that God has given me to write to you
and it is my prayers that this Email will finds you well in Jesus' name.
I would like to seek your permission to reproduce/print these your materials so that God willing I might
go to the street distributing them to people free of charge so that they too might be blessed in Jesus name.
But I could only do this if you grant me permission to do so.
May God bless you as I look forward for you further advice or respond in Jesus name. Shalom, Brother
Right away I replied to Denish and gave him permission to use the tract. He then
wrote to tell me how he had a vendor print him out 576 copies of the tract Who is Jesus?
in English and started distributing them to people. He was surprise how people came to
him for copies and in a very short time all of his printed tracts where gone and wished
he had more.
Again, I e-mailed him with the info that I could send him a Swahili language version
for future printing. Denish was thankful for my prayers and encouragement as he continues to spread the good news of Jesus Christ to Kenya.
Not many days later I received an awesome e-mail from David William in Kenya
about how he received Jesus by Denish giving him a tract. He wrote:
Hi—My name is David William, Most people living in and around the city and Estate of Pangani, Nairobi
here in Kenya, know me, the local man called the Cowboy or charcoal seller. In fact I have often approached people in the streets, giving my opinions about all sorts of things. Many preachers who have
visited the city or Estate have also been on the receiving end of my "hatred" of religion. I hated Christians,
and I persecuted them wherever I found them. Sometimes I would go out looking for them, attacking them
in the streets both verbally, and sometimes physically, over a period of 25 years or more. So what made
me, David William, or David William charcoal seller, this way?
I was abandoned by my mother when I was almost 3 years old, and I was raised by strict religious institutions, in which I suffered physical abuse between the ages of 11 and 17 years old. This meant that I was
deprived of real love, and the teachings about the God of love, through Jesus Christ. For many years I led
a lonely and confused lifestyle, and could only gain some form of recognition by acting the part of the
5 days ago while walking around the city street, that's on 26/08/2015, I was approached by a loving Christian, and gave me this tract of "WHO IS JESUS?" and told me that Jesus loved me. I was not initially impressed by his words, but by the tract he gave me . "Show me love, and I will believe you!" The Christian
man and his wife did show me love, and they also did in a local church when I visited there.
Eventually, I was drawn into a family of Christians who cared for me and put Jesus' words into practice by
giving me this . "Love your neighbor as yourself." (Matthew 22:39). This made me to spend the little shillings and buy a bible NIV version today and I began to read about what Jesus has done for me. Jesus
changed me, when I received him as my Lord and Savior after reading this which are very simple but very
powerful. “Jesus, I believe you paid the penalty for my sins when you died on the cross and rose from
the dead. I want to turn from my sins and place my trust in you as my Lord. I am willing to follow you the
rest of my life. Thank you for the gift of eternal life. Amen”.
I will be having a far more important activity than before: telling people about Jesus. Instead of hating
Christians, now I love them, and I also love non-Christians, and want them to know about the love of God
through Jesus Christ.
My testimony shows that Jesus can change anyone who is willing to come to him, whatever state they are
in. As Jesus said, "He who comes to me, I will in no way cast out." (John 6:37).
The Bible says, "Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and you will be saved." (Acts 16:31).
"If you will confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus, and shall believe in your heart that God has raised
him from the dead, you will be saved." (Romans 10:9).
God bless you for whatever good work you're doing with this tracts of reaching people with free of charge
here in Kenya, if you do not know Jesus Christ as your own personal Lord and Savior, let me tell you now
- 24 -
that when he died on the cross 2000 years ago, he paid for all of your sins to be forgiven. If you are willing
to acknowledge your sins to God and repent of them, you can have the full forgiveness that Jesus obtained for you, and you can have peace with God through Jesus Christ. If you would like to receive this
love from God that can transform your life, then I urge you to receive this tracts and read it with the help of
your bible, you will be never be the same again. They are very simple but very powerful. "Father, I come
to you in the name of Jesus Christ, and confess to you that I am a sinner. I am sorry for my past sins, and
wish to forsake them. I ask you, in the name of Jesus, please forgive me for all my sins, and let Jesus
come and dwell in my heart by faith. I thank you now for saving me, and ask you please to let me be led
by your Spirit, so that I can live a life that pleases you. I thank you for it in Jesus name, Amen."
To continue as a true believer you must follow the Lord Jesus Christ, and put into practice what he taught.
Read your bible regularly, pray to God in Jesus name, and fellowship with other born-again believers.
Thank brother and man of God who was giving people this free of charge for people to read and be bless.
I have receive this your email address on the last page on bottom and I thought it wish to shared with
you my Testimony and keep the God work.
Therefore can I be in a position to have some copies of this to share with people while sharing my testimony to them? I hope you will take your time and respond to my request that I will be patiently waiting in
Jesus name. Blessing, David William
My first reaction to this e-mail was “Praise the Lord” for a new convert through the ministry of
tracts. Then I was extremely surprised of how much he had learned about the Bible to quote
scriptures and understand the Word in such a short time. I contacted Denish and he was able to
get together with David William and give David tracts to pass out. The second batch of tracts
that they had printed was in Swahili, their native language, from a document I supplied Denish
by e-mail attachment. Wow! This is a testimony how God can use the “each one, win one, and
all will be won” — how the Kingdom of God can multiply if each of us passes along the Love of
God and the message of His grace through our Lord Jesus Christ.
- 25 -
- 26 -
HIS Print Brief History
The Bible says, in Revelation 17:7 “For God has put it in their hearts to do His will.”
Psalm 37:23 (NLT) “The LORD directs the steps of the godly. He delights in every detail
of their lives.”
When I was born, my Pentecostal Grandmother laid a hand on me when my scientific
and agnostic Dad wasn’t looking, and dedicated me to the Lord to work for Him. In 1967
at age 17, contrary to my Dad’s will of going out and getting a summer job, I decided to
buy a hand crank mimeograph machine from Sears for about $75 and print Christian literature for a local Coffee House youth ministry in a nearby city. I wrote and printed my
first tract, How Important Is Your Soul?, by drawing and typing on a stencil. In about
1971, at a Sunday School meeting at the Assembly of God church I grew up with, a visiting minister, Gwen Schmidt, had asked all those willing to die for Christ, if necessary,
to come forward, so I did. She came to me and stated, as if giving me a message from
God, “You have doubted God at times, but you have a sincere inner desire to serve
Him; and, if you walk quickly in the way He shows you to go, it will be for you as it was in
the Book of Acts.” In about 1978, my spiritual parents took me to Voice of Pisgah (Herald of Hope), that published a healing newsletter out of the Los Angeles area, and also
introduced me to Dr. Ernest F. Sody who ran the Los Angeles Free Tract Society, with
the idea that I might work there (see Nov 2010 pictures below). They tried to introduce
me to Evangelist Dick Handley, who had just opened a small publishing center with
$100,000 the Lord gave him during a time of fasting and prayer on a farm in the Midwest.
- 27 -
I didn’t feel worthy of working with
I any
I didn’t
feel worthy
of working
any of them, but ended up being an dministrative
of them,
but ended
up being
administrative assistant to Rev.
Handley about the time I was finishing up my four year Bachelor of Theology degree in Anaheim, CA. I took
two additional courses in typography
and graphic arts, and questioned my
spiritual mother as to why I was taking these classes. She replied that
they would someday come in handy,
and then she shook all over as the
Holy Spirit within her affected her
motor nerves, bearing witness to
what she had just said. Then she
stated, "That's right! That's right!"
Later on, about the year 2005, I fasted for seven days and went to a
meeting of a prophetess, Sandy
Querin, from Clovis, CA.
I had
been care giving,
The Los Angeles Free Tract Society, a non-profit corporation established in the late
1800's. One can get some free tracts each day, but pays by the pound after that.
- 28 -
and the printing equipment given to me had been in an expensive storage for over a
year; and I was wondering how this great call of God on my life would ever come to fruition. Rev. Querin came over and whispered in my ear that I had sensed change was
coming and it was, that doors of opportunity would open to me and I should not be afraid
to enter into them.
In 1981 I moved back to Santa Barbara, CA, where I had grown up, and started in
street evangelism, and connected with a local church who gave me a donated table top
offset duplicator printing machine made by Ricoh. I connected with the Holy Ghost Repair Service in Hollywood, and Al Van Dyk of Christian Action League in Goleta, CA. I
wore out the Ricoh offset table top duplicator, printing tracts for the Pasadena Rose parade and these organizations, then Al Van Dyk let me use a table top AB Dick duplicator
that was in better condition. I had a Ricoh electrostatic plate maker and heating device
that hardened the toner image on the paper plate. If I
wanted quality, I would have a metal plate made at a
local graphic arts supplier, called a service bureau. I
was able to make 50,000 Action League testimony
tracts of players in the Rose Bowl game that year. I
printed one side and laid them out on the ground to
dry in the sheet metal covered garage where I was
printing, and the next day when I went to print the
back side, I found the paper h ad absorbed moisture
since it was the Christmas season, and most of the
tracts wrinkled when I finished the printing!
By 1990 I had done enough printing to have the
confidence to apply for a job in the Duplicating Department at City College and I worked
there eighteen months full time, then in the print shop hourly for over 10 years, then two
years half time with a new Digital Computer to Plate printing system, until the Print Shop
was closed. I felt it unfair that the lead printer had retired and the position had been left
open for six years when I could have filled it. As a result, I had to work two jobs and do
care giving to make a living and pay my bills. The Lord knew what was going on and
had not forsaken me.
Hebrews 6:12 NLT “Then you will not become spiritually dull and indifferent. Instead, you will follow the example of those who are going to inherit God's promises because of their faith and endurance.”
He saw to it that I was compensated by my being given (to my surprise, and without my
having to ask) tens of thousands of dollars of good equipment for a tax deductible receipt I arranged with the church I was attending. Years later, I had to give away a lot of
equipment to a non-profit tract printing organization, because I had been laid off at work
and couldn't afford the high storage costs. Years later, after my wife and I started a new
print shop, I was blessed with more printing equipment, no tax receipt required.
I stored the first batch of equipment for a year at my Dad’s ranch. In 2000 he pressured me to find a place to move the equipment and set up a Christian printing busi- 29 -
ness. A retired Salvation Army Officer moved out of his apartment and into a home he
bought and had remodeled. He didn’t drive or have a car and the rebuilt home had the
old 20’ by 24’ garage out back as a separate building with a cement floor, but no electricity. I asked to rent it and was paying $120 a month including electricity. Since the
neighbors didn’t complain, I was able to do business there without a city business license. An electrician at the college where I worked agreed to give me a reduced rate of
$700 for putting in a 220 volt 60 ampere electric sub panel from the main house if I dug
the ditch between the garage and the house. I agreed, and I was able to run a telephone
wire and TV cable down the same underground pipe so I had television and DSL internet.
My apostle friend, for whom I had done volunteer publishing work 20 years earlier,
came to town and got a job helping handicapped children. We worked together there for
a year or more and printed a lot of Christian literature until the property owner died suddenly and his relatives sold the property and I had to put the equipment in storage for
two years. As I wrote earlier, I gave most of it away to a non-profit Christian Tract Society. In that small Eastside garage, I was running two, two color offset printing presses
and a one color press and the related prepress and bindery equipment. With two
friends, we took the hard copy Know Your Future booklet tract and remade it on the
computer in Spanish, French, and English. I have a heart to reach the unreached so I
made an agreement with the owner of the Free Tract Society in Los Angeles, that if I
printed a quantity of these booklets in Spanish with their contact information on the
back, they would see to it that they got sent to Cuba. We managed, just before Raymond, the garage owner died, to print 32,000 booklets on the two, two color Hamada
presses, 4 to a legal size pages on four sheets, cut them into sets of two and collate
them with an electric collator, feed them through the semiautomatic booklet maker, trim
them apart in an electric /hydraulic paper cutter, then shrink wrap them in stacks of 100
with an instruction booklet on how to use them in each bundle. This was an amazing
and quality feat considering the equipment we had to work with – no automated booklet
making system, no rotary slitter for trimming, no expensive image setter, no camera or
I kept two printing presses and a metal plate maker, folder, laminator, paper cutter,
and booklet maker and bought a color laser printer with which I kept the printing call and
vision alive for 5 or more years, storing the equipment in the apartment garage of a
church member, and then at my parent’s ranch behind the eight car garage. During
some of this time I had a job at the city college print shop half time where I grew in skill
and knowledge about modern digital CTP (computer to Plate) printing methods. When
the college print shop closed and I was laid off, I worked out of the home I was care giving in until the lady died and I moved in with the pastors of the church where I had been
ordained as an Evangelist, and where I served as church treasurer, adding to my skill of
how to run a business. I had again applied to work in the duplicating department at the
college where I had started out in 1990, but although I had run a high speed Xerox
Docutech 135/6135 digital book making machine for three years, I didn’t have the official
Xerox training and a severely handicapped person with the certificate got the job.
- 30 -
This was not an easy time after Carol Ann, the lady I had cared for about 7 years,
died. I was in debt, had lost my free place to stay, and my job, and couldn’t find a job of
sufficient income to pay my mounting credit card bills. I reached the point where I
couldn’t pay another month of storage for the print shop equipment, my truck engine had
blown up and I couldn’t drive it, and I went through a chapter 7 bankruptcy. The pastor
of the church and a man helping us with our website development rented a large moving
truck with the idea that we were going to empty the storage before I lost it. We started
the move, which involved about 5 printing presses in a 10’ by 30’ space jammed full of
stuff, and the helper suggested I tell the Self Storage manager that I didn’t want to deal
with it all and turn it over to him and walk away, something I didn’t at all want to do as I
don’t give up easy. A modern day apostle named Emmanuel Cannistraci came to our
church and prayed over me, stating, “You have persevered when others would have capitulated and given up.” The Word of God states:
Psalm 34:19 KJV “Many are the afflictions of the righteous: but the LORD delivereth him
out of them all.”
Romans 8:37 AMP “Yet amid all these things we are more than conquerors and gain a
surpassing victory through Him Who loved us.”
I contacted the Los Angeles Free Tract Society and they agreed to take most of the
equipment if I could get it there. I then called Hope For Homeless Youth at the Dream
Center in Los Angeles and they agreed to send about four men who came over a couple
of days and we got everything moved out by the deadline. All the men asked for was
food, a nights lodging where I was staying, and gas money for their trip. I was able to fix
my truck engine myself before going bankrupt, and I have since stayed debt free and
lived by faith.
I got a grant offer for a semester of Certified Nursing Assistant coursework, which led
to two State Certificates and a chance to find a job starting at $13.75 an hour in a field
where there was plenty of work, even though, in 2008, a worldwide economic recession
was already setting in. As the prophetess, Sandy Querin, had foretold would happen, a
door of opportunity opened before me, and I went through it. A Nurse had told me that,
with a few medical certificate designations behind my name, I could be making good
money doing the same kind of care giving work I had done for 10 years. I quickly
rushed to get in the Certified Nursing Assistant Program at city college where I had
worked for 15 years and gone to over two years of college, taking nine graphic arts and
computer desktop publishing courses with “A” grades. I got three more “A”s in the three
care giving courses and passed the State written and practical exams and got my two
certificates. I signed up for five local agencies, and while I worked my way up to 50+
hours a week, I used the spare time to restart His Print Media Ministries with the equipment I had been storing.
- 31 -
My parents had gotten older and asked that I move into a vacant mobile home on
their ranch that was left in filthy condition. I agreed. Talk of building a new building on
their ranch for the print shop, or remodeling the Quonset hut seemed to end when my
mother made the statement, “We are getting older now, and not much gets done around
here.” I had hoped that half of the metal Quonset hut, used to store lumber, could be
cleared out and used as my father had suggested years earlier..
The late Father Bob Harvey of the local charismatic Episcopal Church prayed over
me years ago when they were meeting above Tina’s Bar. “This young man has a call of
God on his life that is so strong, that it is stronger than he is. It comes and goes, but he
can’t shake it off!” The call of God in me was not about to wait any longer. The carpet in
the mobile home had been removed because the dog(s) of the previous tenant has ruined it. I asked my parents if I could put one of the two printing presses being stored
behind the eight car garage in my living room. I got an OK. I strengthened the floor
from below where the printing press would go by putting in extra support tiers. I built a
sturdy ramp out of plywood and 4 x 4 beams. I chose the Hamada 550 two color exact
registration press because I had used it before in making the four to a legal size sheet
Know Your Future Spanish booklet tracts for Cuba and it had worked well. I used the
ramp and “come along” cable winch to pull the press up onto the bed of my half ton
truck. When the truck couldn’t back up perpendicular enough to the sliding door entry
way without the front tires going over the side of the cliff, a neighbor came and we used
his flatbed truck. I hooked the cable winch to a heater vent hole in the plywood floor to
winch the press in and my Dad joking commented that, I didn’t pull the mobile home off
its support stands.
I also used money I saved from working to put in, with my engineer fathers verbal
guidance, a separate 30 ampere electrical outlet system which included the 220 volt
designated outlet for the Nu Ark metal printing press plate exposure box. I built a double row of shelves on three walls around the living room and some more in the bedroom
where I set up a second computer, printer and scanner system that was donated. I
saved my CNA earnings and bought additional pieces of equipment after careful research into brands and models, and with the prayer support and advice of seasoned elders or “spiritual parents” in the Lord according to the Bible passage that says, the heir
of the estate is “under tutors and governors until the time appointed by the Father.” –
Galatians 4:2. I purchased a tabloid sized graphic arts quality Ricoh brand color laser
printer that has near photo quality and duplexes and does 40 pages a minute with almost no paper jams. That, with tax, was $4,600 with a church discount. The Bible also
states, “having put it their hearts to do His will.” I paid $800 for the 2000 sheet high capacity input paper tray. I could see afterwards, when we began reproducing textbooks
for a Bible University, that the Lord had been leading me in what to do.
- 32 -
Then, in 2009, I saved for a factory reconditioned Rollem Champion 990 slitter/perforator/scorer that cuts apart tract booklets that would otherwise be hard to cut
because of not sitting flat in a paper cutter due to the stapled fold on the left side. That
machine, used, but factory reconditioned, cost about $6,300 with stand! Since I had
gone bankrupt, I bought it on layaway. I then had two computer systems, a letter/legal
size two color printing press, two color laser printers, an HP 5000 monochrome tabloid
laser printer for making film positives for metal press plates, the plate exposure box, a
donated $5,000 perfect binder or paperback book maker, an electric booklet maker, a
10 bin collator (waiting for the rest of the booklet making system that will work with it
which I got later), two high quality Epson inkjet photo printers for business cards that also print on CDs for Audio tracts, a shrink wrapper, weigh scale for shipping, wide format
laminator, tabloid electric folder, paper jogger, and an 18” hand operated paper cutter.
The Rollem Champion 990 booklet slitter, perforating, and scoring machine, with its bolt
together stand was placed in the single wide mobile home bedroom after I turned the
bed 90°. I would have to move to the Quonset hut before I would have room for more
equipment. When an author and her husband came to see how I could make their Who
Am I? study guide paperback book for prisoners, Rev. Abele asked, “Where do you
I was told by Ancient Paths Seminars pastor, Craig Hill, that I saw the end result of
the vision given me, but there were holes in the path to get there that the Lord would fill
by plugging in people to fill in the gaps. My associate, Prince Handley had preached on
the street years ago and given away all the money he had to others needier than himself
and gone home not knowing how he would feed his baby. There was a knock at the
door, and when his wife answered, there was no one there, but a paper sack on the
doorstep, which she brought in to the kitchen sink. Inside the paper sack was a money
bag with coins going back into the 1800’s. The only explanation was a note in the bag,
a scripture verse, Philippians 4:19 which reads, “My God shall supply all your need according to His riches in glory by Christ Jesus.”
After finding out about the printing supplies outlet, Christine’s Graphic Supplies, I ordered about $1,000 worth of start-up supplies. I had actually begun using the equipment, believing the Lord is saying, “Use what you have, and I will give you more!” I paid
to have the website changed to an easier to manage updated “Word
Press” design. I continued creating or recreating Christian evangelism tracts, turning
them into PDF files and posting them on the website for any printer in the world to download for free, all without my having to use any unfamiliar HTML code. An associate, in
another city, with years of website experience can step in when necessary and enhance
or fix problems with the website from his laptop computer where he lives. One can also
contact me through the posted contact information and get tracts printed to be sent anywhere in the world the US Postal Service delivers. For example, I printed on the color
laser printer and shipped by a priority International flat rate box, tracts to a street evan- 33 -
gelist in Nigeria, Africa. From a computer file of How To Win in Portuguese, I made a
film positive using the new Ricoh Color Laser Printer, then transferred the image to a
metal plate and printed 23,000 on the printing press in one color, cut them on the cutter,
weighed the shipping box on the scale, and shipped two boxes of the unfolded tracts to
two different ministries in Brazil, South America. Using the donated paperback book
binding machine a local church gave me use in my residence, I began publishing two
paperback books I also helped design, That’s No Problem For The Lord, by Jerry Leonard, and my mother’s family history of homesteading west of the Missouri river in the
1920’s, Settlers Of the Sod (581 pages).
One translation of The Word of God says, that in the early beginnings of the church, in
the Acts of the Apostles, the Gospel spread in “ever widening circles”, which ties in with
the theme verse for this ministry, Mark 13:10 KJV “And this gospel of the kingdom shall
be published as a witness into all nations, and then shall the end come.” Although it
seems to be going too slow for the insatiable call of God on my life, I am helping make
this a reality, praying that I can eventually make a living at it and do it full time along with
miracle evangelistic outreaches in local parks, shopping centers, and at the beach, as
foreseen by others in a dream or visions. I have been given a prophetic revelation that I
will “train others to do what you do.” I envisioned a nice warehouse with a concrete floor
and 220 volt power, a newer 12 x 18" two color press, and a no chemistry computer to
metal plate image setter. I couldn't spend too much time dreaming, though, when there
was already plenty of Christian Evangelism Printing and designing of tracts to do. In
2012 my wife and I bought the printing press I wanted with funds for me I discovered in
in account listed on my late father's portable computer hard drive.
“Consider the plans that I have for you, says the Lord, plans for success, and not for defeat, to give you a future and a hope” – Jeremiah 33:3
In May of 2010 I began remodeling the existing 860 square foot Quonset hut on the
Ranch where I live. Some of the labor for pouring the concrete floor has been donated,
along with some of the labor of two electricians. I was given $9,000 for the remodel
which entailed removing the stored wood, fixing leaks in the roof and painting it, putting
insulation in the walls and ceiling, and building a wood sub frame between the metal
support beams. We then covered the inside with drywall, attaching it to the wood and
metal structure. A 100 ampere electrical panel was put up along with higher capacity input wires from the junction boxes a couple of feet away on the outside of the hut. We
then affixed emt electrical piping and electrical outlets to the surface of the drywall, both
110 volt, and 220 volt for the plate exposure box, an hydraulic/electric paper cutter purchased in 2012, a Ryobi 3302 printing press (purchased in 2012), and a yet to come
computer to plate image setter ($11,000+ used). In this larger facility, there is room the
booklet making system (collator / interface / stapler booklet maker / face trimmer / output
conveyor) that is over eight feet long, something there was no room for in the mobile
- 34 -
I was able to move all of the heavy equipment in the mobile home into the Quonset
hut. The mobile home was then used primarily for computer graphic design, color laser
printing, and prepress. The mobile home was reorganized with tables across one wall
and three computers, scanners, and printers, becoming the prepress facility I had envisioned. After the Quonset hut was remodeled, my wife and I moved our office to her
home about 70 miles away, vacating the mobile home so it could be rented to help support my mother with Alzheimer (short term memory loss). We got a second set of computers which stayed at the print shop. We bought a lot of Whalen metal shelves for supplies storage at the Quonset hut. On the internet on Craig's list, we found free work tables.
The Quonset has a double door entrance in the middle just above the ground, and an
8’ x 8’ concrete ramp was also poured. When it came time to pour the concrete, I was
nervous because I didn’t know if I was going to have to pay for the concrete myself. My
brother in law’s two workers had to be paid, along with the concrete, and the pumper
truck and driver – more money than I had, and I was quitting my care giving job to care
for my dying father who was in the last stages of pancreatic cancer and wasn’t thinking
straight. My sister Anne had been appointed executor of the estate and was present
when the issue came up so she asked my Dad directly, "Who is paying for the Quonset
hut remodel, you, or David." He replied, "I am." I had quit my job to care for my dying
father, but had enough money in the business account and my personal account to finish the job at about $4,900, and now, I had a reimbursement letter to give to my family
to replenish the accounts! My sister agreed to pay the electricians for the wiring and
drywall I couldn’t put up by myself. I found two attic exhaust fans on the ranch and those
are installed with switches, one at the apex on each end of the building, and two Hunter
ceiling fans. Some of the interior paint was donated by a local building supply company. Rolls of rubberized plastic base molding served as a kickboard where the drywall
meets the concrete floor.
As further evidence of how the Lord was moving in this project, all the siblings were
gathered around my Dad when he breathed his last and went to Heaven. Dad had expressed a reluctance to remove the remaining equipment from the mobile home to the
Quonset hut the easy way, using the Case w4 articulating loader. The day Dad died, I
felt an urgency to get the rest of the equipment moved that day, which didn’t seem like
the respectful thing to do. I told my brother, John about it and, to my surprise he was
agreeable. My brother had more recent experience with the loader than I had; and, in
about an hour, using ratcheting tie down straps, we are able to safely and quickly move
the remaining heavy equipment. Now all the available printing and bindery equipment
was sitting on the new concrete floor. The main power panel was in, and the power outlets for the machinery and lights were in progress. More amazing, my mother later told
my wife and me that, before my dad died, he said that we should not have to pay rent or
utilities. She said it was not normal for my dad to act that way.
- 35 -
My relatives and siblings had come from out of town to attend my wedding to Harriet
Cogan, who is gifted by God with graphics and administrative ability, to take place the
week after my Dad died. My mother, Adeline was in good hands with her two sisters, to
help her through mourning the loss of my Dad, and they are all headed for the Midwest
farm to spend the summer where they grew up. As a bonus to our wedding, a modern
day Apostle, Rev. Dick Handley, ordained my wife and me together at the close of the
wedding ceremony. I worked with a City College student and minister, John, and got two
sets of the newly released (2010) Adobe design Standard CS5 software which went on
four computers so my wife and I can work side by side in her beautiful Santa Maria
home, or in the computer section of the Quonset hut. "When God guides, He provides!”
I mention here a needed note about temperature control. When I first started printing
in one section of the eight car garage on my parent's ranch, it would get so cold (40°
during the winter) that the ink wouldn’t stick to the printing plate without an infrared heat
lamp above the ink train rollers. In 2009, printing in the mobile home during the summer
it got up to 100°, and I had to carefully monitor the Hamada Printing press’ water adjuster to avoid toning or unwanted background ink in the non image areas of the printed
sheets. Years earlier, I had worked in a warehouse for three years with similar hot
weather issues. This is why, in remodeling the Quonset hut, I insulated the walls and
ceiling and painted the roof with Henry's brand white latex roof coating to reflect heat.
At the apex of each end of the metal building there are ventilation slots. As I mentioned,
I found two squirrel cage blowers with electric motors on the ranch and bought shelf
brackets to mount them. My wife, Harriet and I got two 54” premium ceiling fans at $30
off at Costco to be placed midway in each half of the building. To handle the uncomfortable winter cold, I had planned to purchase a propane powered 30,000 BTU Blue Flame
non vented heater made by Mr. Heater that has an automatic shut off when the unit has
used so much oxygen that it is dangerous to humans working in the area. Such a heater would work for a 1000 square foot building, but I found out that non vented propane
or natural gas heaters are illegal in California, and it is not legal in this state to place the
propane tank inside the building. Also, propane is expensive, up to $1 an hour compared to 27+ cents an hour for electricity, but there was no electrical power to spare for
heating, with all the equipment. Propane is selling for $3 or more a gallon. I began investigating a Williams brand box shaped natural gas heater with a propane conversion
kit. It comes with a through the wall vent and can be placed at the center of the long
wall opposite the entry doors. This kind of a heater puts out 30,000 BTU or more of
heat and costs between $500 and $600.
Then, to my surprise, I visited the shop one day and found a wood burning stove or
fireplace sitting next to the Quonset hut. My family paid for the chimney parts, and I put
it next to one of the two main entry doors (see pictures in this book). We had bought a
40,000 btu forced air propane heater from Harbor Freight, and put it on a rolling cart with
the propane tank on the bottom shelf, and a carbon monoxide sensor (sounds an alarm
- 36 -
before there is not enough oxygen air to breathe) sitting alongside the unit. We can stick
the incoming air end of the heater into the open wood stove door, and open the chimney
valve so the air to feed the heater comes from outside the building, eliminating a lack of
oxygen suffocation danger. This propane heater warms up the shop on cold mornings
until the fireplace gets going. For the Summer heat, we found that, above 78 degrees,
we will need a strong air conditioner next to the large printing press. We found one
(11,000 BTU) on the ranch and installed it in the small window near the Ryobi 3302 offset press. More recently we learned that we also have to chill the water in the press watering system, and that air blowing over the press rollers may prevent the press from
getting enough water to keep unwanted ink off the background areas off the printed
Regarding building a print shop in the hut, I felt like the Lord gave me the phrase, “If
you build it He will come!”, from the movie starring Kevin Costner. I believed that when
the print shop was completed and the equipment in place and ready to produce evangelism materials to save souls for eternity, The Lord would fill this work space like He filled
Solomon’s temple when it was dedicated, and jobs would begin to come in. The Lord
had said in a presbytery (the elders of the church laying hands on a prospective minister) that I would print, pray over, and send these tracts out all over the world, and people
on the receiving end would be so touched that door of opportunity would open for me to
go to those countries. By another divine appointment, a press repairman named Larry
came from the big city and put new rollers in two of our printing presses. Afterward he
stated that it had been the best two days on a job he had experienced. Since then, we
have been able to print tens of thousands of tracts for distributors overseas and here in
the United States.
2 Chronicles 7:1-2 NLT “When Solomon finished praying, fire flashed down from heaven
and burned up the burnt offerings and sacrifices, and the glorious presence of the LORD
filled the Temple. 2 The priests could not enter the Temple of the LORD because the glorious presence of the LORD filled it.”
To say that it has all been smooth sailing, would not be truthful. I had to learn, over
time, how to best use the newer printing press, controlling the ink, water, and room temperature, and position the image properly on the printing plate and adjust the halftone
pictures and graphics we printed so they weren't too dark or two light. At one point on a
critical job, I was getting unwanted background ink. Seemingly at my wit's end, I told the
Lord that, if He didn't solve this problem, I would never print for Him again! Unknown to
me, my wife had been cleaning up our computer desks area and fond some note cards I
had made on lessons learned doing previous jobs. She had placed them on the corner
of the desk. It occurred to me that I might have had this problem before and written
something about it. As I turned to look for my note cards, I saw the stack Harriet had put
on the desk. When I looked through them, I found a note about adding varnish to the ink
to make it thicker. I followed the advice, and it solved the problem!
- 37 -
As of April, 2012, my wife and I have all the equipment we wanted except the image
setter which makes metal plates from the computer and, new, costs tens of thousands
of dollars (11,000+ used). Although we have put more money into the business than we
have made from jobs, we have gotten a few large jobs that utilize the equipment we
have, and we are not in debt. We have made tracts for the Los Angeles Free Tract Society, and hope to print hundreds of thousands more Know Your Future booklets. We
could probably be scrutinized by the IRS for my having showing a loss of about $9,000
in 2008. I wrote a reply back to the IRS and gave a satisfactory explanation and they
have not bothered us since. Afterward, we began having a professional tax person do
our taxes. I found that each piece of expensive equipment we buy has to be depreciated
over a number of years for tax purposes. We could solve possible further IRS scrutiny
by becoming a non-profit corporation of our own, or becoming a subsidiary of an existing
one. We would have minimal obligation to the parent ministry, and our yearly income
report would be a simple one. Two such offers haves been made to us, and we are
prayerfully pondering it. We have talked to a non-profit support center in a nearby city
who would help us with getting our own corporation with tax exempt status.
We found a couple with a similar website to ours, In fifteen years,
they have helped print and distribute over a million tracts, training others in making their
own tracts. Joe and Laura have lined our website to theirs and even posted a price list
we recently made. In 2015, I realized that training videos would be a lot easier to follow
than the written down step by step method for designing tracks outlined in this book. I
downloaded the Free edition Microsoft Expression Encoder screen capture software
from the Microsoft website. I also bought the latest armature video editing software from
Nero. I can now make ten minute video clips that capture all the movements made on
my computer screen as I do a document creation demonstration, along with my voice
through a headset. The video is then converted to WMV (windows media video) file format using the Microsoft software. The file ripping process is very labor intensive on the
computer's Intel i7 2.8 multicore CPU (central processing unit). The resulting file is compatible with the You Tube video website. I easily upload the video with my free You
Tube account, and add a thumbnail start picture, along with tag words, and add a brief
written description. On our website,, I added a new page titled Free
Training Videos, where I list the videos and the clickable hypertext links to watching the
videos. After a couple of videos, I was able to change recording setting to increase the
playback quality. A sample video I like, Add a Form Field to a PDF Document 4 Contact
Information, is located at the following internet address: I
have made at least ten videos so far. Also, I figured out how to make the hyperlinks
(like the one above) in the interactive PDF of this book, clickable with the computer
mouse so one can go to additional material found on the internet through a wifi connection or hot spot.
In 2015 my wife and her family put a bid on a 1900 square foot downtown office building in the city where we live, about five miles from our home. The city has agreed to approve the property for the kind of printing we do. The place has heating and air conditioning, parking, adequate electrical power, and be twice as large as the Quonset hut we
have been using. We found a way to purchase the building without going into debt.
There will be the need for a yearly city business license, insurance, city utilities, and
- 38 -
trash service and property taxes. We will need to inflate our faith that God will enable us
to pay for these added expenses that we now, in our current location in the Quonset hut,
do not need to pay.
We also ordered a new brand of Komoto brand film positive material for our color laser printer that makes adequate solids that the previous brand couldn't do. We took on a
job for 30,000+ two color Spanish booklets with heavy solids of color and bleeds to the
three sides of the trimmed pages. Now we can do more than we realized without an expensive image setter. The registration between colors with the current system isn't perfect, but gives good looking quality.
- 39 -
- 40 -
Setting up and Running the Business
One should establish a business name. I chose HIS Print Media Ministries. One should
compose a Mission Statement. One should operate with the idea that he is spreading
the Good News and not trying to make a profit or living by what he does with the business. Terry Mize, an apostle to Mexico stated, at a meeting I attended, “There is nothing God won’t do for you, if you will but help spread the Gospel.”
I opened a separate checking and savings account at my bank and got a MasterCard
debit card to go with the account. By opening the business account with dual names,
HIS Print Media Ministries and my name David A. Hupp, I avoided having to get a city
business license and post a fictitious name statement in the local newspaper. Our print
shop location outside the city limit was probably also a factor. A yearly business license
within the city limits where we live would be $40 a year. If we were selling merchandize
to people other than churches and non-profits, we would probably have to charge and
collect state sales taxes. The Free Tract Society of Los Angeles is a non-profit corporation. For years they didn't have to charge sales tax, but now they do, on literature they
don't give away for free.
I did go to the State of California website and get a business/employer tax ID number
(EIN) which I put on my yearly federal income tax papers. If we eventually buy our own
building in the city where we live, we would also need to buy insurance. A lawyer told us
that we could even work out of our home in the city where we live because so many
people are doing it and the city is ignoring it. If we did enough business to need to hire
and pay employees, we could go through the company Pay Chex, for a fee, would handle all the required employer and employee payroll deductions for us. When I worked
private duty as a CNA (caregiver), along with others, that is how the family paid me. I
put the receipts for everything I buy for the business in a folder and total them up at the
end of the year for IRS tax purposes and list the results on a schedule C income tax
form titled, Profit or Loss from a Business. Categories are: rent, office supplies, shipping and postage, equipment purchases and repair. All contributions or payments for
work done are in the form of checks made out to the business name and are put in the
business checking account. That way at the end of the year I only need the twelve
monthly bank statements to figure out how much money came in. When more money
goes out than came in, mostly because I printed and gave away literature to evangelistic
ministries, I showed a loss on the schedule C form and it results in my paying less taxes
when balanced against my regular job income, and usually results in my getting a tax
refund or paying less taxes. One year I showed a business loss of $9,000 and the IRS
asked for an explanation, and I was able to give a satisfactory one.
I told the IRS I was planning to become a non-profit 501(c)3 corporation because they
consider your business a hobby if it doesn't show a profit after about three years. Getting the incorporation would cost a couple of thousand dollars if a lawyer did it and then I
- 41 -
would have to have a board of directors and three or so meetings a year, with minutes
of the meeting. One possible advantage is that a place of business bought by the corporation may be free from yearly city property taxes. An option would be for us to legally
share an existing church's corporation status - to be under their umbrella for tax and
business purposes. We have been offered two such opportunities, but a discussion with
a Christian counselor, I feel we would start our own corporation so as to avoid distractions from our Christian evangelism printing emphasis.
A lawyer told my wife one could do the filing and paperwork himself by following free
guidelines posted on certain websites. If one wants to investigate becoming a non-profit
and getting tax exempt status, here are three internet links:
Paid help for setting up a non-profit 501(c)3
Tax exempt status
American Fellowship Church Publication
Nolo Press How to Form a Non-profit Corporation in California
Encyclopedia of Related Non-Profit Books
My wife's tax preparer and her husband, both CPAs, told me that since I was doing
most of my printing for churches that are non-profits and don't have to pay taxes, or for
clients in other states, I do not have to charge sales taxes on jobs I do; I can legally get
by with not incorporating, and incorporating may be something I don't need or want due
to the expense, time and necessary record keeping involved. I would have to file an
annual renewal form to the State of California and pay a yearly fee. Please note that the
IRS is now requiring the Free Tract Society of Los Angeles, a non-profit, to collect and
process state sales tax from customers who buy their tracts.
My ministry associate, Prince Handley told me years ago that, if he had a choice, he
would not have gone non-profit, implying that one must keep too many detailed records,
but that going non-profit is what God told him to do. I haven’t seen a need to do that except that I would be able to issue tax deductible receipts for contributions. When I get
paid at my regular care giving job, I put a tithe or 10% of my net earnings into the business account. Sometimes I have to put my whole check in because I am buying a piece
of equipment to expand the business. If someone wants to donate a piece of equipment
for a tax deductible receipt, I get the church I am ordained with to issue one. By this
means I have been blessed with several printing presses in good condition and bindery
I was told in a prophecy when prayed over by church leaders in a “Presbytery” that I
would train others to do what I do. If I were to become a non-profit corporation, I could
hire disadvantaged people age 55 or older through the Work Training Program in the
State of California and they would be able to work 19 hours a week at near minimum
wage and learn the printing trade and do work for God and get paid by the State of California. In the event that I hire and pay employees in the normal sense, as mentioned
earlier I could go through the “Pay Chex” company who would take out the proper de- 42 -
ductions when I call in the hours worked every two weeks, and they would, for a fee,
mail the employee a paycheck drawn from the money in the business checking account.
This could only happen if one charges for each job done and seeks to make some profit.
In 2002, an associate minister, who used to have his own family run print shop, wrote a
suggested letter I can send out stating that I charge cost of materials plus 30%. In 2013,
we felt we had to raise that to 40%. I tell people I don't charge for our labor, and that we
design documents for free. Also, we are not paid by the business, but live on our social
security retirement, and a pension.
Another method is to follow what the print shops I worked in used to do, namely,
charge a penny per color per copy for printing plus the cost of negatives and metal
plates, and about $9 per 1000 for folding plus a $10 set up of the folder fee. When you
figure a normal printing press can do at least 6,000 copies an hour, and you get a big
job such as one inquiry I received about my ability to print a million How To Win tracts in
Portuguese for Brazil, there is the potential to make $60 an hour. I gained so much
graphic design experience (through City College classes and on the job training) that an
instructor at a technical institute said I didn’t need to take her course and was the equivalent of a Graphic Artist Assistant. Thus, I could charge a fee or hourly rate for designing documents to be printed on the computer, but I don’t because that is the part I enjoy
A normal print shop gains additional revenue by charging for bindery work. Using the
paper cutter would be at least a dollar per cut. Using the folder would be about $12 for
setting it up for a job, and $9 for every 1,000 pieces of paper folded. If one doesn’t
charge appropriately for copies made on the color laser printer, one could be hit all at
once with a bill for $700 for a set of toner cartridges that will print 15,000 copies at 20
percent coverage of toner on the sheet. Ricoh, the manufacturer of my tabloid color laser printer, figures all the consumables together except paper and came up with a figure
of 1.2 cents per black and white letter size copy and about 6.6 cents per color copy.
In January 2016, my wife and I were re-ordained under Mercy International. The
leaders told us that when they set up the corporation in 1983, they designed it so they
could be an umbrella ministry that covers other unincorporated ministries like us that are
associated with them. We were given their California Tax exemption number and told
we could use it. For example, we noticed that when we order literature to give away to
the homeless from Christian Book in Massachusetts, they provide a place on their online
order form for this exemption number so we don't have to pay tax on our orders.
- 43 -
- 44 -
Financing the Business
I look up to the mountains—does my help come from there? My help comes from the
LORD, who made heaven and earth! – Psalm 121:1-2
Christian song sung by Rev. Kenneth Copeland, “I cannot be defeated, no, and I’ll
never quit, redeemed by the blood of Jesus, I’ve been saved from Satan’s pit…He won
the battle and He did it all for me. I cannot be defeated, no, and I know I’ll never quit.”
Another Christian Hymn “Though none go with me, still I will follow…no turning back, no
turning back.”
Kenneth Copeland Ministries now has its own television network, but you don’t see
them begging for financial support. They believe they are operating in God’s will and
that God will take care of the finances as they actively believe God to supply their
needs. Copeland’s mentor, the late Rev. Kenneth E. Hagin made the statement, “Some
people think that the blessings of God ought to just fall on them like ripe cherries off a
tree, but they don’t. They have to be appropriated by faith.” I have made a list of things
I am believing God for the printing ministry, and am commissioning the ministering angels of God given charge concerning me to bring in those things (Matthew 4:6; 18:10).
2 Corinthians 4:13 NLT “But we continue to preach because we have the same kind of
faith the psalmist had when he said, "I believed in God, so I spoke."
Mark 11:22-24 NLT “Then Jesus said to the disciples, "Have faith in God. 3 I tell you the
truth, you can say to this mountain, 'May you be lifted up and thrown into the sea,' and it
will happen. But you must really believe it will happen and have no doubt in your heart.
I tell you, you can pray for anything, and if you believe that you've received it, it will be
I am not going to allow myself to be disappointed by people not showing an interest in
which the Lord has put in my heart to do. As King Hezekiah said to the Lord when faced
with considerable opposition, “But our eyes are on Thee” – (2 Chronicles 20:12). Someone said, “If the Lord ain’t in it, you might as well hang it up!” Another Christian axiom
states, “The will of the Lord makes a way for itself.” My associate, Prince Handley
( felt the Lord wanted him to open a small publishing center.
He went on a retreat on a farm in the Midwest to be alone and pray. While there, he
was unexpectedly given $100,000 and in one week had the printing center set up and
running and was able to also purchase recording equipment for making uplifting radio
broadcasts. “This is the Lord’s doing, it is marvelous in our eyes.” – (Psalm 118:23).
I was told, prophetically, that the Lord would have people plug in to the path to success in my vision of a printing ministry training others and reaching other countries with
anointed literature that will dramatically change lives. But I am not sitting around waiting
for it to just happen. I am planning for success and doing the “tent making” as the apostle Paul did to be self supporting when necessary, making the gospel without charge – (I
Corinthians 9:18).
Proverbs 16:9 KJV “A man's heart deviseth his way: but the LORD directeth his steps.”
- 45 -
Psalm 37:23
in his way.”
“The steps of a good man are ordered by the LORD: and he delighteth
A couple of years ago I printed a nice appeal letter written by the pastor of my church,
and included printed tract samples, and set it out to evangelical churches within an
eighty mile radius of where I was staying, and also to big name national ministries. I got
one reply from Joyce Meyers stating they didn’t feel led to help at that time. Yet I keep
going as the Hymn says, “Lead on oh King Eternal, the day of march has come…the
arm of flesh will fail you, ye dare not trust your own.”
I conclude this section by stating that I believe that people should be told that contributions are accepted or welcomed, and that funds donated go into a separate ministry
account and do not benefit me or my wife personally. Established organizations that do
solicit funds (have donations coming in) will pay at least the cost of materials plus 40%.
As mentioned, in 2002 I began charging cost of materials plus 30%, and it hasn’t been
enough to break even. Later, in 2013, I changed to 40% additional. Individuals who
want to do street work and have tracts to pass out will not be denied help if they can’t
afford to pay for the literature. They will be given a starter batch of tracts and when they
have passed them out, be asked to satisfactorily explain what they did with them before
I consider giving them more.
The business website and business cards contain contact information, and a P.O.
Box address where one can make contributions. I keep a record of work done, partly for
IRS accountability, and receipts are issued for all paid jobs. This is a faith venture. I
remember watching the printing of Free Bible studies in Hindi for India while working as
an administrative assistant to Prince Handley in his small publishing center. When we
had packaged the printed studies, Rev. Handley said, “Well, brother, now we have to
believe God for the postage money to come in (i.e., through the P.O. Box).” He has told
me more recently that he even gets contributions from people in poor countries in Africa.
As the saying goes, “The Lord works in mysterious ways, His wonders to perform.”
Rom 11:33 AMP "Oh, the depth of the riches and wisdom and knowledge of God! How
unfathomable (inscrutable, unsearchable) are His judgments (His decisions)! And
how untraceable (mysterious, undiscoverable) are His ways (His methods, His
If one is going to be selling printed matter in the state in which the business is located, even as a tax exempt non-profit corporation, the state one lives in may require
him to charge buyers state sales tax and turn that tax in to the state. The following
link tells who or what is exempt from collecting and paying these taxes in the State of
California. This additional link to Publication 61 tells how to collect the taxes.
- 46 -
Pricing of Jobs - So You Don’t Go Broke
Tract Pricing – For Larger Quantities, Quality, Optional Custom Address – On a
Printing Press, or Full Color Laser Printer
HIS Print Media Ministries, designs and prints tracts, booklets, and paperback books.
Our Primary emphasis is Christian Evangelism. All incoming money goes into a ministry
account. There are no paid employees. We are volunteering our labor and years of
printing experience. When I worked in a commercial print shop connected with a mailing service, in 1993, we charged a penny per ink color per copy, marked the paper up
50% above wholesale cost, and charged $10 or more for each metal printing plate for
the press. Thus, if one could use a two color press to print at 6,000 copies an hour on a
long run job, and all went well, one could make up to $120 an hour! I haven't found this
to be the real world of printing and all its related problems. Later, after spending hours to
make 20 good quality 583 page paperback books for my mother, I was not too happy
and told someone if they expected me to print something for them at a real low price so
they could in turn mark up the price and sell it to help make a living for themselves, I
wouldn’t do that for them because, if such a job isn’t helping people find God, it isn’t
worth the hassle it takes to do good work. I won’t do a job, or will refund the deposit if I
can’t make a quality product that I am proud of.
If you like passing out tracts, and you make them yourself, you will quickly find out
that buying supplies/consumables for your inkjet or color laser printer is quite expensive.
We have a professional laser printer that does near photo quality, and a printing press
that does two colors with exact color registration. I was searching the internet for the
best price on aftermarket toner cartridges that
Quantities of 2000 or less are done on the laser printer. Minimum quantity printing
press jobs are 5,000+ copies (one box or ten reams of letter size paper) for one color,
and 10,000+ for two color tracts. Shipping for small jobs is by USPS Priority flat rate
(domestic and international) envelopes and boxes. Domestic books and booklets are
sent by USPS Media Mail, the cheapest method. Larger orders are shipped by UPS
(United Parcel Service). We do not pay for the shipping. The blue hyperlinked text after
each category listed below is a link to a sample tract. (Place mouse cursor over the
blue text, hold down the control key and left click the mouse). Although the links below
are for English language tracts, we also have Spanish and other languages. For a look
at all the tracts we print, please go to: You can contact us by E-mail:; or, by cell phone: 805-452-5150 (David). Tracts are printed on
white paper. Colored paper is special order, and a higher price.
1. One color ink, four tracts per letter size sheet. $2 per 100. How To Win
2. One color ink, two per letter size sheet. $3 per 100. What Fills the Void?
3. Two colors of ink, two tracts per letter size sheet. $3 per 100. Run on Printing press.
10,000 minimum for custom contact address . Why John 3:16?
- 47 -
4. Two colors of ink, two tracts per legal size sheet, run on printing press. $4.50 per 100
Who is Jesus?
5. Full color cards (glossy surface on front), 4 per letter size sheet, on color laser printer.
$10 per 100
You Are Loved!
6. Full color, two per letter size sheet, on color laser printer. $8 per 100 (plain paper).
$10 per 100 (32lb glossy paper). $15 per 100 (coated one side card stock, no fold)
Are You Playing With Satan?, or Who…?
7. Full color, four per letter size sheet (32lb glossy paper). $6 per 100. $5 per 100
(plain paper)
How to Live Forever – There is Only One Way
8. Full color, tri-fold or bi-fold, one per letter size sheet (32lb. glossy paper) $20 per 100.
Prayer Changes Everything,
Messiah’s Identity Revealed
Booklet Tracts (stapled)
Small 2 ¾” tall x 4 1/8” wide, 16 pages, 2 color, on printing press. $6 per 100. Know
Your Future (English, Spanish, French)
Letter half, color cover, plain paper, 12 pages. $50 per 100. Seven Things God Wants
Us to Know
Booklets (Letter half, legal half, Tabloid half)
Letter half, coated one side card stock full color cover, plain paper content with full color
graphics/pictures. $5 each. Note: booklet maker machine can do about 64 pages +
cover. Thicker booklets require more handwork. My Miracle Stories
Paperback Books – Glossy coated one side card stock full color bleed to the edges
cover. 100 pages to about 600 pages (letter half size), 300 pages in letter size.
Letter half, 150-200 pages, color cover, black text and grayscale pictures on content
pages. $10 each.
Letter size, color pictures throughout, up to 300 pages. $15 each. Christian Evangelism
Printing (a 16.23mb file size download)
Note: Companies like Xulon and Tate Publishing may charge $500 -899 for the first
- 48 -
Shipping & Packaging
Shipping (within the USA) by USPS Flat Rate Priority Boxes (Prices May 2016)
Medium size $13.45 – holds approximately 1,700 5.5” x 4.25” (folded size) tracts, or
5,000 2.75” x 4.25” (folded size) tracts
Large size $18.75 – holds Approximately 3,000 5.5” x 4.25” (folded size) tracts, or 6,000
2.75” x 4.25” (folded size) tracts
Note: International flat rate requires a customs slip, and has a maximum weight of 20
pounds per box.
International: These sizes and prices are the best value for the money, and are subject
to change yearly. Prices now vary by region. Priority Letter/Legal size Flat rate envelope
$29.95, Priority Medium Flat rate Box - $66.95 , Priority Large Flat rate box - $86.95
(2016 prices). At about 42 lbs (3 flat rate boxes), International Priority becomes cheaper.
Note: The math done below was compiled using 2012 prices. The USPS website is Their postage price calculator link is
In April, 2012, I needed to mail 20 of the paperback books we made for my mother,
from the west coast to the mid west. I assumed that the USPS (United States Postal
Service) large size priority flat rate box at $15.45 x 2 (10 books per box), was going to
be the cheapest. I then investigated using the internet and found the USPS parcel post
price for the same package would be $18.70. USPS media mail would be cheaper at
$8.99, but I would only be able to send books, booklets, and CDs, not tracts or our normal Christian printed matter. Fed Ex would be $21.11 for home delivery in three business days. UPS was $23.49 for four day delivery. My conclusion, then, for packages
shipped within the United States, is Media Mail for books, booklets, and CDs; and Priority Flat Rate boxes for printed matter. If one does the paperwork and payment online for
USPS flat rate boxes, the post office will come and pick up the ready to ship boxes. If
on sets up a Fed Ex online shipping account, the price is cheaper than their normal
price. The two companies will even pick up the prepared packages at one’s place of
business if the shipping activity is great enough. For doing the shipping labels at home,
including printing out postage stickers, one would need an accurate scale with a capacity of Twenty pounds or more. Twenty pounds is the weight limit for USPS International
flat rate boxes. Also, on non flat rate boxes, making the box close to the size of the
item(s) being shipped, reduces the postage. Now, computer accessed online companies like provide a small scale and software to get started. The catch
is that this is not the USPS, and a fee of $19 a month or more is charged for the convenience of printing out your own postage stickers.
In shipping overseas, I have chosen to use the Same Medium Flat Rate Priority boxes. The local post office window clerks were surprised to find that I was saving $30-$60
per box over other avenues the USPS offers. On international shipping, the maximum
weight for a flat rate priority box is twenty pounds, but I haven’t exceeded that when
- 49 -
sending paper products. It could happen using letter size 32lb glossy coated paper.
The box is six inches tall. That equates to 1,440 sheets weighing about 21 pounds.
Overseas shipping of packages over four pounds requires filling out and attaching a
larger size PS Form 2976-A Customs Declaration and Dispatched Note – CP 72. One
would want to write, under Detailed Description of Contents, “Pieces of Literature. No
Commercial Value. Free Gift”. The idea here is avoiding being charged import duty. International packages under 4 pounds require the smaller customs form. One can send
about 200 unfolded 4.25" x 5.25" tracts in a padded 6" x 9" number "0" envelope. It is
sent by International First Class. The cost (August 2015) is about $10+.
One would include a notice to the distributor asking that the receiver send a satisfactory explanation of what he did with the literature before he will be sent more literature.
This tests the waters so to speak to see if the distributor is a true evangelist or pastor
who is giving away the literature and not trying to sell it to make a profit. Then, if the
sender believes the distributor is sincere, the recipient can be sent up to 1,200 of the
same tracts in a legal size flat rate international priority envelope (less than 4 pounds
total weight) for $29.95, or 5,000 of the tracts in a medium flat rate priority box for a cost
of about $66.95. Either of these options is a better value than the First Class International. In all of these categories, the cost of the shipping is more than the cost of the
printing. Now the post office offers a discounted price for buying these flat rate boxes
online or by computer and the internet.
Large orders going overseas require a different, less expensive strategy. About 2010,
my wife and I printed 40,000+ French How to Win tracts for Haiti for Christian disaster
relief efforts after a devastating earthquake struck the area of the capital city. Another
ministry has rented space on a barge to be towed from the United States. We used the
United Parcel Service to ship the printed boxes of tracts to the east coast to be put on
the barge. I used to send booklet tracts to South Africa by USPS “M-bag” which was
$1.50 a pound. That rate has gone up and made it cost prohibitive. The box of literature
couldn’t weigh 63 pounds and was put in a canvas mail sack. One bag was returned to
me and the box was more rounded and spongy like a medicine ball. M-bag used to take
six to eight weeks to get there. In contrast, the smaller Priority Flat Rate boxes go by air
plane and take about eight days to get to their overseas destination. As of 2015, the
USPS is saying that all mail goes by Air to foreign countries. IF a missionaries or Evangelists are traveling to a mission station, I suggest they pay for an extra suitcase of a
size that will hold the maximum weight limit of literature.
For booklets and books sent inside the United States, USPS Media Mail is the
cheapest way, even though slower than other methods; and, media mail now includes
tracking. We were sending tract booklets to another ministry by Media Mail, and were
told that over 3,000 people had been saved through these booklet tracts. Three times
the shipment was delayed or lost. Now we buy insurance for packages sent to this ministry, which is about $2 of $50 worth of tracts.
- 50 -
The Apostle I work with tells me not to fold the tracts being sent out of the country as
the corners can be damages in shipping. He says in heavy rainfall areas of Africa, we
should line the box with a plastic bag to protect the literature from moisture. We have
been shrink-wrapping the unfolded tracts in small bundles. This keeps them in place,
and also helps keep moisture out. Also, we use clear wide shipping tape to seal the
seams and joining areas of cardboard boxes to keep them being damaged or breaking
open during transit.
Shipping Christian literature has become so expensive. I would like to see a website of
the itineraries of Christians traveling, and someone to coordinate their taking tracts with
them as part of, or an addition to, their luggage. I noticed, during my visits to the Los
Angeles Free Tract Society, that they are using the USPS Priority Flat Rate boxes for
their shipping. In closing, I suggest that, when printing and shipping literature to distributors oversees that you aren’t familiar with, one’s you received literature requests
from by regular mail or e-mail, possibly because they looked at your website, you not
send a large quantity the first shipment, and request a written response telling what they
did with the last shipment, how they used the literature to advance the Kingdom of God.
We want to be sure, also, that they aren’t getting the literature for free from us, and then
selling it to try and make a living for themselves.
In 2014, I received an e-mail from Brazil asking for a quote on printing 100,000 tracts.
I would have liked to do the job, but the shipping from the United States would be as
much as $66.25 for each box of 5,200. I used Portuguese interpreters to relay the message that I couldn’t do the job because the high cost of shipping would ruin any good
printing price I could quote them. Instead, I offered to help them design a tract that they
could get printed in Brazil. I could also turn the tract into what I call an E-tract – a read
order PDF computer document that would be sent by e-mail attachment. Under the
chapter, Do Tracts Work?, at the end of the chapter (page 23), see the testimony of how
a man in Africa used one of our tract documents posted on our website, paid to have
about 576 of them printed in his own town, passed them out there, and received at least
one dramatic conversion where an anti-Christian person truly gave his heart and life to
Jesus Christ.
An important issue is having correct and clearly readable addresses when shipping
overseas. Working with an Apostle, we would get literature requests where we couldn't
clearly understand the shipping address, partly because so many requesting tracts
would hand write their contact information, and use handwriting. Some packages were
being returned as not deliverable. We decided to scan the contact info sent us and then
print a copy of it and use that for the Send To: address. Three packages still came
back. We learned that we have to add the name of the country on a line by itself in all
capital letters, at the bottom of each address, aligned to the left (beginning of lines of
text above the last line). Also, one should cover the entire label with clear packaging
tape with a 3/4" overlap beyond the edge of the label.
- 51 -
With all the requests for free literature coming in, our client decided to send out a
small quantity of tracts by International First Class, along with a request that the Evangelist or Missionary or Church send a satisfactory explanation of what they did with the
literature. To do this, He created a Notice to Distributors, found at the end of this chapter
in English and Portuguese. Then we would consider sending them a larger quantity of
tracts. I did some research (based on the December 2015 USPS rates) and found that a
USPS International Flat Rate Medium Box was a better value (more tracts for the dollar)
that three legal flat rate envelopes. I also found that at about 42 pounds or three Medium Flat Rate Boxes, because tracts are only 14 lbs. per box, not the allowed 20 lbs., it
became cheaper to send larger quantities to one address by International Priority, in
one box, with a weight limit of 66 pounds for many countries.
Handley WORLD SERVICESSM Publishing
P.O. Box A
Downey, California 90241 USA
Please write us. Tell us how you are using the literature.
Also, please include any testimonies of salvation, healing, or miracles from people who read
the literature.
In the future we will only send literature to those ministries and people who tell us HOW and
WHERE the literature is being used with a detailed explanation.
In Christ's love,
Por favor escreva-nos. Diga-nos como você está usando a literatura.
Também, por favor inclua qualquer testemunho de salvação, cura, ou milagres da gente que
leu a literatura.
No futuro só enviaremos a literatura àqueles ministérios e gente que nos diz COMO e ONDE
a literatura está sendo usada com uma explicação detalhada.
No amor de Cristo,
Edwin “Prince” Handley
President / CEO
Handley WORLD SERVICESSM Incorporated
Twitter: princehandley
“And the gospel must first be preached to all the nations.”
- 52 -
Doing the Math - Estimating Jobs & Using the Proportions Formula
I just couldn’t grasp beginning algebra in the eighth grade and my parents got a
synch notice or progress report that read “Four tests, four Fs”. When I was younger I
was spanked for “D” grades on my report card, but as a teenager, the loving and intellectual side of my Dad, like the love of our Heavenly Father who looks past our faults
and sees our need, helped me to almost get a B average that second semester. In this
math class I went from an F to an A in the same year! I learned one valuable thing from
Algebra, the proportions formula, that has helped me so immensely in the printing trade,
I want to share its use here.
One weekend, I began printing 5,100 of the tract booklet Seven Things God Wants
Us To Know. After I got the printing press going I made metal plates for the booklet inside, but the cover is full color so I was doing it on the cheaper color laser printer when
the printer stopped with an error code that wouldn’t clear. This meant I had to switch to
the other laser printer and figure out how many I had printed of the 999 maximum I had
set on the counter, so I could finish the second set. First I measured how many had
printed when the machine stopped. The pile height was 2.25” I measured the first set
and got 6.25” How many more do I need? The proportions formula for finding the answer is:
The next step is to cross multiply: 6.25 x X = 2.25 x 999. This short-
ens to 6.25X = 2247.75. I need the unknown (X) by itself, so I move the 6.25 across the
= and under: 𝑋 =
Dividing the numerator or top number by the denominator or
bottom number gives me the answer of 359.64 pages out of 999 that I had printed when
the machine failed. By subtraction, I need to print 640 more copies to complete the second set.
Another example of the use of this formula is mixing the fountain solution for the offset press. The gallon bottle of fountain concentrate says to mix 1 part concentrate to 15
parts de-ionized water. The press water fountain bottle appears to hold over a quart.
How much concentrate will I need to add to a quart (32 ounces) of water. Figure a part
to be 1 ounce.
= 32 15X = 32 𝑋 = 15 X = 2.13 ounces of concentrate to be added to
a quart of de-ionized water to get a little over a quart of water with the proper ph balance
or reading of 4.5 to 5.5 (slightly acidic).
For a third example, I was printing the black and white signatures of the seven things
booklet on the press on a hot summer day (90 degrees?) and the water adjustment got
too lean and toning occurred – unwanted ink began printing in the background, wasting
and inch thick stack of paper before I caught it, stopped the press, increased the water
setting, and cleaned the blanket and plate cylinders to go again. The front side of the
signature I was printing has already been printed and I didn’t want to put that plate back
on again and reregister it to print more, so I decided to just print one inch of copies on
- 53 -
the laser printer. Then I could put those in the press and finish the job. But how many
sheets or copies are in 1”? How many copies do I tell the laser printer to print? I am
using 22lb weight paper. I measure the thickness of an unopened ream of 500 sheets
and it is 2 1/8” thick or 2.125”. So:
= 𝑋 2.125X = 500 𝑋 = 2.125 X = 235 sheets. I
print 235 sheets on the laser printer and put the stack in the press input printed side
down to make up for the wasted toned sheets. I spin the water fountain roller a few
times to get more water at startup and I am printing again from where I left off. I do not
recommend running the freshly offset press printed paper through the laser printer as
ink will likely get the inside of the printer dirty like it does the rollers on the paper folder.
Estimating a Job
Apart from working for a living as a pressman at the local City College, I can’t recall
ever making a profit in printing, which is not good because, honestly, when I lost my two
jobs due to the print shop closing and the lady I was caring for died, and I couldn’t find
work sufficient to pay my mounting bills or printing expenses, I had to file for bankruptcy.
After that, I worked as a certified caregiver, saved money, and printed only what I could
afford. Prince Handley, my associate, wrote a letter for me (about the year 2002) to give
to churches and those able to pay, asking that they pay cost of materials plus 30% for
print jobs I do for them. We found that wasn't enough, so we now charge cost of materials plus 40%. My Supervisor at the college print shop would charge a percentage on
each job for replacement of equipment. This enabled him, for example, to buy a
Kompac automatic dampening system for the two printing presses I ran. I got a call
from a salesman for an elaborate software program (called Franklin Estimator?) that estimates jobs of all kinds, even allowing potential customers to figure out online how
much their job would cost. Experienced customers could be allowed to submit their
documents directly by internet for printing. This salesman thought that, with my not having to pay rent or electricity for the printing facility I am using on our family ranch, my
charging cost of materials plus 40% would keep the business out of debt. Keep in mind
that all workers are volunteers and all profit is going back into the business checking account with the hope that we can buy printing supplies for future jobs, or more printing
In the early 1990’s, I worked full time for over three years printing advertisements and
newsletters for customers at a mailing service. There we estimated the job another way
- 1 cent per color per copy, with the paper marked up 50%. Polyester printing plates
were about $12 each and metal plates $15 each. Cutting was $2 a cut and folding $12
for setup and $9 per 1000.
If you don’t know yet, the cost of consumables for laser printers is high. A set of toner
cartridges to print 15,000 copies is about $680. When it comes time to replace the imaging or drum units at 60,000 or more copies, that is $610! The Photo receptor belt assembly is $175 ever 150,000 copies, and the waste toner cartridge is about $40 every
30,000 copies. It is hard to figure out how much of the consumables are used on a job.
- 54 -
That is why one must use as a guideline, the cost per copy furnished by the laser printer
manufacturer. When I bought my Lanier lp126cn color laser printer, I was told that black
and white copies cost eight tenths of a cent at 20% coverage of toner on the page; and
color copies, with 20% coverage per color, cost about six cents each. By buying aftermarket cartridges when available or Uni-Kit refill toner (from, and
generic integrated circuits to tell the printer the cartridge has been replaced (from, one can lower the price per copy even more. I recommend saving
the empty toner cartridges. By buying online from, I can buy ready
to use aftermarket color toner cartridges (not remanufactured) for my Ricoh tabloid laser
printer for about half the price of OEM cartridges from Generally,
the main parts of the printer are only made by the printer manufacturer. Tonerprice sells
these OEM parts also, e.g., waste toner container, imaging drums, fuser kit, transfer
The proportion formula can be used to find the cost of a single sheet of paper when
you know the cost of a ream (500 sheets). For example, Xerox Premium Multipurpose
Paper is sold in packages of 800 sheets at Costco and is 24lb weight and 96 brightness.
It is sold for about $6.83 a package which with tax added is about $7.33.
𝑋 = 800 X = 9/10 cent per sheet.
When I first started printing the Jerry Leonard book That’s No Problem For The Lord,
he and his wife wanted to know how much it would cost (how much I would charge
them) per book to produce. The book insides are all black and white text, and there are
216 pages or 108 letter half sheets. I figured, since the book is being printed one up on
letter half sheets, it would cost half the .8 cent per page, although I think it would be
cheaper to make it two up on letter size. I couldn’t figure out how to do this in Microsoft
Word, and the tabloid laser printer won’t print on the letter half sheet. The best I could
do was to increase the right margin to put the document on the left half of a letter size
sheet then print the document in reverse order, flip the paper 180 degrees, and print it
again in straight order, which is less efficient, but gives me two books per sheet. .4 cent
per page imaging cost for the letter half sheet x 215 pages = 86 cents for printing the
book inside. The paper used was the Xerox Multipurpose, so is half of .91 cents per
sheet or .455 cent x half of the 216 pages or 108 sheets = 81.9 cents for paper for the
inside. Adding to this the 86 cents for imaging gives $1.679 for the inside of a book
copy. The cover stock is cut down from tabloid size 10 point (.010” thick) Kromekote
Digital C1S (coated one side) short grain. This high gloss cover stock is about $45 for
250 sheets. (Note: I was told that Kromekote isn't made anymore. Now we buy Tango
Digital Coated Cover sold by the Kelly Paper Company. It is not necessary to buy the
more expensive coated card stock if one is going to laminate it for a book because the
gloss laminate makes it shine) I used the paper cutter to cut it to 8 ½” by 14”. The cost
per sheet is
250X = 4500 X = 55 cents per sheet. The cost of printing the
- 55 -
cover is more than 6.6 cents since it has more than 20% coverage of toner and the
sheet size is larger than letter size. I figure at least 10 cents for printing the outside, and
2 cents for printing the non glossy inside which has some colored text. Thus, the total
cover cost of material and imaging is 55 cents + 12 cents = 67 cents. Adding to this the
$1.67.9 for the book content = $2.349. I need to figure something for the glue for binding the cover so I add 5 cents for a total materials and imaging cost of $2.39.9. If I make
this cost plus 30%, [put 239.9 into the calculator, then press the + key, then put in 30
and press the % key] to get $311.87 or $3.12 per book. As I noted earlier, the cost
could be more if the wear and tear on the machine for running a letter half sheet is the
same as for running a letter size sheet., and it could be reduced by using the aftermarket bottles of refill toner along with the integrated circuits. I had been charging the
Leonard's $3 (too small an amount) for printing their book and it is being sold for $15, so
the author is able to make a profit.
My Mother’s book, Settlers of the Sod, is also a letter half layout, so the cover price is
the same. The amount of glue required is at least twice as much or about 15 cents.
The majority of the 583 inside pages contain color pictures, so imaging cost for the inside of the book is considerably more at 2.5 cents per page. The paper is a thinner
cheaper 20lb to make the book thinner than it originally was at 683 pages when it was
first done on the 24lb paper in 11 point type size. Reducing the type size to 9 point reduced the thickness of the book by about 100 pages! This really cut down the production cost also. The imaging cost is 2.5 cents x 584 or $14.60. The paper is about $27
for a 10 ream carton (5,000 sheets cut to 10,000 letter half sheets). 2700 cents divided
by 10,000 letter half sheets = .27 cent per sheet for the cost of paper. The cover, as
with the Leonard book, is 55 cents per card stock sheet, but both the outside and the
inside of the cover have a lot of toner, so I figured 20 cents for imaging the cover. Thus,
the estimate of materials and imaging only (no labor) for my Mother’s book is: cover 75
cents [55 + 10 + 10] + glue 15 cents = inside [.7884 cents paper + 14.60 imaging] =
$16.1384. My Mother is selling her book for $30 including shipping, so she makes a
small profit of $4 per book if I add 30% as Prince Handley suggested, charging my
Mother about $21 per book. You can see, that if you aren’t accurate or realistic about
the high cost of laser printing, especially color laser printing, or you fail to look at the
manufacturer’s estimated cost per copy when buying a printer, you could go broke in a
hurry! Have you noticed that Stationary superstores with built in copy centers charge
well over 20 cents per color copy. There is an advantage to having your own color laser
printer with built in duplexing. Some, such as the Brother models, do more than 20
pages a minute and duplex and cost less than $500.
- 56 -
Computers and Software
The old days of sending text or document copy out to typesetters, to compose it, and
make a stat or photographic copy for physically pasting up along with artwork to make a
“camera ready” hard copy from which to make a negative and then a metal plate using a
graphics arts camera and darkroom and related chemistry, then stripping the negative
into a masking sheet and transferring the image to a metal printing plate through a light
exposure box, may be gone. In the 1980's I borrowed an IBM Selectric typewriter with a
carbon ribbon to make a column of text to add a salvation prayer to a tract. Once, I took
one column to a typesetter who charged $20 to make a camera ready positive with justified margins.
Now we can afford a personal computer, page layout software where we type and arrange text and import artwork also made or captured by computer. When we are satisfied with the document, we can print directly to a laser printer or inkjet, or print toner
based “flipped horizontal” film positives from which we make positive development metal
printing press plates that are a sharp 1200dpi or better quality with pictures converted to
“half tone” printable dots of a quality comparable to what our offset printing press or duplicator can handle, usually 120dpi or more. Although most computers can make the
text, not all can handle the larger file size of the quality artwork or graphics.
As a minimum, I recommend a computer (2002 or later year) with a CPU of Intel Pentium 4 or better speed, 1 gigabyte or more of working “RAM” memory, and a 40+ gigabyte hard drive for the operating system and programs, and an additional internal or external hard drive for storing created documents. The computer should have a designated video card that supports two monitors and the larger the main monitor, the better.
The large main LED monitor/display allows one to display most of the page of a document and have it be large enough to edit the text at an easy to read size. The second
monitor displays the working pallets (e.g., Paragraph, Type, Color Swatches) found in
programs like Adobe Photoshop and Indesign. On a single monitor these pallets would
have to be minimized each time they were not being used or they would block one’s
view of the document being worked on.
A scanner that connects by SCSI or USB 2.0 is desirable and should have an optical
or hardware resolution of 1200 by 1200 dpi and a “dynamic range” or “Dmax” (ability to
reproduce shadow detail) of 3.2 or greater. The laser printer for making film positives
should be able to do 1200 by 1200 dpi, have a Postscript level 2 or 3 printer driver, and
make definite solid halftone dots (a method of converting a continuous tone photographic print to an offset printing press printable equivalent), even in the highlight areas, - digital artwork made up of small variable sized dots of ink. A USB thumb/flash drive of 4 or
more gigabytes is essential when taking a document such as this book to various locations to continue working on it on various computers. The Zoom Tech H2 quality solid
- 57 -
state (no moving parts) audio recording device is very helpful and can record from mp3
quality to 24 bit quality. A digital camera of 6 megapixels or more is essential for getting
pictures right away to use in documents. This is how I got the back cover collage for this
book. A slide scanner like the Epson Perfection V500/550 Photo for $149+ is nice, but
with digital cameras, I haven’t found a need for it. Scanning negatives or slides requires
a scanner with a backlight. I bought the Epson and use it a lot, and really like it.
For page layout programs, I recommend both Microsoft Word 2007 or later, and Adobe Indesign CS3 or later. I am currently using Microsoft Office Word 2007 because it
has gone on sale for $89 and gives me a license to use it on three computers. When I
had tried to use the 2000 and 2003 versions to continue working on the document I
started in the 2007 version; but on the 2003 version I couldn’t work with the same document unless I first opened it in the 2007 version and saved it in 97-2003 compatibility
mode. When an earlier version document is opened in the latest version, it has limited
editing function unless converted to the latest version, which could adversely affect how
the document looks or displays. I found myself working with two versions of documents.
An alternative is to go to and get the free download office suite
that is compatible with Microsoft Office.
For scanning and processing artwork or digital photos, I recommend Adobe Photoshop version 5 or later, due to the History pallet and multiple undo capability. Adobe
Acrobat CS5 Professional, or a later version, will be needed for creating PDFs for people who can’t afford and don’t have the expensive page layout programs on their computers, but want to utilize the documents you create using their Adobe Acrobat 10 or later reader which is a free download from the website. In 2009 Installed
Dragon Naturally Speaking Preferred 10 which cost about $50 after rebate. This allows
one to talk into an approved microphone or headset attached to the computer and have
their speech typed by the program into common word processing programs at over 90
words a minute with up to 99% accuracy. This is good for getting testimonies or writing
books from Authors who can’t write or can’t type properly.
An OCR program such as Omnipage version 17 or later, takes scanned printed hard
copy text or whole documents and converts then to fresh computer text with images of
300 dpi quality. Abby Fine Reader is a comparable OCR program. In 2015 I downloaded a free trial of their latest version. After trying it, I decided the earlier free Sprint version that came with my scanner does what I need to do. The OCR program saves having to retype the text in a document and any errors will hopefully be caught by the built
in spell checker. Omnipage can even go a step further and convert the recognized text
to speech and read it to you in a computer generated voice, and even convert the text to
a different spoken language. For an internet browser, I recommend the free download
Mozilla Firefox. I also recommend downloading the free e sword Bible study program
from Then you can quickly search for and locate scripture verses in
- 58 -
various translations and copy and paste them into your document or sermon. That is
how most of the scripture references got into this book.
It is now January 2016. I am still using Microsoft Office 2007 Professional that includes Publisher, even though Office 2016 is now available. I am using Adobe CS5
(Creative Suite) Design Standard. I recommend CS6 because, in the newest Indesign,
one can export a document to .epub file extension for making e-books that can be read
on certain hand held tablet computers made for reading books converted to a computer
medium. I found that exporting a document to Adobe PDF Interactive, makes a read order document for tablets and smart phones with the capability of turning pages with the
side swipe of a fingertip on the display. Thus, I haven't seen a need to pay extra money
for fancy page flipping with sound software. It appears that PDF is a cross platform file
format that can be opened and read on more types of devices and operating systems
and computers than any other file format. Get this adobe software through a student at a
city college or university, and save hundreds of dollars. These newer reading formats
are growing in popularity and have interactive capability – a book can include online
links to sound clips, movie clips, and click on hyperlinks that take one to a place on the
internet for further information. If making money is not an issue, these new book formats can be shared as a means of evangelizing, or a discipleship tool.
When I began using Microsoft Screen Capture software and the related Expression
file format converting software for making training videos, and saw the computer CPU
usage tachometer go as high at 80%, I realized the value of having at least a quad core
i7 2.8 mhz processor. My current computer, now five years old, does all I need to do. My
wife bought two identical HP models in 2010. The motherboard went bad on the one
and the hard drive on the other. Also, since I have the Microsoft Windows 7 operating on
my computer, I was able to download for free the newest Windows 10. Today's equivalent price computers have a sixth generation i7 Intel multi-core processor with
hyperthreading that has a speed of 3.6MHZ. The latest USB is now 3.1 rather than 2.0
(ten times faster?). The wireless or Wi-Fi speed is now AC speed instead of N. Internal
hard drives (for software programs and data storage) are at least 1 terabyte, sometimes
Now, more so in laptop computers than desktops, solid state SSD (no moving parts)
internal hard drives are available, but are expensive at about $200 for 512 gigabytes.
The Samsung brand comes with a software to clone the old drive content onto the new
drive. After five years of use, I was given a message by my computer that the failure of
the internal hard drive was imminent and I should back up the information on that drive
and put in a new drive. A technician said that there were bad sectors on the drive and it
could not be copied to another drive. I should have acted sooner as programs costing
hundreds of dollars were lost. To reinstall and activate the programs on a new drive, I
would have to call the Adobe company, and explain my situation. The RAM or working
memory had increased from our 8 gigs to as high as 32 gigs. The designated graphics
- 59 -
display cards are now increased from 1 to 4 gigabytes of ram. The better Dell brand
computers come with Bluetooth wireless connectivity to compatible devices - something
I like.
An acceptable (for my graphic arts use) new computer, tower only (no monitor), on
sale at Costco, is about $800. Models with SSD drives, Bluetooth, 32 gigabytes of RAM
memory, and a Blue ray player/writer can cost up to $2,000. I have a 25" flat screen
display LCD 1080p full high definition, which is working fine. Because Ultra High Definition 4K monitors are now being sold for as low as $340 for a 28" made by Acer, the
price of LED and LCD monitors is dropping. Some monitors have curved screens, which
may reduce glare. Samsung is now selling their 27" monitor for less than $300! Few
new computers come with a Blue Ray disk drive which writes up to 50 gigabytes of information on a disk, and I have found the existing DVD reader and writer drives to be of
good movie viewing quality, and a fast enough speed for recording audio and data.
- 60 -
Computer Networking
2009 - I was given a second computer just like the first one in the living room, along
with a legal size scanner, large screen CRT monitor and second monitor to be used to
display the various pallets of the page layout programs. I bought another inkjet photo
printer with CD labeling capability to go with it at a local Christian thrift store for under
$20. I was going to put all this on the kitchen table, but there would be no room left to
eat there. I took two pieces of old furniture passed down through the family out of the
bedroom and put the second computer system in its place on a donated 3’ square restaurant table with two shelves on the wall behind to hold the speakers, scanner, and
printer. By running one 50’ category 5 networking cable along the walls and under the
rug to a four port Netgear hub on the shelf above the living room computer, I was able to
easily set up a LAN or Local Area Network, sharing between the computers the internal
and external drives and printer connected to each.
Here is how I did it. The button on the hub was set to normal. Into the four connections I connected category 5 cables from both computers, and one from the Westell DSL
wireless modem I got from the Verizon phone company for about $35 a month. I didn’t
get a house phone, but internet line only because I only needed my cell phone. The
bedroom computer had a wireless G USB network adapter made by Linksys which gives
me wireless internet connection from the antenna on the wireless modem in the living
room. The living room computer gets its internet through the network cable from the
modem to the network hub, as I found this to be more reliable in getting connected than
the wireless route. The fourth connection is to the newest and best Ricoh color laser
printer, the idea being that I could print to this printer from the bedroom computer without the living room computer having to be turned on. I haven’t gotten this capability
working right yet.
To set the software to work with the hardware network I made, I recommend having
the same operating systems on both computers, which in my case was Windows XP
Professional Service Pak 3 (Note: This older Windows operating system is no longer
supported by the Microsoft Corporation). On each computer I clicked on the Start icon
in the lower right corner of the desktop, then went to “Control Panel”, then “Network
Connections” or “Network Setup Wizard”. After following the wizard, I again went
through “Start” to “My Computer”, where I right clicked on each drive icon and went
down to “Sharing and Security” I said ok to sharing this drive with other computers on
the network and with the remote computer being able change the files it accesses
through the network. Again I went through “Start” to “Printers & Faxes” where I right
clicked on the name of each of the printers I currently had connected to the main or living room computer, then I went down to “Sharing” and said to share the computer. After
doing this on both computers, I now can access and use or modify any file or printer
connected to either computer as long as they are both turned on. I got an eight port hub
- 61 -
or switch to use in place of the four port hub. The four port can be hooked in series to
the eight port for additional ports. If I hook the network capable printers (e.g., Ricoh,
Lanier, HP 5000) directly into the hub, rather than through a computer, I don’t have to
have the other computers on to use the printer from a computer that is on, but I won’t be
able to access the hard drives in or connected to printers that are not on. One can also
buy an external network Ethernet hard drive that hooks directly into the network hub.
Should someone come over with a laptop or notebook computer that is modern enough
to have a built in “Wi-Fi” or wireless capability, their computer will recognize the Verizon
Westel wireless modem for the internet, and they can sit at the kitchen table and use the
internet without a wired connection. If the notebook computer wanted to access the
wired network, they could unplug the network cable from the Ricoh laser printer to the
Netgear hub and plug into the network connection on the portable computer and be on
the network with the other two computers. If I went and replaced my Netgear hub with a
the latest Wireless N speed Lynksys brand router, I could wirelessly communicate with
the living room computer from the bedroom computer or the portable computer, the living room computer being hardwired to the wireless router. For another $65, I could get
a wireless USB adapter or access point, and plug it into the living room computer and
have it be wireless as well. Since the Ricoh printer would still be connected to the system through its USB 2.0 printer cable to the living room computer, I would be able to
print to that printer from any of the three computers, providing the router and living room
computer were turned on. This is so fantastic. With this one doesn’t have to make a
document file and transfer it to a thumb drive or burn it to a CD and them take the flash
drive or CD to the other computer and plug it in to access and print the file. It is also
possible to configure the Verizon Westel 327 modem to work as a wireless hub or router, but I don’t know how to do that and the Verizon technical support is not trained to
show me how.
Using a wireless DSL or Cable modem with four Ethernet connections is superior to
the base unit that is not wireless. Nevertheless, I was able to connect my mother’s non
wireless Westel Verizon model to a dual antenna D-Link wireless N router. I then called
technical support and found that this router uses both antennas equally, so I removed
one antenna and connected an Amped Wireless 14db outdoor booster antenna ($70),
and fastened it to the main house and tilted it directly facing the two Lynksys AE1000
wireless access points on a metal support bracket above the metal covered print shop
door. A plastic sandwich bag goes over the access points. This setup allows adequate
DSL speed wireless internet access for two computers inside a metal building where
there is normally no wireless signal for cell phone or internet, and we save the $39 a
month (with taxes) per residence Verizon DSL only service fee.
At my wife’s Santa Maria Home, I unplugged the USB connection from her computer
to her Brother MFC (multi function copier) color laser printer and, instead, hooked the
printer by the network (category 5 or 6 cord) directly into the newer Verizon model
- 62 -
GT784WNV DSL modem and then hooked my second computer into that router with a
network connection. I downloaded the Brother software printer driver from their website
to the second computer and used the Microsoft Windows 7 operating system (start –
devices and printers – add a printer) to make either computer print directly to the brother
printer which is now on the network. It may be necessary to use the printer’s display
panel to locate and print out the printers “IP” address for use in networking the printer.
When the Brother printer is hardwired directly to the home telephone jack, it can also
send and receive faxes. Now that we have e-mail service, I haven't seen a need for fax
capability. It would be used to send a crude quality copy of a hard copy document to
someone who has phone service, but no internet service. It should be noted here, that,
in our city, with Verizon DSL internet and phone service, using their latest model modem, the maximum download speed for data from the internet is 2.88 megabits per second (mbps), which I believe equates to about 350 kilobytes per second. This seems
adequate, and even works with Roku devices which stream videos (movies) via the internet. Roku desires a minimum of 3.5 mbps transfer rate, but on newer movies, the
2.88 works OK. Cable Internet is faster, beginning at 12 megabytes per second, but
their monthly prices are higher.
I also have a Tornado PC to PC data transfer device which is the size of the hand
hardware device (supposedly requiring no software install) with two retractable USB
connections, and no need for a battery or external plug-in-the-wall power adapter.
When the two connectors are plugged between computers, the drives and contents of
both computers show up on either computer and files can be dragged and dropped between computers without setting up a network with a hub and without first having to
copy them to a thumb drive or CD or external hard drive.
2012 - Here is an update for 2012 and later. Western Digital, now sells My Book Live
external network hard drives in 2 and 3 gigabyte sizes. They connect to the network only by an Ethernet (category 5 or 6 cable) and operate at gigabit speed which is faster
than USB 2.0, but slower than the new USB 3.0 or 3.1. In 2014, computers were being
made with USB 3.0 connections. Ethernet external storage has the advantage of hooking directly to a wired or wireless gigabit hub, switch, router (e.g., the Belkin N600). I
bought the Belkin because it has two usb ports. My hope was that I could plug a non
wireless older printer into the router and it could be
accessed directly, wirelessly, by all computers on
the local area network. I haven't been able to do
that yet. All the computers within reception range
of the router (or plugged into the router by an
ethernet cable), have direct access to the network
drive. Before, they had to go through the LAN (local area network) to the one computer that had the
external drive hooked to it by a USB 2.0 or Firewire
- 63 -
1394 connection. This slowed down the transfer speed of information, and that host
computer had to be running for the system to work. The Ethernet external drive also
has software for cloud capability so it can be accessed from anywhere through an internet connection.
Left - Wireless Internet directional booster antenna, made by amped wireless, extends reception range of internet from the main house on a ranch. Antenna is screwed onto one of the antenna mounts on the back of the D-Link “n” technology router, replacing one of two existing antenna. The router is hard wired into a Westel brand DSL modem connected to a phone jack in
the main house on the ranch.
Right – Dual Cisco AE1000 wireless “n” access points are mounted outside the sheet metal
covered Quonset hut above the main door in direct line of sight to the booster antenna at the
main house (about 80 feet away. USB cables connect to two computers inside the hut. Signal
strength is improved to 5 of 5 bars with door open, and 3-4 bars with door closed.
Newer printers, like our Epson Artisan 1430 wide format inkjet, have wireless network
connection capability which works well and helps free up the limited number of USB
ports on one's computer tower. By being on the wireless network, other computers that
have the printer software installed on them can also print wirelessly to wireless device.
There are also free downloadable from the internet wireless printing apps, like the one
from the Hamermill Paper Company, for smart phones and tablets so they too can print
wirelessly to a home printer e-mails and information found on the internet. Another technology, made by D-Link offers networking or internet through the house wiring wall outlets. Modules are plugged into the wall and the network cables from computers on the
system are plugged into the adapters. Thus, it is conceivable that an outlying building
from the main house on a ranch, like our print shop inside a metal building which blocks
a wireless signal, can pick up an internet connection without an antenna signal booster.
2016 - I want to reemphasize the value of the Western Digital My Book Live network external storage hard drive. It has been running flawlessly for five years now. One of our
2010 desktop computer internal hard drives failed without being able to recover the information on it, but, because we had been putting only the program software on that
drive, and storing all ministry documents on the external drive, we didn't lose the book,
booklet, and tract documents we continue to use for the ministries we do printing for.
Perhaps the nicest feature is that my wife and I, with both computers hard wired to the
external storage drive through the Belkin wired/wireless 600N router, can be working on
- 64 -
the same project saved in the same folder on the external drive, and very rarely will the
message appear "the network is busy". On a textbook reproduction, we decided to
move the page numbers in Adobe Photoshop so they all were the same distance from
the bottom of the pages. I told my wife Harriet which pages needed to be adjusted.
When she would finish a page, then close it, the Adobe Indesign CS5 page layout program on my computer would alert me that the imported or placed page she had just
fixed needed to be updated. I clicked on the item with the alert in the Links pallet, then
clicked on Update, and I watched the page number move into the proper position in my
book document. Amazing! When we go on a trip or visit other ministries, we take along
our laptop computer, and the WD network external hard drive with a network cable and
its power adapter. At one location, a minister plugged the drive into his computer. the
computer recognized the new device and found and installed the software driver for the
drive. Then he was able to give us documents to work on from his computer, or copy to
his computer documents we had completed for their ministry. The next best thing to that
would have been a USB thumb drive or the Tornado hand held device with the two extendible USB cords inside that plugs into both computers for transferring or accessing
information. The Tornado gets its 5.5 volt operating power from the computer through
the USB port and needs no external power adapter, and, as mentioned, no software
download is needed.
Another networking innovation I discovered, relates to the Drop Box
( cloud (internet) based storage system (a remote server or data
storage device accessed through the internet). The first two gigabytes of storage are
free. This solves the FTP (file transfer protocol) problem of transferring by internet larger
file size computer documents too large for the 20 to 25 megabyte attachment limit to an
e-mail. In the past one had to search for an FTP service to use. In one case, I posted a
file on our website, which allows a 100 megabyte post, just so one person could download the file. Now, with Drop Box, an associate minister sends us Christian Movies in
MPEG 4 compression file format. A whole movie in reasonable quality and sound can
have a file size of 300 to 900 megabytes. When I have been sent a movie, it appears in
the drop box folder on my computer, which is represented by an icon in the task bar at
the bottom of the desktop main screen or window on the computer.
At first I tried to transfer the digital movie out of the folder and onto my external My
Book Live network hard drive so I would not be taking up the minister's drop box storage
allotment. A notice would appear that some of the properties of the movie would not be
copied. I tried to play the movie from a thumb drive plugged into our new Samsung
Smart LED TV which can connect to our home network. I found that I had no sound volume control while watching the movie, and the sound level was too low. Later, I left the
movie in the drop box folder and right clicked on the icon of the movie and noticed I
could then see and click on Play To, and choose the Samsung LED TV in the living
room, which is hard wired through an adjoining wall to the computer room by a twentyfive foot Ethernet cable. I had the TV on and when I looked at the screen, I saw a message stating that the movie was ready to play. It played flawlessly with all its properties,
including the ability to adjust the sound. After watching the movie, I deleted it out of our
drop box folder on my computer. Amazing!
- 65 -
- 66 -
The Value of a Website
In 2002, I was working with a minister with a genius IQ. He had designed his first
website, (now, using the HTML code system. He said it was so difficult, he literally beat his head against the wall. Now there is
free open source website making software like Word Press that doesn't require knowing
code. When we were working together, Prince Handley was adding his uplifting radio
broadcasts from the past to the website. He said the website was getting 30 hits (visits)
per second! Now he has about seven websites, and he has added Twitter podcasts (internet audio messages) with a listening audience of 17,000 a day, and over 100,000 followers. The bottom line, as I see it, is that, when one gets older, he can still reach a lot
of people using the internet, and at a very low cost compared to printing and shipping
and literature, which Dick Handley still does. I read statistics that soon, there will be as
many cell phones as there are people in the world, and a billion of these devices will be
smart - capable of connecting to the Internet or world wide web. This shows the potential to reach millions of people at a very low cost. On a website one can make a URL
(internet address for a piece of information) connectable through a mouse click on hyperlinked text.
Having a website enables me to post tract documents for free use by printers and
evangelists worldwide, as well as making an offer to create custom tracts from scratch
on the computer or from existing hard copy. As an example of this, see the posted tract,
A Father’s Steadfast Love. Whereas some organizations like the Los Angeles Free
Tract Society print tracts and mail them by request all over the world, this shipping is
expensive ($66.95 for a USPS Priority International Flat Rate Box of 5,000 small tracts).
I propose providing the documents or artwork online where printers can print the documents or tracts on location at minimal cost and shave on the shipping. The idea here is
rather than giving a man a fish to eat, one can teach that man to fish, and thereby multiply one’s efforts rather than making your printing outlet the only source for a person to
get tracts or literature from.
Communication by internet is fast and efficient. Verizon DSL internet service through
a phone line is fast enough for e-mail communication and allows for up to 20 megabyte
or large file size attachments. For transferring larger size files, there is a new FTP (File
transfer Protocol) free service (base two gigabytes of storage is free) called Drop Box
( The Google company also has Google Drive with even more free
storage. When a person downloads documents or tracts from a website, this restriction
is not an issue, just the download rate. I have found DSL download speed with the Verizon Phone Company, for example, to be about 350 kilobytes (2.88 megabits) per second maximum with their latest modem. Cable internet, an added paid for feature for
those who have cable TV service, (although usually more expensive than DSL phone
line service), can be, supposedly, up to 9 megabytes per second! When I lived alone in
- 67 -
a mobile home, I was paying $35 a month for Verizon DSL internet since I didn’t have
phone service in the home, and therefore had to pay $10 a month more for just internet.
One can now get a cell phone network cellular wireless hotspot/mobile hotspot device
that enables wireless computers can use to connect to the internet in locations where
there is no landline connected Wi-Fi. There are two types of these mobile hotspot devices - portable, and stationary (a broadband router for home or office). Evidently the data
transfer rates are not fast, and one has to pay monthly fees for the megabytes of data
they transfer by cellular internet. In 2014, Verizon wireless told us it would be $80 a
month for 10 gigabytes of data transfer. I was considering such a device for our computers in our print shop on a ranch, after my mother moved out of the main house and
DSL internet service through the phone line was disconnected. Instead, we bought a
Samsung Ellipse tablet that can access the internet by Wi-Fi or the cellular network. It
shares data usage with our two cell phones, and adds $10 a month to our phone bill. It
also has GPS for guidance to a destination on a road trip in the car.
The total yearly fee for paying to have a website hosted and the domain name maintained with the Network Solutions hosting service is about $142 a year + $15.99 for private registration of the website address (URL). In 2015 we added SiteLock Premium at
$6.99 a month after a hacker had gotten into the dashboard of our website and installed
malicious code that led to the hosting company suspending our website for three
months. The free version of Wordfence software also helps. We get regular notices giving us the IP addresses of hackers who were blocked from altering our website. Our associate, Dick Handley, prefers using GoDaddy as a website hosting company. They offer easy to use website builder software for designing a website without having to use
HTML code. After several hacks into our website resulting in the hosting company taking
our website off the internet for about three months, I also felt it necessary to also pay
$6.99 a month for Site Lock, a software provide by the website hosting company. This
software does routine scans of the website for malware, and remove it. Also, the free
version of Word Fence, a plug in to our Word Press website, is needful. It alerts me by
e-mail when someone tries to enter the administrative dashboard portion of our website,
and even gives the IP (internet protocol) numerical address of the intruder, as well as
the country they are attacking from.
As mentioned, new technology now allows one to download and use a free 5 megabyte website template from Word Press that doesn’t involve using HTML code. With this
format, with which the present version of was made, I can enter a
password to access the administrative portion of my website where I can easily upload
files saved in PDF document format on my computer, mp3 audio files, and JPEG
thumbnail images, as well as place hyperlinked text to free training videos posted at
Google's You Tube website.
I create a tract in Adobe Indesign CS5, then use the full version of Adobe Acrobat
Professional 9 to convert the document to PDF format which can be opened by anyone
- 68 -
who has downloaded the free Acrobat Reader program from the Adobe website, I make a JPEG picture thumbnail (a small low file size image of the
cover of the tract), and click on buttons after “New Post”, to add the thumbnail, the document, a title, and a brief description. When done I click on a button that posts the tract
on the website and then I look at the website by internet access to see if all looks well.
I can also attach audio testimonies to the audio portion of the website. The website
display program incorporates, as a plug in, an Adobe Flash based digital audio player
that enables the visitor to the site to play the audio testimony of choice without having to
have an audio player on his computer. Jesus told the man delivered of a legion of demons, (Mark 5:19 NLT) “…go home to your family, and tell them everything the Lord has
done for you and how merciful He has been." The late Bishop Whitlock, a hospital
chaplain, said, “A testimony is worth a thousand theories.” In the “About” section of the
website I posted a picture of myself and attached a 5 minute audio message about the
formation of HIS Print Media Ministries. I have a Zoom Tech H2 hand held digital audio
recorder with four built in microphones that can record hours of testimony on a camera
SD memory card. The recorder can even record in mp3 condensed low file size audio
that is better than cassette quality. These files are easily transferred to the computer
through a USB 2.0 patch cord from the device. If I desire to edit the audio file, I can do
so using the free download program Audacity.
My website contains links to Discipleship or Bible study materials (e.g. for new believers as Jesus commanded us:
Matthew 28:18-20 NLT “Jesus came and told His disciples, "I have been given all authority in heaven and on earth. 19 Therefore, go and make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. 20Teach these new
disciples to obey all the commands I have given you. And be sure of this: I am with you
always, even to the end of the age."
If I can’t solve a problem with the website, a more knowledgeable person can, with my
permission and password, access the administrative portion of the website to fix the
problem and embellish or enhance the website as well.
I close this chapter by stating that such websites as mine must be a threat to the Devil’s kingdom. When I first started the site, someone had jammed the site with hundreds
of links or website addresses to pornographic websites. Statistically, 35% of the internet
content worldwide is pornography! Shouldn’t God have a share of the World Wide Web
as His divine tool for reaching the lost and discipleship training to those who may never
enter a church door. Prince Handley, my associate said he had tried to pay someone to
design a website for him but it wasn’t satisfactory. He has genius level intelligence and
went back to college and took website design courses that utilize the complicated HTML
code system. He said it was so difficult he literally beat his head against the wall in frustration. The result is that his primary website, (now, in about 2002, when we worked closely together, was getting 30
or more “hits” or visits per second! The words of the Christian hymn come to mind,
“Though all Hell assail me, I shall not be moved. In His love and favor, I shall not be
moved. Just like a tree that’s planted by the water, I shall not be moved!” The Bible
- 69 -
states, “If God be for us, who can be against us.” – (Romans 8:31B). “When the enemy
shall come in like a flood, the Spirit of the Lord will lift up a standard against him and put
him to flight [for He will come like a rushing stream which the breath of the Lord drives].
– (Isaiah 59:19B Amplified) “Fear not: for they that be with us are more than they that be
with them.” – (2 Kings 6:16)
Since the website was posted on the internet, we have received over 7,500 viewer
comments in several languages, with only one or two being negative. Most of responders are trying to use me as a means of boosting their Google rating status with the guise
of selling me their products. Some even want us to look at pornography websites; but at
least they are finding the Good News of the free gift of eternal life through Jesus Christ
by viewing our website. Some probably sense the presence of the Spirit of God when
they visit us on the web, but they don't know what to make of it.
In February 2012, I let a scammer, allegedly a Microsoft Affiliate, access my computer to eliminate a supposed life threatening virus. After than our website pages showed
unwanted text, and I couldn’t gain access to the Dashboard or administrative portion of
the website. The technicians at our website hosting company fixed the problem for $60,
and upgraded us to the latest version of Word Press, the free website building software/template we are using. My wife questioned whether our website was worth having
– she didn’t think it was doing any good – that no legitimate person was visiting the site
– and it is dragging down our business because the documents we print are posted for
free use by anyone, when we normally charge for making tracts since we are not yet a
non-profit corporation, and we have to show a yearly business profit to stay out of trouble with the IRS. I did a Google search under Gospel Tracts and found our website
listed. When I used the Google internet search engine and type in the name of our ministry, HIS Print Media Ministries, we came up first in the list of results. I had found, earlier, a site,, that listed pages of tract making, selling, and distributing
organizations, including ours. I found that one tract company in Grand Rapids, Michigan
had printed hundreds of millions of tracts. Another couple with the website, had produced and given away for free a million tracts in fifteen years,
along with teaching others how to make, post, and print their own tracts. My wife and I
are now associated with them and they are promoting our work through links and postings on their website. We have also made and posted a Printing Prices list on both
websites that contains hyperlinks to actual sample documents on our website. We have
put new page headings on the website with titles of E-tracts and E-books. Now the read
order tracts (not for printing, but forwarding by e-mail to others) can be grouped under
one heading. E-books, the simplest form being a read order PDF (Adobe Acrobat Reader) file, are growing in popularity, and software (e.g., .e-pub) is now available to make
them readable on smartphones, and electronic book readers or tablets.
Here is a Testimony related to downloading and using the God's Anointed Soul Winning Plan booklet put together by HIS Print Media Ministries, and posted as a read order
E-booklet for free download on the internet by Prince Handley:
8:30 AM Dear Apostle Handley,
Thank you for the free downloading of "God's Anointing Winning Soul Plan". I never knew that there is so much Joy and happiness in preaching the word of God. As you talk, you feel this fresh air blowing on you, more ideas coming into your brain.
Am very happy, extremely happy that am telling people about Jesus. So far I've succeeded in converting three(3) SOULS for
Christ. But I found out that some of my friends are avoiding me. It doesn’t matter to me because am happy working for
Christ. May the Almighty God bless you sir.
- 70 -
On September 9, 2015, we received an e-mail in the English language from a man
who is looking for a particular Spanish tract document titled El Camino Romano al Cielo
(The Roman's Road to Heaven). We figure he must have done an internet search using
one of the search engines like Google, and found our e-mail address. I had designed a
two color computer document of that tract title. He wanted to get the tract printed for Argentina in South America. I had designed a new style document by that title and I was
able to e-mail the document to him as an attachment. I also agreed to help him put a
custom contact address on the back of the document. This is an example of what we
had hoped would happen when we make tract documents and post them on our website
for free use, hopefully by other printers. We had actually printed 10,000 of this tract on
our printing press, so we knew it looked good when printed. The problem is that our
printing and mailing the tracts to a foreign country costs more for the shipping than the
printing. We feel it is better if we help others to print the tracts in the vicinity where they
will be distributed.
An even more exciting story is found on page 23 of this book. A man named Denish in
Kenya, East Africa, asked our permission to use a tract titled Who is Jesus? he found
posted on our website. He paid a local printer to make 576 of these tracts, and easily
passed them out. About five days later, we got an e-mail form a David, who said he had
verbally persecuted Christians until he received one of the tracts from Denish and was
truly converted, asking Jesus into his heart as his Savior and Lord. I used e-mails to
connect the two men together and e-mailed them the computer document of the tract in
Swahili, their native language. Denish then printed more of the tracts, this time in his native language, and gave some of them to David William to pass out.
Website Making Software & Training
Download WordPress
WordPress Beginner Videos - Free WordPress Video Tutorials
21 Best Free WordPress CMS Courses and Tutorials
WordPress 101 Tutorials - iThemes
Complete WordPress Training for Beginners │Udemy
- 71 -
- 72 -
Printing Instructions for Tracts Posted on Website
1. Tracts with full color pictures are for printing on a color laser printer or inkjet printer
only, since they are Adobe Acrobat (PDF) documents and printing on a printing
press requires separations of the pictures into the four process colors. If you want to
print these full color tracts on a printing press, request color separations or the original Adobe Indesign CS2 documents from A monochrome or
black and white laser printer will print these documents, but the colored text will turn
gray and not be black. Opening and saving to one's computer, the documents posted
on the website will require having the free internet download Adobe Acrobat Reader
2. The tracts have two pages of the same information for laser printers that have a built
in duplexer (prints front and back sides automatically). If you don’t have a duplexing
printer, you will only need to print one of the pages and manually flip the paper over
to print the backsides. Please print one tract both sides and make sure the pages, after folding and cutting, are in the right alignment and sequence, before printing the
whole job. The PDF file won’t allow you to move the image and text on the page unless your printer has the capability of moving the paper in the input tray. One may
request the original Adobe Indesign CS2 document so he or she can move the parts
around for best fit and looks on the page, if one has the Indesign Program. Another
option for skilled users, would be to open the PDF in Adobe Photoshop, then use the
marquis and move tools to reposition all or parts of the document to obtain needed
column spacing after folding of the printed document, and for adding additional margins for particular printers or printing presses.
3. The booklet tract Seven Things God Wants Us to Know prints as collated sets on a
duplexing laser printer to be run through a booklet maker. If you don’t have a booklet
maker, you can hand fold the collated booklets in half and use an inexpensive saddle
stitch stapler, or get a long throat stapler at an office supply store and staple the
booklet in two places and then fold it.
4. Most tracts are designed or laid out on the page for making a metal, or polyester laser printing plate for an offset printing press. They are made as a “work and turn” or
a “work and tumble” so that only one plate is required for the inside and outside of
the tract. To print the inside or backside, one simply flips the paper 180 degrees end
for end or sideways.
5. Proper Margins – Most printers, printing presses included, (except for certain photo
full bleed inkjet printers), require at least a 1/8” margin or no print area around the
four outside margins of the paper, between the text or images and the edges of the
sheet. Older inkjets (late 1990 models) may require a minimum 5/8” bottom margin.
Printing presses require a no print area “gripper bite” of ¼” to 3/8” on the edge of the
paper that the “impression cylinder” grabs to pull the paper through the press. One
way around this is to print the document using the longer length side of the paper (if
it has more margin) as the gripper edge. The website documents are laid out with a
margin of 3/16” or more required by the Ricoh laser color laser printer being used by
HIS Print Media Ministries. A few website (products page) documents, like the Gambling tract, are made for a trim on 3 sides after printing and folding so that the fin- 73 -
ished tract has a “full bleed” cover with no white border margins showing on the cover. One can custom cut larger than letter size sheets from parent size sheets from
the paper company if the margins are not enough for a printing press. The printed
sheets are then trimmed on the gripper side of the sheet.
6. Tracts that are two colors of text and don’t have close registration between the two
colors can be printed on a single color printing press by running the paper through
the press twice, once for each color. An offset pressman can make single color text
documents into two or more spot color documents by making a negative from a
printed copy of the computer document and then stripping it up in a mask with windows cut in it that open and close to chose only one of the colors when making metal
(aluminum) printing plates from the one negative.
7. Prison art tracts like the Why John 3:16? can be separated into two spot colors using
the Adobe Photoshop magic wand tool. HIS Print can make and furnish you PDF
files of these two color documents.
8. If you wish to put a custom address on the back of a tract, you should e-mail the address to and a special version of the tract will be made for you in
Adobe Indesign, and then converted to a “press quality” Adobe Acrobat PDF document and emailed to you as an attachment. This will look better than trying to stamp
an address on the back with a rubber stamp. On most posted documents where
there is enough space on the back for contact information, I have added a text box
editable field. When one moves the computer mouse over the address area, and
clicks, the I beam appears. By right clicking the mouse on the added text, one can
choose rich text formatting such as bold or italic.
9. HIS Print can design tracts for you if you provide the text as a word document, and
computerized (from scanner or digital camera) images (e.g., JPEG or TIFF file format) that are good quality (300dpi or more, and a file size of over 200KB)
HIS Print has three offset printing presses set up and running yet that are able to
print up to 8,000 copies an hour at a cost of 1 cent each color on a page per side
plus the cost of the paper and printing plate. In the mean time, one can order tracts
in small quantities to be printed on a color laser printer at higher prices than offset
printing. The minimum quantity of paper to be printed on a press is one letter size
box of 5,000 sheets.
11. The cheapest way to convert computer documents to offset printing plates for a printing press, is to use a laser printer to print on a clear plastic with the image “flip horizontal”, then transfer that image to an aluminum positive development printing plate
using a plate exposure box. The “flip horizontal” option can work with a PDF file if
your printer has an Adobe “postscript” printer driver. Regular printer drivers found on
cheap printers and inkjets don’t have this capability. At your request, HIS Print can
use the flip horizontal option in making a PDF document from Adobe Indesign CS5.
The purpose of the “flip horizontal” is to get the printed image on the film or acetate
as close to the metal plate as possible in transferring the image to the metal plate using the plate exposure box so there is no distortion or fuzziness of the image caused
by the thickness of the film or acetate. Polyester based “laser plates” can also be imaged directly through the laser printer. They can print up to 20,000 copies per plate,
- 74 -
but the ph or acidity of the press fountain solution has to be accurately measured
and kept at a reading of 4.5. Since polyester or paper plates can stretch, changing
the registration of the image on the paper, these kinds of plates are not recommended for printing multi color documents that require exact registration between the different colors. These plates can cost as little as a dollar each. Unlike metal plates, laser plates are probably not reusable for printing more of the same tract later on.
One can also make film positives (for making positive development metal
plates) on an inkjet printer. Inkjets only print on specially made transparency material. Also, all printed pictures are made of “halftone” dots, and inkjets print smaller
“stochastic” dots, unless one buys and installs a RIP software.
that dissolve and disappear when the metal plate is being developed with chemistry
after having been exposed. This problem is solved by buying a “rip” software that
tells the inkjet printer to make “halftone” dots that are larger and don’t dissolve
away. Such software is expensive (hundreds of dollars), but one can do without it by
printing text only documents.
A new technology (from India?) is a paper plate for the printing press that is made
with an inkjet printer. DAA International LLC, a supplier of printer supplies, offers
geniejet plates imaged with certain Epson inkjet printers like the 2880 that use the
Ultrakrome K3 inkset. Their systems start at over $1000. Prestek uses an epson
printer and RIP software to print directly on to Aluminum press plates that are then
baked for runs up to 20,000 copies. Their JT Inkjet Direct system is about $5,000
An even more exciting technology is a development called “Memjet”- a desktop
inkjet printer with a "pagewide" non moving print head that does up to 1600 by 1600
dpi resulution and 60 pages a minute! Hewlett Packard makes a similar technology
machine, their Officejet Pro X series, that also duplexes the sheets. The HP models
have gone on sale for as low as $299, and remanufactured cartridges are appearing
for under $40 each. The Memjet printers will print as fast as 60 pages a minute at a
high 1600 by 1600dpi quality. Memjet printers are being sold through distributors.
12. As a Christian Evangelism or witnessing tool, one should also consider audio testimonies put on CDs. Sample titles are A Divine Revelation of Hell /Heaven, and To
Hell and Back. The website supplied the audio files for free
downloading to make the CDs, as well as the document files to print the labels to go
on the CDs.
13. Praying Over the Tracts ─ All literature printed should be prayed over with the laying on of hands, for an anointing (the power of God) to go into the tracts to make
them effective in reaching people that read them. I learned this when I brought a
box of tracts to an evangelistic outreach hosted by a local church at the beach.
When my “spiritual parents” drove up I asked Frances to lay hands on the box from
where she was sitting in the passenger seat and pray over the tracts. She told me,
when she got done, that a tangible anointing of the Holy Spirit had gone into the paper the tracts were printed on. This reminded me of:
Isa 55:11 "So shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth: it shall not return
unto me void, but it shall accomplish that which I please, and it shall prosper in the
thing whereto I sent it."
- 75 -
Acts 19:11 -12 "And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: So that
from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases
departed from them, and the evil spirits went out of them."
The modern day Apostle, Prince Handley, author of some of the literature on the website, and the founder of Handley World Services Foundation
( offers the following instructions in praying over the literature
you print and send out:
"I first speak the BLOOD OF CHRIST over the packages and literature, then the
person being shipped to and the cities, areas, and countries where they will go. I
bind the devil from hindering their safe delivery and I decree that they will get into
the hands of the distributors and that each individual piece of literature will get to the
person or people God wants it to. I ask God to ANOINT THE LITERATURE and to
TEACHERS, and CHRISTIAN WORKERS as a result of the items being shipped. I
ask God to smite Satan through the literature, and to pour out the HOLY GHOST on
the regions…and to raise up GREAT HOLY GHOST CHURCHES as a result of the
literature…and to bring about the greatest WORLD-WIDE REVIVAL AND
AWAKENING EVER! The LORD also instructed me to tell you to do the same and
to believe for MULTIPLICATION.
Tract Prices – For some of the tracts posted on the website,
when printed by HIS Print Media Ministries:
HIS Print Media Ministries (February 2016)
We have limited quantities of tracts in stock, offered at the Prices below while supply lasts.
Large quantities (10,000 minimum - one ten ream box of paper) for tracts printed on the offset printing
press are printed on request.
These prices do not include shipping. (Shipping is usually by USPS priority flat rate boxes, either domestic [United States], or international. A medium box can hold up to 5,000 small
tracts.) Note: Some of the tracts listed below are out of stock, but serves as examples for sizes
and prices of tracts.
How to Live Forever (Eng. & Spanish)
$2.00 (20# or 22# White paper, two color)
How to Win (Eng. & Spanish)
$2.00 (20# White paper, one color)
Peace and Safety? Sudden Destruction? (Eng.)
2-color ink)
$6.00 (Full 8.5x11 sheet, White thicker paper, Tri-fold,
The Greatest Offer Ever Made
By The Greatest Man Who Ever Lives
White 20# paper,)
$6.00 (four fold, two to a legal size sheet, two color duotone,
- 76 -
What fills the Void (Eng., Spanish, and Portuguese)
$3.00 (20# or 22# paper, 4-fold, two color)
Who is Jesus? (Eng., Spanish, Swahili)
5,000 min. order)
$4.50 (4 fold, Can be special ordered in other languages –
Why John 3:16 (Eng. & Spanish)
$3.00 (20# or 22# White paper, 2-color ink)
World's Most Important Prayer
$3.00 (2 color, four fold)
It’s Your Move (Eng.)
$3.00 (2 color, two to a letter size sheet, one fold)
World in a Mess
$4.00 (2 color duotone, full bleed cover)
Life's 2 Most Important Questions (Eng. & Spanish) $3.00 (two color, four fold)
Los Dos Preguntas Mas Importantes de la Vida
$3.00 (2 color, four panel)
Which Way to Heaven Finding the True Path to Eternal Life
$3.00 (two color, four panel)
The Roman's Road to Heaven
$3.00 (2 color, 8 panels)
El Camino Romano Al Cielo (Spanish)
$3.00 (2 color, 8 panels)
Messiah's Identity Revealed
$3.00 (2 color, 1 fold, crossword puzzle tract 4 Jewish people)
Are You Playing With Satan?
$3.00 (2 color duotone)
Booklet Tracts:
Tesoros en el Cielo (Spanish - Treasures in Heaven) $12.00 (two color, 24 pages)
Know Your Future
do now?)
$10.00 (16 pages - We have all broken God's 10 Commandments. What do we
Conozca Su Futuro (Spanish - Know Your Future) $10.00 (16 pages)
Como Obtener Paz con Dios (How to Have Peace with God) $15.00 (2 color, 16 pages)
A Vital Decision That Will Lead You to a Life Changing Experience (Eng.)
Are You Playing with Satan? (Eng.)
$5.00 (thick paper)
Body Piercing – Is it for Me? (Eng.)
$5.00 (thick paper)
World in a Mess! (Eng.)
$3.00 (22# White paper)
$5.00 (thick paper)
$6.00 (full color, two to a letter size sheet, on thick coated card stock)
How to Live Forever - There is Only One Way
- 77 -
Wise Men Still Seek Him (Eng. & Spanish)
$4.00 (80# coated cover paper, Front full bleed colors)
What Child Is This?
$6.00 (8 panel)
Valentine’s Day
(Eng. & Spanish)
paper is cheaper at
$6.00 (80# coated cover paper, Front full bleed colors)
$6.00 (80# coated cover paper, Front full bleed colors)
$6.00 (full color – thicker paper) Note: The one color (black) on orange
Bounty of Blessing (Thanksgiving)
$10.00 (full bleed card)
REGARDING TRACTS PRINTED ON THE LASER: We can notify you when these tracts have been printed
on the printing press, and are available at lower prices. Please let us know if you would like to receive
updates on our products and prices via email. Contact us for large quantity printing on the printing
- 78 -
Communication Worldwide by E-mail and Internet
I am excited to share here one recent example of how e-mail was used to design and print a
tract in the United States, that was passed out in the Odessa province of India in the Oriya/Odia
language. We were printing and shipping tracts for free distribution in foreign countries for Handley World Services, Inc. We developed an ongoing e-mail correspondence with Pastor Naik
who actively evangelizes in the district where he pastors a church. We had sent him a box of
tracts on our own, and a NLT Life Application study Bible. In 2015, a few weeks before Easter,
he e-mailed saying that a Christian group would get up early Easter Sunday morning and parade the streets of the city and pass out tracts. He wanted an Easter tract in his language, and
he would need it within two weeks, and he wanted us to make and mail them. I knew of only
one Easter tract in English, one I had designed, titled Why the Cross? I had it posted on our
website. I told him to look at it there and see if that would work for him. He said he would translate the English message into his language, type it out on his computer, and e-mail it to us. We
would use the same artwork as the English version, making the glossy card tracts in full color.
Shipping the quantity of about 400 that he wanted would fit in a USPS flat rate priority international envelope that requires a small customs slip and arrives in 6 to 10 days at a mailing cost of
about $24.
When Pastor Naik sent me the translation into his language, Oriya, by e-mail, it didn't display
right on my computer monitor because I didn't have the font for that language on my computer.
When I did try to find and download the font, only the title text on the cover would display right. I
e-mailed and told the pastor he would have to make an Adobe Acrobat Reader (PDF) of his
word processing document, and he would have to tell the computer software to include the fonts
on his computer that he had used. Also, he would have to make the text an appropriate size to
fit in the space for it on the back of the tract. Another issue was the picture I had used for the
English tract was interfering with the readability of the text, so I had to search for a different
background color artwork of the resurrected Jesus leaning against the large round stone covering the entrance of the carved in the rock tomb, an angel of God having rolled away the stone so
Jesus could get out of the tomb borrowed from a rich man. Also, I would have to import the PDF
image of the text into Adobe Photoshop on my computer so I could resize it to look good on the
document, and I had to drop the background out of the text so the underlying background picture could be visible. Getting text I could work with delayed the project. I placed the image of the
text into the Adobe Indesign CS 5 Page layout Program document. When I finally assembled a
quality two sided document with four tracts to a page, and a trim on all sides to eliminate the
white borders, I made a viewable by anyone PDF of the document of the proposed tract, and
sent it to India as an e-mail attachment. It was approved by Pastor Naik, and I quickly printed
and cut and mailed the tracts to the address the pastor gave me by e-mail. We only had about
ten days left before Easter Sunday. We prayed. The pastor was overjoyed to receive the tracts
the day before his planned event. This pastor liked to send me pictures of his passing out literature we mailed him, but he didn't have his own digital camera. Unexpectedly, someone accompanied the outreach and took nice pictures, some of which he sent me by e-mail attachment.
Working together, and using e-mail and the internet, we had made this pastor's day!
Through e-mail and the Internet we have worked with translators in other countries to convert
English tracts to their language. For, example, a minister we later met in our own city, had been
- 79 -
in Peru, South America. We were looking for a Spanish translator, and approached his wife,
Fanny, who is a native speaker, and also fluent in English. We sent the text from our English
version to her and she sent back the Spanish translation as columns of text. I cut and pasted
the text into the page layout program tract document in place of the English and sized it to fit.
We used newer style graphics we had gotten from the Free Tract Society in Los Angeles. I then
e-mailed it back to Peru for proof reading. When the tract was completed, we e-mailed the document as a press quality PDF to a service bureau in the City of Santa Ana, CA. The FTS had
set up an account with them. Using one of their expensive computer to film machines, Film Output made two quality letter size negatives and mailed them to the FTS, billing them by a credit
card on file. FTS stripped the negatives into masks for a two color tract and burned metal plates
and printed the job. When we visited the Tract Society, Steve, the man in charge, showed us the
printed tracts.
We had been printing and shipping thousands of Portuguese How to Win tracts to Brazil, and
we noticed that FTS didn't have the Spanish Con Que Se Llena Este Vacio? we had helped
them with, in Portuguese (Como Preencher O Vazio?). An affiliate minister I used to work with
in his print shop had given us a box of tract negatives from the late 1970's and early 80's. I
found the Portuguese version of this tract, and retyped the text into the FTS graphics that we
had used on the Spanish version. FTS referred me to a Portuguese translator they had worked
with who verified the translation when I e-mailed the tract as a PDF document to them. I then
used the approved computer document to print two film positives on color laser printer. From
there I used light exposure box to burn the image onto two metal plates, one for black ink and
the other for a red ink. I printed a box of the Portuguese tracts on our two color press. When we
again visited the Tract Society, I gave them about 2,500 of the tracts. When they run out and
want more and desire to print them themselves, I can again e-mail the new tract document to
the service bureau to make a set of negatives for them. My work with the FTS has helped them
make the transition from the older method of using a graphic arts camera and a dark room and
stinky chemicals, to a modern image setter that makes negatives right from the computer, rather
than capturing the image by camera from a camera ready paste up.
Pastor Dayanidi Naik of Bethesda Church of God in the Odissa
province of India passes out Easter card tracts we worked together
to make by e-mail correspondence with attachments.
- 80 -
Moving Equipment Yourself
A two color printing press or offset duplicator that prints a tabloid size or smaller sheet
weighs up to 1,000 pounds. My opinion, based on experience, is that you can move
such pieces of equipment, one at a time by yourself, and put them into operating condition in the place you want to use them by yourself. If there are no electrical outlets and
you want a designated outlet just for that press, although I have done this myself, I recommend you get an electrician connected with the church to help with this. Most of these presses should run on 110 volts and connect to a regular outlet. The fact that they
have two motors to drive the mechanism and the vacuum pump means they will draw
about 8 or more amperes of current, so I would not run two presses from the same duplex outlet or on the same electrical circuit connected to one 15 or 20 ampere circuit
breaker in the electrical panel.
The easiest way I know to move a press weighing 1,000 pounds or less, one at a
time, is with a small 1/2 ton truck with a 2” ball on the bumper which has a capacity of
2,000 pounds and 200 pounds tongue weight, and a U-Haul motorcycle trailer that has
small tires so it sits low to the ground, is about 4’ wide by 8’, has tie down points at each
corner, and a 3’ fold down ramp on the back that is shallow enough of an angle to winch
the press into the trailer with a single hand operated ratcheting cable winch (come
along) between the front center of the trailer bed and one end of the press. Most two
color presses seem to sit on two I beam rails. In the past, I would raise one end with a
pry bar and fulcrum block of wood, or an automotive floor jack. I would then insert 30"
sections of 1" PVC plastic pile under the two rails, and the press could be pushed by
hand, rolling on the pipes. Now, because our big press weighs 2,800 pounds, I bought
two sets of car moving dollies. Each cradle has four casters and is good for about 800
After the press is loaded so the weight balance is just past the center line or axel for
good handling, it is secured at all for corners with ratcheting tie down straps that come in
packages of four from places like Home Depot. All leveling screws or feet should be
backed off or removed so they don’t stick down and interfere with the pipes rolling the
length of the underside. The winch has a lever for going in reverse to slowly let the
press down the ramp a notch at a time. If the end of the press has a bar going across
near the bottom, the flat end of the pry bar can be placed under it so that when one lifts
on the end of the bar (which costs about $20-25 at Home Depot), it lifts and moves the
press at the same time. To get the press from ground level into a building on a raised
foundation, it may be necessary to build a ramp. The Ramp I made is a 40” wide by 8’
long sheet of ¾’ thick plywood with three 4 x 4s fastened below it the long way with the
ends cut at 45 degree angles, and about 3 to 4” of just plywood on each end to serve as
a lip to hang on entry ways such as a door threshold. I had two presses stored behind
the eight car garage on the ranch where I live. I drove the truck alongside the overhang
- 81 -
and connected to the side of the rear truck bumper with a chain and then to the “come
along” and then to the press to pull it out into the open on rollers or sheets of old plywood. When the press was directly behind the truck I turned it 90 degrees with a pry
bar, backed the truck up, took the tail gate off, and put the lip of the ramp I made on the
edge of the truck bed and with pipes and the same come along, winched the press up
into the truck bed. To move it all the way forward, I had to run a rope over the top of the
cab and protect the paint with thick pieces of soft wood or cardboard and refasten the
winch (the press being held from slipping back down the ramp in the meantime by another rope tied to the front two eye loops in the truck bed) to the front bumper of the
truck. If entry way space is limited in the place where one is taking the press to unload
and use it, such as a mobile home next to the side of a cliff, one should put the press on
a flatbed truck so it can be unloaded from the side into the building. The ramp and the
truck raises the press about half way to its destination height so the ramp used again to
go into the building is a shallow enough angle to winch it in with a come along.
I put the press in the living room of a single wide mobile home with no carpet and a
plywood floor. I first went under the mobile home and put extra concrete tiers and connecting blocks of wood to strengthen the floor in the area where the press would be
used. This proved helpful as later when I was running the press at full speed doing a
job it was stable. I checked the press for level in both directions after putting it in position and it was fine as is. I thought I would run a rope through a window opposite the
sliding glass door and out the other side to a sturdy tree trunk, as an anchor point to
winch from, but the windows were jalousie type and I knew if the rope leaned on one of
the glass panes it could break. Instead I pulled a heater register out of the floor and
found a sturdy edge of plywood I hooked the come along onto. Fortunately, the anchor
point didn’t pull the mobile home off its mounting stands.
The 18” hand operated Triumph model 4705 paper cutter was removed from its stand
by four bolts, and two people carried it up the entry steps and into position. The heavy
paperback book binding machine was taken up the steps with two people, with a lighter
duty ramp over the steps, but it was hard work and it would have been better to have
used the heavy ramp and first removed the entry way steps into the mobile home. The
Nuarc FT26V3UP plate exposure box was moved in with a lighter duty ramp from the
truck bed by only one person using the come along. Now the compact print shop contained most of the essential equipment after I bought a Rollem Champion 990 18” slitter
/ perforator / scoring machine on its stand.
After my wife and I and friends to our ministry remodeled the 860 square foot Quonset
hut on the family ranch, I was able to add additional equipment, some of which was donated. We bought a Challenge Titan 200 20" cut width electric hydraulic paper cutter. It
came on rollers and was transported in a small trailer. The larger 12" x 18" paper size
Ryobi 3302 press weighed 2,800 pounds and was too heavy to transport with our SUV.
We paid the seller $500 to deliver this press. Paul, the delivery man, also brought an
- 82 -
electric fork lift and a hand operated pallet jack with special made forks. In the Quonset
hut we also added storage racks for incoming and outgoing paper and a table and scale
for packaging and shipping. Isaiah 54 in the Bibles tells of readjusting the stakes of
one's tent to make more room as a widow turns from barrenness to having children. After we had finished the larger building remodel, the local city college donated additional
equipment left over from the closing of the print shop there, the same equipment I had
used when I had worked there for about 12 years.
Winching in the Nu Arc Plate Exposure Box with light duty ramp.
- 83 -
Equipment like this
used Ryobi 3302 two
color press, weighing
2,800 lbs., at the price
of $8,500, is better
handled by a professional mover. Paul of
QP Printing Equipment Sales in Los Angeles sold us the
press then delivered
and put it in place for
$500 more. It was not
easy, and well worth
- 83 -
Here are Pictures of the Equipment in Position, First in a rented 20’ by 24’ detached
garage 2000-2003, then 2008-2009, in a single wide mobile home 10’ by 45+’.
- 84 -
- 85 -
- 86 -
- 87 -
- 88 -
Equipment (all pictures): Two 2002 IBM Computers w 1.8 GHZ P4 processors, 1.5 Gigabytes RAM,
internal and external hard drives, dual monitors, 1200 dpi scanner(s), Epson R300/320 photo inkjet
printers with CD label printing / continuous ink feed system; BowayV970 Perfect Binder (Paperback
book gluer and cover inserter); Triumph 4700 hand paper cutter, Martin Yale friction feed tabloid folder; Nu Ark mercury vapor bulb flip top plate exposure box; Ricoh model Aficio spc811dn tabloid duplexing 40ppm graphics color laser printer; 10 bin Baum/Plockmatic 310 paper collator, HP 5000 monochrome tabloid laser printer for film positives for exposing metal aluminum positive development
press plates; Lanier/Ricoh lp126 legal size duplexing 26ppm color laser printer; 1983 Hamada 550
CDA two color exact registration offset printing press; O & M series 60 / Plockmatic booklet maker;
GBC 24 ½” double sided laminator; Dayton grocery store weighing scale for shipping, GBC Comb
Binding machine; Mustek large format A3 scanner; Shrink Wrapper; Staples hand operated machine
for Scoring / Perforating / Cutting; hand paper cutter for business cards and tract sample centering
adjustment with computer. Rollem Champion 990 18” booklet slitter, perforator, and scoring machine.
Since the first edition, we now have (November 2010) about everything that was on our wish list for
future equipment purchases, except a CTP (computer to plate) image setter. We bought a1994
Plockmatic system 88 booklet making system with a face trimmer, a Baum 714 air feed/vacuum folder,
an an AB Dick / Ryobi 3302 true two color 13" x 19" format offset printing press, and a Challenge Titan
200 programmable hydraulic cutter at $2500 off the previously quoted price.. A better GBC 25" wide
hot laminator was donated along with an Interlake heavy duty wire feed saddle stitch stapler, a Rollem
Mini for numbering perforating and scoring. When the prepress main computer died, my wife bought
me the very computer I had been secretly praying for, an HP i7 quad core with a large 25" high definition flat screed LCD monitor. God is good and he answers prayer!
Romans 8:31-32 NLT "What shall we say about such wonderful things as these? If God is for
us, who can ever be against us? Since He did not spare even His own Son but gave Him up
for us all, won't He also give us everything else? "
- 89 -
- 90 -
My father, before he died of cancer, with a little persuasion from my sister, gave permission
for me to remodel this Quonset hut as a means of fulfilling my dream of having my own print
shop. I started the project in faith. When the concrete floor was being poured and I didn't
have the money to pay the workers, my sister asked my dad directly, "Who is paying for the
remodel, you or David?" "I am.", he replied. He died a few weeks later. The project probably
cost about $15,000 and included a lot of volunteer labor. My sister, the power of attorney for
the estate, saw to it that I was reimbursed for all expenses. Later, he told my mother I
wouldn't have to pay for rent or utilities! The photo below was taken in April, 2012.
- 91 -
The Offset Printing Equipment was moved out of the Mobile Home Living Room and into the
Remodeled Quonset hut. The Mobile Home was then Digital Pre-press area with two modern Computers, and a 2008 Tabloid Color Laser Printer with near photo quality, automatic
two sided
at a
speed ofTracts
40 pages
per minute.
This machine
makes quality paperGuidelines
on the Website
back book and booklet covers. After I got married, and the remodel was finished, move the
office to our Santa Maria home so the family could rent the space to help care for my mother.
- 92 -
Inside the Remodeled Quonset hut. With room for more equipment, we purchased a tabloid sized true two color AB Dick 9985 (Ryobi 3302) Printing Press, an accurate vacuum
pickup /air feed Folder; a donated Interlake Saddle Stitcher, Rollem Mini (scoring, perforating, numbering), 24+" GBC hot laminator. We purchased a Plockmatic 88 Booklet Maker
and Face Trimmer. Later we were able to reproduce the patch cord to connect the
Plockmatic 310 10 bin Friction Feed Collator. This helps produce booklet at a faster rate.
Below: Remodel in progress – wood sub frame to attach drywall, rows of hardwired florescent lights, electrical
outlets every 8’, designated power outlets for stationary equipment. Exhaust fans at ends. 220v 50amp main
panel. Hot & cold running water. Forced air propane heating. R30 insulation & white roof for cooler summers.
- 93 -
Here are some updated photos as of April 2012
A Plugger’s forced air heating system
The roll able Challenge Titan 200 programmable electric/hydraulic paper cutter is
quiet, runs on 220v single phase power, does a 20” wide cut, yet is compact in
This 11,000 BTU air conditioner should keep the press area below 75° and prevent unwanted background toning of ink.
We are fortunate to have modern computers. Internet is wireless from the main
ranch residence. Two USB access points mounted outside pick up the signal. A
14db booster antenna from the house increases signal strength & transfer rate.
The HP5000 monochrome laser printer serves as the poor man’s image setter,
making 1200dpi film positives from which positive development metal offset printing press plates are imaged with a Nu Arc flip top plate exposure box.
- 94 -
September 2015 Update - We are looking to move again to a larger building we would buy in
the city where we live. The distance between our current shop and home is 60+ miles. I measured the larger pieces of equipment and concluded they will fit through a 36" entry door if we
remove the thin inside boards of the door frame, and some accessories on the side of the biggest printing press are removed. This time around, I am thinking of moving the big press ourselves using a low to the ground heavy duty trailer and larger capacity towing vehicle than our
V6 powered Ford SUV. I noticed that some presses have two rails or metal I beams with adjustable feet. By removing the feet, I can roll the press along on plastic feet. One press doesn't
have these trails, so is more difficult. I decided to but, on sale at Harbor Freight Tools, two sets
of heavy duty dollies made for moving cars on cement. Each piece has four heavy duty casters
with a steel "V" bend in the middle that acts as a cradle for a car tire or press foot to fit into.
Each pair of dollies can hold 1,500 pounds. I paid $49 or less per pair. I am hoping that, with this
moving system, I can roll heavy presses on a smooth hard surface like concrete or asphalt, or
maybe even thin carpet, and the mice will stay in position at the four corners of the press, an
improvement over rolling on 1" plastic pipes. The pipes or mice would be left in position when
the press is on the trailer, but the machine must be secured in its position with tie down straps
with ratchets. For presses and other equipment weighing less than 1,000 pounds our current car
with a truck type suspension, and our tilting utility trailer with a tailgate ramp should work. A
more sure method would be a motorcycle trailer rental from U Haul. It is low to the ground, has a
long enough fold down ramp, and sturdy eye loops at the corners to hook the tie-down straps
into. Being smaller (4' wide by 9' long), this trailer can only haul one smaller press at a time.
Some of our heavier equipment, like the hydraulic cutter, Rollem paper slitters, and the paperback book making machine came with a set of wheel casters at the four corners. The heavy duty
stitcher/stapler, had holes for casters, so I added heavy duty ones. Lighter machines, like the
paper laminator, and Baum folder, were put on carts with castors. The carts can be bought as a
kit. If they are light duty, I buy angle iron and add diagonal stiffener braces from a top corner to
the opposite bottom corner.
- 95 -
- 96 -
Color Laser or Inkjet printer, Offset Press, or Mimeograph?
Which of these three is the most cost effective and least labor intensive way of making quality tracts, booklets, and books? From the standpoint of simplicity and ease of
use, the automatic duplexing color laser printer is the way to go. The difficulty is paying
$400 or more every 6,000 to 15,000 copies for a set of toner cartridges. After searching
the internet, I found to have the cheapest prices, and they offer generic compatible color cartridges at about half the manufacturer’s price. If you buy
about $75 worth, you can get free shipping. They frequently offer discount codes by email, as well as rewards points. They sell the other main replaceable parts for our laser
printers such as the intermediate transfer belt, the fuser unit, color imaging drums, and
waste toner containers. Evidently, the use of aftermarket toner or ink cartridges cannot,
legally, void the warranty policy for the printer.
The sturdier graphics arts quality color laser printers like my Ricoh Aficio SP C811dn
with a monthly duty cycle of over 100,000 copies, have a cost per black and white copy
of about 1.2 cents and 6.6 cents for a color copy. This is important to keep in mind as
the time will come when you will have to pay hundreds of dollars for internal printer parts
such as imaging drums ($145 for the black & $545 for the set of three colors) , photo receptor transfer belt kit ($175), waste toner cartridge ($25), etc. The higher priced models like mine with maximum RAM (512 megabytes) of working memory and the 2,000
sheet high capacity paper drawer (a $800 accessory), cost about $4,600 including tax
with a church discount. This, to me, is a bargain, as they have a monthly duty cycle of
200,000 copies, do very acceptable (4 bit) photos, and do tabloid size sheets, as well as
book covers on 12” by 18” C1S (coated one side) 12 point card stock for posters and
paperback book covers. The feed mechanism is so reliable, BLI, an independent testing
agency said my model did 100,000 copies over two months without a paper jam, and no
service calls! And these models do 40-50 pages a minute. The laser printer can also
make book sets that are collated. The RCPS sofware printer driver can take a read order document and match the pages to print a booklet.
Inkjets are a cheaper initial investment and generally do better photo quality than laser
printers, but at a lot slower speeds, and the text at the fast speed has a ragged edge,
but it isn’t noticeable from a foot away. Older inkjets like the reliable Epson 740 and 880
models can be found in thrift stores for $20 or less. The ink used in older inkjets is not
pigmented so is not lightfast or water resistant. Aftermarket cartridges were selling as
low as $3 each compared to the manufacturer’s price of over $12 for each color. A bulk
feed system could be added which utilizes refill packs of 4 ounce bottles for $50 for the
set. These inks can be fade resistant and water resistant. I washed my business cards
more than once, and the black was slightly smeared, but the color held up. Epson now
sells office inkjet printers with a built in eco tank system using 2 ounce capacity cartridges. A new technology of a non moving single print head inkjet developed by a company
- 97 -
in Australia with the brand name Memjet is on the market with the capacity to do 60 or
more pages a minute at 1600 dpi high quality, but the recommended monthly duty cycle
is less than 4,000 copies. Their first desktop model did not have automatic duplexing. In
the USA their machine is being sold through dealers.
My associate, Joe, collected up to ten Epson 740 inkjets at thrift stores and used 7
port USB hubs to hook all of them up to one computer. He makes card stock tracts with
a full color picture on one side and Bible verses on the non glossy side. The problem is
this Photo Paper, even though it is sold in packs of 150 sheets under the Kirkland brand
at Costco, has a cost per package of about $19, and the inkjet doesn’t like to print on
the non treated backside without the ink bleeding. I was happy to be given an Epson
Stylus Photo R320 with a pigmented ink bulk feed system, and then buy an earlier model R300 at the local thrift store for under $17. I got a set of ink cartridges at Costco for
about $64 and after several cleaning cycles, the second printer works fine. These models can do a very high 2880 x 5760 dpi quality, and they can print right on the surface of
printable CDs, like the one included in the back of this book. These photo models use
six ink colors rather than four, and can do full bleed borderless photos. This shortens
the service life of the printer which collects the stray ink in a felt pad in the bottom of the
printer. The manufacturer predetermines that after a certain number of copies has been
printed, this pad will be saturated, and a notice will unexpectedly appear on the computer screen saying the printer is nearing or has reached the end of its life span. You won’t
be able to print after this without going to the Epson website and downloading a software counter reset utility which I have used successfully twice now. I used the Inkjet for
business card size prayer card tracts printed 8 up on the Costco photo paper glossy
side. I do the backside on the color laser printer. It should be noted here that, generally
speaking, inkjet paper should not be used in color laser printers as it could stick to the
fuser. I also make business cards at the highest possible quality, especially ones with
photographs on them. I use the laser printer to print the Sinner’s Prayer on the non
glossy backside.
The drawback of the inkjet is much slower speed, and a high cost for ink cartridges.
To get highest quality, more expensive and thicker weight paper should be used to
avoid see through of the printed matter on the backsides of the sheets. On my smaller
Epson Stylus photo R320 inkjet printer, I was able reduce ink costs by installing a CIS
(continuous inking system). Because this is an older model, is ideally suited for the system, compared to newer models which keep track of how many copies each ink cartridge is printing. When a set number of pages have been printed, the printer software
stops the machine from printing and tells the operator to replace the cartridge. An aftermarket cartridge may not be empty, but it will still have to be removed and put back in
place to reset the counter. There is an integrated electronic circuit on each cartridge.
With the CIS installation, six ink containers on the right side of the printer feed ink
through a ribbon of six small flexible hoses that attach to an aftermarket set of ink car- 98 -
tridges. I bought a CIS system for the newer wider Epson Artisan 1430 printer, but removed the system in favor of aftermarket cartridges that are refilled using a syringe and
ink from a set of six 3.5 ounce bottles. The center support had to be high enough that
the ink supply lines (from the bottles on the side to the moving print head) didn't droop
and drag on the paper. The point where the feed lines went into the print cartridge carriage had to be fastened to limit side movement of the lines during travel. I even installed a sheet of cardstock to keep the lines from rubbing on the belt and registration
ribbon along the back side of the printer cavity. Even with all this, the lines would snag in
the carriage movement and cause the printer to stop, showing an error. I had tried using
pigmented ink to get fade resistance and eliminate smearing if the printed matter gets
wet, but the ink has pigment particles in it which can plug up the print heads if the printer
isn't used regularly.
I switched to refillable aftermarket cartridges from CIS inks. Eventually the printer
stops when an orange light comes on to signal a cartridge needs refilling. I press the ink
button and carriage centers so I can open the lid and remove the cartridges. The refill
bottles have pointed spouts and I was able to squirt ink right into the fill holes. The sides
of the cartridges are clear and one can see the level of ink to know when the cartridge is
full. I reinstalled the six cartridges and start printing again, but had to do a cleaning cycle
and print a nozzle check pattern. Now I wish I had bought the pigmented ink refill bottles
for water resistance. The brand worked fine that says on the box: Long lasting vivid color - UV INK! I was searching the Internet for instructions on how to reset the end of life
notice, when I found a free download software called SSC Utility. Apparently, it allows
me to reset the counter in individual ink cartridges in cases where they are not really
empty, but the printer stops and the orange empty light comes on. This is done remotely
from the computer connected to the printer by a USB cable, and could possibly also
work on the newer Epson 1430 wireless printer on the home network.
- 99 -
Ten+ Inkjets on Shelves around Computer
One Computer Running Ten Inkjets through Two USB Hubs
The offset printing press with a metal plate, and especially with an automatic watering
system like the Kompac brand, is superior for a low cost per copy of about one cent per
color, and speed, at 8,000 to 10,000 impressions per hour. At 6,000 impressions per
hour, our big press has exact registration between two colors, and a variation of image
on the sheet of as little as .005 one way and .007 the other way. This beats what laser
printers can do when printing two sided documents. If the press is kept lubricated, the
press parts rarely ware out, and the ink is cheaper than laser toner. The disadvantage
is that, if a book or booklet is being printed, one must have a paper collator and a dummy handmade sample guide to make sure the pages are backed up right. I like to print
a copy on the laser printer and use it for an alignment guide. A positive development
aluminum printing plate for a press should last 40,000 copies before it wears out, and
can be cleaned, preserved, and reused. Properly setting up the documents on the
computer for the press gripper byte and plate bend minimize the press make ready time.
I recently printed 23,000 How To Win tracts four per letter size sheet in Portuguese for
Brazil. Because the job was laid out as a work and turn, I was to use one metal plate for
both sides. I simply flipped the paper on the short side, jogged it, loaded it, and printed
the backside just as I did the front side. With the press, we have done thousands of
small tract booklets laid out four to a legal size sheet for a small booklet tract printing on
the press with two color exact registration.
- 100 -
See through of image printed on the backside was not a problem because the ink is oil
based and doesn't soak into the paper like water based inkjet ink. I bought a slitting
machine to cut the printed booklets apart, and make a small face trim on the short side
opposite the stapled end. The press has an advantage over the laser printer here in
that it has closer registration of the image on the page from sheet to sheet, and the paper feed mechanism is probably more reliable since it is a vacuum pickup system. I am
able to make these booklets for a non labor cost of about 5 cents each, whereas, on the
color laser printer, they would be about 12 cents each. With repeated handling, booklets
printed on a color laser printer deteriorate in quality because the toner begins to crack.
Press ink doesn't do this.
I might point out here that major laser manufacturers such as Xerox, Konica/Minolta,
Canon, and Ricoh do make high speed full color and monochrome printers, but they
probably cost over $100,000, and a maintenance contract would be required. I ran a
Xerox Docutech 135 making automotive lease guide books. The machine went ten
hours without a jam one night at 135 pages a minute with automatic duplexing, collating,
and stacking; but the daily royalty or per click charge to Xerox for the use of the machine
was about $900 a day, running it 24 hours a day! In exchange for a tax deductible receipt from my church, a 501c3 nonprofit corporation, I was able to get printing presses
made in the 1980’s and other related bindery equipment. Any laser printer equipment
that old, if it existed, wouldn’t be worth having due to the poor image quality, slow print
speed, and slow electronics and low RAM memory capacity.
My conclusion is that laser printer are better for paperback books and larger booklets.
They easily print full color (a skilled procedure on a printing press), print the backsides,
and collate. Doing books or booklets on a press would require making a printing plate
for each page. Making paperback books or booklets on a printing press would only be
feasible for a larger quantity of a book or booklet. The time is money phrase applies
here. If laser printer copy was more durable, and the cost of consumables like the imaging drum units, image transfer belt, and fuser unit, didn't cost hundreds of dollars, I
would do more jobs on the laser printer and fewer jobs on the printing press. The laser
printer is so much easier to set up and use once the document being printed is correctly
laid out on the computer the printer is attached to.
As another inkjet alternative, The Riso company came out with Com Color machines
with four non moving inkjet print heads, one for each of the four process colors. Their
machines have a duty cycle of 500,000 a month and duplex and do up to 150 copies a
minute for A4 size paper. The quality is 300 x 600 dpi, and the machines probably cost
$20,000 or more. The ink is oil based and pigmented. The registration accuracy between the front and back sides is about 1/16". A sales representative says the cost per
copy is 4 cents with a maintenance contract, and about 2 cents without the maintenance
contract. The cost per copy is the lowest in the industry for full color printers. Beware
that their four ink cartridges, that print 100,000 copies, cost $500 each! Because these
- 101 -
inkjet printers are connected to computers, they have the advantage of being able to
print variable data, such as mass mailing letter with individualized information.
Riso started out making automated mimeograph machines with digital imaging of the
stencils by a connection to a computer. The cost per page is really low, and the ink cartridges are a reasonable price. They didn't duplex, and there was enough show through
of ink to the backside of the page, that duplexing wasn't a good Idea. My boss at the city
college had put a million copies on the GR3770 tabloid size model! Looking from a foot
away, the text quality appears acceptable. About 7 additional spot color drums are
available, but they cost about $800 each. I was given two older Risograph machines,
but I gave them away. They were a cheap quick n' dirty technology in the early 1990s,
but today, representing the Lord with what I print, I want a more quality and attractive
In commercial printing, large web (paper on a roll) inkjet presses are competing with
offset presses and offer less waste, print on demand, variable information from page to
page, and shorter setup time. Xerox phaser technology uses wax based ink to solve the
problem of ink soaking into the paper, causing see through when printing the backsides.
Pre-coating the paper for these inkjet machines also helps. The large machines cost
hundreds of thousands of dollars. I am interested in the consumer grade models coming out for desktop publishing, especially ones that will print on 12" x 18" paper. They
may offer near photo quality and greatly reduced maintenance and consumables compared to color laser printers. Their advertised cost per copy is half that of a laser printer.
Here is a Buyer's Lab comparison test between this inkjet and two comparable laser
models by Lexmark and Ricoh.
These two Hewlett Packard Office Jet Pro X and Enterprise inkjets have pagewide
non moving print heads. In draft mode they can do 70ppm, otherwise 42ppm with automatic duplexing. A graphics intensive document slows down the print speed. Resolution
quality is 1200 x 1200, and 1200 x 2400dpi. Both have network connectivity, and the
first is wireless. The more expensive one on the right is a class "A" device, meaning it
could cause electrical interference with other equipment if used in a home environment.
Aftermarket rebuilt cartridges reduce the price of individual cartridges from $119 to as
low as $37. The black cartridge makes 9000+ prints, and the colors 6,200+. An independent testing lab ran these machines 150 and 200 thousand copies without a jam. A
higher capacity input paper tray is available. I feel the machine on the right could be the
neatest quick printing, reasonable quality, low cost per copy desktop full color printer on
- 102 -
the market right now. Their prices were even temporarily cut in half. I expect that 12" x
18" or 13" by 19" models will be made that will be good enough to replace office laser
printers. Making full color gospel tracts on a printing press would take real skill, but almost anyone with basic computer ability could do acceptable evangelism work on printers like these. I noticed they aren't advertised as photo printers. For large commercial
printers, continuous paper feed (paper on a big roll) inkjet web presses (and now, sheet
fed) are available but cost hundreds of thousands of dollars. Sheet fed models are now
being made as well. Hopefully office models will come out for $5000 or less. The above
models have gone on sale for half price. Thus, their lowest price model dropped down to
$299 US dollars!
Another Inkjet alternative is the Riso company's Comcolor. Four separate non moving
print heads, one for each of the primary colors making up full color printing, image 100+
pages a minute at 300 x up to 900 dpi quality. The sheets are duplexed (automatic printing of backsides of the sheets), and the accuracy of registration between front and back
sides is 1/16". They even have models that handle 11" x 17" or larger sheets. The
monthly duty cycle (a measure or reliability) is quite high at hundreds thousands of copies a month. When I talked to a distributor, I found out that a used or open box machine
that prints legal size was $10,000, and each of the four ink cartridges were $500! I am
guessing that the tabloid size machine costs $20,000, which is too high for my budget.
However, for what this machine does, and its speed, it may be the one of the only options available to a small print shop owner.
Conclusions: I use the Epson inkjet printers for limited edition photo quality prints on
Costco Wholesale's Kirkland Photo paper. I also use them for printing labels directly onto inkjet printible CD and DVD disks. Note that newer HP computers have built in
lightscribe technology for labeling CDs compatible with their system. Please note that
inkjet inks not labeled pigmented or uv (ultra violet), will not be fade resistant in bright
sunlight, or resistant to smearing from contact with water. I had a watery eye condition
and dripped a tear onto an inkjet imaged book cover, then tried to wipe the water off with
my finger and the black ink smeared. I had to make another cover for that book. The
newest Epson inkjet printers now have ink tanks on the side like a bulk feed system.
The larger capacity of ink allows them to print a lot more cartridges before adding ink.
Even though they still have a moving print head, it would be easy to buy cheaper aftermarket ink refill bottles from places like
Here is a caution regarding buying used Epson printers. After so many copies, a red
flashing light appears and a message on the display states that the machine has
reached the end of its lifecycle. Epson feels the waste ink felt pads in the bottom of the
printer are saturated and pose a danger of ink leaking outside the printer. They also figure some of the parts are starting to wear out. Two times now I have been able to reset
the internal counter and get our Stylus Photo R320 printer going again. I searched the
internet for a reset procedure. I was able to have the machine on and simultaneously
- 103 -
press the start button, stop button, and ink/paper button and hold them down for ten seconds. The display then said that the counter had been reset. How simple is that!
I use the more expensive color laser printer for the inside pages and covers of paperback books, as well as making laser film positives on clear polyester material from which
aluminum metal plates are imaged using a flip top light exposure box. The laser printer
does good quality and speed in full color on almost any paper, and post card stock up to
14 point thick. Non glossy card stock can be printed and laminated and come out shinny. Laser does not have the see through problem of inkjet when printing double sided.
Laser makes limited edition sample tracts similar to what one would do on a printing
press, only without the hours of setup and color registration required for a printing press.
The printing press excels on two color exact registration work at speeds up to 10,000
an hour verses the modern office laser's maximum 50 pages a minute. The image used
to make the press plates comes from the color laser printer, and if no picture dots are
lost (dissolved out by the plate developer chemistry), the press output for two color work
looks as good as the laser output, and the colors that the Pantone Matching System
spot colors that the laser has to simulate from it 4 process color toners, can be exactly
matched with the press by using store bought Pantone number inks, and the Pantone
Matching System swatch book of colors. The press does almost exact registration on
paper from sheet to sheet within .005" in one direction (up and down?), and .007" in the
other direction (side to side?). The Press plates last for 40 to 100,000 copies, almost
making the hours of setup and registering the colors and washing up the press after the
job, seem worth the effort. By the press method, tracts can be produced for a penny or
less a sheet, not counting the cost of the paper. When one makes film positives for
press spot colors, separating the colors with a Post Script software printer driver for the
laser printer, then makes metal press plates from the films, the output from the press
can look better than the same document printed on laser printer. A drawback is that the
laser films seem to stretch, probably due to the heat of the fuser unit in the laser printer
that warps or slightly distorts the film - the letters and images seem just as sharp, but
the two spot colors don't always exactly register together on a two color press. In my
opinion, using the laser film method to metal plates prevents one from fully utilizing the
accuracy the press is capable of, and one is limited to doing two color exact registration
work, (and no full color 4 process colors) on a press, even though the press could do it
with better quality films from an expensive Image setter professional imaging machine.
The bottom line is that I would prefer a low cost per copy office machine that requires
almost no setup, prints directly from the computer with no delay, and has front to back
registration capability near that of the printing press. Unfortunately, I haven't yet found
such a machine, even though I would be willing to pay five or 6 thousand dollars for one.
- 104 -
Free Training Videos
Five years have gone by since I first wrote this book. I recall the saying that "A picture
is worth a thousand words." I was aware that a training video would be a lot more welcomed and understandable by the reader than the detailed step by step instructions
found in the next chapters. Some of the Quicktime Movie clip format training CDs put
out by VTC (video training company) for desktop publishing using Adobe Photoshop and
Indesign CS software are a lot of information to grasp in a short amount of time, and the
videos cost about $100 each. Over an hour of training can somehow be made to fit on a
Compac Disk!
I watched the rise of You Tube free online videos with clear picture and audio quality.
More than one billion people visit the YouTube site every day. It is the largest destination in the world, attracting people from more than 88 countries and in 76 different languages. Approximately 81 percent of U.S. millenials (18-34) use it regularly, and it's
grown at least 50 percent every year for the past three years. According to its website,
YouTube is the largest online video destination in the world and third most visited website overall. The site exceeds two billion views a day—nearly double the prime time audience of all three major U.S. television networks combined.
I learned first-hand that making and uploading desktop training videos to YouTube is
relatively easy with no cost involved except my labor. I investigated and found a free
download trial version software from Microsoft titled Encoder Screen capture. I set up a
free video upload account with I paid for the 2015 version of Nero
software for editing videos and ripping recorded video file formats so they are acceptable to YouTube. I turned out I didn't need the Nero software. The Microsoft computer
screen capture program encoder (recoder) have onscreen click on buttons for start,
stop, and pause. It comes with its own converter to WMV file format which is ready to
upload to YouTube as is. I have been able to make videos up to 13 minutes in length.
The program records all my actions on the computer that display on my computer monitor, along with sound through my headset with built in microphone. I am allowed to
make videos up to ten minutes in length, even though YouTube allows me to upload
files longer than 10 minutes. Microsoft allows setting the video quality level. I knew that
if I picked too high a bit rate, a user with a slow internet connection might experience
annoying pauses while the internet connection buffers or plays catch-up, after which the
video play continues. (Verizon DSL in our area is a maximum of 2.88 mbps [megabits
per second]). By comparison, the Roku internet movie watching video box (which we
have connected to television) desires 3.5 mbps, but works for us at the 2.88 speed with
no glitches or interruptions on newer movies.
I have made ten videos so far, and would like to do more. I used the accompanying
Expressions free software to convert the screen capture to .wmv (windows media video)
file format which is an acceptable format for uploading to the You Tube website. These
- 105 -
files can also be played on a PC computer using the Windows Media Player. I was not
satisfied with the video playback quality after the conversion, so, on the fifth listed recording in the list on our website, I increased the recording quality,
and would like to increase it even further. As a sample of what I have done, I recommend watching video #9 titled Add a Form Field to a PDF Document 4 Contact Information.
In making the videos, I can open still photos saved on my computer so I have less verbal explaining to do. The You Tube video postings have a thumbnail (small picture) of
what the video is about as well as a brief written description. The following is a list of the
free training videos made and posted on You Tube so far (as of July 2015). The special
text in orange is the URL link to each video. When one goes online (connects to the Internet), and copies and pastes or types in this link address into the address bar at the
top of one's internet browser (e.g., Mozilla Firefox), then presses the enter key on the
keyboard, one is taken directly to the ready to watch video at the
website. If one is reading the PDF e-book version of this CEP book, then one might be
able to hold down the Ctrl key in the bottom left corner of the computer keyboard, which
left clicking computer mouse with the other hand. mouse click on the orange hypertext
word link and have the video come up automatically. One can also go to our website, click on the Free Video Training tab at the top of the home page.
When the page listing the videos and their descriptions opens up, one can then click on
the orange title of a listed video and be taken to the place on the internet where the video can be watched.
Free Training Videos
Free YouTube videos made with Microsoft Expressions Screen Capture, are now being offered to help you use Desktop Publishing to design and publish Christian books,
booklets, gospel tracts, and CD audio recordings. Read a brief description of each listing
and click on the orange hypertext to immediately begin watching the video. It is not necessary to download the video. An internet connection is required. Note: If you right click
the mouse with the cursor over the orange text links to videos and choose Open in new
private window, you can return to this website when you close the YouTube video window. Also, starting with #5 below, the viewing quality of the videos has been improved.
Thus, one can click on the brackets button at the lower right hand corner of the
YouTube viewing window to watch the videos in full screen mode. To exit the full screen
mode and return to the smaller sharper image window, press the Esc key in the top left
hand corner of the keyboard.
1. Scanning Art to Computer Medium – Designing and printing documents will involve
placing pictures into the document. If the items to be added are printed matter, they
first have to be converted to a digital computer medium using a flat bed scanner.
Here is a demonstration of capturing artwork for a tract cover, then using Adobe
Photoshop CS5 to size, adjust, and save the document for later use in the Adobe
Indesign CS5 page layout program. About 10.5 minutes long
- 106 -
2. Desktop Publishing Office Equipment – Computers, printers (color laser & ink jets),
scanner. About 7.5 minutes long
3. Desktop Publishing in Home Bindery Equipment – Smaller jobs such as booklets and
business cards can be done in the home with the right finishing equipment pictured
here. About 7 minutes long.
4. Portable Digital Voice Recording – Using the Zoom H2 digital voice recorder. First in
a series. Additional videos will show how to edit the sound track using the Free Audacity open source software, export the file, then record it to an inkjet printable CD
and design and print on a label. About 6 minutes long.
5. Voice Editing with Audacity Software – Opening a voice recording on an SD memory
card on the computer and editing it using the free download open source Audacity
software, then exporting and saving the file for burning onto an Audio CD with a custom printed label. about 9.5 minutes long.
6. Burning a Voice Recording to CD using Nero – A voice message recorded on a digital device to an SD memory card was transferred to the computer and edited. Now it
is burned onto a CD using Nero Express software. The CD can then be played on
any CD player. This training Video is about 8 minutes long.
7. Designing & Printing a CD Label – Designing & Labeling a CD with Epson inkjet
software and CD printer. About 6 minutes long.
8. Making PDF Documents from MS Word, Publisher, & Indesign – Converting Desktop
Publishing documents to the free download universal Adobe Acrobat PDF medium
for quality viewing and printing. About 13.5 minutes long.
9. Add a Form Field to a PDF Document 4 Contact Information – Adding a Form Field
to a PDF document so a recipient can add personalized contact information using
the free version PDF program. About 9.15 minutes long.
10. Overcoming PDF Making Errors – Press Quality conversions of documents from
Adobe Indesign to PDF don’t always turn out right, even when using Acrobat Professional to do it. By using Export instead of Print, and not compressing the images,
one can overcome this problem and still get a Press Quality PDF. About 6.46
minutes long.
11. Using OCR Software to Turn Printed Text into Fresh Text - An Optical Character
Recognition program can simplify the reprint of older books by processing PDF document images into editable Microsoft Word documents for easy editing and posting
online as a smaller, more manageable file size.
- 107 -
Free Training for Microsoft Office Software
(Word, Publisher, Excel, Outlook, PowerPoint, Publisher, OneNote, Skype for Business,
Store Share and Sync. Files)
1. Free Microsoft Software You Tube Video Tutorials by Sali Kaceli
A listing of eighteen easy-to-follow full video tutorials on Microsoft Office prepared and
developed by Sali Kaceli. Everything you need to know for your job in the corporate environment or classroom or personal career. Tutorials with an accent by Sali Kac
2. Microsoft Office 2016 Quick Start Training/Introduction
3. Publisher Videos and Tutorials
4. Mircosoft Publisher Quick Video Tutorial , Publisher 2010, Publisher 2010
Audio Recording Tutorial
Adobe Desktop Publishing Software Free Online Training
1. Free 13 hour Photoshop Course for Beginners— Adobe Blogs
2. Beginners Adobe Photoshop Tutorials—Adobe KnowHow
3. Free Adobe Tutorials - Adobe Training │ALISON
4. Best Free Online Photoshop Courses - SkilledUp
5. Free New Adobe CS6 Tutorials: 30+ Hours of Online Video...
6. Six Place to Learn Photoshop for Free (or Almost Free...
7. Learn Photoshop - Online Tutorial - You Tube 7:39 minutes
8. 44 Brilliant Indesign Tutorials
9. The Complete Beginner's Guide to Adobe Indesign CS5 You Tube videos?
10. Adobe Indesign for Beginner - Official Adobe courses
11. Using the Print Booklet Feature in Indesign CS5
12. Introduction to Adobe Acrobat PDFs
13. Acrobat XI Tutorials │ How To │ Adobe TV
- 108 -
14. How to Create an Interactive PDF in Indesign
15. Tiling in Indesign for Large Posters and Signs:
1) How to Tile Print with Adobe Indesign │eHow
2) Intro to Graphic Design - Indesign Tutorial on Tiling
3) How to Tile in - YouTube
4) Using Tiling in Indesign CS5 - YouTube
16. Using the Tools in the Tools Pallette in Adobe Indesign
Other Computer Related Software & Hardware - Free Online Training
Voice to Computer Text Voice Recognition Software
1. Instructional Videos - Nuance
2. How to use Dragon Naturally Speaking - Tips and Tricks
3. Dragon Naturally Speaking Video Guide - Training Video
Scanner - Using the Epson Perfection V500 Scanner
Digital Camera - Best Free Online Photography Courses and Tutorials
Transferring Photos from an iPhone to a PC Computer
Better phone pictures & transferring iphone pictures to PC computer
Audacity Free Audio Editing Software & Training
1. Audacity Software Download
2. Audacity Tutorials - Audacity Manual
3. Beginner Tutorials for Free Audacity sound editing
4. Free Audacity Tutorials
5. Audacity Tutorial - Beginner - Part 1 - YouTube
6. Audacity Tutorial Part 1 - YouTube
Professional Paid Online Training for Graphic Arts Computer Software
1. Adobe Products like the CS5 Design Standard used by HIS Print Media Ministries: - Free 10 day Microsoft Office online traiing trial (Word, Access, Excel,
- 109 -
Training Made Simple
Train Simple
Website Making Software & Training
Download WordPress
WordPress Beginner Videos - Free WordPress Video Tutorials
21 Best Free WordPress CMS Courses and Tutorials
WordPress 101 Tutorials - iThemes
Complete WordPress Training for Beginners │ Udemy
Training / Instructions For Printing and Bindery Machines
1. Folding, Perforating, and Scoring: Award winning Success Blog from Tech-Ni-Fold —
Training Videos, 5 Tips for Beginners, and links to Other Bindery Topics List, Bindery
Success Tips e-mail Subscription - These links are free.
Paper Folding Machine Tutorial by MBM
Martin Yale P7200 Desktop Paper Folding Machine
Rollem Champion 990 user's manual
Rollem Champion 990 Perforating Demonstration - YouTube
2. Sheetfed Offset Training Curriculum by Printing Industries of America
3. Home Made Perfect Bound Book by Rachel Cozy. Also by Go Media:
Choosing the Right Binding Type
Hardcover Bound Book Tutorial
Sewn Bound Book Tutorial
Coptic Stitch Binding Tutorial
Spiral Bound Book Tutorial
4. Padding Presses and Padding Compound
5. PDF Manual for Challenge Titan 200 paper cutter
6. Collating Equipment (User) Guide - General Graphics
Other - Printing Related
Good News Press, Inc - Physical training in offset printing for Missions
Paper - How it is Made, & Kinds and Weights
Printing Terms Glossary
Sheetfed Offset Troubleshooting Guide
The Offset Pressman Blogspot - Printing problems - causes and solutions
- 110 -
Glossary of Printing Terms by Ripon Printers
Press Tips for Running Polyester Plates (toner based from a laser printer) - by Xante
Free Desktop Publishing Software - Internet Download
Word Processing - Open Office -
Audio Editing - Audacity -
Bible Study - e-Sword -
Online Bibles - BibleGateway -
Christian Evangelism Online Resources
Living Waters -
Billy Graham Evangelistic Association - How to Share Your Faith
Discipleship Training and Follow-up for New Converts
Harvestime International Network -
Discipleship Tools -
Free Bibles
Bibles for America: Free Recovery Version Bibles as well as Christian literature
throughout the United States
How to Obtain a Free Bible - An guide to getting a Bible
Daily Bible Reading using the KJV -
Tract Publishers - Free & for Sale
Lists Only of Free Tract Distributors
World Christian Tract Directory -
World Christian Tract Ministry -
Free Gospel Tracts Sent Via Snail Mail - This is only a List of Sources - Please
don't e-mail Steve Patterson for the tracts
Free - Through the mail, or by downloading PDF documents to print your own tracts
Free Full Color Tracts -
Word of Life Tracts -
- 111 -
World Missionary Press - Free Topical Scripture booklets
Free Gospel Tracts - Sharing the Gospel Can Be Easy - Billy Graham
Bible Tracts, Inc. - Free -
Fellowship Tract League - Free
Liberty Gospel Tracts -
Evangelism Explosion International - Quality read online tracts, or free download
Pastor John's House - 10 Free tracts per person (72 titles to choose from) - additional tracts sold on Ebay
Cartoon Tracts - Printed in black and White
For Sale
American Tract Society / Good News Publishers
Tract League - Almost 300 titles in stock -
- 112 -
How To Convert Black & White Camera Ready Hard Copy Documents
to Printing Press Plates Using a Scanner, Computer with Adobe
Photoshop, Laser Printer, and Metal Plate Exposure Box.
Warning Note: This is a long document / chapter because it gives detailed step by step
procedures so a novice working alone can hopefully catch on and learn the procedure
with the least amount of frustration.
An easier and cheaper method - Having to have a graphics arts camera, a darkroom,
light sensitive photographic negative film, and chemistry that goes bad and may be hazardous waste is no longer necessary to the small printer operating out of his or her garage or home. The computer will convert photographs into halftones necessary for the
offset printing press, and no stripping of negatives into masks or having to fill in unwanted pin holes in developed negatives. Accurate registration of the laser film image to the
metal plate is assured by using two pins made from sawed off #20D carpenter’s nails
the size of the “pinbar” fastening holes in the metal plate, after laser film has been
punched using a hand held leather and plastic hole punch for a 5/32” hole. To adapt the
document to a particular offset printing press, one will need to know the “plate bend” for
the press, and the “gripper bite” or non printable area where the input paper grippers on
the impression cylinder of the press hold the paper to pull it through (1/4 to 3/8”).
Equipment used to do this: Pentium 4 1.6 GHZ CPU or faster PC computer running
Windows XP Professional with Adobe Photoshop CS 2, and Adobe Acrobat Professional 8 or higher installed, and 1 Gigabyte of RAM memory. 1200 by 1200dpi optical resolution Scanner with a high dynamic range of 3.2. We currently use the Epson perfection
V500 Photo recommended by PC Magazine. As of 2016, a model V550 is now out. The
software for this scanner has a “Twain” driver that allows one to access the scanner
through the Adobe Photoshop program. HP 5000 tabloid monochrome laser printer with
parallel port to USB cable for connection to computer. Kimotodesk 12” by 20” laser film.
Positive Development metal plates. A Nu Arc Ultra Plus flip top plate maker with a 3000
watt mercury vapor light bulb. This machine runs on 220 volts AC power. Note that the
modern computers don't have a parallel printer port to use the older HP 5000 laser
printer. One can connect the printer using the Ethernet port, or use a USB to parallel
adapter cord.
The Original or Hard Copy Document/Artwork - The tract or artwork to be converted
should not have jagged edges on the lettering when viewed with a 10x printer’s magnifying loop, and the pictures should be photographs and not made of dots. The paper color should be white, but lighter pastel colored paper will work if a document is not camera
ready art, but a printed copy. All previously printed artwork should be line art and not
halftones made of dots because scanning pictures made of halftone or stochastic dots
- 113 -
can result in an unwanted moiré pattern in the pictures. Also, black text will be better
than light colored text. Ideally, one would want to make a new document using a page
layout program like Adobe Indesign where you type new text and import/place separately scanned photographs or pictures from a digital camera into “picture boxes” in the
page layout program. That way one can plan for a 5% white halftone dot in the heavy
solids or shadow areas of the ready to print picture, and 5% black dots in the highlight
areas. Also, the file size of the created document would be smaller than that of a
scanned document. Using an OCR (optical character recognition) software such as
Omnipage Professional would allow one to convert scanned text of common languages
with standard “romance” alphabet characters (e.g., English, French, German, Spanish)
to fresh text without retyping the document, and in some cases could take a complicated
Adobe Indesign hardcopy printed document and concert it into a Microsoft Word computer document all in one step! The problem is that some languages like Oriya, a
province of India, have rare fonts that may not even be on computer yet, so they
can’t be retyped by non professional desktop publishers. These are documents
that have to be reproduced by high quality scanning.
It should be noted here that laser printers naturally make better printable halftone
dots when they come with a Postscript printer driver. The HP5000 postscript printer
software, in conjunction with earlier versions of Adobe Photoshop picture editing software, allows custom adjustment of halftone curves when printing the laser film. Most
inkjet printer print smaller “stochastic dots” because they don’t come with postscript
computer software drivers, and the small dots are dissolved away by the caustic/acidic
plate developer chemistry. Even if one buys an aftermarket “rip” software that makes
halftone dots for the inkjet printer, the new inkjets with pigment based rather than dye
based inks don’t print or dry well on just any kind of film positive or overhead transparency material. The one disadvantage of the laser printer is that it doesn’t make as dark
a solid where a lot of toner is laid down. One can try to get around this by not designing
documents with large sold areas of color, or by making the area a “screen” of dots rather
than a solid.
Scanning the document – The steps listed from here on are detailed to make it easier
to follow.
Turn on the scanner and computer and open the Adobe Photoshop CS2 or later Program.
Place the artwork or original face down on the clean scanner glass in the upper right
hand corner of the glass, and close the lid.
In Photoshop, click on the “File” pull down menu at the top left and go down to “import”
then across to the name of the scanner you are using. The “twain” driver opens the
software window for the software that came with the scanner.
In the scanner software window (not Photoshop), choose “Grayscale” & “1200dpi”. Click
on the “scan” button. If you are not using the whole area of the scanner glass, you may
- 114 -
want to click on preview and draw a marquee around just the area you want to scan.
After scan is complete, the document appears in Photoshop. 1200dpi makes the file
size of the finished document over 100 megabytes per letter size page, but when it is
converted to a “press quality” Adobe Acrobat PDF document, the file size goes down to
about 2 megabytes per page with good quality, but a small enough file size to post the
document on a website for quick free downloading, reading, and use by other printers
using Adobe Acrobat Reader version 15 which anyone can download for free from If one wants to add text to a scanned document such as
adding a website address, or changing a mailing address, this would be done in Photoshop before making the PDF.
In Photoshop, at the pull down menus across the top, click on “image”, go down to “adjustments”, then across to “levels”. In the window that opens, use the white arrow slider
at the right to slide to the left to eliminate unwanted background image until the background behind text is white. Scanned photographs that are not line art should have
some dots in the highlight or white areas which can be seen by using the magnifying
glass tool in the tools pallet and clicking to enlarge the image; or go to “view” in the pull
down menu, then down to “zoom in”. Next, make the image darker for the solids, by
sliding the black arrow on the left (in the ‘levels” window) to the right. If you slide too far,
the characters of a foreign alphabet may plug up.
Get rid of unwanted black border marks on the document by using the marquee tool
to draw a box around the whole image you want to keep (starting in the upper left corner
next to the edge of the good image, click the left mouse button and hold the button down
while dragging at an angle down and right until the dashed box covers the whole image
you want to keep, but not the unwanted border. Release the mouse button. In the pull
down menu across the top of the Photoshop program, select “image” and go down to
“crop”. Note: If one is scanning a lot of similar pages, as in reproducing a printed book,
one can do a "preview" in the scanner software of the first page, then use the histogram
adjustment sliders to make the background lighter, eliminating unwanted background
haze for all successive pages in the group.
Now it is time to get rid of all other unwanted background such as dirt specks on the
scanner glass. For this, magnify the document to about 400% and use the hand tool or
scroll bars along the sides of the program to move the document to the top left corner.
In the tool pallet, pick the “eraser” tool and adjust the size/diameter of the erasing circle
using the brush button near the top left corner of the program. The darkness of the tool
and sharpness can also be selected there. Using the scroll bars, slowly move the document sideways and then down to find unwanted image. Place the cursor circle over
the unwanted image and click to delete it or click and drag for image that is larger than
the diameter of the circle. To delete larger areas, one can draw a marquee box using
the marquee tool and press delete. If the area becomes black instead of white, go to
“edit” then “undo” in the pull down menu. Then go to the bottom left of the tools pallet
- 115 -
and click so as to switch the overlapping white and black squares. If you find a black
area of good image that needs more black in it, click on and use the “paint brush” tool in
the tools pallet.
Now it’s time to straighten the image, usually done by putting a blue line from the ruler at the margins just at the bottom of a line of text in the document. First make sure the
ruler margins are showing. If they are not, go to “view” in the pull down menu then down
to “rulers”. Move the mouse pointer into the ruler area and click and drag into the document area and a blue line is pulled out to the point you want it (at the bottom of a line of
text), then release the left mouse button. If the document is crooked, the document
needs to be “rotated”. In the pull down menu, go across to “image” and then down to
“rotate canvas” and then across to “arbitrary” In the new window that opens up click on
either “clockwise” or “counterclockwise” and type in the amount as a decimal that you
want the document to rotate, then click the “ok” button. The normal amount of rotation is
usually less than 1%. If the document consists of quadrants of material corresponding
to pages of text in a cut and folded document, the different final pages (now being displayed as one sheet) can be rotated individually by drawing a marquee dotted line box
around just the area you want to straighten, then going to across to “edit” in the pull
down menu, then down to “transform”, then across to “rotate”.
Now it is time to adjust the information on the individual pages to look centered, and
to allow for the needed “gripper bite” or no print area where the printing press bites onto
the paper to pull it through the printing cylinders. First print out a copy of the document
and fold it to look like the finished cut and folded tract or document. Go to “file” on the
pull down menu, then “print one copy”. Determine which areas of text or image need to
move to look centered, and by how much. To do this, you will need blue line guides
pulled out of the rulers and into the center of the document. On a letter size sheet in the
“portrait” mode, for example, click inside the left margin ruler area and drag out a blue
like to the 4 ¼” point by watching the top ruler as you draw the line. If the press requires
a 3/8” gripper bite, then draw two more lines out and put one 3/8” before and 3/8” after
the 4 ¼” center mark. Do the same with the length of the document. Now pull down two
more blue lines from the top margin ruler and place one 3/8” down from the top of the
document, and the other 3/8” (or less if you are trying to get a church address to fit at
the bottom. You now have four quadrants/areas in which to center the text or graphics.
Move the information in a quadrant on the page by drawing a dashed box around the
area you want to move using the marquee tool in the top left corner of the tools pallet.
Next, with the outline box still showing, click on the “move” took to the right of the
“marquee tool in the tools pallet. Now you can use the arrow keys on the keyboard to
move the selected area by small increments, or, perhaps, with the move tool selected,
you can click the left mouse button and drag the image to where you want it. This second method is faster, but a courser adjustment.
- 116 -
If you like, to get a more realistic view of your adjustments, you can print out more
single copies (“file” in pull down menu, then “print one copy”), and cut and fold the paper
to see if the final size document looks good.
It is time now to add the plate bend where the metal plate for the printing press leaves
the solid metal backing of round the plate cylinder, and curves around to attach to the
clamp, “pinbar” pins, or slotted pins to which attach and hold down the plate. Different
presses have different plate bend dimensions. I will use 7/8” for demonstration purposes.
The document on the computer screen is shorter than the length of the metal plate,
so the canvas size surrounding the document has to be enlarged from a letter size to a
legal or tabloid size. Here I will enlarge it to 12” by 20” size since that is the maximum
laser film size my HP5000 monochrome laser printer can make, and that is the size of
the Acorn brand laser film I ordered. If your laser printer won’t print a tabloid or larger
size sheet, it will still print the document, but clip off the excess which is ok since there is
no document in that area (extending beyond legal size). It is important to note here that
most laser printers have a no print margin also which is usually 3/16” to ¼”. By using
the 12” by 20” laser film, the document will work in burning a plate for any press that can
print a full bleed tabloid (11” by 17”) sheet providing the gripper margin and plate bend
are ok for that press.
Make the canvas size of the Photoshop document larger by going to “view” in the pull
down menus, then to “canvas size”. In the new window that opens up type in the width
and height of the film positive you plan to use to make a metal plate or the maximum
size paper/film your laser printer can handle. For example, I also have a Lanier lp126cn
color laser printer. For that I would type in 8.5 “inches” for width, and 20 “inches for
height, then click “ok” to close that window.
Now click in the top ruler and drag down two more blue lines, one at a time, setting
the first one at the plate bend measurement for your press (for example, 7/8”). The second blue line will be for the gripper bite or no print top margin area of the document being printed. This blue line will be placed the additional distance of the gripper bite beyond the plate bend line. On my Hamada 550 2 color press, the gripper margin is
5/16+”, so my second blue line will go down 7/8” + 5/16” or at 1 3/16”. When the canvas
size was enlarged, the document should have stayed centered side to side, but now the
top margin is too much and the scanned document image needs to be moved up so the
highest point of image in the document is at the same point it was before the canvas
size of the document was increased to the laser film size or the maximum printable
width of your laser printer. To do this, use (click on) the “marquee” tool in upper left corner of the tools pallet, and move the mouse cursor/point to the upper left corner of the
image and click and drag down and to the right to make a dashed outline box that covers the whole image in the document, but not the white space beyond the image.
- 117 -
Now click on the move tool in the tools pallet and use only the “up” arrow key on the
keyboard to move the document up until the uppermost part of the image/text is the
same measurement down from the blue line gripper bend mark as the distance from the
top of the document to the beginning of image/text before you enlarged the canvas size.
You can also determine this distance by measuring it with a ruler on a printed copy you
made of the document before the canvas size was enlarged to the film positive size.
When you have adjusted the image up, the image must not extend beyond the gripper
margin limit blue line you made.
Adding Text or New Contact Information to the Document - The Photoshop program
has a text tool in the tools pallet which allows you to draw a “text box” by clicking and
dragging with the mouse, then typing in the box starting where the flashing cursor is located. When the text box is highlighted or has squares at the corners, it can be moved
using the arrow keys on the keyboard, or enlarged by clicking and dragging on one of
the little boxes around the perimeter. The task bar above the pull down menus allows
you to select the point size of the type, the type of font, and the sharpness of the lettering (this is how you get a bold face type?). When you make a text box, a second layer
with a “T” in it appears in the layers pallet. When working on the non text parts of the
document, one must click on “background” in the “layers” pallet in order to do the work,
or go down the Layers pull down menu tab to Merge Visible, or Flatten Image.
On the last document I scanned, I only needed to add the website address (something new that didn’t exist years ago when the document was first designed and printed).
In this case, I had to experiment to find a font or typeface and sharpness that matched
the existing text. I also had to adjust the position of just the scanned address before
adding the website address so that the end result (all the address text together) would
look centered in its area of the page. Remember also that you need to have at least
1/8” of space from the bottom of the address to the bottom of the printed sheet; otherwise, if your cutter is off or the registration of your printing press not accurate, you might
not have enough bottom margin on the finished printed, cut and folded tract or document. I moved just the scanned address information text by drawing a marquee around
it with the “marquee” tool, and then using the move tool and keyboard arrows to move
the address where I wanted it to look the best and to make room for the additional line of
text (the website address). If you are adding so much information that it won’t all fit, you
should draw a marquee around the whole address, then press the “delete” key on your
computer keyboard to eliminate that area of image without moving the rest of the document out of position or alignment. Then draw a text box in the cleared area and select a
condensed (e.g., Arial Narrow) typeface, or a smaller size type point size to get more
information in the same space. However, if type smaller than 6 point size is used, it may
not print clearly on some laser printers, and it may be too small for some people to read
without glasses.
- 118 -
Work and Tumble, or Work and Turn – Laying out a Document so it Prints with
One Press Plate Instead of Two Plates.
A four page tract with a cut and folded size of 4 ¼” wide by 5 ½” tall can be made to
print “2 up” (two per letter size sheet) on one, rather than two printing plates, by making
it a work and tumble. The same is true of a “4 up” smaller tract with a finished size of 2
¾” wide by 4 ¼” tall by making it a “work and turn”. Making one or the other means that
only one printing plate is used, and when the paper is turned or tumbled 180 degrees,
the backside of the sheet can be printed with accurate registration of the image without
having to adjust the press plate cylinder to make a new alignment of the image.
To make a work and tumble from a single finished 4 ¼” wide by 5 ½” tall tract, open
the tract flat and scan the outsides, and then the insides as a second scan. When
scanning the inside, scan it upside down. The two scans will be two documents or windows in Photoshop and you should be able to select “select” from the pull down menu,
then go down to “all”, then select “edit” from the pull down menu and go down to “cut”.
The document or image disappears and goes to the “clipboard” on the computer where
you can’t see it. Then go to the other document or the scan of the outside and make
sure the canvas size is letter or legal or tabloid size by going to “image” in the pull down
menu, then down to “canvas size”, then changing the dimensions there to make enough
room for the hidden image that will be “pasted” into the document on a separate “layer”
from the “clipboard”. In the first scan of the outside of the tract, after you have adjusted
the canvas size, go to “edit” in the pull down menus, then down to “paste”. The inside
part of the tract appears along with the outside, but has to be moved into position. In
the “layers” pallet make sure the new layer (not “background”) is blue or selected or
“highlighted”. Use the “move” tool in the upper right hand corner of the tools pallet, then
use the keyboard arrow keys to move the document into position using the blue lines
you placed at the center of the document as a guide. A simpler approach is to scan two
unfolded identical tracts together at the same time with the inside of the second tract
against the scanner glass and upside down below the outside facing normally above it
with the two tracts held together with clear tape in the area beyond the image where the
two tracts touch each other.
When you go to make a final “save as” from the “file” pull down menu to give the document a name and a location on your hard drive where you can find it in the future, you
may want to go to “layers” in the pull down menu and go down to “flatten image”. This
will merge the layers into one to make the document a smaller file size before you make
a PDF of it for e-mailing to someone; but there may be the disadvantage of not being
able to edit the text you added.
One last scanning tip. You may be able to use “filter” in the pull down menu, then go
down to “sharpen” and magnify your image before you do this and see if the edges of
your text in the scanned image are made smoother or less blurry.
- 119 -
Sept. 2015 Note: About the year 2000, when I first started converting hard copy or
pre printed documents to computer medium, I didn't know how to fully utilize the Adobe
Photoshop program. Following the graphic arts tradition of pasting text and art pieces on
a copy board using a light table (or drafting board) and a T square and triangle, I assembled what the industry called camera ready artwork. Later I realized that I could
combine pieces and text in Photoshop where each added or placed piece went on a
new layer. By selecting a layer and drawing a dotted rectangle around the artwork with
Marquee item selection tool, I could then click on the Move tool and use the keyboard
arrow keys to move the art object in small increments in four directions. I could go down
the Layer pull down menu and merge the layers, then still move individual pieces. I
could also use Image and Rotation or Edit and Free Transform. to twist and straighten
or Warp images to improve the document quality without the need of a T square. I found
it even easier to align the various parts in the Adobe Indesign page layout program using similar tools, including Effects in the Object pull down menu. I used to physically assemble all the parts on a paste pr poster board, then scan the result for my computer
document that would be used to print a laser film from which I would image a printing
press plate.
Now I realize that I don't have to do that much hand assembly work when I can use the
computer to do it! My wife and I took comb-bind textbooks that were repeatedly copied
photocopied, since the 1970's, apparently, without maintaining a set of master copies to
reproduce the books from by the old method of laying each page on the glass of a photo
copy machine. The results were successively deteriorating text quality, unwanted background spots from dirt on the copier glass, drooping lines of text, and even missing portions of letters. By using our advanced knowledge of Photoshop, we were able to make
the printed copy look better than the originals we were given to print from. The documents are now on computer medium for future printings. The file size of the books is rather large, but we can convert the collective scanned images of each book page to a
Standard quality PDF book document so much smaller in file size that it can be used to
post on a website as an e-book. A further step would be to try and use an OCR (optical
character recognition) computer software program to convert the improved camera
ready book image documents to fresh computer text. After correcting a few misinterpreted words by the program, one would have the equivalent of having retyped the
whole document in the familiar, editable Microsoft Word program, with a file size of
about two megabytes or less, well suitable for posting on the internet for an online university. Also adjusting the PDF making setting to be compatible with the later versions
of Adobe Acrobat Reader, will further reduce the file size of the document for a quicker
internet download of the converted to PDF computer document.
A Work and Tumble job layout sample - In April of 2016, Stephen from New Zealand
e-mailed me about finishing the design of the two tracts he had written and laid out for
A4 size paper in the Microsoft Word word processing program. He had each side of the
- 120 -
tract on a separate page, and I could tell right away he could combine the two pages into one with the second page information placed in the lower half of the first page, only
upside down. The result is that one can print the Gospel tract from a one page computer
document, then flip the paper 180 degrees on the long side, and print the same image
again. The paper is cut in half and folded in thirds to make two tracts per sheet When a
film and printing plate is made for an offset printing press, one need only make one
metal plate per color of ink (instead of two), and only have to register the image to the
paper being printed once rather than twice (when a separate plate is used for the tract's
backside. Below is a reduced size ( to fit on this page) .tif file format image of the finished tract document.
- 121 -
- 122 -
Making a PDF (Adobe Acrobat Reader) Document from a Photoshop,
Page Layout Program, or Microsoft Office document
Why? – A 1200dpi quality scanned image is over 100 megabytes per letter size page
which is too large to send as an e-mail attachment or to post on a website where it
would take an abnormal amount of time to upload or download. The same document,
converted to a “press quality” PDF format is universally acceptable to any computer having the Adobe Acrobat Reader program available for free as a short download from the website. One can even get permission from Adobe to distribute the
reader program with your PDF documents to save the recipient from having to download
it from adobe (in cases where they might not have internet access to do the download,
the program can be transferred in a camera flash memory card, a thumb drive, portable
hard drive, CD, or DVD.) Also, without the full version of Acrobat, one can only open the
document and not alter the text content by typing. Also, using the full version necessary
to make the conversion to a PDF, can allow the creator to insert an invisible text box in
which the recipient who has only the limited Acrobat Reader, to click in the area of that
box and type in a custom address or Church contact information for his local area where
the tracts are being distributed. To perform the following conversion to PDF one will
need the full version of Adobe Acrobat, or an equivalent such as Scan Soft PDF maker
that comes with the Omnipage Professional OCR program.
Open the program that created the document (e.g. Photoshop, Jasc Paint Shop Pro,
Adobe Indesign, Microsoft Word, Word Perfect, Open Office, Quark Xpress, Adobe
Pagemaker), then open the document to be converted to PDF. Go to “File” in the pull
down menu, then down to “Print” In the window that opens, for the printer, choose Adobe PDF (usually at the top of the list). In the same window, click on the “properties” button. When the new window opens, you should be on the “Adobe PDF Settings” tab.
Under “default settings” choose “Press Quality”. In the list of checked boxes on the left,
uncheck the box “Rely on system fonts only; do not use document fonts”. Doing this
prevents the receiving computer from being unable to display typed fonts in the document that are not installed on the receiving computer. Click on the “layout” tab and
choose either “portrait” or “landscape”. Now click on the “Paper/Quality” tab then click
on the “black and white” bullet or circle next to the words. Click on the “advanced” button. In the new window make sure the highest output quality of your laser printer is selected. In my case, my scanned document was 1200 dpi and my HP5000 monochrome
tabloid size laser printer can output 1200dpi, so I selected “1200dpi”. Also, select the
paper size of the document you are converting (letter, legal, tabloid, or “postscript custom page size” if Photoshop “canvas size” of your document was enlarged to 12” by 20”.
The “Edit Custom Page Size” button will open a window where you can type in the exact
- 123 -
At this point you need to decide if the PDF document will be used to print on a laser
printer, or to make a film positive from which a metal plate will be made for the printing
press. For making a laser film positive, we need to do a “flip horizontal” or select “yes”
under “mirror output” in the typed list under “Postscript Options” (a drop down list which
is opened by clicking on the check box to the left with a “+“ sign in it if the additional options aren’t showing. “Mirror image” makes the typing “read wrong” or backwards.
When the film positive is flipped over to read right for exposing the metal plate, the toner
is now on the bottom of the film, closer to the metal surface to eliminate any fuzziness or
magnification caused by the thickness of the film if the toner were on top of the film.
Click on the “Ok” button to close the window. Now the “Print” window is showing. Click
on the “print” button. The computer starts making the PDF document and then a window opens for you to give a name to the document and choose a place on the hard
drive of your computer (or an external hard drive attached to the computer. To keep the
computer’s main “C” drive from getting overloaded, keeping the operating system and
programs on the main drive is recommended, while storing all documents on a high
speed external hard drive (7200rpm with a “fire wire”, “USB 2.0 or 3.0”, or “SATA” interface/ cable; or Ethernet cable for network drives like the Western Digital My Book). We
are currently using the Western Digital 2 terabyte My Book Live external network storage drive connected to our Belkin N600 wireless "n" router which makes the network of
home computers wireless. Our newest Epson Artisan wide format network printer is
When the PDF document has been created, your computer will open the Adobe Acrobat program and then the newly created PDF document so you can check it for clarity
and accuracy of reproduction. If you use the drop down menu and go to “Document
Properties” you will see that the file size of the document is now only a few megabytes!
Note: I encountered a problem where the two color separations made in making a
PDF from Adobe Indesign CS2 showed unwanted “artifacts” bulging out from the edges
of a few words of magenta text. This was not a fault of Acrobat Professional, but something in the color separations part of the Indesign print software. I could make a composite CMYK or RGB color PDF from the same Indesign document and the type was ok,
but then some parts of the artwork on that page (the cement between the bricks) was
missing. Evidently, making a perfect PDF isn’t always guaranteed so checking the PDF
you made in the Acrobat program is recommended.
In my experience, there are times when Acrobat 9 Professional will not properly convert a special effects graphic intensive Indesign document to PDF. I found two ways
around this problem. The first is, in the Adobe Indesign CS5 File pull down menu, go
down to Export, rather than Print, followed by PDF, as the printer designation. In the
new window that opens when Clicking on Export, under Save as type:, choose JPEG.
Click the Save button to close that window and open the next window where you decide
whether you are making a lower quality image of the Indesign document for someone to
- 124 -
approve it, or, to make an online reading document (Low or Medium and 200 dpi, RGB
color space, quality settings); or, a document to be printed from on a quality color laser
printer or printing press (High or Maximum, 1200 dpi settings ). Then click on Export and
find and view the converted JPEG image document in Adobe Photoshop, or equivalent
picture viewing software. The resulting document will be quality, but a larger file size
than an equivalent PDF file format document. The second alternate method of making a
PDF without errors is to go down the File menu in Indesign to Export, but, under Save
as Type:, choose Adobe PDF. Click on Save to close that window. In the next window
that opens, save the document. In the third window that opens, click on Compression in
the list on the left. In the center of the window change the Color Images, Grayscale Images, and Monochrome Images to None. Locate and open the converted document file
in the free internet download program Adobe Acrobat Reader 11, or an equivalent aftermarket PDF reader. In the CD bargain software bin at an office supply store, I found a
PDF making software for $4! Microsoft Office Word and Publisher 2010 come with a
built in PDF converter button. Also, there is a free online upgrade for Office 2007 for
this. The new free Apache Open Office version 4.11 alternative to Microsoft Office, includes a PDF converter.
My reasoning, in following the above steps is that, if the ingredients of the conversion
are not compressed, there will be fewer or no errors in the results. Since true page layout programs cost hundreds of dollars and most computer users don't design graphics
rich documents, they won't buy these programs. That makes a potential barrier of communication between the desktop publisher and the clients he or she designs documents
for. Converting the complex document to an image or PDF, opens a world- wide standard or medium for sharing documents.
Using the Full Version of the Adobe Acrobat Computer Program to Make a Text
Box in a Document so Recipients having only the Free Acrobat Reader, can Type
a Custom Address / Contact Information in the Box
The Standard Acrobat Reader (now in version 11) is a free download from the Adobe
website It allows one to open PDF documents, and to fill in form documents like tax papers with type in the box or on the line “fields”. The full version (e.g.,
Acrobat 8 Professional) allows one to make these type in the blank space fields. One
can also, it appears, if he has a full version OCR (Optical Character Recognition software) like Abby Fine Reader or Omnipage Pro) to export PDF (Adobe Acrobat) documents back into a word processing program where they can be edited.
Here I am showing you how to use the full version of Acrobat to make a hidden text
box for a church address or contact information in a white area at the end of a tract.
Then recipient of the document can, with only the Acrobat Reader, click in that area, see
a flashing text insertion “cursor” appear, then type lines of pre determined point size text
with the ability to make each line a regular, bold or italicized style. It won’t matter
- 125 -
whether the adding an address capability is being done to a document made in a page
layout program before it was converted to PDF, or whether it was made by scanning a
hard copy document into Adobe Photoshop then turning it into a PDF.
Begin by Opening the full version of Acrobat. Here I am using version 8 Professional.
In the pull down menu, go to “File” then “Open” then locate and open the PDF document
you wish to create a “hidden” add text box in. For my test, I went to the website and opened the “KYF 2nd ed 96 percent” document because
on the first “signature” (first page of the document) on the back page of the tract booklet
there is a black box with “Complements of:” in it – a designated place for a Church address.
In the pull down menus across the top of the Acrobat 9 Professional program, I went
to “Tools” then down to “Fields”, then to the right and down to “Text Field Tool”. Clicking
on “Text Field Tool” changes the mouse pointer arrow or cursor into a set of small cross
Move the cross hairs cursor to where you want to draw a box for inserting text, then
left click the computer mouse and drag down and across and let go when the box is the
size you want. The box will now have the words “Text 1” in it. Click once inside the box
and the box will turn a red color. You can resize the box by moving the cursor over one
of the little red squares on the perimeter of the box then clicking the mouse and dragging that line in or out to resize the box. Clicking and dragging diagonally on a corner of
the box enlarges or shrinks the box proportionally (the width and height move by the
same amount).
Now “double click” the mouse in the box, and a new window opens titled “Text Field
Properties”. Under the “General” tab, next to “Form field:”, select “Visible”.
Now click on the “Appearance” Tab. The “Border Color” and “Fill Color” settings should
have a red slash through the check box. I selected “6 point” for “Font Size” since the
KYF address box is so small. I was able to get 4 lines of text in that area using 6 point.
For “Font” I selected “Helvetica”. If your computer doesn’t have Helvetica, “Arial may be
more common, and “Arial Narrow” allows more text to be put on a line. For type color I
selected “Black” since people printing a document on a monochrome (black only) printer, can’t print a color; (even though the computer may create it, but it would turn from a
color to a gray when printed on a monochrome printer).
Go to the “Options” tab in the “Text Field Properties” window and check only the boxes “Multi-line”, “Allow Rich Text Formatting”, and “Check Spelling”. Also Choose one of
the three text block alignment options: left, center, right. On the KYF document, I chose
“Left”. On other larger tracts with more room for an address, like the “Why John 3:16?”
Spanish version located under the “”Products” tab of the website, I
would choose “Center”.
Click on the next tab, “Actions”, I left the settings as is with “Mouse Up” and “Execute a
- 126 -
On the next tab, “Format”, I left it as is with “None” showing.
On the last two tabs, “Validate” and “Calculate”, I left them as is with a green dot in
“Filed is not validated”.
Now Test if you can type in the box you made. First click on the “I beam/black arrow”
button at the top of the Acrobat program to make the red/black text insertion box you
made go into hiding. This changes the mouse pointer/cursor into an “I beam” for inserting text.
Place the “I beam” cursor in the upper left corner of where your hidden text box starts,
and a flashing text insertion point appears. Type something on the first line. I typed in
“HIS Print Media Ministries”. I decided I wanted this to be bold face type, so, before I
began typing, I right clicked the mouse at the place the cursor was flashing and a drop
down menu opened and I moved the cursor down to “Text Style”, then to the right and
clicked on “bold”. When I typed the first line it was done in bold. I didn’t want the second line to be bold, but regular. At the end of the first line I typed in, I hit the “Enter”
key on the keyboard, and the cursor moved to the beginning of the next line. If the cursor doesn’t move when you do this and the computer speaker makes a noise, use the
“Down Arrow” key on the computer keyboard. At that point I right clicked the mouse and
went down to “Text Styles” again, then across to “Clear Formatting”. The rest of the
lines I typed were regular typeface.
Now you can see that the text goes in the appropriate hidden box. You may want to
print a copy of that page of the document to make sure the text box you made doesn’t
print with the text and that the text does print.
Now click and drag across the text you inserted as a test and press the “delete” key on
the keyboard. Go to “File” in the pull down menu and “save” the changes to the document you made. If you want to go back and make changes to your hidden text box in the
full version of Acrobat, you will have to go to “Tools” on the pull down menus, then down
to “Fields”, then across to “Text Field Tool”. When you click on that the hidden text
box(s) in the document will become visible and you can double click in them and edit
Note: In the Text Field Properties window, under the General tab, under Form Field,
I chose from the list, Hidden But Printable. Under the Actions tab, for Trigger, I chose
Mouse Enter. Under Select Action, I chose Show/Hide a Field. My interpretation is that a
reader of the PDF on the computer will move the computer mouse cursor over the area
where the added text field is located and it will become visible, and the words Add
Church Contact Info Here will be visible in the box, and a flashing I beam cursor will appear showing that text can be typed inside the field. I believe that, when the document
is printed with the added text inside the field, the reader added text will print with the rest
of the document, but the form field box will not be printed. You should tell the recipient of
the document that:
- 127 -
1. There is a hidden text insertion box there.
2. One must click in that area with the mouse pointer (it turns into an “I beam” when
moved into the area of the hidden text box) to start typing.
3. To change the style of the type (regular, bold, Italic, etc.), one must right click on the
flashing cursor on that line, then go down to “Type Style” and across to desired selection; or click and drag over the line of type after it has been typed, then right click and
go down to “Type Style”.
The growing trend now (2012), is electronic multi-media publications made to be read
on computers, computer hand held tablets, and smart phones. These are called Ebooks. The simplest form is a read order Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF file. I stated making these by converting my existing page layout documents from something good for
printers, to something for readers. I first made a new Adobe Indesign CS5 document
with a page size in Document Setup and Layout & Margins that matches a single page
or column in the printer’s document. I then add blank pages. I select a page to copy
and insert into the new read order document. I choose the black arrow toll from the
Indesign tools palette, and draw a marquee around all the items on the page to highlight
or select all the items on a page. I then go to Object in the pull down menu and choose
group. I then go to the Edit pull down menu and go down to copy. I go to the first blank
page in the new document and paste in the contents with paste located under the Edit
pull down menu. After transferring or copying the whole document and saving it, I go to
File pull down menu and then Print, then Adobe PDF. I go to Properties and choose
Standard for quality rather than Press Quality, because computer screens can only display something like 72dpi resolution. The PDF file is a lot smaller than the Indesign file
and will take less time for someone to download or open from my website to read. After
reading the documents under the new E-book & E-tract headings I made on our website, one can choose to e-mail the document to someone else as an attachment, go to
the printer’s version of the document and make the printed document to distribute, or
contact us to have the documents printed for and shipped to them for a fee.
I have seen PDF making software in a bargain bin at an office supplies store for as
low as $4. A software titled Win2PDF is available for free for evaluation or noncommercial use at:
In October of 2015, my wife and I were asked to make 15 copies of a 330 page letter
half size paperback book, converting it to a letter size comb bind book with a custom
cover for a Bible University. It took days of work, even though the we copied from was of
good quality. Cutting the glued spine off so the pages lay flat in the scanner would have
helped. I made a test and found that scanning at 600 dpi 8bit gray scale was better that
the 300dpi we had previously been doing on other books. Scanning at 600 dpi results in
each page being 23 megabyte tiff file format image. The scanned pages were cleaned,
- 128 -
straightened, and enlarged to letter size in Adobe Photoshop CS5, then placed in the
proper order into Adobe Indesign.
The resulting book document file size was a whopping 10+ gigabytes, more than the
available RAM working memory in my computer. I knew from experience that I would
not be able to print to the color laser printer from such a big file size job as the printing
speed would slow down. I had learned that if a made a PDF of the document, it would
transfer to the printer faster and print faster. I also knew that the print to PDF choices in
my printer driver software allowed choosing a range of quality settings ranging from
Smallest File Size to Standard, High Quality Print, and Press Quality. I learned that if I
optimized the scanned images of the pages placed in Indesign document, the file size
would be reduced, but the printed images could look fuzzy and not sharp. I was right
about that.
I also wanted to make a read order PDF Interactive e-book to put on a CD disk, or
post on the University's website should they decide to offer online courses. This would
mean drastically reducing the PDF file size. I tried making a Standard quality PDF with
Optimized images. The file size was reduced to an amazing 75 megabytes (approximate
number), which would easily fit on a CD ROM disk, but was probably too large for a
downloadable from the internet e-book. (The free Word Press software we used to creat
our website has a maximum file upload size of 100 megabytes) I magnified this PDF
document in Adobe Acrobat Professional 9. I decided it wasn't good enough quality for
printing the requested fifteen books. I then tried the High Quality Print conversion to
PDF and it was OK. I may have also tried the Press Quality Setting with a complete
download of the images and no Optimize. The result was a file size in the 200 megabyte
range. In my opinion, it printed the books at the printer's maximum speed and the quality was as good as the sample page I had printed directly from the Indesign document
without converting it to a PDF. The file size had been reduced from 10,200 megabytes
down to less than 300 megabytes. This shows the value of the PDF file format. First, It
can reduce file size (while maintaining readability) for posting the document on a website for downloading or online reading, or sending it by e-mail attachment. Second, it has
become a universal file format that works on PC and Mac computers, as well as smart
phones and various electronic tablet formats or brands. Thirdly, the basis Acrobat
Reader software is available as a free internet download from the website
Here is an example of making a press quality PDF document from my Adobe
Indesign page layout document. I began helping the Free Tract Society of Los Angeles
by designing two color tract documents for them to print. A woman named Priscilla had
written a three-fold letter size testimony tract in Microsoft Word. FTS referred her to me.
I transferred her information to Adobe Indesign where I could make it a two color document preferred by Free Tract. When I made a press quality PDF using the Indesign and
color laser printer Post Script print software, I was able to choose Adobe PDF, negative,
- 129 -
and flip horizontal (emulsion side down), trapping (an overlap where the colors meet),
and separations, where I chose the two Pantone Matching System spot colors I used in
the document. The embedded into the document images and fonts were included in the
PDF. After viewing the resulting PDF in the Abode Acrobat Program on my computer, I
sent the document by e-mail attachment to a company in Southern California that uses
an expensive image setter machine that converts a computer document to pressman's
negative. They mail the negatives to FTS in another city, and bill them. FTS strips the
negatives into a yellow paper mask and uses the negatives to transfer the image to
metal printing plates by way of a light exposure box. I prefer to do the computer designing, and the Free Tract Society gets their hands dirty running the printing press. The
ability to make a PDF document helped make this all possible.
You probably noticed the blue underlined text throughout this book document. These
are clickable URL hyperlinks to places or further information on the Internet or World
Wide Web. They can be accessed when one is reading the book on a computer or tablet/SMART electronic device that can connect to the internet by a cable connection, or
wirelessly by WiFi. When one holds the mouse cursor over the special writing then holds
down the control key on the keyboard and clicks the computer mouse, the reader is taken to the place on the Internet where the extra information is located displayed. I believe, that on a smart phone or tablet with a touch screen, one simply taps a finger on
the blue hyperlinked text to go online to view the additional information. The reason I
am mentioning this is that, when a book document containing these hyperlinks is exported or printed from Microsoft Word to a PDF Interactive, document, the hyperlinks
can be made to carry over into the Adobe Acrobat document, making an interactive ebook.
With the Word document containing the hyperlinks open or displayed on the computer screen, click on the circle in the upper left hand corner (Microsoft Word version 2007)
of the program window. God down to Save As, then across to PDF. A new window
opens for you to choose where you want to save the PDF document being created, and
give it a name. If one goes down to Print, instead, and then chooses PDF, he can
choose Optimize to make the document a smaller file size (of acceptable display quality)
for a faster internet download or transfer of the document. When the document is
opened in Adobe Acrobat Reader, the blue hyperlink text appears. When one puts the
computer mouse cursor over the text, a hand icon appears. Then click with the mouse
and, by internet, the extra content is downloaded and displayed. The type of additional
material can be audio, video, text, or HTML (Internet coding language for display of
online material).
March 2016 Update - In scanning university textbooks to make PDF e-books of a small
but readable file size for posting on the internet for online students, I found I got the best
compromise of acceptable readable quality and smaller file size, if I used Acrobat Professional 9 custom adjustments as follows:
- 130 -
JPEG compression: Automatic
Quality: Medium
Resolution: 144 dpi.
Compatibility with earlier versions of Acrobat: Acrobat version 9 or later.
If pictures look fuzzy, increasing the resolution to 300 may solve the problem.
- 131 -
- 132 -
Making a Laser Film Positive from a Computer Document
The laser printer must be connected to the computer and turned on.
One will use the “bypass tray” for the thicker and larger laser film material. The following steps will be based on the HP Laserjet 5000. In the
page layout, word processing, or Photo processing program, Choose the
“File” pull down menu and go down to “print”. In the “printer” window that opens, under
“Name” select from the list “HP Laserjet 5000 PS. You want to use the postscript level 3
driver if one is available for your computer as it allows you to do the “flip horizontal” and
make decent size and dark enough “halftone dots” that convert photographs to printable
medium. Click on the “properties” button. You should be in a new window on the “Layout” tab. Select either “portrait” or “landscape”, print only on one side. Click on the “Paper/Quality” tab. IN the new window, next to “Media Source” select “Tray 1 manual”.
Next to “Media”, choose “cardstock”. Click on the “Advanced” button and select the
highest quality settings, for example, “Pro Rez 1200”. If the document you are printing
from is not a PDF that is already a read wrong or “flip horizontal” document as you look
at it on the computer screen, then you will want to select, under “Postscript Options”,
“Mirrored Image: Yes”. Click the “Ok” button to close the window. Click the next window’s “Ok” button to send the document to the printer.
Open and fold out the manual feed trays (input and output) on the turned on and
warmed up printer, then insert the film positive material down to the paper stop and adjust the paper side guides so the paper is not loose in the tray.
Press the green “Go” button. How long the printer takes to receive and process the
information from the computer and begin printing depends on the speed of the CPU
processor chip in the printer, the amount of RAM memory installed, the type of connection to the computer (a Category 5 network connection with a crossover cable to a single
computer or a hub for multiple computers, or a USB to parallel converter cable will be
faster than a parallel to parallel connection. Some modern computers no longer have a
“parallel printer port”). I have the maximum 100 megabytes of RAM in the HP5000.
Even so, in the past, on a slower computer (900 MHZ CPU), with only a Parallel to Parallel connection, a high quality scanned prison art document that was over 100 megabytes in file size, sometimes took over 30 minutes to print a single page! The HP5000 is
a slower printer because it was made in about 2000 and only has a 166MHZ speed
Check the printed film positive for darkness of image, especially in heavy solid areas,
and for detail in the highlight areas of images (there should be some dots throughout the
white areas of artwork, but not in the background of text unless someone purposely
typed text over a screened or picture background). The Image can be darkened by
spraying the toner side of the film with either White Rain brand hair spray, or Krylon
brand clear satin acrylic (item number 1919?), or Sprayway Toner Aid aerosol. The
spray fuses the toner together to make it darker, but using too much can make the im- 133 -
age fuzzy. Trying to darken the solids with a Sharpie black marking pen doesn’t seem
to help as the slight difference in shades of black between the toner and the pen can
show on the exposed and developed metal plate. The manufacture of the metal plate
developer chemistry told me one could put “Rubylith” or a piece of golden rod masking
sheet over the solid black area to keep it from being exposed in the plate maker. On
positive development metal plates, areas not exposed to the bright exposure light don’t
soften and dissolve out by the developer chemistry.
Look also for unwanted or stray toner particles in the printed film positive/laser film.
They can probably be removed by scraping them off with a safety razor blade or Xacto
brand knife. If not, there are deletion pens (fine tipped and wide tipped) that quickly dissolve the unwanted artifacts or alignment cross hairs off the plate. Be sure to use plate
cleaner on a cotton pad to wipe the area after using the deletion pen, or the area could
attract ink.
Note: If the text is dark on the film positive, but the “halftones” (pictures converted to
press printable medium by using dots), are lacking a sufficient amount of dots (10%) in
the highlight areas, one might want to go back to the finished Photoshop document
made from a scanned image and draw a marquee around just the picture using the
mouse and marquee tool. Then just that area or picture can be darkened to make more
dots in the highlight area by using the adjustment sliders found under the “Image” pull
down menu, then “Adjust Levels”. On documents where the picture was “placed” for a
stored place on the computer into a “picture box” in a page layout program like Adobe
Indesign, one can go to the “Links” pallet, locate the image you want to adjust, click on it
to select it, then click on the arrow in the upper right corner of the Links pallet and go
down to “unembed file”. Then go to “edit original” and click on it. The Photoshop or picture editing program will open, then the image so you can adjust it. After making the
desired adjustments in the photo editing program, go to “File” and down to “save” to
save the new version where it is being saved on your computer’s hard drive. When you
do this, the result automatically shows in Adobe Indesign. Then go back to the links pallet, click on the arrow in the upper right corner, and go down to and click on “embed file”.
Doing this makes sure all images stay with the document and don’t have to be sent in a
separate folder along with the document, when sending the document to someone else.
2012 update regarding The Poor Man’s Image Setter
By using the 1999 or later HP 5000N or 5100N wide format monochrome laser printer, one can make film positives on 12” by 20” (or 12" x 18" or smaller) non photographic
clear acetate or polyester film. The legal size film material can also be used. The film is
then used to transfer the image to a positive development aluminum metal plate of the
required size for the offset printing press one is using. The image will have to have
about 7/8+” of top margin above the artwork or text at the top of the page to allow for
gripper bite and plate bend. This is a non printable area. The gripper bite is the 1/4 to
3/8" at the top of the sheet where the press bites onto the paper and carries it through to
- 134 -
the output tray. Too little no print area means that some of the type will be so high up
on the plate cylinder of the press that there will not be a solid backing beneath the plate,
or beneath the blanket on the blanket cylinder. Placing the image too low on the film
and plate will result in an unwanted horizontal line of ink at the top of the sheet that develops after running as few as 600 sheets.
When using the HP machine to image the film, one chooses custom page size for the
12” x 20” film. The film is placed in the manual feed tray, as a flip horizontal, using cardstock as the type of material being printed on. The HP machine is available used for
about $400. Get the maximum RAM (random access memory), which is 100 megabytes
for the model 5000. This machine makes nice uniform sized solid halftone dots for artwork images and photos that will not be dissolved out by the caustic developer solution
that dissolved out the background that was exposed to the strong light of the plate maker box (e.g., Nu Ark 100).
2016 update - Now, over fifteen years have passed since the HP5000 came out, and
there may be better choices in finding an inexpensive way of getting the computer document onto a metal plate for a printing press. There are even polyester plates that are
run directly through the laser printer, but they may only print up to 5,000 copies, and are
not recommended for printing multiple colors in the same document.
Also, the HP does not do dense solids on film. Sometimes a text area will ghost into
an adjacent picture. A way around this is to design documents that don’t have large solid areas, or to screen back or lighten the solids to make a percentage of solid black. I
suggest trying a 90% screen. Another HP problem is that the software drivers were originally made for a Windows 98 or Windows XP operating system that existed in 2002.
Now, with Windows 7 Home Premium, it is more difficult to get laser printer to print with
the postscript software printer driver, especially when the printer has a Jet Direct hardware card installed which makes the printer networkable through a category 5 or 6
Ethernet cable. The printer is so old it has a Centronics
parallel cable connection, and no USB connection. Modern computers no longer have parallel printer ports. The
answer is to get a Centronics to USB adapter cable made
by Epson or Belkin ($20 or more). HP makes a universal
printer driver for the 5000 printer, but it doesn’t have the
ability to do a flip horizontal or spot color separations.
There is still a postscript level 2 driver to do this.
One solution is to make separate computer documents,
coloring the unwanted text white so it does show, but
keeps the rest of the colors in position, then making the
color you want black along with the picture or graphic a
grayscale mode in Adobe Photoshop, rather than an RGB
or CMYK. Also, this older printer has a slower speed and
- 135 -
less RAM, so larger file size documents may take 5 or more minutes to print!
Disgusted with trying to get the HP 5000 printer to work with my modern Windows 7
operating system computer, I switched to my 2007 Ricoh 12” x 18” color laser printer.
Its drawback is that it makes fainter stochastic marks rather than halftone dots out of
graphics and photos. If the screened images are not at least a 35% screen (the HP
could do a 20% screen), the faint marks used to make pictures or screens would be dissolved out by the bp plate developing chemistry, leaving no highlight dots or a non uniform screen . When I made the images darker in Adobe Photoshop to make more (and
hopefully darker, more solid stochastic) dots, the image became muddy looking due to
not enough contrast or not enough brightness (see example on the right of the previous
page). The images on film may look too dark, but may still print ok as some dots may
dissolve away. Expose the positive development metal plate for as short a time as possible, with the developing chemistry able to dissolve out the exposed background within
20 seconds. Then wipe the developer off with distilled water with a sponge right away.
Dry the plate with a hair dryer. The plate could print as many as 100,000 copies. The
plates are capable of a range of a 2% highlight dot to a 98% solid, but, using laser films,
that range is less due to the caustic plate developer. On the Nu Arc brand mercury vapor lamp exposure box I use, I can use a 1.2 unit exposure time. This makes the solids
as dark as possible, and yet allows the background to easily dissolve out when the plate
is developed. Preserve the plate with a thin layer of process gum, or put the plate on the
printing press right away.
A comparison note here is that, when one compares, side by side, the same printed
images, one made from a film positive using the HP 5000 and its halftone dots, and the
other from the Ricoh with its stochastic marks, the properly made Ricoh Color Laser
printer picture looks better because the smaller stochastic dots show more detail and
smoother gradations in the image. Older versions of Adobe Photoshop made it easy to
manipulate the halftone dot size used in making an image for the HP5000. Now, the
newer Photoshop CS5 version software has that change capability hidden (harder to
find). The result is that smaller images have too large a dot size and look course.
A third option, was to use a wide format Epson printer like the Stylus Photo 1430 that
I bought new for about $269. It can feed and image a 13” by 19” film of a different coating than that used with the laser printer method of image setting. Like the Ricoh, the
Epson does Stochastic dots which are too fine and too small to survive the positive metal plate developing solution. Thus, the Epson can do line art and text, but not pictures or
screens unless one buys and installs a companion computer RIP software that makes
larger halftone dots used by offset printers. The newer Epson inkjet printers' standard
printer driver software does allow one to do a read wrong or flip horizontal, which places
the image on the film closer to the metal plate when exposing the plate. The standard
non postscript, non RIP software cannot do color separations. A work around would be
to print to PDF from the program the document was designed in selecting separations,
- 136 -
then print the color separated PDF document using the inkjet printer driver. A few years
ago, I downloaded a free trial of the RIP software for Epson printers from iproof systems
in Florida, but I couldn’t get it to work. It would cost up to $500 to buy. The dot sizes of
the screens can be adjusted, which is good, giving one the choice of stochastic or halftone dots, but the text quality is not as good at the interpolated 1200dpi of the HP or the
600 by 9600dpi of the Ricoh. On less expensive wide format Epson printers, the software can’t utilize the highest quality setting the printer is capable of doing. Also, because the paper feeding system of cheaper Epson inkjets is not as smooth, one is limited to screens of 133 lpi or less. I am assuming that the inkjet RIP software can make a
nice dense solid better than the laser printer. I was surprised that, when I made a cover
document blue background plate using the Ricoh color laser, the area looked solid and
uniform enough, unlike the HP5000. If there had been a problem, I would have
screened the solid back to about 95%. On a smaller offset printing press with fewer ink
form rollers, a screen near 100% might end up a solid anyway.
My conclusion is to use the HP5000, avoiding heavy solids in my computer designed
document, and avoiding thumbnail sized images. Expensive high speed color and
monochrome inkjet printers with non moving print heads and low maintenance, are now
being used in the printing industry by book manufactures and others, partly due to their
variable data (VDP) from page to page capability. When sheet fed models for home use
come out, I would like to get one with the idea of moving away from the skill and time
involved in using offset presses. Examples of office versions of this emerging technology are desktop machines by Memjet, and the Officejet Pro X and Executive series by
Hewlett Packard.
September 2015 update:
We were asked to reproduce a two color Spanish tract booklet titled Como Obtener
Pas de Dios, a version of the Billy Graham Evangelistic Association's Steps to Peace
with God. Like a similar booklet produced years ago by the Navigators organization ,
several of the pages contain areas of solid color which has been a "no no" for me and
printers used to using negatives to make metal plates. A "service bureau" like, has high quality image setters that can make negatives or positives with dense solids and sharp text at 2400 dpi. I hadn't been able to do this using in
home inkjets or laser printers. I would design on the computer tract documents for the
Free Tract Society of Los Angeles, then send the computer file by using the FTP (file
transfer protocol) upload capability on the service providers website, or by sending files
as e-mail attachments. The printed result made from their negatives was that there was
an unacceptable white gap between two colors where they joined in graphic images.
The service told me this happened because their RIP (raster image processor) software
must be told to include a trap (slight overlap) of one color over the other where the two
colors meet. Also, getting sixteen film positives made (8 of each of the two colors) for
- 137 -
this Spanish booklet would cost $15 each for a legal size film. My wife and I agreed that
this would be too expensive for us, so I set out to re-examine what I could do with the
more modern machines we had on hand, and newer brands of laser and inkjet film material. Here are the results, along with the good news that I am pleased with my experiments, and told the customer I believed we will be able to make 30,000 of these book in
a quality manner with the resources we currently have.
We did print and deliver the job, but it was
probably the hardest to print job I have had to
do since we bought the larger Ryobi 3302 twin
tower two color press. The paper registration
from sheet to sheet was good if one didn't print
over 7,000 an hour. The document was designed with heavy solids of ink which printed
better than I expected, but there was white
type (a reverse) in the solids of blue and green.
The lettering began to plug up with surrounding
ink. I rubbed the plate with the chemical True Blue by Varn, which helped, along with
stopping every 700 to 1000 copies to clean the plate and blanket. A horizontal fuzzy
line of green ink appeared near the top of one page, and I couldn't get rid of it. A press
repairman at Print and Finishing Solutions told me that the Crestline brand continuous
watering system on our presses required the water to be kept chilled. I hope not to do
this booklet job again, but if I do, I will certainly cool the fountain solution in the refrigerator and wrap frozen blue ice packets around the water bottles. I had tried this in the past
before we got an air conditioner. The air conditioner caused its own problems as moving air near the press evaporates water off the surface of the printing plates, causing
unwanted background ink to print on the paper. The repairman also agreed with me
that, when using laser films from which metal plates are made, one should not expect to
be able to get more than one plate to register together exactly. He also said that trying
to do full color CMYK would not work with this laser film system.
The secretary of the Spanish Church wasn't fluent in English and there was a communication barrier. I had told her that if I didn't feel we were going to get good quality, I
would stop the job and refund their $1000 deposit. When we drove 170 miles to deliver
the job, I placed all the boxes of booklets in a meeting room at the church. Rosalinda
picked out a printed booklet, sat down, and began to compare it page by page with the
version they had been using until their supply ran out, their pastor moved, and they lost
tract of where they had gotten the booklets made. My wife and I were watching with
suspense. Harriet was praying she wouldn't find a mistake. She got through the inside of
the back cover and stopped, thinking she was done. To my wife's horror I suggested she
might also want to check the back of the cover. She then replied, "It's OK".
- 138 -
We don't want to go through that again! I learned enough from the problems we had
with that job, including bindery work screw ups, that I may consider reprinting this job.
One observation is that the paper made with color lock technology prints a dramatically
darker solid, without applying additional ink. To try and apply enough ink to make it dark
could plug up the reversed white text in the surrounding blue solid of the cover. Here are
some experiments I made to test if we could do this Spanish booklet tract job that required large areas of uniform solid color or a lighter screen tint of the solid, and a gradient or progressively lighter tint from the top of the page downward.
First, I had bought an Epson Artisan 1430 with 13" x 19" paper or film output. It can
output a text sharpness of 1440 x 5880 dpi, which is as sharp as laser printer text, and
on Kimoto brand inkjet clear film (available from the Kelly Paper Company), it can do
uniform solids for positive development metal press plates, but not dense enough for
negatives for negative development metal press plates. I tried printing a gradient (a
background color transition from light to dark spread over about two inches), a requirement for reproducing the Spanish booklet, and the fine inkjet dots dissolved together to
make a blur, and the transition area had a green cast to it, even though it was printed as
a grayscale.
To get around this, one needs a software RIP for the printer driver to make larger,
denser uniform halftone dots that convert a continuous tone screen or artwork into a non
photographic printable medium. Such RIP software sold by the Genie graphic arts supply company or US Silkscreen, or iproof systems, cost $500 or more. I feel iproof is the
best choice, even though, on a free trial dowload of their software, I wasn't able to
choose the highest resolution settings, presumably because the finer dots would merge
together and plug up the image, due to limitations of coated polyester film material.
Another possible issue, Ted at iproof told me about, is lesser quality Epson inkjets do
not have as accurate and consistent a paper feed system as the more expensive don't
Professional models. Without the RIP software, the standard Epson non postscript
printer driver software is not capable of doing the spot color separations designed into
Adobe Indesign page layout program documents. There is a way around this. One prints
to Adobe PDF and chooses color separations. The resulting PDF document will be a flip
horizontal color separated document that prints as a grayscale. The question I have is,
on my cheaper Epson printer, when I overlap the printed color separation films, on a
printer's light table, do the colors align, and is there a trap where the colors meet? It appears that the registration capability of my Epson 1430 is a good as that of my color laser printer that has a postscript color separation software driver. The inkjet accuracy of
match between colors may actually be better because there is no fuser unit that could
distort the polyester film material due to heat.
I was able to use the next to the highest quality setting for the Epson 1430 (1440 x
2880 dpi?). The Kimoto brand Silkjet SC4 inkjet film gave me a slightly darker solid than
the US Silkscreen brand film. Please note that the inkjet ink type used should be dye
- 139 -
based and not pigment based, although the website states that
their Silkjet UC5 Inkjet film can also be used with pigmented ink. Without a RIP software
to make halftone dots, is only good for solids and text - no screens, gradients, or pictures. The Kimoto inkjet printers are scheduled to be discontinued.
A new inkjet development is printing an image directly onto a polyester material printing plate. One can make 10,000+ copies per plate, and fine screen halftone graphics are
possible (up to 150 dpi?) if a RIP software is used. The brand name is Geniejet. An Epson printer that uses an Ultra Krome K3 inkset with vivid magenta, is required. The
cheapest model seems to be the 2880 at about $600. Compare this to $300 for the Epson 1430 that I bought. Also, after being imaged, the plates have to be baked in an
electric heater that looks like a laminator. The price of a Geniejet system starts at
$1800. Their RIP also works with their inkjet film positive material. I requested samples
of their printed film and plates, but haven't received any. Since I like to print at least a
box of two sided tracts at a time, or a run length of 10,000 copies with the two colors in
exact registration, I am wondering if the polyester plates will stretch and go out of registration. Also, years ago, when I had used Mitsubishi brand mega plates made with an
Itek 430 camera, I would get unwanted background ink when using colored inks.
salesman told me the Geniejet system will have accurate enough registration for color
separations, but what does he mean by that - spot color titles or headings, or the exact
registration of black outlines around text that I am now doing with laser films? The big
advantage of the Geniejet inkjet printing plate technology is that one would be able to
maintain a wider range of dots in the highlights and solids. When one has to go to film,
and then to a metal plate, the caustic plate developer chemistry dissolves out highlight
dots. This requires my designing documents without highlight dots between 0% and
10%. On a laser printer that doesn't make halftone dots, like our Ricoh Aficio SP
C811dn, one has to experiment and not design the graphics on the computer document
so the background is either too dark (making the pictures look muddy or lacking contrast), or too light (resulting on blowouts, where there is no 5% dot in the highlight areas
of a picture). Ted, at, told me that only the more expensive
Epson printers have a paper feeding system accurate enough to make multicolor film
positive separations for exact registration work. I wouldn't try to use a cheaper model for
color separations work.
A newer development is using an inkjet to print directly onto a metal press plate. The
plate surface would have to first be coated with a material that the inkjet could print on
without the dots swelling or not drying. One could then expose the light sensitive positive development plate and then dissolve the ink and coating away, leaving only the unexposed areas of the plate that were protected from the strong exposing light by the
coating of ink. Some methods, don't use a light sensitive treated plate, but just the bare
grained aluminum. the Glunz and Jensen company uses an Epson 4000 inkjet printer
and a single color proprietary ink formula. I heard a bad review by a buyer of this prod- 140 -
uct. The GenieJet salesman admitted that some people were trying to image metal
plates rather than polyester plates with an inkjet. He said it is a messy operation. the
Presstek company sells one of these plate makers, but the image only holds up for
10,000 copies on a printing press unless it is baked after being imaged. I found that baking an imaged aluminum press plate that was rinsed in high mineral content well water,
baked the deposits on the plate so they picked up ink in the non image areas - a no no!
Another technology is a desktop printer that looks like an inkjet, but is actually a dye
sublimation process where the cartridges are ribbons and small pins tap on the ribbon
and transfer the ink to the film. I did get film samples from this from the Kimoto company. Their text is sharp, and their blacks darker and more uniform on their film material,
but the halftone screens for their graphics or images are course (60 to 80 dpi). Their
system costs $5,000. I read that they will discontinue selling their printers.
About the year 1999 I bought an HP 5000 monochrome laser printer because it made
halftone dots and was tested and proven to be one of the better computer to film machines of its day. I can't say that that still applies today. The HP, when printing to clear
polyester film does not do uniform solids, and is darker at the borders of solids. Also,
when a graphic is adjacent to text, a ghost image of the text can be reprinted in the
graphic. Also, the HP makes solid outlines/edges around knockouts for my second color
in the document. Another menacing problem is that new versions of computer operating
system and newer versions of the Adobe Photoshop program make it more difficult, if
not impossible to choose a fine halftone screen of 120dpi or 133 dpi. Also, in using the
HP printer software driver, it freezes, and I have to do a "ctrl+alt+delete" keyboard combination as a work around for the problem. I decided against using HP for jobs involving
solid areas of color.
I bought some Kimotodesk laserfilm material from the Kelly Paper Company. I imaged it on my Ricoh color laser printer using the bypass tray and a "thick 3" paper type. I
am impressed with the uniform solids I can get. The black image is not dense black, but
can be darkened slightly using the Sprayway brand aerosol Toner Aide. The density is
not good enough to be considered a negative, and has minute imperfections of clear
showing when looked at under a 16x magnifying loop, but I believe these spots will plug
up or fill in when ink is applied to these areas of the plate on the printing press. On their
website, Kimoto states regarding their laser film I just bought, "Kimodesk is well suited
for multi-color screen printing jobs when tight registration is critical." Their inkjet films
work best with printers like Epson that use piezo print head
I was learning how to make gradients in Adobe Indesign CS5,
and had the highlight dots start at 0%. I then imaged a metal test
plate from the film, and developed it. The starting point of the
gradient highlight was barely visible with the loop. I then found
out I could go to the Object pull down menu in the software, then
- 141 -
to Effects, then to Gradient Feather. By clicking on the slider for the highlight or lightest
point of the linear gradient, I could then type in 25% as my starting point. I could do the
same in the solid, so I made that 90%. I printed another film, and I can tell the dots are
uniform and will probably not dissolve out if I expose the plate at 1.4 units and spend as
little time as possible developing the plate with the chemistry before I wash the chemistry off with distilled water. This is the drawback of the Ricoh laser printer that doesn't
print uniform density round halftone dots. It does even screens better than the HP5000,
and the text is just as sharp, even down to a 4 or 5 point size. One just has to experiment more with the highlight dots to find a setting where dots will not be dissolved away
by the developer chemistry. For making a non gradient screen on our Ricoh color laser
printer, I would not go below a 45% screen. On the current gradient I am doing, I think I
will get by with the 25% starting point of the screen. If the screen is made too light, and
some dots dissolve out, the screen will not look even. On the opposite end of the spectrum, I figured that if I didn't try to print a solid, but chose a 90 or 95% screen instead,
the solid would appear more uniform, even if the printed page was lighter due to some
fine pinholes of white showing through the screen. This wasn't true - making a near solid screen didn't make a more uniform screen, especially on the HP5000 printer. When
films for this job were printed on the Ricoh laser printer, I did get by with a good 90%
screen. When I exposed and developed the metal pres plate, I still had highlight dots
where the gradient joined the green box of reversed text below it. When the two colors
(Reflex Blue and Pantone Green) were printed on the press, green silhouettes almost
exactly matched the background screen. I was hoping there would be more of an overlap or trap of the green over the background screen.
Yet another alternative, is not using film, but translucent white paper, like the Gilcrest
brand sample I was given. It may be true that printing on paper with the laser printer
yields a denser and more uniform solid, but the paper isn't as clear as the film, so, when
I made and developed a metal plate sample, some unwanted background appeared in
the non image area. To get this to go away, one would expose the plate longer (up to
1.8 units from 1.4 units). This makes the background dissolve away easier, but the solids designed in the document will not be as dense. Also, the longer exposure means
that more highlight area dots will probably be dissolved out. Metal plates are capable of
a 2% to 98% dot, so getting good screens and halftone pictures have more to do with
the process than the plate.
In developing the plate, I use a photographers stainless steel tray. I hold up one corner slightly with my left hand. I spray on the positive plate developer with a spray bottle.
I then wait about 5 seconds and begin using a 4 x 4" cotton pad and counterclockwise
circular motions to wipe off the developer, starting with the top of the plate where I first
began using the spray. I apply distilled water using a sponge, to the plate to remove the
remaining developer residue. A cotton pad soaked in distilled water can also be used. I
had to stop using well water for this because the minerals in the water would leave de- 142 -
posits on the plate when I dried it off with a hair dryer to rub on a coating of process
gum as a plate preserver and anti-oxidizer. The mineral deposits of hard water would
result in the plate picking up unwanted background image on the printing press, requiring an deletion pen or plate cleaning solution.
Concluding the topic of CTP (computer to press printing plate imaging solutions, there
are two more expensive options. First, Mitsubishi makes a desktop Digiplater thermal
imaging machine that, in conjunction with their RIP software, can make paper plates that
print up to 5,000 copies with a dot range from 5% to 95%. The halftone pictures are limited to 120dpi, and the text sharpness 1200dpi. I don't believe one can use these paper
plates for exact registration of multiple colors. The machine costs about $16,000, the
plate and film rolls over $250, and an additional hub for the film rolls costs over $250.
The films, when used to image metal plates, lose highlight dots under 10% and shadow
dots above 90%. The films are supposed to be accurate enough for exact registration of
multiple colors. My preferred choice is a used factory recertified Prestek Dimensions
425 Excel machine that sells for at least $11,000. The image is made on a metal plate at
a high 2540 dpi for text and (up to 200 dpi?) for halftone pictures. The imaged plate requires only a water wash, and the plates print up to 100,000 copies. The drawback here
is that the imaging unit costs $3000 to replace if it goes bad, and therefore some companies using this product pay the product distributor a maintenance fee. Prestek also
sells a system, the JT Inkjet CTP, that images metal press plates with an Epson printer.
The plates print 5,000 copies, and when baked, 20,000 copies. The system cost under
After my recent testing of our existing methods, I have a renewed faith that we can
get good quality the way we have been doing things, if we switch to the Kimotodesk laser film, which we have done. For unknown reasons, we have fond on past jobs on
longer paper than letter size (e.g., using legal size 20 pound weight paper to print small
tract booklets four to a sheet, the registration of the cross hairs (cross hair marks for
aligning a two color exact registration job on the printing press), the marks cannot be
made to align exactly, but the document can still be adjusted to get good registration between colors. Problem situations could be black outlines around titles, duotone (two
color) pictures, and no overlap or trapping of one color over the other. I have an acceptable quality plate making system that doesn't cost a lot of money, but takes extra
skill and time to get to that good result. I try to be grateful for what I have, but am also
believing God for a used recertified Prestek Dimensions CTP system with no chemical
developer, no hazardous waste, no film step (with its accompanying 220 volt plate exposure box, good halftone dots for graphics, excellent solids, and no loss of highlight
dots, and plates that will run up to 100,000 copies.
- 143 -
In 2001, it was easy to make good halftone pictures using Photoshop. The non digital camera photos
were scanned to computer medium and converted into 120 dpi halftones for a small duplicator printing
press. The photos were then placed in the Adobe Pagemaker page layout program. Film positives were
made on the HP 5000 monochrome laser printer, from which positive development metal press plates
were made using a NuArc brand light exposure box. As long as there were no heavy solids in the document, the press printed result, captured here by a scanner, was very acceptable. Now, with the newer
versions of Photoshop, I haven't been able to get the same good results or fine halftone dots.
- 144 -
Making a Positive Development Metal Plate
for an Offset Printing Press, from Toner Imaged Laser Film
Note: One can use what are called “Laser Plates” for short run jobs that don’t require
exact registration between multiple colors. These plates are made from polyester with a
coating. Since these plates can’t have pinbar fastening holes before they go through
the laser printer, one would have to buy a “pinbar” plate punch which costs up to $400,
or have a press with a spring clamp on the plate cylinder for attaching the plate. The tail
end of the material could be held down by putting glue from a “glue stick” on the backside of the plate, the last inch at the bottom. One can buy glue on aluminum stiffener
strips with pre punched holes for the top edge of these plates so the attaching pins don't
rip out the mounting holes in the plate. Larger presses like the Ryobi 3302 come with a
designated plate punch. Aluminum stiffener strips are available to stick to the top edge
of these plates so they last longer. They last for 2,000 copies and could do up to 20,000
copies if they are baked or heat treated after being imaged in a laser printer. The polyester plates used to require special fountain solution, but now the pink color extra
strength universal type can be used. A solution rubbed on the surface removes unwanted stray toner. The “ph” or acid/alkaline” state of the fountain solution used to have
to be kept at exactly 4.5 to keep the background (non printing area) from picking up ink,
but I am told they are less fussy now. Also, finger prints could be made on these plates
if the printed surface was touched just after the plate came out of the laser printer while
it was still warm.
I like the positive development metal plates for two color presses as the metal plates
can be reused, and some brands print over 100,000 copies before they wear out (the
image on the plate begins to deteriorate). A deletion pen is made for removing unwanted image such as color registration marks, and the two colors stay registered together
since the aluminum material doesn’t appear to stretch. There are also image addition
pens, but I no longer use them. These positive development metal plates must not come
in contact with alcohol which dissolves the image. Certain brand plate cleaners other
than FPC could be a danger here. For accurate registration in punching a metal plate,
align the imaged film positive over the metal plate and punch both at the same time.
Registering the Film Positive to the Metal Plate During Exposure
Since the plate bend and gripper margin were included in making the document on
the computer, align the top edge of the film positive with the top of the metal plate. Our
Ryobi 3200 single color press uses pinbar plates - they have a row of punched holes
across the top and bottom. Now center the plate over the film or vice-versa depending
on which is larger, and use two pieces of clear tape to tape the two together after aligning them. Put the tape in the “plate bend” or “pinbar” area at the top where the tape
won’t affect the exposure area.
- 145 -
To avoid the need for using the clear tape when making additional plates in the future
from the same film positive, use a hand held plastic/cardboard/leather hole puncher to
punch through the two outermost holes in the top of the metal plate that overlap the film
positive. Shorten two #20D carpenter’s nails to about ¼” long and taper the leading
edges and insert them from the underside of the metal plate and through the two holes
you punched in the laser film. Not all metal plates can be imaged on both sides, so
have the emulsion side of the plate facing up and the toner side of the film positive facing down ("emulsion side down"). Then, when you view the image, it will be read right
and not backwards. Since the plates are light sensitive, they should not be left out in
room light for long periods, especially before being exposed. Store them in a dark
Now we have a larger 12” by 18” two color twin tower printing press that does not
have pinbar holes across the plate top and bottom for attaching it to the press’s plate
cylinders. A punch comes with the press. One can center the approximately 13” wide
plate (side to side) over the registration notches made
by the punch notches, (along with a 5mm diameter
round registration hole and a rectangular registration
hole. Then set the punch side guide adjustment.
Now center the 12” wide film positive (side to side),
and add a thin stop as a side guide for the film material. The home improvement store will sell 5mm diameter pins used to hold up shelves in bookcases.
Cut off a 2” by 13” strip of old printing plate, punch
holes in it, insert two furniture pins and tape them to
the aluminum sheet metal jig so they are held in
place. Make sure the pins stick up only enough to go through the printing plate and the
film positive material. If the pins are too tall, the pins will prevent the exposure box vacuum pump from squeezing the materials tight together in the area surrounding the pins
and some unwanted background image can appear when developing the plate.
I found that I was having to twist the plates on the bigger Ryobi 3302 press toward the
non operator side at the tail end to get the image square with the paper being printed
on. At first I thought there was something wrong with the press. Lately, I have been
punching both the plate and the film positive, but eyeballing the side of the film and making sure it is parallel with the plate when I expose the image onto it with the plate exposure box. Thus I no longer need the pin register system, as long as the film is centered
side to side, even with the top of the plate, and the edges are parallel. Now I spend a lot
less time trying to adjust the image on printed sheet since it is closer to what it should be
when I put the two plates on the press plate cylinder(s). A Press repairman at Print and
Finishing Solutions suggested I lay the film over the unexposed plate, and punch the
film and plate together at the same time. The film is so thin, that, when punching it by
- 146 -
itself, it may buckle against the head stop. I was also told that laser films are not capable
of giving perfect registration between multiple colors. I agree, but I can still get acceptable two color exact registration work between two colors.
Calibrating the Plate maker
The plate maker exposure time needs to be calibrated for the brand of positive development plates being used. The objective is to make as short enough exposure to make
a good solid and yet have dots in a lightly screened tint area, and have the developer
chemistry dissolve out all exposed or unwanted background in about 30 seconds. Leaving the developer solution on the plate surface too long could dissolve. out highlight
halftone or screen/tint dots, or could eventually dissolve the surface of the aluminum!
For example, I needed to make a new plate of the signature from the Seven Things God
Wants Us to Know tract booklet that has two cliffs with the cross of Christ being a bridge
from the dark screened cliff to the lighter screened side where God dwells. I tried making the film positive on the Ricoh laser printer and the dot pattern was finer than the dots
made by the HP 5000 monochrome laser printer recommended for this purpose. I let the
developer sit on the exposed plate surface too long before removing it and all the lighter
screen disappeared. I remade the film positive on the HP5000 and exposed another
metal plate and sprayed the developer on the surface evenly with a spray bottle, but
rubbed it less with a cotton pad and washed it off sooner, and
kept the whole screen. The plate manufacturer should be able
to furnish an exposure guide made on a small section of laser
film with a rectangular box that is solid black and a box with a
light screen in it (made by using fewer dots). I cut up an unexposed plate into sections the size of the piece of film positive
and tried various exposure times until I got what I wanted. On
my Nu Arc model Ft26V3UP Ultra-Plus Flip Top Plate maker
(operating on a designated 220 volt outlet with a 3,000 watt mercury vapor bulb), this
turned out to be an exposure time of 1.8 units. I later determined that, in actual production, a 1.4 unit exposure time is better because the background still dissolves out easily
in the developer and the highlight dots are less apt to dissolve out.
Open the glass lid of the plate exposure box, and clean it on both sides. Turn on the
machine. Place the taped or pinned together new plate (emulsion side up) and film positive (toner side down) on the rubber mat in the center. Close and secure the glass lid.
Turn on the vacuum pump until the gauge reads as high as it wants to go, 20 to 30 in.
Hg. being normal. Push down on the locking lever and swivel the vacuum frame 180
degrees until it locks in place. Punch in the determined exposure time on the keypad
(1.4 units with this machine), and then press the “T” button on the pad to start the exposure. You will hear the additional noise (above the vacuum pump) of the transformer as
the light comes on and gets bright as seen through the cracks of the vacuum frame. The
orange exposing light on the control panel is lit. When the exposure is finished (you
- 147 -
hear a click), flip the vacuum frame around again until it locks in place, turn off the vacuum, open the lid, take out the exposed plate and film positive, and separate the two.
During this time, the plate should not be exposed to bright light.
Developing the Exposed Plate
The Positive Plate Developer BP is made by Process Solutions, Inc. in East Longmeadow, Maine, USA. One should wear a nose and mouth paper mask when working with
this chemistry as breathing the vapors will make one cough. A customer service employee told me I could apply it with a 4 x 4” cotton pad using counterclockwise circular
motions. It could be poured into a tray and the plate - floated in the tray, and then the
solution put in a different container and capped. A portion of fresh developer would be
added to the used solution to keep it strong. Developing time takes about 30 seconds
and is achieved when all the unwanted background (non image area) has been dissolved away. I like the hand whipping application better as it seems to use less solution.
When the used solution takes too long to develop a plate (it begins to eat into the surface of the aluminum if left on the plate too long), it can be put down the drain while diluting or mixing it with water. When the image has been removed by the developer, the
developer must be quickly removed from the plate surface. I found I had to use distilled
water for this because the ranch well water supplying the print shop had too many minerals in it.
When one uses a hair dryer to dry the plates that are not washed in distilled water,
the baked mineral deposits can attract unwanted ink in the background or non printing
areas of the plate. I was told that some positive plates (blue colored coating?) can be
baked for three minutes in an oven preheated to 450 degrees which extends the run life
of the plate to as many as a million copies or impressions before it wears out. I was later told by someone else that one must coat the plate surface with a special solution before baking. Now I only use the hair dryer long enough to evaporate the moisture off the
plate surface, then coat the plate with process gum (diluted gum Arabic) to prevent oxidation of the aluminum during storage, then dry the plate again. If the aluminum oxidizes, it will develop spots on the metal surface that will pick up unwanted background ink
during printing. It is my belief that these positive development plates are still somewhat
light sensitive even after being exposed and developed and preserved, so they should
not be stored in a brightly lighted area.
Newer plate making technologies
As already mentioned, Special Polyester material can be run through the laser printer
and used as a press printing laser plate to make up to 10,000 copies. A company
named Kimoto uses a ribbon thermal printer that looks like a wide format inkjet printer,
and RIP software to make polyester printing plates, or polyester films from which to
make metal plates using a plate exposure box. The problem is that this method makes
coarse dot halftone graphics (80 dpi) or simulated pictures. Also its close registration
- 148 -
between multiple colors capability is only for "spot colors", which I interpret to be colored
headings. An improved system is the Mitsubishi thermal Digiplater plate and film positive maker. It can make finer dot pictures up to a maximum of 120dpi used on duplicator
presses. Larger presses can utilize finer halftones (picture images) of 130 or 150 dpi.
Their text sharpness is 1200 dpi. The paper plates made with this machine can achieve
a wider range of highlight to solid dots making up images, than their films can do because, in developing the plates exposed with a film, the developer chemistry that dissolves out the unwanted background also dissolves away some of the image. The
Mitsubishi machine with computer RIP software costs a minimum of $16,000. The Genie
company has found a way to use certain model Epson wide format inkjets that use an
Ultrachrome K3 Ink set type with vivid magenta. When one images their "geniejet" polyester plate, he can get high quality. The plate has to be properly baked, and can then
print up to 10,000 copies with registration good enough for "spot colors". This system
comes with a RIP software since Epson printers don't make printer's halftone dots without the RIP. Film positives can also be made. The system of printer, dryer, RIP software, and a set of plates costs $1,800+. The minimum Epson Printer would be the Stylus Photo 2880. I was told this system has accurate enough registration to print full color
(four color process) documents, but I am not convinced and am waiting for samples of
their product.
The product I am most enthused about is the Presstek Dimensions CTP imagesetter
which takes computer documents and images them onto metal plates at high quality
with only a water wash. The system needs a RIP station computer, needs to run on 220
volts, and needs a water connection and possibly a drain. I could have gotten one of
these for $11,000 used. Afterward, I saw an advertisement in a printer's magazine
showing the company selling recertified used versions of this system. I was told that the
digital laser imaging device inside the CTP (computer to metal plate) machine, would
cost $3,000 to replace if it went bad, and that one would want to have a factory representative service contract with a machine like this. A salesman at Halliday Sales told
me the Presstek aluminum plates can now print up to 100,000 copies. Prestek requires
that one use only their brand of plates at higher prices. Now competitors Agfa, Fuji film,
and Kodak make chemistry free machines as well.
An associate printing and training ministry, Good News Press, is experimenting with
printing right onto treated (light sensitive) metal printing plates, with an inkjet printer.
This eliminates a step, the film positive. I was told by a Genie brand technical representative that this is a messy process. Presstek has an Epson JT inkjet printer that
prints directly on metal plates, but the run length of the plates in not very high, even
when they are baked. They say their system is capable of doing multicolor separations
for full color jobs requiring four plates, one for each CMYK primary color.
My conclusion is to keep using the laser films to expose metal plates. The catch is to
make the computer image on the film dark enough so as not to lose highlight picture
- 149 -
dots, but not so dark that the background prints as a gray and the picture looks muddy
with little contrast. Since laser printers don't do good solids in film, one does not design
a solid into the document, but uses a 90% screen or tint which the laser printer can uniformly print. When making screens of a color, one uses a 30 to 40% tint. a lighter
screen than shat may not be uniform because some of the dots will dissolve away by
the plate developer chemistry. I have designed exact registration two color separation
jobs on the computer for our quality Ryobi 3302 two color press with a paper input registration table consisting of a side jogger and head stop that has an image variation from
sheet to sheet of .004" to .007". I print a simulated composite print on the color laser
printer before making two color film separations. After the job has been printed on the
press using properly imaged films, the laser copy and the press output are very similar
in quality. Setting up the press takes a lot of time, but it prints tracts two or more to a
page at 6 to 8 thousand copies an hour verses the color laser printers 40 copies a minute at over twice the cost per copy of printing on the press (i.e., 7 or more cents per
tract instead of 3 cents or less).
I had been printing a two color English language tract designed in Adobe Indesign. A
Cambodian church located in Signal Hill, California wanted me to print a Cambodian
language version nicely laid out in Microsoft Word 2007. By drawing text boxes with no
border, for graphics and text, one can insert a picture, or type in text, then select the box
and use the arrow keys on the computer keyboard to move the parts of the document
around in small increments to make the document look centered in its columns after
printing and folding. This church wanted 5,000 of this tract which would mean separating the spot colors for two film positives and two aluminum offset printing press plates.
In other words, it would be too expensive to print that large a quantity on the color laser
printer. There were two complications, when I attempted to convert the document to a
printing press document First, The software printer driver for our laser printer that works
with Microsoft Word doesn't allow one to use the normally optional choice Postscript
driver which can easily do spot color separations - i.e., print out two films with only one
color per sheet. I decided I would copy the Cambodian Khmer font text out of the Word
document and paste it in place of the English text in the nicely laid out English two color
Indesign document for this same tract. But, no matter how I tried, the pasted text would
not display right in Indesign, which was second complication. I wouldn't be able to use
the familiar route of making an Indesign document and printing the films with the Postscript printer driver. I ended up printing the document from Microsoft Word with a full
color cover graphic. The tracts were printed in a timely manner and successfully passed
out at a Cambodian festival in a park. Some of the text boxes containing text were not
large enough and some of the descending parts of their language did not display something I wouldn't have caught unless I knew how to read their Asian language.
Since I don't give up easy, I first tried making the cover graphic a grayscale for Pantone Matching System's #469 medium brown. Microsoft Word doesn't work with the
- 150 -
PMS designated color system. I then decided to select and make white all the non
brown text. The paragraph headings were in brown, with no brown and black text on the
same line. I made a second computer copy of the document for the black text and selected all the brown text and colored it white. This way it stays in position on the page
and doesn't show when the black plate document is printed. I went to all the trouble of
making two films from the two Word document copies, one for each color. I made the
metal press plates from the films using the plate exposure box. A third problem came
up when I couldn't print the Word documents read wrong or flip horizontal. Doing that
puts the toner on the laser printer imaged film closer to the plate surface which makes a
slightly sharper image than if the image on the film is read right and sitting on top the
film, about .003" above the plate surface when the plate is exposed by the NuArc brand
light exposure box. I put the two plates on the two color exact registration printing press,
and, to my surprise, the position of the two colors of text, in relation to each other on the
sheet, was not even close. I don't know what I did wrong, but I learned not to do that
same way again!
- 151 -
- 152 -
Converting a Previously Printed Hard Copy Two Color Tract
to Computer/Digital Medium, then to Two Color
Separations for Printing Press Reprinting
The previous article was on converting a black and white hard copy document to
computer so as to print to a laser printer or inkjet or make film positives from which to
make metal printing plates for an offset printing press. Now I go a step further, taking a
two color previously printed tract and converting it to digital for printing on a color laser
printer or inkjet, then separating the colors for two printing plates, converting them to a
black or grayscale, to reproduce it on an offset printing press. Ideally, one should start
with camera ready artwork and scan that at 1200 by 1200 dpi or higher quality to make
a digital document. Since my color laser printers don’t really print over 1200 dpi, the
1200dpi Canon scanner from the year 2000 or so seemed adequate. Actually, when we
began reproducing hard copy textbooks and converting them to computer or digital medium, we found that 300 dpi quality is sufficient. One could scan the graphics art negatives made from the camera ready artwork using a regular flatbed scanner, but if the pictures have already been converted to dots by using a halftone screen when the pictures
were converted to a printable medium using the photographic darkroom process, then
trying to scan that negative picture made of halftone dots to make more dots to make it
digital, could cause an undesirable conflict of dots “more” pattern. Some scanner software has a “descreen” option check box that helps prevent this. It should be noted that
scanning regular non half tone negatives of pictures requires a special scanner with a lid
that has a back light in it. A regular photographic negative made up of silver halides, or
a 35mm slide would have too much contrast if scanned on a regular scanner. When the
Canoscan scanner quit working, in 2013 we upgraded to the Epson Perfection V500
Photo which has a special lid and backlight for slides and non graphic arts camera
negatives. Using the camera ready art would probably mean that the two colors of a two
color document for a two color press already had the colors separated and the parts of
the document where the darker color prints over a knockout in the underlying color
would have a built in “trap” or slight overlap of the top color, such as a black lettering title, to accommodate any misalignment in the registration of the two colors while printing
which would result in an unwanted white gap or outline between the two colors where
they meet.
The two drawbacks of the scanning method of making new tracts are: 1. I could not
figure out how, in Adobe Photoshop, to get the one color to trap over the underlying color. When this is created from scratch on the computer in a page layout program like
Adobe Indesign, there is built in trapping. In Photoshop, this is an option, but only when
working in the CMYK mode. After several different unsuccessful attempts to create a
trap, I found a solution. The trap or overlap of colors where they touch each other when
printed on a two color printing press should be about 1/32”, maybe as little as 1/64”. The
- 153 -
pull down menu regarding trapping colors for a commercial printing press notes that too
much overlap could result in the mixing of the colors Adobe Photoshop traps colors by
expanding the border of the underlying lighter color where it meets the darker color
printed on top of it or in the white space “knockout created for the second color so the
two colors of wet ink don’t mix and allow that mixed color to migrate back to the two
separate printing heads or units through the common blanket cylinder that both plate
cylinders print to. When one has made a separate document or document page or image of just the underlying of the two colors, one can use the “rubber stamp” tool in the
tools pallet of Adobe Photoshop to add the 1/32” more color where the two colors meet.
Select the rubber stamp tool and a very small brush size in the brushes pallet at the top
left of the Photoshop program window. With the computer mouse, move the cursor to
an area at the edge of where you want to add or expand the border of the underlying
color by 1/32” to create the overlap or trap when printing on the printing press. Then
hold the “Alt” key down on the keyboard and click the mouse. A sample of the document color in that area is selected. Now move the round cursor or brush to the border
and click and drag in short strokes to add 1/32” of the same color. If the area where the
two colors meet is a straight line, then select the “Marquis” tool and with the mouse draw
a narrow rectangle over the color to be expanded, near the edge. Go to “Edit”, then
down to “Copy”, then do a “Paste”. Now use the arrow keys on the keyboard and you
can move the pasted area over until the border is expanded by the 1/32” desired
amount. 2. The lettering will not be as sharp when scanned, as when printed directly at
the printer’s highest resolution. The problem is that most computers don’t have all
the fonts for foreign languages, and even if they did, one would have to have a different keyboard or virtual onscreen keyboard to type that font/ language. One answer is to find out what foreign language fonts are on your computer, and if necessary,
put the Windows XP Professional operating system installation disk in the computer and
install the Asian and Middle Eastern fonts. Then someone in one of these foreign countries for which you have the font, can type the tract on their computer and email it to you
as a Notepad, Word Pad, or Microsoft Office Word document, and you can copy the text
out of Word and paste it into a text box in the Adobe Indesign page layout program.
When you have designed the tract, you can use the full version of Adobe Acrobat to
make a PDF of the document and send it back to the translator as an e-mail attachment
so they can proof it for errors and approve it for printing.
In working with a two color preprinted hard copy document being converted to computer or digital medium to then reprint the tract on a color laser printer, Inkjet, or make
film positives then metal plates for printing press printing, one should start by making
sure the two colors are known pantone matching system colors and they are a uniform
solid or screen. Digital screens have a uniform patter of white dots inserted in the solid
to make it a “screen/tint”, that will appear lighter or a “shade” of the solid color. As an
example of a tract that was converted to digital by scanning and assembling the parts in
- 154 -
Adobe Indesign, see Who Is Jesus? in Hebrew posted on the website. The two colors are a PMS 185 red for the one printing plate, and a PMS Reflex
Blue screened back to about 15% so the title stands out better and less blue ink is used.
The savings in cyan toner when printing this
on a color laser printer will be greater using the screen than a solid PMS color.
First scan the two color artwork part of the document (that cannot be recreated by typing in a page layout program because it is a foreign language you don’t have the font or
keyboard for). I scan all text at the highest resolution my scanner can do, which is 1200
dpi and I use the color mode. The scanner software is accessed through File and then
Import in the Adobe Photoshop program, then choosing the scanner hooked up to the
computer. When the color artwork appears in Photoshop, the two colors must first be
made uniform throughout the art piece, and the scanned image must be sized to fit in
the appropriate allocated space when laying out the document later in Photoshop. Using the Who is Jesus? document as an example, I clicked on the magic wand tool to select it, then used the mouse to put the cursor over the red Hebrew text of the title. I then
held down the “Alt” key on the keyboard and clicked the mouse in the red area. Some
or all of the red title form the particular letter clicked on is selected. How much of it is
selected is determined by the “tolerance” slider at the top of the Photoshop program
window. By selecting “Similar” in the “select” pull down menu, or by holding down the
shift key and clicking with the mouse in all remaining red areas, one can get all the red
selected without selecting the color next to or adjoining it. With all the red selected, click
on the paint bucket tool in the Photoshop tools pallet Go down with the cursor to the
overlapping white and black squares at the bottom of the tools pallet and double click.
This will open up the “color libraries” window of available colors. Choose “solid” and
“pantone”, the find and click on #185 red. The red appears in place of one of the two
squares at the bottom of the tools pallet. Click ok to close the colors pallet. Now move
the Paint Bucket cursor with the mouse into one of the lettering areas where the selected document/ artwork red shows movement. Make sure the tolerance and opacity settings at the top in Photoshop are at 100%. Begin clicking in the red areas until the previous or existing red has been replaced with the new more uniform PMS 185 red. Now
go to “Select” then down to “Deselect”
Now use the Magic Wand tool to select the blue screen and then use “Similar” from
the “Select” pull down menu, along with adjusting the tolerance slider until all or most of
the blue is selected. When the document was scanned, some of the blue text printed on
the back of the cover page showed up and could not be satisfactorily adjusted out using
“Adjustments” then “Levels”. I am trying to get the blue screened background color to be
one uniform blue and not show any of the text from the printing on the inside of the tract
on the backside of the cover page. Hopefully one can get all the blue but no red title selected and then use the paint bucket tool and replace all the blue at once. I couldn’t accomplish that, so I fixed the remaining darker blue areas from the text on the backside
- 155 -
showing through by using the rubber stamp tool and picking the lighter blue by holding
down the shift key and clicking the mouse and then stamping for painting over the darker blue with the lighter blue with short clicks and strokes. Dragging too long with the tool
cursor could begin to paint another color as the area that is selecting a color sample is
off to the side as a cross hairs and moves along with the cursor, and if that cross hairs
goes over the white of one of the question marks in this document, then the cursor begins to paint white where I want blue so I have to stop and reselect by the shift key and
mouse click a new sample of the lighter blue I want before continuing to click and drag
to paint further.
Once the two colors (PMS 185 red and Reflex Blue screened back to 15% using the
opacity slider) on the document cover are smooth and uniform, they are ready to be deleted individually (or, changed to white) to separate the color into two documents for two
separate offset press printing plates. To do this, use the magic wand tool and the Alt
key on the keyboard to select the color to be removed then press delete. If you don’t
get all of it the first try, then click again on other parts of that color until only the one color is left.
Now the 1200 dpi quality colored artwork is sized to fit in the allotted cover space in
the Photoshop legal size layout document that hasn’t been created yet. I want this cover
to bleed to the edge on all four sides after the document is printed, folded and trimmed.
I have to allow for a press gripper bite of at least 5/16” plus 1/16” trim off of art on the
top bottom, and gripper edge (the narrow end of the sheet of paper being fed into the
printing press). The side of the artwork that touches the fold must extend about 1/32”
around the edge of the fold to make up for inconsistencies on the folding machine’s accuracy from fold to fold. After achieving the desired artwork dimension (in this case of
the Hebrew tract, 3 11/32” wide by 4” high), I go to Image and down to Image size in
Photoshop and type in the dimensions I want, trying to get what I want without changing
the relationship or scale between the width and height. Now the artwork is ready to be
copied and pasted into a new Photoshop layout document for printing on a color laser
printer. The text is scanned at 1200 dpi and turned into black if it is a colored ink to
save toner. The change to black is made by going to Adjustments and then down to Adjust Levels in Photoshop after doing Adjustments, Mode, Grayscale. Greatly enlarging
the document will allow one to see when the text is black, but the edges not fuzzy. The
Eraser tool is used in the Photoshop tool pallet to erase unwanted marks. When the
opposite color square is clicked on at the bottom of the tools pallet, then one can use
the eraser tool to add black to fix missing black in letters. Changing the Photoshop document from a CMYK or RGB scanned image to a Grayscale, works for the screened
blue, but possibly lightens the shade of the screen, and lightens the original reflex blue
lettering. The text that is now a grayscale is darkened using the sliders in the Photoshop program found by going down the “Image” pull down menu to “Adjust Levels”.
- 156 -
For the Red lettering the Magic Wand tool is used to select each portion of red, then
pouring in black to replace it using the Paint Bucket tool.
Now it is time to make a legal size landscape orientation document, with no printing
blue layout grids, used to assemble the scanned and cleaned pieces into a document
looking like the original with the cover art positioned for a three edge trim so it bleeds to
all four sides after folding, and the columns of text have proper equal margins of about
¼” all around, centering these columns in the four panels created by the two folds made
in the printed, and trimmed (with the paper cutter) document. In Adobe Photoshop, go
to the “File” pull down menu, then to “New”. Type in the document dimensions for a legal size sheet since this Hebrew tract is laid out two per legal size sheet. Width is 14”
and height is 8.5”. Left margin is 5/16” which is the minimum gripper bite found on many
printing presses. The other three margins are set to ¼”. In the pull down menu, click on
“View and go down to “Rulers” to show rulers in the top and left margins. With the
mouse pointer in the ruler area, click and drag out blue lines that are placed as layout
guides that do not show when printed. From the left margin, put one at 3/8” which is
where the document will start after a 1/16” bleed is trimmed off the face of the cover.
(note: The Hebrew language reads from right to left so in this document the cover is
placed on the left end rather than the right end.)
Now we need to divide the area between the 3/8” line and the 13 ¾” into four equal
quadrants or parts. Each quadrant will be approximately 3 11/32” wide. Put a line in the
middle, then two more half way at the ¼ and ¾ distance. Now put additional blue lines
¼” to each side of these blue lines. This makes side margin guidelines for the four columns of text that will be “placed” into the document from where they are stored in a
common folder on the computer. Don’t forget a blue line at ¾” from “0” mark. This is to
center the text column printed on the back of the cover panel. Now place horizontal
blue lines by clicking and dragging them out of the top ruler margin. Place one at 4 3/16”
and another at 4 7/16” These are the trim marks for bottom of the cover to make it
bleed off the edge of the trimmed tract after printing. Now place two more trim blue lines
for the top of the cover (there are two because document is two per sheet – a “work and
turn”). The first goes at 5/16” and the lower one at 8 3/16”. Two more lines go ¼” in
from the ones you just placed to give top and bottom margins for the columns of text to
be placed. Pull down two more blue lines and place them ¼” from the two horizontal
blue lines that were placed 1/16” from the center of the document. Now go to “File” and
then “Save As” and name the document, saving it to the Who Is Jesus? Hebrew Tract
folder you previously created. I named it “WIJ Hebrew 2 up 4 clr lzr printer”.
Now we “place” the parts into the document. Go to “File” and down to “Place”.
Browse to the folder and then color cover document you saved on the computer. Click
OK and the cover is put into the layout, but not in the proper position. While the cover is
still selected, use the keyboard arrow keys to move the color cover to the upper left
quadrant. When in position, there will be a 1/16” trim area at the top, bottom of the art- 157 -
work, and left side. In other words, the cover artwork edge at the top with stop at the
blue line 5/16” down from the top of the document window. The right side of the cover
may have to be stretched by clicking on the little square in the middle of the right edge
black line and dragging that line to the right 1/32” so it slightly extends beyond the first
quarter panel fold blue line that has two ¼” blue lines on either side of it. This extra
width will prevent white showing when the folder accuracy varies from tract to tract.
When the cover is fitted in the surrounding markers (the left marker is the 5/16” margin
marker line which may be a purple color), double click on it and click yes and it becomes
part of the layout document.
Now go to “File” then “Place” again and browse to the 3 columns of text that go next
to the cover you finished placing. Look at the document in the scanner to make sure
you have the right text portion. When you place this piece of image, it may not be the
right size (it may be too large) You then have to use the hand tool or “View” and “Zoom
Out” to find the bottom right corner of the image you are placing. Then put the mouse
pointer on the lower corner, click, hold the shift key down with a finger from the other
hand and drag the corner at a diagonal up and left to make the document smaller.
Make the left of the three text columns the right size width to fit in the quadrant adjoining
the cover art. The arrow keys will move all three columns of text together as they are
one image. Double click on the image to deselect it so it becomes part of the document
and stays in place. To center the second column of text, use the Marquis tool in the upper left corner of the tools pallet. With the mouse, click and drag a dotted square
around the second column of Hebrew text. Now go to “Edit” in the pull down menu then
down to “transform” and to the right to “scale”. Now that column can be moved into position inside the four blue line guideline boundaries in the third quadrant over from the
left, using the arrow keys on the keyboard. If the width needs to be changed slightly,
you can click and drag on the small square on the line at right. When the text is in place
double click on it or go to “Select” in the pull down menu and then down to “deselect”. If
the text appears to be crooked, you can place the mouse cursor at a corner and click
and rotate the text to straighten it. Now draw a marquis around the third column of text
and move it into position and then “deselect it”.
The lower half of the document has four quadrants and the text is placed upside down
with the column with the title on the left end below the cover art. Placing the remaining
text upside down makes the document a work and turn which allows printing two tracts
per sheet from the same set of printing plates on the press, with only a 180 degree flip
of the paper on the short edge and using the same gripper edge used in printing the first
side. (cover image into press first). To verify that the cover and text columns are properly centered in their quadrants with approximately ¼” of white space surrounding each
column, it is best to print a two sided copy on a color laser printer, trim the document on
a hand operated paper shear, then fold it and use the marquis tool and “Free Transform”
to move the column images separately for best fit and look. Make sure the image on the
- 158 -
cover goes to at least the center of the right folded edge. If not, use “Free Transform”
and make the document a bit wider by dragging the right side of the cover art to the right
slightly. You will find that a regular size hand paper cutter can’t cut down the 14” length
of the legal size document unless you first fold it in half. Save the perfected document.
- 159 -
- 160 -
Making the Two Color Document
into Two Separate Documents, One for Each Color.
Use the “View” then the “Zoom In”, or the magnifying tool in the tools pallet to enlarge
the document until just the two color cover art appears on the screen. In the “File” pull
down menu go to “Save As”, and make a new folder titled “WIJ Hebrew 2 color press
separations”. Open that folder and type in “WIJ Hebrew blue plate”, then click save or
ok to close that window. Select the magic wand tool from the tools pallet. Move the
mouse cursor over one of the red segments of the red Hebrew title art. Hold down the
“Alt” key, and click the left mouse button. The red area is selected. Now go to “Select”
in the pull down menu and go down to “Similar”. All parts of the red title lettering should
now be selected. Now press the “delete” key on the keyboard and the red is dropped
out and white takes its place. Go to “File” and then “Save” the blue plate document you
are working on. Now the blue should be turned to gray. Click “Image in the pull down
menu then “Mode” then move the cursor to the right and select “Grayscale”. Save the
document again. At this point you may want to add 1/32” of additional gray screen
where the blue image will touch the red when printed on a two color printing press. Not
adding a “choke” might result in the possibility of a thin white outline showing between
the red and blue art on the finished printed tract since in the present state of design the
red title is going to be an exact fit into the white knockout in the blue background. To
add the trap edge, enlarge the blue plate document to see just part of the area at a time
where the blue will touch the red. Look at the original you scanned from as a guide.
This particular tract is difficult because the white question marks that also border on
the red don’t need to be changed, so don’t put any blue in those areas. Now select the
rubber stamp tool from the tools pallet and a very small brush stroke (top left corner area of the Photoshop program window. You can get an idea of the size of the brush you
choose by comparing the size of the circle cursor to the ruler markings at the top of the
document. A 1/64th to 1/32nd inch diameter is desired to prevent unwanted mixing of the
two wet colors on the common blanket cylinder on the printing press. Now move the
rubber stamp tool cursor alongside where you want to choke the white knockout (make
it smaller so the red ink laid down after the blue slightly overlaps. Hold down the “Alt”
key on the keyboard and click the mouse to select a color sample to paint with. Note
that depending where you click the cursor to select a sample, a small cross hairs trails
the brush as you click and drag to paint, and if this cross hairs moves over a white area
of one of the white question mark on the cover, you will be painting white and not blue.
You can go to “Edit” then “Undo” to revert back to a previous state. The later versions of
Photoshop allow going back several steps depending on the amount of RAM memory
installed on the computer being used. When you have the document artwork very enlarged, you may notice cloudiness in what you thought were pure white areas. You can
use the “Eraser” tool in the tools pallet and an appropriate brush size to carefully erase
- 161 -
this fuzz, turning that area to pure white. When you get all the white lettering areas that
touch the blue choked by about 1/32”, you can later print a red plate and the blue plate
color separated images, overlap them with the red printed as black image under the
blue screen plate printed as black but looking gray. Hold the two up to a strong light
source coming from behind such as a light table, and check the overlap to make sure
there is no white showing where the two colors meet.
Now we make the red plate and change the red to black. Reopen the finished and
saved color laser printer document titled WIJ Hebrew 2 up 4 clr lzr. In the File pull down
menu, go down to “Save As” and rename the document: WIJ Hebrew red plate 4 2 clr
press. Use the Magnifying Glass tool in Photoshop, or chose “View in the pull down
menu and go to “Zoom In”. You want only the cover art portion of the document (the
upper left quadrant) to be showing. Now choose the Magic Wand tool from the tools pallet. With the left button on the mouse, click somewhere in the blue background. If the
tolerance slider is in the maximum tolerance position (set at 100%), then most if not all
of the blue will be selected on the first click. Now press the “Delete” key on the keyboard and the background you selected disappears. Put the magic wand cursor over
any remaining blue areas and continue clicking and deleting until all the blue is gone.
Now go to “File” then “Save”. Now move the Magic Wand tool cursor over the middle of
one of the red pieces that make up the red lettering of the Hebrew title and click with the
mouse. You may have to hold down the shift or alt key while clicking with the Magic
Wand tool, to get the area to select. Then hold down the Shift key on the keyboard
while you click on additional red pieces until the whole title is selected. An alternate
method is to use the Magic Wand tool to select the red in one piece then go to “Select”
in the pull down menu and down to “Similar”. Either way, when all the red is selected,
switch to the Paint Bucket tool in the tools pallet. Then look at the small overlapping
white and black squares at the bottom (left corner) of the tools pallet and click on them
so that the black is on top of the white where the two squares overlap. Now move the
Paint Bucket cursor over each selected piece of red title and click and black color pours
in to replace the red. When all the red has been replaced with black, you should do another “File” then “Save”.
Now we need to get rid of the black text outside the cover quadrant as the text will be
printed in Reflex Blue along with the blue part of the cover on the Blue plate. Zoom out
the document until the whole document is fitting on the screen. Select the Marquis tool
in the upper left corner of the tools pallet. Place the cursor “cross hairs” above and to
the left of the column of text in the second quadrant to the right of the cover, then left
click the mouse and holding down the button, drag at an angle down and to the right to
make the dotted Marquis box around all the text you can. You will be able to get everything except the column of text in the lower left quadrant. Now press the “Delete” key on
the keyboard and the image of columns of text inside the marquis disappears, leaving
white space in that area. Now use the Marquis tool again to eliminate the text column
- 162 -
directly below the cover art quadrant. Now all that should show in this document is the
title lettering in the upper left quadrant, the title being black in color. In the “Layer” pull
down menu, go down to and click on “merge visible” This will merge the various layers
into one layer which will make the file size of the document smaller. Go again to the
“File” pull down menu and click on “Save.”
Now I suggest you print out a copy on the laser printer of the black plate and the blue
plate in the “black and white” mode in the printer software window. Align the two printed
sheets with the title on the underside and hold the two sheets up to a light source from
behind and look through and verify that there is a trap in all the areas where the blue
cover background art touches the red over title pieces. If any white gaps show, there is
not enough trap and one may want to modify the blue plate cover art by adding more
blue in that area using the Clone Stamp tool. Remember when printing out these two
documents on acetate to make a film positive, a laser printer will do a better job than an
inkjet printer where there are screens because the laser printer uses a “Postscript”
printer driver that makes bigger “halftone” like dots required for printing images on offset
printing presses. Very few inkjets have a software “RIP” or Postscript driver that makes
pictures into halftones,
and without it, the dots are so small
the strong developer
chemistry to develop positive development
plates dissolves the dots away. Also
remember, when making the film positive to print the image
on the acetate as a “mirror image” or, “flip horizontal”, options found in the Postscript
printer driver for the particular laser printer you are printing to. Evidently inexpensive
laser printers don’t have Postscript drivers either. “Mirror Image” puts the toner against
the aluminum surface when exposing the image to the plate in a plate exposing box, so
the result is a sharper image. Also, when aligning the printed film positive over the unexposed metal plate, a “plate bend” dimension (e.g., 7/8” on a Hamada 550 press) must
be added between the short side of the plate and the short side beginning of the film
positive material. The required gripper bite of ¼” to 3/8” for pulling the paper through
the press should already be designed into the document as the margin along the short
edge of the document on one end.
- 163 -
- 164 -
Adding Spot Color Titles to a One Color Tract Document, or a
Document with Two Color Artwork, but One Color Text
The document worked on above, Who Is Jesus? in Hebrew has a two color cover but
only one color of message or text. As an added attraction, main headings can be put in
the same color as the cover title. Look at the posted tract document, Why John 3:16? In
this document one goes a step beyond just printing the cover artwork in two colors, to
also printing the main headings of sections of text or key Bible Verses in one of the two
colors. This is easily accomplished, whether in Microsoft Office Word, or Adobe Indesign
by dragging over the text you don’t want to show and changing it to the color white, then
changing the color you want to black so it doesn’t turn to a gray when printed as a black
and white (if it was originally made in a color). For Example, if you will look at the posted document Why John 3:16 English 2 color separations for a printing press, you will
see how, in addition to the red blood plate for the cover artwork, some red parts of the
text, and the “sinner’s prayer” were also added by simply selecting the unwanted text
and making it a white color. Doing the opposite would make text for the black plate
where the red text was changed to white. By changing the color of the text, the text
stays in position so the registration of the two printed colors will look as good as it does
on the same type document designed for the color laser printer that prints all the colors
at the same time. The Why John 3:16? was harder to do because the two colors of the
cover art were separated in Photoshop, then saved as Tiff file format images and then
“placed” into a “picture box” in the Adobe Indesign page layout program. To get the red
blood on the red plate document to fit inside the dropped out white area made for it in
the black plate document, I had to experiment by printing a black plate copy on the laser
printer, then successive red plate documents on the same laser printer, selecting and
moving with the keyboard arrow keys, the red blood art until, when the two overlapping
printed document pages are held up to the light and one looks through, the blood centers in the white knocked out area of the black artwork plate. This artwork was originally
drawn with the red not touching the black, so there is no need for a “trap” or overlap of
colors when making this 2 color separation for a printing press. More recently, after I
had separated the red blood from the black using Adobe Photoshop, I could not figure
out how to change the resulting two sets of CMYK art to spot colors – a pms #185 red
and a black. The answer is to change the colored and separated art in Photoshop, under Image, Mode, to 8 bit grayscale. Then the artwork matches the type that has been
colored black. When printing from the Adobe Indesign CS5 page layout program to a
laser printer with an Adobe Postscript driver, one can choose Separations in the Print
window, then choose from a list of all the colors being used in the document. One can
still use a black and white or monochrome no postscript printer by making all the
graphics and text for each desire color black. Some printer, though, may not offer flip
horizontal which, when exposing a positive development metal plate for a printing press,
- 165 -
puts the toner emulsion closer to the plate surface for greater sharpness in the image
I was asked to print the Cambodian language How to Live Forever - There is Only
One Way tract, from a Microsoft word document sent me by e-mail. After the Khmer
font was sent me, and placed into the fonts folder on my computer, the text of the document displayed correctly, with the heading titles in a brown color. Because the columns of text were all done in text boxes, I was able to use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the parts slightly and print successive copies on the laser printer to get a
cut and folded tract to look good. Because the customer was willing to buy 5,000 copies
if I printed them in two colors on our printing press, I decided to go a step further and
make spot color separations on a 12" x 18" size document, the size of my laser film
used for imaging a press printing plate. I first tried to copy the strange looking font
from Word into the Indesign page layout program that gives me the most flexibility, and
the postscript driver to separate the two colors. The text wouldn't copy and paste into
Indesign. I then re-colored one of the two Word document colors to be white so it
wouldn't show and saved that as the document for one press film. I then did the opposite
with the other color. The resulting films looked good, but I couldn't do a flip horizontal to
put the toner side of the film closest to the metal to reduce distortion. I then made metal
plates, but when I tried printing the two color document on the press, the two colors
could not be made to align properly. I gave up printing the job on the press and made
500+ copies on our color laser printer, getting then printed and shipped in time to be
passed out at an Cambodian festival in a park in Southern California. Because I don't
give up easy, I had wasted a lot of time trying to make a spot color document in Microsoft Word acceptable for a printing press. As carefully as I worked, I couldn't do it. I
write this to say that it is better to use the laser printer or inkjet for multi color documents
made in Microsoft Word. A One color document would not be a problem for making a
press laser film, except that one could not do the flip horizontal, unless he first converted
the document to a press quality Adobe PDF file format.
- 166 -
Two Color Press Printed Tract to Computer with New Text, Then to
Two Color Separations for Quality Printing Press Reprinting
The Who Is Jesus? English document is used as an example here. The text was in a
font and language that could be remade on the computer, including the cover title.
To fix the cover, I first tried using Adobe Photoshop to eliminate the scanned title, and
then I filled in the background underneath. I used the magic wand tool, paint bucket,
rubber stamp, and band aid tools to smooth out the blue cover background. One can, in
Adobe Photoshop CS2, go to the Image pull down menu then to Adjustments, then to
Replace Color. When the background is selected, the color appears at the top. At the
bottom of the Replace Color window, one can go to the color libraries and pick another
color. I picked Cyan or Process Blue as I found out the four primary colors will carry
over into the Adobe Indesign page layout program if one of the four primary colors is
chosen to make or clean up artwork. The Helps file says one can save the document in
the “Multi Channel composite mode” as a DSC 2.0 format document and the Photoshop
colors will carry over and display in the page layout program when the artwork made in
Photoshop is saved as DCS 2.0 and “Placed” into the page layout program. I could only
get the process colors to carry over. In making a color laser printer full color document,
it doesn’t matter what color the placed document is, but when making only two colors for
color separations for a two color printing press, the imported art needs to be one of the
four primary CMYK process colors.
After all this work, I realized I could just use the box tool in Indesign to draw a cover
background then pick a pantone fill color (two color choices are allowed for a two color
press document) so I chose Pantone Reflex blue for the cover background and body
text, and PMS 186 red for the Title and sub titles. Trying to place the scanned background from Photoshop into Indesign had resulted in too large a file size, rough edges
on the question marks, and the background blue not being uniform, and one of my laser
printers not printing clean white question marks. I searched through the various typefaces or fonts and gathered a variety of typed question marks, using the previously
printed cover art of the tract as a visual guide for style and size and placement in the
cover background. I colored the question marks white in the swatches pallet, and
moved them over the Reflex Blue cover background. Since I knew that the laser printer
generally doesn’t do well printing large solid color areas on film positive material (from
which I make positive exposure metal plates in the exposure box), I screened back or
“Tinted” the blue to 50% using the tools at the bottom of the Swatches pallet in Adobe
Indesign. This made a uniform and smooth screen when printed on the color laser
printer. The lesson learned here is that it is better (sharper images and smaller file sizes
and known PMS colors) to remake the cover art from scratch rather than try and scan it
from a previously printed tract and reuse it. The Adobe Illustrator Program can be used
to reproduce smooth geometric shapes or Traces of the artwork. Also, there are font
- 167 -
sets such as Wing dings, and Ding bats that have various shapes already made. The
page layout program will drop out the underlying color in the background where the title
overlaps it and will supply a Trap between the two colors by choking the background for
a slight overlap of colors to prevent white space from showing due to poor registration
on the printing press. I did find that some typefaces or fonts are copyrighted and thus
will hinder the making of a PDF from the finished Indesign document. The error code
that appears in making the PDF will tell you which font won’t work and you substitute it
with another. Also, when making a PDF for the color laser printer, the drop shadow on
the cover title had to be eliminated. The drop shadow did work when making color separations for the two color printing press.
First I created the two color document for the color laser printer, two tracts per legal
size sheet. I used black text and black drop shadow since I wasn’t limited to just two
colors. I also made the sub titles in the Reflex blue. Then I did “Select All” from the Edit
pull down menu, copied the entire document, and pasted it into a new document layout
that was a 12” by 20” landscape document, the size of my laser film. The larger than
legal size is helpful as one can then have more room on the length to add the 7/8” plate
bend required for the printing press. I could have used a legal size piece of “Acorn Laser Film”, but I would have to move the film down the 7/8” when exposing the metal
plate and it would be harder to get it straight. Using the larger film allows me to simply
align the edge of the film with the edge of the aluminum plate, center it side to side using
the pinbar holes in the plate as a guide, and then hold it in place with clear tape during
the exposure. After the legal document is pasted into the 12” x 20” document, one can
use the computer mouse to click and pull blue lines out of the ruler margins to center the
document and add an additional 7/8” plate bend on the right end. With the whole document selected, the keyboard arrow keys move the information around until it is in position which is centered top and bottom, and the text on the right 7/8” plate bend plus
5/16” gripper bite from the documents right margin to the beginning of the cover artwork.
When the document is printed using the Postscript printer driver and Separations Preview and Mirror Image are chosen, the printed copy is black and read wrong.
Now, here are step by step instructions on how to recreate the sample Who Is Jesus?
English document on a computer, for a color laser printer with built in duplexer, using
the previously printed tract as a visual guide. This section will be followed by instructions making the document into only two colors, and separating the colors when making
the PDF from the Adobe Indesign page layout program. A PDF is made because it can
be used / opened by any computer having sufficient memory and the free (by download
from website) Adobe Acrobat Reader program. To make a PDF requires the full version of Acrobat which is expensive.
The Who Is Jesus? document produced on a two color printing press, has been totally remade on the computer so there is no need to scan and use the artwork on the previously printed cover. In the case of foreign language versions that don't use romance
- 168 -
languages fonts/lettering, the text of these tracts can still be reproduced by scanning. be
The first step is to make the document for a color laser printer. Since a color laser can
print full color (unlike a small offset printing press) we can use more colors for greater
attractiveness in the document. However, the main body text will be made black instead
of the former Reflex Blue because the price of the black toner cartridges is about 1/3 the
price of the three primary color cartridges. Adobe Photoshop will not be used in making
this document because the text and cover are being reproduced from scratch. The
Page layout program being used for this is Adobe Indesign CS2. Please note that I have
since upgraded to CS5 which allows one to preview color separations before printing.
Quark X Press or Adobe Pagemaker, or possibly Microsoft Office Word could also be
used. Open the Adobe Indesign Program by clicking on the Start icon in the corner of
the Windows operating system desktop. Go to All Programs then Adobe then Indesign
CS2. When the program is open, in the File pull down menu, choose New. In the file
pull down menu go down to Document Setup. The document is laid out two per legal
size sheet. For paper size pick Legal. For orientation, click on the landscape icon (one
on the right). Width should read 14” and the height 8.5”. Uncheck the Facing Pages
box. Type 2 in number of pages as the second page is the same information / document necessary for the color laser printers that have a built in duplexer. For the left and
right margins, type in 5/16”. For the top and bottom settings, type in 1/4”. Click on OK.
The document window opens. Now we will draw blue lines by clicking in the rulers
along the margins and dragging out blue lines to establish equal size quadrants to put
the pages of text in, as well as the cover. If the rulers aren’t showing go to the View pull
down menu and click on Show Rulers. Click in the top ruler margin and pull a center
blue line down to 4.25. Place additional blue lines 1/16” above and below the center
mark. The 1/8” area down the center will trim out to allow the cover to bleed to the edge
on both tracts since the tracts are laid out two per sheet. Because the document is in
English and the text reads from left to right, the cover is placed on the right end of the
legal size sheet. The upper half of the page is the cover side reading right side up, and
the bottom half is the inside of the tract placed upside down. This makes a work and
turn document so that on a printing press only one set of printing plates is required and
the paper is simply flipped 180 degrees on the short edge when printing the backside.
However, we will type the bottom half upside right and then turn it upside down to make
it easier to type and proof read. From the top ruler area, click and draw down and place
two more blue non printing layout guidelines, placing them 1/16” inside the top and bottom pink margin settings. These pints are the document edges after the two tracts are
trimmed out for a full bleed cover. Now click again and drag down two more blue lines,
placing then 5/16” in from the two lines you just put in place. This is the 5/16” margin
between the text and the edge of the sheet after the tract document is printed and
- 169 -
Now click with the mouse and pull blue lines out of the left ruler and place the first
1/16” in from the 5/16” right pink margin line. This point is 3/8” in from the right margin
and will allow a 1/16” cover face trim to make it bleed to the edge, plus a 5/16” no print
white area for the printing press gripper bite. Now place a blue line half way between
the 3/8” right margin blue line and the “0” mark or left edge of the document. This point
should be at the 6 13/16ths” point on the top ruler. Now place two blue lines 5/16” from
each side of this center line. Now we need to divide the document into quarters with two
more blue lines. These are not ¼ of the 14” sheet because of the 5/16” press gripper
and 1/16” face trim on the cover. The location on the top ruler of these two blue lines
should be a hair over 3 3/8” and a hair under 10 ¼”. Now place additional blue lines
5/16” on both sides of these two lines to serve as text margins. The right margin or
quarter panel needs a 5/16” blue line text margin marker also so place a blue line at a
hair over 9 7/8”.
Reproducing the Cover of the Who Is Jesus? English version tract. The background
is going to be Reflex Blue and screened back or tinted to 60% to save toner and to prevent the laser printer from printing a possible blotchy solid on a film positive color separation for a printing press to be made later. Using the rectangle tool in the Adobe
Indesign tools pallet, draw a box by placing the cross hairs at ¼” down from the top of
the document and at about 10 1/8”+, or just to the left of the blue vertical blue line coming down there. We want the cover to extend to the middle of the fold on the tract or a
hair more so no white will show when it is folded. Now click the mouse and drag down
and to the right so that the lower right corner of the box you are drawing is 4 ¼” down
from the top of the document and at about the 13 5/8” point on the horizontal ruler. Unclick the mouse. In the lower area of the tools pallet, click on the two squares and select
colors in the list so that the border of the box is none and the box is reflex blue. The Reflex Blue color is found by first displaying the Swatches pallet. In the Window pull down
menu go down to Swatches and then check on it and the Swatches pallet appears. Below the red X in the upper right corner there is a circle with a triangle in it. Click on that
triangle then in the window that opens, click on New Color Swatch. For Color Type pick
Spot. For Color Mode pick, from the list that appears when you click, Pantone Solid Uncoated. The list of possible pantone colors appears. Right after Pantone 279U, click on
Reflex Blue, then OK. This places the Reflex Blue as an additional color at the bottom
of the Swatches pallet. With the rectangle you drew selected (by clicking inside it), click
on the two overlapping squares in the tools pallet or Swatches pallet so that the solid
square is on top or in front of the border square now from the list click on Reflex Blue.
In the Tint area of the Swatches pallet, change the percentage to 60%.
Now we Insert the various size white question marks of various fonts, over the blue
background. Select The text tool in the tools pallet. Click and drag a text box inside the
blue background. First make the main question mark that goes in the center. In the
Type pull down menu select CAC Moose if you have that typeface. Select 250 for point
- 170 -
size. Hold down the shift key on the keyboard and type the question mark. Click at the
beginning of the question mark and drag across it to select it, then choose Paper for the
color from the Swatches pallet. We want to put a black drop shadow on this question
mark to make it appear to stand out from the blue background. Switch to the black arrow tool in the tools pallet, then click on the white question mark you made to select the
bounding text box for it. Go to Object in the pull down menus along the top of the Adobe
Indesign Program and go down to Drop Shadow. Click on the drop shadow box and select black for the color and change the percentage to 45% and the numbers for offset
and blur and the other adjustments to .05, then click on OK. Now, using the original
cover design printed by End-time Handmaidens, use the text box tool to draw text boxes, select different fonts, and type sizes and type in smaller question marks. Be aware
that some fonts are copyrighted and will not work when trying to make an Adobe Acrobat PDF out of the Adobe Indesign file. In the Swatches pallet, change the color of the
question marks to white and place then appropriately around the main large question
mark you made and put in the center of the cover.
Now we add the red Who Is Jesus? title. This red will be a Pantone #185, so in the
Swatches pallet in Indesign, click on the triangle inside the small circle below the red x
in the upper right area of the pallet. Now, in the new window that opens, with “New Color Swatch” showing after Swatch Name, select “Spot” for Color Type and “Pantone Solid
Uncoated” for Color Mode. In the white box after the word PANTONE, type in “186” and
click on “OK”. This adds the 186 color to the bottom of the Swatches pallet. Now, in the
cover art quadrant of the document, with the Text tool selected, use the mouse to click
and drag a text box about as large as the blue background. In the Character pallet or
Type pull down menu go down to CAC Moose and “Regular”. For point size pick “60”.
Where the text tool cursor is flashing type in Who Is Jesus?, pressing the Enter key after
each word so it goes on its own line. Click on the black arrow tool in the tools pallet,
then click in the red text you just made and use the keyboard arrow keys to move the
title around until it looks centered. Now, with the text box still selected go to the “Object”
pull down menu and go down to “Drop Shadow”. Check the “Drop Shadow” box. Select
“Multiply”. “Opacity is 75%. X and Y offsets are .05” and blur is .0694 in. Color is
“Swatches” and 185u rather than black because we are working toward a two color only
press documents, the two color separations being 186 red and Reflex Blue. Click on
“OK” to close the Drop Shadow window. The cover of the tract is now finished.
Now we insert the text. Pages 1-4 will go upside down and begin beneath the cover,
because the job is a “work & turn” which means that only one set of press plates is required, the document printing two per sheet when the sheet is flipped on the short edge
and run through the press a second time. Because it is too hard to work upside down,
we will type the text upside right and then use the “Transform” pallet feature to turn it
upside down. I experimented and found that an 8 point type size would allow me to get
all the text into the document. I chose the Arial font because it is easy to read and per- 171 -
haps the most commonly used font there is. Following the inner blue guidelines below
the cover in the document, select the text box tool and click and drag down and right at
an angle to create a text box that touches these blue lines on all four sides. Since I am
first making the document for a color laser printer before I change it for two color separations for a printing press, I can use the additional color black for text as the black toner
is about a third the price of color toner. The first thing to type is the title in 186 red in all
capitals and centered side to side. With the text insertion point I beam cursor flashing in
the upper left corner of the text box you made, go to the top of the main Indesign page
and choose Arial and 8 point for type settings in at the upper left. In the “Paragraph
Styles” pallet (if it is not showing go to the Window pull down menu and click on Type
and Tables, then to the right to Character), click on the icon for centered text. In the
Swatches pallet, click on Pantone 186 U. Holding the shift key down to make all capital
letters, type WHO IS JESUS?. Hit the Enter key on the keyboard, then with the mouse
click on the icon in the Paragraph pallet for justified margins. Select Pantone Reflex
Blue U in the Swatches pallet, hold the shift key down and type in the first subheading,
“CREATION”. Press the enter key, and select “Black from the Swatches pallet. Press
the space bar three times to indent and begin typing the message. When you have
typed down to the bottom blue guide line, you may find that the last word “it” in the sentence doesn’t quite make it to the end of the right margin. If this is the case, click and
drag across the whole line of text and go to the “Character” pallet and change the adjustments at “AV” until the text in that last line is the same length as the lines above it.
Press the enter key, then go to the “Layout” pull down menu and down to “Numbering
and Section Options. In the window that opens, see that “Automatic Page Numbering"
is selected and click on OK. Each time you make a text box and get to the bottom and
do this the a page number will be placed in the document and you will select it by clicking and dragging over it then change it to the number you want. For this column the
proper number is “1”. Now click on the black arrow tool in the Tools pallet then in the
“Transform" pallet tab next to “Paragraph”, go to the angle icon adjustment and click on
the “0” degrees and go down to “180 degrees”. This turns the text box and its contents
upside down in the right hand quadrant below the cover.
Now draw a text box with the mouse and the text box tool inside the blue line guides
in the column to the left of page one and type in page 2 content and turn it upside down
until all four pages are typed in upside down in the bottom half of the document with
page numbers centered at the bottom of each column or page. Page 5 will be in the
upper left quadrant reading right side up.
The blue section title JESUS
RESURRECTED will be the last line (except for the page number) on that page. I would
have preferred to have it in the next column at the top, but then all the text wouldn’t fit in
the document. When you get to last page, page 7, the font for the 186 red prayer is Arial Narrow so the text all fits. Please note in the Paragraph pallet, the first adjust area
down on the left side. When you click with the text insertion cursor in from of a line or
- 172 -
word, the adjustment here gives additional between the lines spacing to further help the
text all fit. I use this to add a bit more space at the beginning of a paragraph or subheading.
Now save and print the document on both sides using an inkjet or laser printer. Trim
the ¼+” off the face or right side end of the cover so the background bleeds to the edge,
and fold it half so it will fit in a hand shear paper cutter and cut it in half the long way so
you have two tracts. Fold each piece in half again so the cover is on the outside and the
fold edge on the left. Now trim about ¼” off the top and 1/16” off the bottom of each
tract so the cover bleeds to the edge on all four sides. Each of the four quadrants
should be of equal width, the cover should barely curve around the fold onto page 7,
and all the margins in each column or page should be equal and about ¼”. If not, click
on the text box with the mouse and the black arrow tool for each page of text that is not
centered and move it with the keyboard arrow keys to get the layout looking symmetrical. Now the document is ready for printing on a color laser printer. Because some
printers that have built in duplexers don’t print the backside in the same position as it is
laid out on the computer, you may have to click on “Edit” in the program pull down menu
and go down to “Select All” then use the arrow keys to make the back side match the
front side when the document is trimmed and folded.
Now it is time to make the document two colors only and do “flip horizontal” color
separations for film positives for metal plates for a printing press. First of all, the current
document made for a color laser printer has three colors, PMS 185 red, Pantone Reflex
Blue, and Black. We want only two colors so are going to change all black text to Reflex
Blue. With the Adobe Indesign CS2 program open and the document “Who is Jesus 4
clr lzr printer” open, select the text tool, then click and drag over all the black text and
while each area or segment is selected, go to the swatches pallet and change the color
of the text from black to reflex blue by using the mouse cursor to click on the reflex blue
swatch. Then, to make the document look better, click and drag across all the Reflex
Blue sub title text a sentence at a time and while it is highlighted or selected, click on the
Pantone 185, to change these subtitles to red. Now save the document.
Now it is time to preview the color separations of the document to make sure in advance it will look right when printed to film positives. Go to Windows pull down menu
then down to Output, then across to Separations Preview to open and display this pallet.
In this pallet, click on View: Separations. The list of colors displays with an eye to the
left of each. Click on all the eyes but the Reflex Blue and 185 red to shut them off from
view. Now click on the 185 red, and you see what the Reflex blue plate for the printing
press will look like. Does it look like you wanted? Now do the reverse to display only
the red plate information.
Now it’s time to select the whole document and copy it to a tabloid or 11” high by 17”
wide layout document so the plate bend for the press can be added. If you only have a
laser printer that will print up to legal size, then you will have to skip this step and print
- 173 -
the separations on letter size film positives and manually move the document on film to
allow for or add the 7/8” or more plate bend for the offset press you are using. Since I
now have two laser printers capable to printing on 12 by 18 film positive material, and I
want to be sure the document will be straight when burning or exposing the image to the
metal plate, I am transferring the legal size document to the larger tabloid page layout
size document. With the legal size document open, do Edit, then Select All, then Copy,
which copies the document to the computer’s “clip board”. Now go File and New then
Document and choose landscape and tabloid. Click and drag a blue line out of the left
ruler and place it 7/8” from the right margin. This is the plate bend. This is the line
where the imaginary edge of the sheet will go. Measure the distance from the right
edge to the beginning of artwork or text in the legal size document and place a second
blue line from the left ruler margin the measured distance in from the previous blue line
on the right of the document. This is where the text or artwork begins. Now, in the tabloid layout go to Edit then Paste and the document pastes into the larger tabloid size
background. What you pasted should be selected or highlighted, so move it within the
new document to get the text or artwork on the right to start or end right at the inner of
the two blue lines. Also make sure there is even space above and below the document.
Save the document with a new name like two color tabloid 4 film positives.
Now it is time to print the color separations. Go to file, then print, and select the appropriate printer. Load the film positive material in the manual feed tray of the printer.
You should have selected the Post Script printer driver, preferably Level 3. In the print
window under Output, select Separations, then uncheck all but the PMS 185 and Reflex
Blue. Do click on flip horizontal which puts the toner side of the film positive material
right against the metal place when it is being exposed for maximum sharpness. The
trapping setting should be Application Built in. Select print colors in black if available,
pick tabloid for paper size and card stock for paper type. Put the film positive material in
the manual feed tray and press the print button in the software. Make sure the graphics
are a dark black in solid areas. Spraying the toner side with Krylon brand Acrylic clear
spray (or Toner Aide by Sprayway) paint will make the heavy solid areas of image
denser. If one uses Kimotodesk brand polyester laser film, he can make/design solid ink
areas into a document. I designed the gripper byte and plate bend into the document,
then when you go to expose the image onto the metal plate, then you should be able to
align the edge of the plate with the film positive before closing the lid and turning on the
vacuum to the exposure box.
2015 Update - After attempting to color separate a Cambodian tract job into two spot
colors using Microsoft Word, and Microsoft Publisher, I decided I won't try doing that
again. I was given a sixteen page two color Spanish booklet tract to reproduce. I retyped the text and made new gradients and solid background colors in Indesign. I had to
scan the graphics at 600 dpi, then, In Adobe Photoshop CS5, I used the magic wand
tool at a low tolerance setting of about 5 or 10 percent, to select and delete the unwant- 174 -
ed second color. I clicked on the two color squares at the bottom of the tools pallet,
then under color libraries, chose the Pantone Green or Reflex Blue standard colors.
Then, using the paint bucket tool, I was able to pour that color into areas of the graphic
containing the scan of that same printed color. This restored, the original document color to a limited extent, because the color mode was still RGB, not a monotone PMS
(Pantone Matching System) color. To my surprise, although the graphics looked like
spot colors when placed into the Adobe Indesign page layout program, the disappear
when printing spot color separation films on our laser printer. When I opened the color
separations pallet in Indesign, I saw that the graphic did appear when one of the four
CMYK process color listings were checked, but not when only the one spot color was
To remedy this problem, I clicked on the problem graphic in Indesign and unembeded
it. I then asked to edit the graphic with Photoshop. The graphic opened up in Photoshop
in RGB mode. Under the Image pull down menu, I went to Mode, then Grayscale. A new
window warned me that the change would alter the colors and it did. When the color information was discarded, the result was a gray, rather than a black. I went to the Image
menu again, then to Levels. In the new adjustment window, I began to slide the adjuster
on the left to the right to darken the image. I move it just enough to make a black. Moving the adjuster further to the right would cause the graphic to develop fuzzy edges or
thicken. In the silhouette of a man with a thin gap of white between his legs, the white
would begin to disappear if I moved the shadows slider all the way to the right, and the
graphics would probably not retain their sharp edges. Also, sliding the adjuster further
to the left may cause unwanted background spots to appear in the highlight tones of the
Now I needed to change the black graphic to a monotone PMS Pantone Green color
with a .psd file extension. Again, I went to the Image pull down menu, then to the right
and down to Duotone. In the new widow that opened, I selected Monotone. I clicked on
the white square which opened up the color library. I picked Pantone Green, then closed
the window and saved the graphic using Save as, and adding pantone green to the
name. I then down sized the Photoshop program window and upsized the Indesign program window. I clicked on the graphic in the open booklet document that was an RGB
that needed to be swapped for the monotone Pantone green graphic. The existing RGB
graphic is now highlighted in blue in the Links pallet. I click on the upper right corner of
that pallet and go down to Relink. In the new window that opens, I find the monotone
version of the graphic, click on it, and then click on Open to close that window. Now I
once again click on the upper right corner of the Links pallet in Indesign, and go down
to Embed Graphic or Embed all Instances... Since my booklet is laid out four to a legal
size page, I go through the same procedure to relink all four instances of the graphic.
Inside the Separations pallet, I turn separations on, and unclick the view for all colors
except the pantone green listed at the bottom. The formerly missing graphic now shows
- 175 -
with other pantone green elements on the document page that contains the graphic. I
had to do this with two other graphics placed into the document from a stored Photoshop graphic.
Please note that the order of colors listed in the Separations pallet, and also under
the Separations tab in the Postscript printer driver window, shows the sequence in
which colors are to be printed on the sheet of paper. I had thought that the large area of
the Reflex Blue color on the tract booklet cover would lay down after the thin rectangle
of pantone green, but not so, according to the list, since the Reflex Blue is listed above
the Pantone Green. That means that I must pay closer attention in the future when
printing two color jobs on our twin tower two color printing press. In this case, I will put
the Reflex Blue in the inking system closest to the paper input section of the press. The
Pantone green will be put in the ink fountain of the inking system closest to the paper
output end of the printing press. Printing the inks in the right order should help facilitate
a better finished look when a slight trapping of one color over the other (to prevent gaps
of white between mating colors) is built into the job by the Indesign program.
Please note here, that when two different color mating graphics are placed into
Indesign from Photoshop where the graphics were scanned and separated from a hard
copy (previously printed document), I have to use the paintbrush tool in Photoshop and
multiple layers to hand draw an additional outline around one of the documents for a
trap of the two colors. In the current case of my booklet, since Indesign supplied the
background color or gradient, I believe it makes its own trap. One last word. When I
printed out the laser films (from which to make metal plates), there were areas of heavy
solids of color. If there were scratches or pinholes of white in the printed film pages, I
had to remake that film. Using a black felt tipped marker to cover the holes doesn't always work because the plate development is sensitive enough to recognize and show
the slightly darker areas made by the marking pen.
- 176 -
Using OCR to Convert Hard Copy Documents to Computer Medium
An OCR (optical character recognition) program on one’s computer, along with a
scanner or high quality digital camera can speed up the conversion to computer medium
of hard copy “camera ready” documents previously converted to negative development
aluminum plates through the use of the photographic process which required a graphic
arts camera, darkroom, and chemistry with a limited shelf life. Pictures had to be converted to a press printable medium by converting them into “halftone” dot patterns using
darkroom screens. Now the computer does this in conjunction with a “postscript” printer
driver. The modern OCR program such as Abbyy Fine Reader Pro 12, or Omnipage
Pro 18 by Nuance, can be a time saving help in eliminating the Darkroom and Graphics
Arts camera which took skill to use. It is hard to believe, but an OCR program can:
1. Take a complicated Adobe Indesign Page Layout Program document with columns,
graphics, and pictures that has been converted to a PDF Adobe Acrobat document,
and change it to an editable, look alike Microsoft Word document that I don’t think
MS Word can make!
2. Convert a PDF (Adobe Acrobat) document to a word processing document from the
“Export” Subheading in the “File” drop down menu in the Acrobat Professional program.
3. Take a digital picture of a document made with a camera of 6 megapixel or higher
quality, import it into the OCR program, and convert it to editable text.
4. Take a scanned and converted document and convert it to another language.
5. Using the computer speaker(s), read to you the document scanned and converted
into the other language!
First, let us try and convert a PDF document to a Microsoft Word document using
Adobe Acrobat Professional version 8. Open the Acrobat Pro program and then a PDF
document. I used the PDF “Printing Instructions Table of Contents.” In the ”File” pull
down menu, I went down to “Export” and then across to “Word Document”. A window
opened up asking me to save the document after it had been converted, so I made a
“New Folder” and named it “Experiments”. As I waited, I could see a progress window
showing me the conversion was being made. I then opened Microsoft Word and then
went to the place where the document had been saved and it appeared there with the
MS Word “icon” so I knew it had made the conversion. When I opened the document in
Word, it was all there, and editable, but the formatting or placement of text on the page
was not quite right. Before I had had a “text box” on the right to get the page numbers
to display correctly. The converted document put individual text boxes around each
- 177 -
page number, which was ok since I could click with the mouse on the areas of text,
which made a visible blue box around that text portion. I could then move the mouse
pointer to the perimeter of the box and click and move the text and the box to where I
wanted it on the page.
Next I opened the PDF document How To Prosper by Prince Handley. Because this
is a “Work & Tumble” document, half the text is upside down so one can print it on a
printing press using only one instead of two plates, by just flipping the document 180
degrees. The OCR made the conversion, but made all the text facing right side up. It
kept the four quadrants of text, and the lines of text were reasonably in the same position as in the Acrobat document.
Now I opened a PDF of the Butterfly tract (A Vital Decision…) located in the “Products” section of the website. This document has full color pictures
and Title lettering artwork made in Photoshop and converted to an image. The quality
and positioning of the pictures and front page art was very good. Some of the Blue text
went out of position, but this text could be clicked on and moved back in place. Amazing!
A couple of years ago, I had downloaded the trial version of Abby Fine Reader Pro
OCR. I used it to perfectly convert the Prayer Changes Everything threefold tract with
colored pictures and art and text in columns to a Microsoft Word document. Perhaps
Opening the OCR Program rather than Acrobat Professional and importing the PDF and
converting it would allow more adjustments and give more accurate results. I tried exporting the Prayer Changes Everything tract from Acrobat 8 professional to Microsoft
Word and formatting on the page got messed up because Word didn’t open it as a
“landscape” orientation and I couldn’t change the orientation once the unacceptable
conversion had been made and was opened in Word. I will now make the PDF to Word
conversion from within the Omnipage Pro 16 program, and see if the results are acceptable.
I opened Omnipage 16 Professional Program on the computer and clicked on File
and then New, then Load File. I navigated on my “J” drive or eternal hard drive to the
PDF of the Who Am I? tract. When the document appeared, I clicked on Automatic and
the program began scanning the document and converting it to picture and text while
maintaining the page layout. Next I did Copy to Clipboard. Then I opened the Microsoft
Word Program and went File New Blank Document in the Landscape mode, accessed
through the Layout and Margins tab. When the blank document window had opened, I
went to the Home Tab and did a paste from the clipboard. The tract pasted properly into
two Microsoft Word pages with some spelling errors or extra spaces in words, but I
could click and drag over these with the mouse cursor to correct any misspelling. Since
the Title had contained a drop shadow, it didn’t appear right in Word, and I would have
had to retype the title and possibly not have the option of having a drop shadow. The
quadrants of text and colors of type were properly maintained or carried over from the
- 178 -
PDF. Then I opened Adobe Indesign CS and new document in Landscape orientation
and ½” margins all around and did an Edit then Paste. The text was imported, but not
formatted or in colors. Thus, going from PDF to Microsoft Word was more fruitful, or,
would be a better choice for trying to make a document like the PDF document that
could be edited or changed. Otherwise the PDF could be opened in the full version of
Acrobat and perhaps a text box be added to put in a Church address, or contact information.
After I had disconnected my computer and reconnected it the OCR program didn’t
want to access the scanner until I reconnected it and restarted the computer. I had gotten a quote on a piece of equipment that was done in Microsoft Office Excel and attached to an e-mail. I opened the attachment, printed the document, then signed the
contract and scanned it at a low resolution of 150 dpi and sent it back as an e-mail attachment. I took the printed black and white copy of the scanned and signed contract
and put it back in the scanner. In the Omni Page 16 Pro OCR program I went to file and
down to Get Page, then Scan Grayscale. The third tab to the right said Automatic and I
clicked on the arrow and when down to Form. Then I went back to the tab before, Get
Page and clicked on the colored button to begin the scan. Then the proof reader
opened up and showed me items like my signature that the program didn’t know what to
do with, and I clicked on the Ignore button. Then I went to the fourth menu over and
clicked on Copy To Clipboard. I opened up Microsoft Office Word 2007 and when the
cursor was flashing in a new document, I was on the Home tab and did a Paste and the
document appeared almost like the original I had scanned. Where there was a line for
numbers to be typed in there was a gray box which I found out was for me to click there
and be able to type in numbers if I wanted to. Hopefully these gray areas don’t print.
I prefer to convert a PDF document to Microsoft Word 2007 using the OCR rather
than scanning a high quality printed copy as I feel some quality would be lost in the reproduction of pictures and graphics, but not the text. To further experiment, I took my
His Print Media Ministries full color business card, printed at the highest possible resolution on the Epson R320 inkjet printer, and decided to scan it through the OCR program
and see what happens. The business cards are 12 up or 12 to a letter size sheet. I
went to Load Pages and selected Scan Color. The proof reader opened after the scan
and I went through teach trouble spot and either hit Ignore All or made the correction
and clicked on Change All. At the next step, I did Copy to Clipboard. I Opened Microsoft Word 2007 and set the margins for .125” and the orientation for landscape. In
the Home tab I clicked on paste. The formatted document appeared in Word with some
items needing to be changed. I tried the same thing in Adobe Indesign and all I got was
for some text to transfer over.
The conclusion is that Omnipage OCR works best with Microsoft Word. For Page
Layout programs, it is best to use it to capture text with the idea of not having to retype
it. Perhaps it would be better to go from OCR to MS Word, and then to a text box in a
- 179 -
page layout program. I think the pictures should be scanned into Photoshop, cleaned
up, saved on the computer and Placed into either Word or a page layout program. The
OCR will be used for languages with Romance characters / letters / alphabets such as
French, Spanish English, German, Italian. And yes, I think it is better to convert from a
PDF document using the OCR, rather than a hard copy document. When I tried to convert an image of text taken with a digital camera, it didn’t work with my Canon
Powershot Digital Elph, because its resolution is 5 megapixel and a 6 megapixel is required. The Senior Pastor and I tried his Kodak 12 megapixel and it seemed to work. I
add here that I had tried to copy a book document using a Xerox Documate scanner that
duplexes and has an auto document feeder and do this using the Omnipage 17 Professional OCR program. I noticed the Xerox scanner did a fairly fast scanning job, but the
digestion of the material took quite a while since I am using a computer with an older
Pentium 4 CPU running at 1.8 MHZ. Since the book was not a good quality copy to
begin with, having been reproduced multiple as a school textbook using a copier machine, the end result is that it was not worth trying to use the OCR with that book as
there were too many unrecognized or imperfectly recognized characters.
In conclusion, here is a perfect example of an efficient use of the OCR program.
When typesetting the chapter on Follow Up, I wanted to add the Holy Spirit Inspired
Prayer for Personal Growth. When I looked for it on my computer hard drive, I found it
as two jpeg format scanned images of a previously typed and printed document. I
opened Omnipage Pro 17, then imported each image separately and clicked on the recognize tab and document began to highlight in yellow from top to bottom, converting the
image of text to editable text while maintaining the page formatting. There were no errors. I then used the mouse cursor to select the entire text and copy it to the hidden
computer Clipboard. I then put my cursor in the book document where I wanted to insert the text and did Edit, then Paste. I did the same with the second page. Wow! Previously, I had drawn an insert text box in Microsoft Word 2007, then used insert picture
and placed the two images in the document, but they did not display as the same font
size text and the text wasn’t sharp, and the two images took up over eight megabytes of
file size space in the document!
September 2015 update - An accredited Bible University approached us again about
making ten copies of five of their comb-bind books. In the past, the books had been repeatedly copied using a copy machine and the lines of text were fuzzy and not straight.
It took my wife and I days to scan each page of a book and straighten it in Adobe Photoshop and eliminate unwanted spots in the background. I first searched the internet to
see if any of these books had already been converted to computer, which would save us
a lot of work if we could just download a PDF of the book from the internet and print
from the read order PDF. We were able to do that with a Biblical Counseling guide. I
noticed that the latest set of books to copy and put on computer medium had cleaner
text and straighter lines, with simple formatting, something an OCR software might han- 180 -
dle. I had not had success years ago with an OCR and an automated scanner made by
Xerox, connected to an older slow computer. I felt impressed to examine the software
CD that came with my newer Epson Perfection V500 Photo scanner. It contained Abbyy
Fine Reader Sprint 2003. I installed the software. An employee in the disabled students
department of the city college where I worked had told me that the Abbyy brand software was easier to us than the Omnipage brand OCR I now have. He was right. I can
simply scan a book page and it is turned into a fresh editable text Microsoft Word page
that looks like the original. I was able to scan the pages as an 8 bit grayscale at 300 dpi.
As a result, the whole converted document was less than 2 megabytes in file size. That
made it suitable for a read order PDF interactive e-book to post on a website for an
online version of the university. In Microsoft Word 2007, the wavy red lines under suspect words enabled me to quickly check for spelling errors.
Making a new book document from the comb-bound hard copy was hindered by my
not knowing how to scan successive pages into the same Microsoft Word
book document I had started when I scanned the first book page. The
scanned pages came out a different font than the original, which meant
that the text took more space on the page when converted to the font I
wanted. I then took all the separate scanned to a Word page documents and converted
them to PDF file format. This took away the editing capability no included with the
standard free download Adobe Acrobat Reader software.
I learned something new in this process. After installing the Sprint OCR software, when
I would scan a page, it would automatically save as a PDF instead of a tiff image. Using
the full version of Acrobat 9 Professional, I was able to open the PDF of the first
scanned page, and then insert the other PDF pages which I stored in one folder as I
scanned them. I took a similar style Microsoft Word book cover document , and
changed the title and made it a PDF and inserted it into the document. I was able to
convert a blank Word page to PDF and save it as a blank page to insert when needed in
the acrobat book document to make all chapter starts and odd numbered pages print on
the right hand side.
I then decided to download the free 30 day trial full version 12 of the Abby Fine
Reader Professional software to see if it would do a better job with one textbook that
had pictures and a larger drop capital letter at the beginning of each section. I imported
one of the whole scanned to PDF books I had made. After the OCR read all the pages, I
was not satisfied with the results - it would take more time than it was worth to fix all the
drop caps, along with places where the software didn't properly interpret a dash "-". The
full version software would cost over $100, and my conclusion is that complications that
come with using the more expensive version show that what I thought was the best and
easiest to use software on the market, doesn't work as well for my purposes as I had
expected. The simple Sprint edition I essentially got for free with the purchase of a
scanner, did work exceptionally well for one of the books, and it had a three button pro- 181 -
cess - scan a page, read or interpret the page, and convert the result to a .docx file extension which is a Word format. It appears that, had I made more work for myself by
failing to see and use the setup option of scanning successive pages to the same Word
book document I started with the first page, that would have saved me hours of work I
did making a PDF book instead of a Word document, and the text would have been editable.
April 2016 Update - The Bible University we are reproducing textbooks for got permission from their Accreditation organization to start an online university. The hard copy
books I had scanned to computer medium would be too large a file size for uploading
and downloading from the internet, and the content couldn't be updated or edited. I was
asked to take three of their publications and convert them to a Microsoft Word document. One can then export the word document to an Adobe Acrobat PDF for those students who don't have the Microsoft Word word processing program. I don't type fast, so
retyping the documents was unthinkable. I did find the following solution, that, although
slow, gives a quality result. I have a YouTube training video of this process (just Ctrl +
Click here), but I will also describe it here in the book for those reading the printed edition.
First, the pages of the book are scanned at 300 dpi as a grayscale, and not a
"bitmapped" image, because the latter has jagged edges, and is not manageable in
Adobe Photoshop. Some scanners allow one to scan the book pages directly to PDF
with the touch of a button. In Adobe Photoshop CS5, I straightened the images and removed unwanted background. In the current situation I
found I had to also use Photoshop to remove the page border and chapter start logo. I saved all the no border PDF
pages in a separate folder on my computer's external hard
Next I opened up Microsoft Word and started a new letter
size document. Then I opened up the Omnipage 17 OCR
program and set it to the 1-2-3 mode. I go to Get Image, and
select page one of the document. For each successive
page, the program remembers where the needed pages are
stored and shows me a list of them. Then I click on the processing button and the document is scanned and turned into
text and appears on the right side of the computer screen, showing me the first suspect
word that it thinks may be spelled wrong. The program didn't like the Bible verses which
were in the Italic typeface. Rather than try to correct each word, I opened the e-sword
Bible verse search program, chose the King James Version, and looked up the verse
and copied it to the computer clipboard and then pasted it into the OCR editor. On the
left of the OCR screen is a picture of the
- 182 -
page being worked on so I can see what the fresh text is supposed to look like. The
Program does not allow me to change the color of text, but I can use the triangle sliders
at the top of the window to adjust where blocks of text start or end (i.e., left and right
margins) I can also justify the text (make equal margins), and choose which typeface I
want (e.g., Bold, Italic, Underlined). When I have made all the necessary type and formatting of type changes so the fresh text page looks like the sample on the left, I click
the finish or 3rd step button and tell the program I want to copy the page to the computer clipboard, and state that I want flowing page. This will ensure that the text I paste into
the word processing can adjust from one page to the next should someone decide to
add or remove text.
Now I open the new Microsoft Word 2007 document I created. I click the cursor in
upper left corner of the page, then right click the computer mouse and choose paste.
The information stored on the clipboard from the OCR program flows into the page. The
page number at the bottom is in its own text box. I select that by clicking on it and then
press delete because Word is making its own page numbers. The Bible verse references which were in blue are highlighted and changed to black. Some of the Scripture
verse lines are too close together. Under the Home tab, I double click on Paragraph,
then, under Line Spacing, I change Multiple to Single. Also, the Spacing between paragraphs is not what I want, so I adjust that under Paragraph also by changing Before to
6pt. Lastly, I click the mouse at the bottom of the page, then go to the Insert tab in the
task bar, then click on Blank Page. Now I am ready to go back to the OCR program and
recognize and edit the next book page and copy it to the clipboard.
This process is repeated until the whole book is reproduced. Now the resulting file
size of the book is about 1 megabyte compared to the 50 or so megabytes (8 megabytes per page) it was using the scanning only reproduction method in which the
scanned PDF pages are assembled together using Acrobat Professional, or, placed as
images into pages in a page layout program. Now, having used the OCR, the document
is fully editable. The OCR also carries over the graphics in their own text boxes so they
can be selected in Word and moved to the desired position on the page using the arrow
keys on the computer keyboard. I do not like how slow this PDF to fresh text process is,
but the process of doing it is predictable and consistent. Some hard copy documents
that don't have graphics or borders, and have a font the OCR programs likes, make for a
faster conversion to a Microsoft Word document. For the book cover, I already had a
custom Microsoft Word page I had made. I use that as a template for the different
books, and change the title and author information. I then click and drag the mouse to
select everything, and copy it to the clipboard, then paste it into a blank page in my new
book document.
Note: The efficiency or speed of the OCR program is linked to the power of the computer being used. Click here for computer requirements for using Nuance's Omnipage.
- 183 -
- 184 -
Duotones and Screens
Although the printing presses talked about here are only two colors with exact registration, one can add the illusion of additional colors by utilizing screen tints of the existing colors, as well as different kind of screens such as gradients and sunbursts where
the screen of one of the two main colors starts out solid and then as it spreads out, become an increasing lighter shade. In addition, Adobe Photoshop allows one to take a
one color or black and white digital photo and change it to a combination of the two
press colors being used. This is called a Duotone and is accessed through the Image
pull down menu, going to Mode and then across and down to Duotone. The tract “It’s
Your Move” posted on the website had a cover picture of two men playing a game of
chess. I scanned this black and white photo out of a chess book from the library and
made a duotone out of it in Adobe Photoshop.
Adobe Photoshop CS Helps states regarding Duotones:
Duotone mode creates monotone, duotone (two-color), tritone (three-color), and
quadtone (four-color) grayscale images using one to four custom inks.
You can create monotones, duotones, tritones, and quadtones in Photoshop. Monotones are grayscale images printed with a single, nonblack ink. Duotones, tritones, and
quadtones are grayscale images printed with two, three, and four inks. In these images,
colored inks, rather than different shades of gray, are used to reproduce tinted grays.
For the purposes of this discussion, duotone refers to monotones, tritones, and
quadtones as well as duotones.
Duotones increase the tonal range of a grayscale image. Although a grayscale reproduction can display up to 256 levels of gray, a printing press can reproduce only about
- 185 -
50 levels of gray per ink. For this reason, a grayscale image printed with only black ink
can look significantly coarser than the same image printed with two, three, or four inks,
each individual ink reproducing up to 50 levels of gray.
Sometimes duotones are printed using a black ink and a gray ink—the black for
shadows and the gray for mid tones and highlights. The parts of a digital photo or artwork can be adjusted in Photoshop, by changing the Histogram located under the Image
tab, and the subheading Levels. using the More frequently, duotones are printed using a
colored ink for the highlight color. This technique produces an image with a slight tint
and significantly increases the dynamic range of the image. Duotones are ideal for twocolor print jobs with a spot color (such as a Pantone Color) used for accent.
Because duotones use different color inks to reproduce different gray levels, they are
treated in Photoshop as single-channel, 8 bit, grayscale images. In Duotone mode, you
do not have direct access to the individual image channels (as in RGB, CMYK, and Lab
modes). Instead, you manipulate the channels through the curves in the Duotone Options dialog box.
Here is how I did it, and how to separate the completed document into the two main
colors, Black and Pantone Reflex Blue for making film positives on a laser printer, that
can be used for making two positive development aluminum printing plates for a two
color offset printing press. It should be noted that, since laser printer have a drawback
of not doing good uniformly dark solids in printing on film positive material, it may be better to change the solid to a high percentage screen so the laser printer reproduces it
without a problem and with uniformity. I did this when I made the background blue for
the cover of the Who Is Jesus? Tract also posted on the website.
Scan the single color, black and white printed picture out of the book at no more than
600 dpi. Place the book on the scanner glass so the picture is in the scanner glass area
and is not crooked. Open Adobe Photoshop and go to File and then down to Import and
then select the scanner you are using. The “Twain” software driver that came with the
scanner allows it to be accessed through various picture processing programs. Since
the picture you are scanning was printed on a press and not a photograph, it is already
made of “halftone” dots. To avoid a conflict or “moiré” pattern in trying to make a digital
(made of dots) picture from a “halftone, utilize the “descreen” feature in the scanner
software. Scan at no more than 600 dpi, in grayscale mode. If you scanned as a black
and white, you couldn’t edit the picture in Photoshop unless you first went to Image then
Mode then grayscale. Size the picture proportionally to what you want by going Image
and then down to Image Size. Use Image then Adjustments then Levels to move the
sliders to make the picture look good. Save the picture in the folder for this particular
tract being made, It’s Your Move, a subfolder under “Tracts”. With the picture open in
Photoshop, go to Image then Mode then Duotone. You will find a window that reads
Duotone Options. You can chose a foreground and background colors.
- 186 -
Since I will be printing the tract containing this picture in Black and Pantone Reflex
Blue, I chose these colors. You can do this also by clicking on the small squares in the
Color pallet. There are percentage sliders there and I slid the black slider all the way to
the right to get full black. You should now be able to save the picture and rename it with
a duotone designation. If you save it in EPS format, I believe the two colors chosen will
carry over into Adobe Indesign when the picture is placed there. If not, pick two of the
four the process colors. Then when you type the text in Indesign, also use the same
one of the primary CMYK colors for the additional color to black. When you go to print
the document as color separations, you can choose to print only these two colors, and
you can print them “mirror image (read wrong, or emulsion side down) and print the color as black when printing them to two film positives for making positive development
printing plates.
In 2015, I got around to printing on the printing press five or more tracts I had written
and laid out on the computer. Four of them had duotone graphics made dark enough
that that the fine halftone dots or marks making up highlight areas of the document
wouldn't completely dissolve away in the caustic plate developer solution and leave
what I call blowouts - areas with no dots when all graphics, ideally, should have a 5%
black dot in the lightest areas of least ink, and a 5% white dot in the shadow or solid areas of most ink being used. I laid a press printed copy of the duotone tract next to a laser printers output of the same documents. The press quality looked as good as the laser print! I had expected to lose quality due to dots dissolving out, the laser film not being able to print good solids, and dot gain caused by the swelling or spreading out of the
ink after it is squeezed onto the porous paper. On the other hand, I felt that the films
made from my 1999 HP 5000 monochrome laser printer had graphics that were too
course - one could actually see the dots making up the pictures or artwork. I had tried to
manipulate the dot sizes of the two colors of the duotone in Adobe Photoshop CS5. In
one case I was successful, but in other cases, when I changed the Screen Angles settings, an awful looking moiré pattern emerged, caused by an improper pairing of the
two sets of dots for the two colors making up the duotone image. In earlier versions of
Adobe Photoshop that came out in about the year 2000, I was able to successfully use
plug in screen values of 120, 133, and 150 dpi that were supplied to me when I purchased the CTP plate making system purchased in the year 1999. Now I can only admire the beautiful grayscale one color halftone pictures I had been able to print on the
printing press in earlier days of my printing experience. For a lack of knowledge of how
to use the newer version CS5 Photoshop, I decided I don't know what I am doing when I
attempt to design finer screens to be printed out on film using the older HP 5000 printer
which has the advantage of making denser round halftone dots compared to the Ricoh
tabloid laser printer which uses small lines/marks to convert pictures from continuous
tone photographs to a printing press imitation of a photo using dots. I could manipulate a
- 187 -
one color or grayscale picture in Photoshop and not have it look bad when I printed it on
the press. I found an online training video on making halftones in Photoshop.
Attempting to manipulate a duotone is a different story since there are two sets of
dots that, if not properly matched, bring out the ugly moiré pattern for which I have to
remake the halftone in Adobe Indesign using the default settings, make two new films
on the laser printer, and two new metal plates. Doing all that could add hours to a job.
Now, when there is a conflict of dots, I revert the graphic or picture back to a monotone
(one color). I still print the document in two colors, but make the single color graphic a
colored ink rather than the accompanying black ink used for the main body text of the
tract message.
I was asked to reproduce a booklet that has a linear gradient on page three. The reflex blue color bleeds off the top edge after a trim with the cutter. The color started as
almost a solid at the top and went down 2/3rds of the page where it met a text box with
a Pantone Green color fill. By clicking on the box in Adobe Indesign for the gradient, I
was able to go to the Object pull down menu, then to Effects and then Gradient Feather.
By clicking on the highlight and shadow (starting and ending) triangles in the software, I
was able to make the darkest color at the top 90% of a solid, and the beginning or
feather area at the bottom a 25% dot. This combination, I believe, gave me a smoother
near solid at the top, and a definite bottom ending point line of dots that would not dissolve away in the developer chemistry after I had exposed the aluminum printing plate
from a polyester laser film positive I made in our 12" x 18" output color laser printer.
- 188 -
Document Enhancement – Adding Photos, Art, and Graphics
Years ago my spiritual mother told me I had latent or unused art ability in me. My sister had gotten a four year university degree in Art, but it seemed I couldn’t draw. We
appeared on the local Frank Web children’s TV show to demonstrate a toy my Dad had
invented, and we had to draw something. Ugh! I believe now that the Lord was saying
that I have the ability to create artistic and evangelistic documents from pre-existing art
pieces or pictures, using the computer and its graphics programs Adobe Photoshop and
Indesign, to combine the pieces into an attractive and attention getting tract document.
Ideas, mental pictures, will come to me for making tracts or improving the looks of tracts
will come to me. When I start on the project, as when I began this book, the Lord moves
through me to make the attractive soul winning literature found on the CD at the back of
this book. For example, I was able to make a crossword puzzle on how to identify the
Messiah titled Messiah's Identity Revealed.
In the early 1980’s. some in town were protesting the construction of the Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant. I knew the Spanish word Diablo is Devil in English, so I decided to capitalize on the public issue and use it to draw attention to our need to be free
from Satan’s destruction by invoking Jesus Christ as our personal Lord and Master. I
had a friend draw a sketch from a photo of the power plant. I had an instant electrostatic
plate making system for the table top offset printing press and was able to make a camera ready paste up document which I put in the Ricoh copier to make a printing plate.
After the first printing, I got the idea of making a red color artist’s line art rendition of the
Devil to print beneath the text or as a background image light enough in color so one
could still easily ready the message. My sister did the artwork with Satan’s arm reaching up to the corner of the page. On the front side or cover one could see red boney
fingers in the bottom corner as if the Devil had his fingers curled around the edge of the
sheet of paper. My spiritual mother praised me for having the maturity and spiritual understanding of the Bible to be able to create such a tract.
Later, after reading books by the German Christian Psychologist, Dr. Kurt Koch, with
20,000 case histories in his files about the dangers of being involved in the occult, and
it’s direct and detrimental connection with the Devil and demons, resulting in occult subjection (unwanted side effects or bondage); I wrote a similar tract backed by testimonies
titled, Are You Playing With Satan? The Holy Spirit within me reminded me of a picture I
had seen in a book on the game of chess I had found at the library. I had used, by
scanning it into my computer, a black and white printed photograph of two men playing
the game and waiting for the other to make the next move. I titled that tract, It’s Your
Move! I converted that picture to a Reflex Blue and Black duotone for a two color exact
registration printing press. The second picture I used for this dangers of the occult tract
was a painting from the middle ages. It showed a man playing chess with the Devil
while an Angel of God watched. The shapes of the black and white playing pieces
- 189 -
showed this was a battle between good and evil and implied it was a battle for the souls
of men.
After printing this tract on an inkjet, then a monochrome, then a color laser printer, I
got the idea I used before of printing a Devil on the tract inside behind the text message.
My revivalist minister friend and I were walking through the downtown mall when we
saw two realistic plastic or Styrofoam statues of the Devil on each side of a storefront. I
took three pictures with my digital camera at close range and later downloaded them to
my computer. I was able to open one of them in Adobe Photoshop and carefully erase
the storefront background to leave just the hideous creature. I sized it to fit nicely on the
inside panel of the tract document. I went to the Image pull down menu and down to Adjustments, then, Levels, where I used the middle and right of the three horizontal sliders
to lighten the image until it wouldn’t interfere with reading the text printed across or in
front of the image. I saved the doctored image on my computer. I opened the tract
document I had already created in Adobe Indesign and used the picture box tool to draw
a box without a border. I went to the File pull down menu then to Place, located the picture where I had saved it and opened it into the box. Under the Object pull down menu,
with the image selected, I went to Arrange then Send to Back to put the text in front of
the picture.
The text can always be made to read over the background image, but in some cases
where more than one image is involved, one may have to make one of the images have
a transparent background so as not to conflict with the other image. This is done by going to the layers pallet in Photoshop and clicking on the Background, then going to the
Layers pull down menu and down to Duplicate Layer, then clicking on and dragging the
background in the layers pallet to the small trash can in that pallet. If the background is
still visible as white, use the Magic Wand tool and click on the background and press
delete until it has disappeared and a checkered black and white background replaces
the white. Then save the picture as a Tiff file format and check the Save Transparency
box. Note that the transparent background image will not import into all page layout or
word processing programs, but works fine in Adobe Indesign. I did notice that, in converting some Indesign documents to PDF, the graphics didn't convert right. I suspect the
problem was the transparency. I found a work around by adjusting the conversion so
there was no compression of the image, or by exporting the document as a high quality
tiff image rather than a PDF. The later route made a large file size.
I printed this tract as a two color duotone (PMS 185 red and Pantone black) on the
printing press. The devil image had looked good when printed on a polyester film positive from which a metal press plate was made, but the plate developer dissolved away
so many of the dots making up the picture, the image in the printed copy was faint and
barely visible. I should have darkened the graphic in Photoshop (Image - Adjustments Levels) and made a new film and another plate.
- 190 -
On a more recent tract for gamblers, What Are Your Chances of Winning it Big?, I
scanned the cover picture from a printed photograph of the Las Vegas Strip at night. I
found it in a travel guide at the Library. When scanning preprinted pictures, one needs
to be aware that they were printed on a printing press as halftones made up of dots, and
that scanning, which also converts a picture to dots, may cause a conflict of dots moiré
pattern that needs to be avoided or eliminated by scanning at a different resolution (dpi)
or by checking the descreen box in the scanner software. On this tract, I wanted to find
a picture of stacks of paper money to put beneath the inside text. I believe I found it on
a clip art CD rom. A CD can contain thousands of royalty free ready to use small file
size images. Some of the images are vector based meaning they are mathematical images like the ones created in Adobe Illustrator. These images can be greatly enlarged
and still be sharp, with no loss of quality. Below are shown images of what I have been
talking about followed by a detailed step by step explanation of how the printed in a
book picture was scanned and sized and utilized, along with how a picture from a digital
camera was imported into Photoshop and the background dropped out and the image
lightened to be placed in the page layout program to go beneath text, or as a standalone
picture like the ones of printing equipment in this book. I also explain how to place a
picture into a Microsoft Word 2007 document, since that program is cheaper and more
prevalent than Adobe Indesign.
When using clip art on a CD, put the CD in the computer. If it
doesn’t auto recognize, go to Start, then Run, then click on the
drive in the list that shows by its description that it is the clip art
CD. Browse the images and find one you want. Right click on it and do a Copy which
copies it to the hidden Clipboard. You should have a file folder on the computer with the
name of the document you are working on. Inside that folder should be another folder
- 191 -
(by going to File, then New, then Folder; or clicking on the manila folder icon in the file
folder window) you create titled Pictures & Artwork. You should have all pictures in the
document in this folder because it would be necessary when taking it to a service bureau to have negatives made for negative development printing plates, or if the Document is made in Adobe Indesign and taken to another computer. It is a good practice,
after each picture or piece of art or graphic is placed in Adobe Indesign from the Pictures folder where you put the graphics items you prepared and sized beforehand in
Adobe Photoshop), to go to the Links pallet in Indesign and click on the picture you just
inserted (you identify it by the name you previously gave it when you saved it), then go
to the arrow inside the small circle at the top right hand corner of the Links pallet and go
down to Embed File. This way the graphics stay with the file, especially when one converts the document to a PDF file using the full version of Adobe Acrobat. In Microsoft
Word, the inserted pictures or objects seem to stay with the document when it is moved
from one computer to another. Some Clip Art on CDs are vector based or made mathematically like documents created in Adobe Illustrator. These graphics are a small file
size and can be greatly enlarged or resized with no loss of quality. Pictures are sized
and adjusted and saved in and using Photoshop before inserting them in a typing program or page layout program because, for example, pictures taken with my 5 megapixel
camera, when opened in Photoshop, are way too large at about 14” wide, and the resolution is too low at 72 dpi. One uses Photoshop to make the picture smaller proportionally while increasing the resolution to 200dpi or more. Trying to make a document of
super high quality pictures is not necessary and will slow down the speed of the laser
printer in printing the document.
Now, in Adobe Indesign, with the document you are creating open, click on the picture box tool (it is a square with an X in it), then use the mouse to draw a text box where
you want to place the picture in the document. The Stroke pallet and outline icon in the
colors pallet allow you to put a border on the picture being inserted. With the picture
box highlighted or selected, go to the File pull down menu and go down to Place.
Browse to the place on your computer where the associated pictures folder is for document, and pick the picture you want and then click on open, and the picture inserts. The
black arrow tool allows you to size the bounding box around the inserted picture. The
white arrow tool allows you to click on the picture and resize it within the bounding box.
To resize it proportionally (maintaining the original height and width ratio) hold the shift
key down when clicking and dragging on a corner of the brown box outline around the
picture. Pictures usually go on a layer of depth beneath text, but if they don’t, go to Object, then Arrange, then Send to Back. When the black arrow tool is selected you can
click on the picture and move it around within the document with the keyboard arrow
keys, or possibly just click within the box and drag the picture to where you want it.
In Microsoft Office Word 2007, place the cursor in the document where you want the
picture to be inserted, then go to Insert, then Picture. Browse to find the picture on your
- 192 -
computer and then click on Open to insert it. The picture can be formatted by either
right clicking on it and choosing an option from the list such as add caption, or clicking
on the picture and then clicking on the Format tab at the top of the program toward the
right. The picture can be adjusted in relation to the text around it this way, but a better
way is to first go to Insert, then Text Box, then go to the bottom of that window and click
on Draw Text Box. With the mouse draw a text box to put the picture in. A flashing cursor appears inside the box you drew, and the box has a black outline around it, and the
Format tab opens. In the format tab, where it says Shape Outline, click on None to remove the box outline. Now, with the cursor flashing inside the phantom box, go to Insert, then Picture. Browse to find the picture or graphic you want, and double click on it
and it is placed into the document inside the box. You can hold down the shift key and
size the picture proportionally. You can click just outside the picture, or on the picture
border and select the bounding text box with a blue line connecting the small squares
around the border. Click on this border and only the small squares are visible. Now you
can use the keyboard arrow keys to move the text box with the picture in it in small increments without the rest of the document in the immediate area going wacko!
Preparing the photos for the Page Layout or Word processing Program
My Friend Joe sent me pictures for the sound system chapter of this book (not included in this edition) as e-mail attachments, and then on a CD Rom disk. I put the disk
in the computer and it auto recognized. I chose Open Folder to View Files. I saw the
pictures in a list by number only. If I had the current version of Adobe Photoshop Elements, I could have opened them in that and had them all display to look at, but my older version wouldn’t allow me to register it, so I opened Adobe Photoshop CS2 and then
used the File pull down menu and went to Open, then browsed and clicked on the first
listed picture on the CD. You can also right click on the listed item on the CD and go to
Windows Picture Previewer. When I opened each picture it needed to be lightened a bit,
so I went to the Image pull down menu and went to Adjustments, then to the right to
Levels. I moved the middle or midtone slider to the left to slightly lighten the picture. If
A picture has already been placed in a Microsoft Word Document, one can right click on
it and go to format and adjust the brightness and contrast sliders in that new window; or,
click on the photo to select it, then go to Format tab at the top of the program and then
at the left at the top click on Brightness then go down to 10 percent and click and the
photo instantly lightens by that much.
The pictures sent me had been well cropped when the digital camera photographs
were taken, but I still wanted to crop some of them further. I selected the dotted square
Marquis tool from the tools pallet then clicked and dragged the mouse and cursor to
draw a box around the area I wanted. I then went to Image and down to Crop. Since the
pictures hadn’t been edited yet since they were taken and copied to me, the size or
widths were 12 to 14” which is too big to fit in the document, and the resolution was 72
dpi, fine for viewing on the computer screen but not enough for a quality printer. I had
- 193 -
thought the pictures would go in to a letter half booklet instruction manual on how to use
and set up the sound system, so I decided to make then 4 ½” wide which would give me
a ½” margin on both sized. I went to the Image pull down menu then to Image Size. I
made sure the three boxes at the bottom of the adjustment window were checked to
maintain aspect ratio or constrain proportions, and to resample the image. I typed in
4.5” for width and the height changed automatically to match. For resolution, I upped
the dpi from 72 to 200. I don’t want too high a resolution or the book file size will be so
big a printer with little RAM memory will pause when printing the document. Now I do a
File then down to Save As and give the picture a name I type in and select a location to
store or save it on my computer. In this case, under the main heading of Books on my
eternal J drive, I have a folder David’s Book. Inside that folder I have a folder titled Book
Pictures. Inside that is another folder titled Inkjet and Sound System. The folder inside
that is Fender pd250 pictures. These new folders are created by clicking on the manila
folder icon inside an open folder window, or going to the file pull down menu in that window and clicking on new and then folder or Create New Folder. Click in the bracketed
area after the created folder or drag across the New Folder text, then type in the name
of the new folder and then click in the folder icon to open that folder where you give the
picture you are saving a name and tell the computer which file format you want to save it
as (e.g., Photoshop PSD, TIFF, JPEG). I prefer the TIFF file format for higher quality
graphics. One can also add compression to this file format. The Microsoft Word program
does not want to insert pictures with transparent backgrounds, with .psd file format. Also, in placing thumbnail images on a Word Press based website, one should not use
PDF images.
When I opened the sound system setup section in the Microsoft Word book document, I found it was a letter size document and that I would do better to put two smaller
pictures side by side rather than one 4½” wide picture in the middle. In the Microsoft
Word Book document, I put the cursor where I wanted to insert a picture and made sure
I had hit a few Enter keyboard strokes to make room for the picture. I went to Insert
then across to Text Box, then down to Draw Text Box. The mouse cursor switched to a
cross hair. I clicked and dragged to make a box big enough to include the picture. I
went to Format, then clicked on none under Shape Outline to get rid of the border
around the picture bounding box. Now I clicked inside the box and got the I beam cursor back, then went to Insert, then Picture, then browsed to find the picture I wanted,
then clicked on open or double clicked on the picture name and it went into the box. I
then right clicked on the picture and went to Add Caption and typed in a name. Now I
clicked on the picture and put the mouse pointer on a corner of the highlighted picture,
held down the shift key and dragged at an angle to make the picture the size I wanted.
Next I clicked on the picture border or just outside it to get the bounding box. Then I
clicked on the border of the outer box and the connecting blue lines between the boundary squares went away and I could move the picture with the arrow keys on the key- 194 -
board, or move the cursor near the edge of the highlighted outer box and get a different
looking Move cursor which would allow me to click and drag the whole bounding box
and picture with the mouse.
I add here that one can use Photoshop to remove unwanted objects in a photo. For
example, Joe sent me a picture of his inkjet printers on shelves, but there was a medicine bottle sitting on a white surface in the foreground. I went to the Eraser tool in the
tools pallet and adjusted the side of the brush or circle in the upper left portion of the
program and then clicked and dragged to eliminate or erase the unwanted medicine bottle. In another example, I took a picture of Jerry and Joni Leonard for the back cover of
their book and found that between their heads, in the background on the nearby street,
there was a woman sitting at the bus stop. I used the Clone Stamp tool along with the
Alt key and was able to select adjacent material then click and draw short strokes to
copy that material over the woman and the bus stop. When I considered adding the
fixed picture to this book, I could not tell that it has been altered, so I left it out.
Another valuable tool in Photoshop is Select pull down menu, then Similar. When I
scanned in the hard copy of How you can Stop Diablo to make a thumbnail image to
show what I did with the red devil background insert, I had trouble getting the picture
dark enough without some blue showing through from the printed other side of what I
had scanned. In other words, the scanner picked up a residue of the other side of the
document. Putting a black sheet of paper behind the document against the scanner lid
could help with this I believe. I used the magic wand tool and then the Tolerance slider
adjuster and selected some of this blue I didn’t want to show. Then I went to Select,
and down to Similar, and all that unwanted blue in the background became selected,
and I was able to press the Delete key on the keyboard and get rid of all of it!
Adding hard copy photos using the scanner
Make sure the scanner is turned on and connected and that the unlock for the mechanism is in the Open position. A Twain software driver that comes with the scanner allows it to be accessed through Adobe Photoshop. In Photoshop, I go down the File pull
down menu to Import, and then across to the name of my scanner, Canoscan FB1200s.
Now the scanner utility window opens. I put a hard copy photograph on the glass of the
scanner in the upper right hand corner, and close the lid.
I choose 8 bit grayscale or Grayscale for black and white images, and color for full color
photos. For resolution I choose 300 to 600 dpi unless the picture is small and I want to
enlarge it in which case I choose 1200 dpi. Pictures being made for a printing press
plate of a small press don’t need to be over 120 dpi, and for color laser printers 200dpi
seems fine. When too fine a screen or halftone is chosen for a small duplicator printing
press that doesn’t have bearers to keep the pressure constant between the blanket and
plate and impression cylinders, then the small white space between the halftone dots is
easily overloaded with ink and plugs up and the picture can look muddy or too dark. We
were given a simple rule in school to govern how images should be scanned: “Double
- 195 -
the line screen at which the image will be printed, and you will derive the number of dots
per inch at which the image should be scanned.” If the item being scanned is a previously printed picture not made by the photographic silver halide photographic paper
process, then you will need to click the Descreen box in the scanner software or try various resolutions until there is no conflict of dots or Moiré pattern that doesn’t look good.
Now click on the scan button and the image is captured and opens in Photoshop. Close
the scanner software window. Doctor the photo if necessary by rotating it, cropping it,
adjusting the levels etc., then save it on your computer. If a photo was taken in dim light
and is dark, then it will be necessary to go to Image, then Adjust, then Hue and Saturation since lightening dark photos makes them faded or pastel.
My scanner stopped working, and there was no driver for the newer Windows 7 operating system on our newer computers. I bought the Epson Perfection V500 Photo recommended by PC Magazine. It can also handle 35mm and 2 ¼” slides and negatives. I
would have preferred a scanner that would do letter size graphic arts negatives so all
the negatives on hand from the old days of darkroom and stripping could be converted
to digital computer documents. Here is a link to a YouTube video on using this Epson
Precautions with a Digital Camera
Digital cameras have plenty of adjustments and do not necessarily take perfect photos just because they are called Point and Shoot Cameras. When taking pictures in dim
light, the older models had a lower ISO number or shutter speed and without a flash going off, the image is easily blurred. I was told in a photography class that a tripod should
always be used. I tried to take a picture of a three dimensional plaque on the wall for
the cover of the How To Live Forever tract, but I couldn’t hold the camera steady because I had no tripod with me. I got the idea to take the plaque off the wall and put both
the plaque and the camera on a desk top and then I got a steady picture. Digital cameras have a digital timer delay feature so the camera delays going off so the camera
stops shaking before the picture is taken. If one still doesn’t have a digital camera, you
can request a CD of the pictures when you have the film developed. These digitized
pictures will be 72 dpi, but a large size and you can reduce the size and up the dpi.
Some of the photos in this book, like the one in the Supplies chapter were made that
way. The CD option used to cost an additional $5. The digital photos I take with my 5
megapixel Canon Power Shot Digital Elph come out at a large width of about 14”, and a
lower resolution of 72 dpi, but they can be fixed the same way, by decreasing the size
under Image Size and increasing the resolution to about 200 dpi. In a small picture on a
business card, I would go with a 600 dpi resolution. Small low resolution thumbnail pictures for fast download and display when making websites should probably be saved in
the JPEG file format, as the website creation program may not like working with other
picture file formats like PDF or Tiff. Digital Camera pictures are recorded on a flash
memory card within the camera that is removable. To transfer the pictures to the com- 196 -
puter from the camera, one can buy an appropriate USB Patch Cord, or remove the
memory card and place it in a card reader attached to the computer through a USB port.
This device shows up as a separate drive under My Computer. Be careful here as after
you have transferred or copied all the photos to the computer, the program that assisted
you in doing this may ask if you want to delete all the photos from your camera card,
something I don’t like to do until I am sure they are on the computer.
I close this chapter by saying that one can move data or pictures on the page of a
page layout program like Adobe Indesign by selecting the black arrow key and drawing
an imaginary box around all you want to move which groups it all together temporarily,
allows you to then use the keyboard arrow keys to move the selected items. This is
helpful when adjusting the print centering on a color laser printers like my two Ricoh
printers - when they duplex the sheet to print the backsides, don’t print the backsides
centered like I laid them out in the computer program. So I have to make a special version document by trial and error of printing a sheet at a time (both sides) then making
slight adjustments until the cut and folded tract is centered properly on both sides of the
sheet. One can also highlight or select an object or group of objects and then type in
new numbers for the X and Y coordinates in the Transform pallet in Indesign which is
part of the Paragraph pallet. This moves items within the document by thousandths or
finer of an inch, whereas the keyboard arrow keys seem to move objects about .004” at
a time. In Adobe Indesign, if one wants to edit a photo in the document, he can click on
it, then go to the links pallet and click on the small arrow within the circle in the upper
right corner of the pallet and go down to Unembed File, followed by Edit Original which
opens the picture in Photoshop where you make changes and when you do a File, then
Save when you are done, the file is changed and automatically updated in Indesign!
Here is a link to a video by eHow on transferring photos taken on an Apple iPhone to a
PC Computer. We had an issue with this when a missionary who liked to take a lot of
photos of his travels with his phone, came to visit. He told us that an Apple smart phone
doesn't have a removable microSD memory card to add extra storage capacity so Apple
wants their customers to store their digital pictures on the iCloud by way of a cellular
connection. This video shows how to access those "in the cloud" pictures so they can be
used in desktop publishing on our Windows based computer. An additional training tool
tells How to Access iCloud Drive Files from Any Device.
- 197 -
A picture screened back or lightened to serve as a background graphic or picture beneath text, must be made
light enough in Adobe Photoshop that the text is not hard to read, but dark enough that the positive metal
plate developer solution doesn't further lighten the image (by dissolving away weak dots) until the image is
barely visible. This side by side comparison shows what the image looked like when the image was like on the
film positive used to make the metal plate in the light exposure box, and what the printed copy looked like
after the plate was developed. Sadly, I had the two color job all registered on the press and the laser printer
for making the film was at a different address, so I ran the job anyway when I could have taken more time,
darkened the graphic using the computer and made new films and then two new plates, one for each color of
the duotone. This illustration shows that using a laser printer to make films for metal plates is a cheaper but
older technology - a part of a poor man's CTP (computer to plate) system. The metal plate is capable of a dot
range from 2% to 98%, so the fault is in the development process, and limitations of trying to print on a clear
acetate with a color laser printer. The newer Prestek Dimensions CTP (computer to metal plate with only a
water wash), evidently doesn't lose dots, but these machines, used but recertified, cost $11,000 or more. Their
plates print up to 100,000 copies. The cheaper, Geniejet system, sold through DAA, using an Epson 2880 inkjet
printer, plate dryer, with polyester plates, RIP software to make press printable halftone pictures with a respectable dot range of 5% to 95%, costs $1800, and prints 10,000 copies per plate. My wife and I, wanting to
conserve money until our business becomes more profitable, agreed to stick with the laser plate system,
which requires more time and guesswork to avoid a picture or graphic becoming too light, or too dark in the
highlight dot areas.
- 198 -
Using Dragon Naturally Speaking Preferred 10
(Dictation to Typed Text) Software
Because I do not type faster than 35 words per minute, I purchased Dragon Naturally
Speaking Preferred software. The parent company, Nuance, advertizes that their voice
recognition software is three times faster than typing. It had gone on sale for $50 off with
rebate and I got it for $49. It also came with an approved microphone headset. A review
stated that the file size of the program is large at over one gigabyte of required space
on ones computer hard drive. I installed the software without a real problem. It is important to follow the program in analyzing your voice after the program has been installed and before you start actively using it. What I'm telling you now is actually what is
being dictated by my voice. I'm somewhat happy with this software; it seems to be fast
enough. It is supposed to capture up to 100 or more words a minute and I am normally
a fast talker. I would say, based on past experience that this software is best for a person of having above average intelligence if he decides to use the formatting commands
such as “capitalize that”. these kind of things have to be put in an order to capture the
formatting when you are dictating to make it look like something that you typed. In my
thinking, the place this software comes in handy is, possibly, a person could read something faster from a book, than he could type it.
A chapter in my book, What it Means to be Born Again - Understanding God's Plan of
Salvation, was adapted from an article I had written in 1981. It had too many additions
handwritten in the margins for me to scan it using the OCR software to make fresh text
out of it, and it took days for me to type the 30 pages into the computer in my spare
time. Some people that I know have a beautiful testimony but not much education and
they don't type or use computers. In writing a book for them, in hind sight it would be
less work to use this program rather than try listen to them speak in their southern, Tennessee accent and type it is as they talk. This isn’t going to be much of a book chapter,
except to show the need for this software as a time saver in making a book or testimony
As an example of this, a minister friend of mine and his wife, Jerry and Joni Leonard
felt the Lord wanted them to write a book about their experiences, as they had been operating in a miraculous Smith Wigglesworth type anointing for years, and had been given the ability to impart this anointing for ministry to others. When asked about his book
Ever Increasing Faith, Wigglesworth confessed that he had never read it. The book had
been made by transcribing to text various sermons he had delivered. Evidently he was
incapable or reading. Jerry Leonard said people have gotten healed just reading his
book titled That's No Problem for the Lord! Jerry, although he had his own successful
barber shop with his brother in Taft California, only has an eighth grade education. After asking God for an anointing to do the work, he was able to start his book by recording onto cassette tapes. From that point his daughter, who was a schoolteacher, was
- 199 -
able to transcribe his voice off the cassette tapes by typing it into a computer using the
Corel Word Perfect software. When I received the computer document, I had WordPerfect on my computer, but I wasn’t familiar with how to use it. I was able to use Microsoft
Word to import or open it, converting it to a word document which strangely, would display on my computer, but not the Senior Pastor’s computer. He was able, though, to
use my computer to add the page numbers, table of contents, etc. I designed the cover.
Since the accuracy of this program (Dragon Naturally Speaking) has improved over the
years, I feel it imperative to have this software along with other software in preparing
people's testimonies to be put into book form or made into printed tracts. It would probably be feasible for them to make an audio CD testimony and that could be imported into Dragon Naturally speaking and transcribed into editable computer text. I noticed that,
with my particular computer, which was a Pentium 4 processor at 1.8 MHz with 1.5 GB
of RAM memory, the program concluded that my computer must be a little slow and it
showed the features I could have utilized if I had a faster computer. The four older computers I was using when I wrote this were 2002 IBM Net Vista models and were satisfactory for my needs, but they will not do high definition television or play the new Blue Ray
1080p DVDs that require a 2.8MHZ processor and a high definition digital computer
monitor, and HD video card in the computer. In 2010 I began using HP Pavilion elite
HPE computers with Intel i7 core processors, 8 gigabytes of RAM (working memory),
and larger 25”LCD monitors. The Dragon speech recognition software should run at full
speed with the updated computers. Note that the 2016 computers are significantly improved from 2010.
To get started with the program, click on start, then go to All Programs, then Dragon
Naturally Speaking 10. A task bar opens, and a red microphone icon appears in the
lower right of the desktop task bar. Red means it is in the stopped mode. Now open a
new blank document in Microsoft Word and wait for the cursor to flash in the document.
Put on and adjust the headset which plugs in both to the output of your sound system
out on the computer or an earphone jack on your computer speaker system. The pink
jack is for the microphone in on your computer. I used an extension patch cord since
my computer is below the desk near the floor. When you press the “+” key on the numeric keypad portion of your computer keyboard, the microphone icon in the task bar
turns green and when you start speaking what you say goes into a yellow area on the
screen as the program interprets it and then with a slight delay, the text types into Microsoft Word. Spell checker will show you problems to correct, and, until you learn how
to add punctuation commands (some are automatic), you can add the punctuation using
the keyboard after you dictate. It will take patience and practice to get this process of
recording to text to flow smoothly and with a minimum of errors. I would think that a
Prophet using this program could develop it to where he could do spontaneous prophecy and have it be recorded in written form quickly and easily. The program probably has
- 200 -
a Helps menu, or tutorial on the installation DVD. Here are three online links for help in
using this "voice to typed text" software:
1. Instructional Videos - Nuance
2. How to use Dragon Naturally Speaking - Tips and Tricks
3. Dragon Naturally Speaking Video Guide - Training Video
- 201 -
- 202 -
Banners, Posters, and Signs
We will rejoice in thy salvation, and in the name of our God we will set up our banners:
the LORD fulfill all thy petitions. – Psalm 20:5
For a street Evangelist like me, the “Signs of the Times” may be a framed sign hanging from one’s shoulders, front and back. For the Isla Vista, CA annual Halloween bash
in the 1980s that drew up to 30,000 people, I used stencils and felt tipped markers to
make the sign No God, No Peace; Know God, Know Peace. I have a funny saying,
about my preaching ability, that I made up: “I may not be able to draw a crowd; but a
crowd can sure draw me!” There are other ways of reaching people than preaching
from a pulpit, and getting a city permit to set up a prayer table with large signs under it
between the legs, in one of these ways. When A frame signs that were on top the gas
pumps at Exxon where I worked were discarded, I took one and fastened it to the roof of
my car and put about three bumper stickers on each side, sayings like: Get Smart, Investigate Jesus; or, If God Seems Far Away, Guess Who Moved? Then, when I advanced to a newer car, I got this idea for putting a roll up window shade in the back window attached to a string and eye loops so I could pull it up and down from a string
above the driver’s side door. I made the sign from either stencils or vinyl stick on lettering. The first version message read: Jesus Christ, An Adventure With God In the Now
Of Your Life. The second version, on three lines, read: Right Now, You Can Be Born
Again, Ask Jesus. To promote the Campus Christian Fellowship meeting at the local
City College I was attending, I made a handmade 8’ paper kite and used poster paint to
write on it “God is Alive in Room T8”. I was going to use a weather balloon and paint on
that and blow it up with the exhaust from my motorcycle engine, but the exhaust evidently burned holes in the rubber. My Dad used to buy weather balloons at the Army
Surplus store and we would fill them with natural gas from the meter at the side of the
house, and then we would launch the balloons and watch them until they disappeared.
Now, with a computer and a page layout program like Adobe Indesign or Quark
Xpress, one can make a large document and use the “tiling” feature in the print window
to divide the sign up into smaller letter, legal or tabloid size “tiles” that are printed on a
normal laser or inkjet printer and then assembled like a jigsaw puzzle using the alignment marks on each sheet and paper glue and tape on the back. I try to make the signs
24” wide so I can laminate them on my GBC brand wide format double sided laminator.
This protects the sign from getting dirty. To make the sign lie flat, I buy poster board at
Staples or Office Max that is about 1/8” thick and either 20” by 30”, or 30” by 40”. What
follows is a step by step explanation of how to make one of these. For this example, I
- 203 -
have chosen to use the World’s Most Important Prayer sign (made by tiling) shown in
the small picture at the start of this chapter, and also posted as a downloadable PDF
document on the website First I decided I want the sign to fit between the legs of the card table I put out on the main street downtown, as I had had
larger signs but a policeman had asked me to take them down off the display easels I
had them on and put them against the fence until I got a city permit and found out what
the proper size limit is. I made the sign document for the World’s Most Important Prayer
24” high by 33” wide.
1. Open the Adobe Indesign CS2 or later program and close the identification window
in the middle.
2. In the File pull down menu, go down to Document Setup. Pick “Custom” for page
size and type in 33 for width and 24 for height. Orientation is Landscape. Go to the
Layout pull down menu and down to Margins and Columns. Type in 1” for all four
sides, and 1 for Column
3. Make sure the rulers are showing at the top and left margins. If not, go to View pull
down menu, then click on Show Rulers.
4. Click with the mouse in the left side ruler area and draw out three blue line guides,
one at a time. The first goes at the middle of the document or 16 ½”, with the other
two 1” from that on both sides.
5. Select the Text tool in the tools pallet. Starting in the left top margin corner, 1” in and
1” down, click with the mouse cursor and drag to the right and down to make a box
that matches the margin borders for the left half of the document. In the Paragraph
Pallet, click on the icon for centered text. In the Character Pallet, select CAC Moose
for font, and 110point for type size. In the Swatches Pallet, click on the two overlapping white squares to select PMS 185 red for fill color and Black for outline. To get
the PMS 185 red to appear in the swatches pallet, go to the small triangle in the circle in the upper right of the pallet and click on it and select Spot, and Pantone Solid
Uncoated. Then type in 185 and click on OK.
6. Place the mouse text insertion I beam cursor in the left side text box you made and
click. Type in capital and lower case letters, World’s Most Important Prayer on two
7. Hit the keyboard Enter key twice, then in the Paragraph Pallet click on the Left position icon for the type (even edge of text as you type several lines). In the Swatches
pallet, click on the upper small square and choose black for fill color. Click the lower
square and choose none for outline. In the Character pallet, set the point size to
8. Type in the Prayer in black in English: “Dear Jesus…”
9. Select the Black Arrow tool in the tools pallet and click in the text box you just typed
in to select it.
10. Go to the Object pull down menu and down to Drop Shadow. Click in the white
check box to select Drop Shadow. Under Mode select Multiply. For Opacity type in
45. For x and Y offset, type in .0972”. For Blur type in .0694” for Color pick Swatches and choose Black. Click on OK
11. Now for the Spanish Prayer, select the Black Arrow tool in the tools pallet, then click
on the text box on the left you just made to select it.
- 204 -
12. Go to the Edit pull down menu and click on Copy. Click the mouse in the right half of
the document and do Edit and then Paste. Use the keyboard arrow keys or the click
and drag of the mouse to move the second text box (a duplicate of the first) into position with a 1” border around it.
13. Select the Text tool in the tools pallet and click and drag over the red text to replace
it by typing in Spanish, then the black text to replace it with Spanish. The drop
shadow should change from the English to the Spanish. Certain words like Demé
will require an accented character. These are found in the Glyphs pallet. Open that Pallet by going to the Type pull down menu and then down to Glyphs. Put the cursor, with
the text tool selected, at the point you want to insert the special accented character. Go
to the Glyphs pallet and find that kind of an “é” and double click on it and it is inserted into
the document at the point of the cursor. In Microsoft Word, for those typing the text of a
document in Word and them cutting and pasting it into the Indesign page layout program,
find these characters by going to Insert and then across to Symbol and click then click on
the desired character or More Symbols at the bottom to see more.
14. Now it is time to print the document as tiles in Indesign. Save the document. You
should print it on Index card stock in a color laser printer in the manual feed tray due
to the thicker paper. You will print the document on multiple letter size sheets. In
the File pull down menu, go down to Print. In the next window select the name of
your printer (trying to use the Postscript driver that came with your printer). Under
Paper Size select Letter. Orientation is Landscape.
15. Under Setup, check Tile, and Auto, and Overlap 2.44” Output is Composite CMYK. If
you vary the overlap and click on the tile square again, you can watch the preview
drawing and adjust the amount of overlap so the document just fits without a sliver of
it going onto additional tiles or sheets of paper. on Under Graphics select Optimized
Subsampling. Under Font, and Downloads, select Complete. Chose Postscript level
3 if it is available as an option.
16. Load Index card stock in the manual feed tray of the printer (at least 12 sheets are
required). On my printer, the image prints on the bottom side of the sheet. Click on
the Print button with the laser printer turned on and warmed up and the sheets print
17. Layout the sheets on a table like puzzle pieces. Using a hand paler sheet, you will
cut off the left and bottom edges of each sheet up to a trim marker on the sheet. Assemble the sheets in horizontal rows, trying to tape the back but not the front in taping then together. Remember the sheets overlap by over 2”. You can also use a
glue stick to glue the sheets together.
18. Assemble the rows of pieces together. When the whole puzzle is together, you may
need to take an Xacto knife and a yardstick and trim the two sides and top of the
document to get it down to 33” wide by 24” tall.
- 205 -
19. Now turn on the Laminator and warm it up. I like to run it on the slow speed for maximum adhesion of the plastic to the front and back surfaces of the sign. Make sure
the sign is started straight because, after you start the laminator rollers moving after
the ready lamp is lit, there is not much margin for error on the sides.
20. Trim the laminated sign down to about 1/8” from the edge of the paper and no closer
so moisture will get in through the seams.
21. Use clear boxing tape to tape the sign to a foam board backing no larger, in this case
than 34 by 24” so it will fit between the legs of the card table to meet the City’s ordinance for a downtown table display. I like to make a width of the strapping tape go
around all the edges for greater protection. If the sign is curled after going through
the laminator, you can roll it up in a direction opposite the curl to help straighten it up.
Velcro strips (loop and hook fabric fasteners) can secure the sign to table legs so it
can be easily removed time and again.
Note: If you use the existing PDF sign documents posted on the
website by downloading them, you can just print them out without having to design
them: WMIP English and Spanish,
Here are some links to online training on how to use the Tiling feature in Indesign:
1. How to Tile Print with Adobe Indesign │eHow
2. Intro to Graphic Design - Indesign Tutorial on Tiling
3. How to Tile in - YouTube
4. Using Tiling in Indesign CS5 - YouTube
Note 2: Large format inkjet printers (24"+) are being sold by Epson, HP, and other companies, but they cost thousands of dollars, and are beyond the budget of a print shop
like ours. They would eliminate the need for using tiling smaller sheets to make a
large poster. Here is a link to these kind of printers:
Wide Format 13" by 44" size inkjet printers comparison and review
Large Format 36" to 64" wide models comparison
- 206 -
CD Audio Tracts
I have been fascinated by an audio CD of testimonies of people who wouldn’t ordinarily have believed in the Lord, but had life threatening health problems that resulted in
their having out of body or near death experiences that compelled them to find the Lord.
Dr. Maurice Rawlings, a leading cardiologist who wrote the books, Beyond Death’s
Door, and To Hell and Back, narrates the CD. The CD has a beautifully designed printed label. I found the CD at This website provide the downloadable CD label graphics, and the audio content files. Most computers have a CD
burner and Epson model 300, 320, and 1430 six color inkjet printers can print right on
the white or silver surface printable CDs. Epson has a free download Print CD software
for their printers. A friend found me a used 300 at the thrift store for $20,
and I was given a 320. I bought the 1430 at Staples for about $150 on sale.
used Blank media is available at low prices from and I have a hand held Zoom H2 solid state hand held audio
recorder that records in mp3 or wav format and has four microphones for recording two
people, an interviewer, and a person giving a testimony. The audio files record onto an
SD memory card and hours can be recorded on a single card like the ones that are used
in Digital cameras. Some cameras can also record the audio. These files are easily
transferred to the computer through a USB adapter cable or memory card reader that
may be built into the computer. For faster duplication, TEAC and other companies
make CD duplicators with robotic arms that can be set up to work unattended and make
50 to 100 CDs at a time and even print the labels on. Cheaper semi automatic recorders and printers are sold at Fry’s Electronics such as the Dymo DiskPainter CD/DVD
printer that costs (MSRP) $280. When I had a prayer table downtown, I liked having
these attractive audio testimony CDs on the table to give away. Most newer CD players
- 207 -
play mp3 music which is equivalent to cassette tape quality, but takes up less recording
space than a WAV or 16 bit CD music format, so one can get up to 130 minutes of acceptable quality audio on a single CD and on a couple of DVDs, one can get the whole
audio Bible!
One can have an audio testimony section on a website like, and, using the Word Press designed website that doesn’t require the
knowledge of html code, can easily attach audio mp3 files stored on one’s computer.
An added Adobe Flash player can allow a website visitor to listen to the testimonies
while visiting the website without having to have any kind of audio player software on his
or her computer. Also, most computer operating systems have a built in software audio
recorder that only requires a microphone to be plugged into the pink microphone jack on
the back of the computer. A free download sound editing software called Audacity allows one to import sound files and easily edit and amplify them in Audacity’s own format, and then export the finished file as a WAV, WMA (Windows Media Audio), or with
the downloadable Lame plug in to the program, export the file as an mp3 which is a
popular music format among young people who carry light weight solid state mp3 recorders, with I consider this a fascinating ministry equivalent to printed tracts that should
not be ignored.
I was so excited about the quality mp3 file format audio tracts for CD made from the
Trinity Broadcasting Network VHS video titled To Hell and Back, that I made a new page
on my website titled Hell is for Real where I posted the sound clips which play when
clicked on by way of a built in software audio player. I countered the bad news with another new page on which I placed the audio portion of a DVD video sermon I did, titled
Am I going to Heaven? that was shown on public access television.
April 2016 Update - I used my 2008 Zoom H2 portable 4 microphone
SD card recorder (2008 edition) to record a memorial service from the
speaker's podium. I used 4 channel stereo. I could have recorded directly to mp3, but used .WAV file format. I used the free open source
Audacity sound editing software to equalize the volume of the four
tracts, then exported to WAV and mp3 file formats. When exporting,
the four tracts are mixed into two channel stereo. The Microsoft format
WAV file was over one gigabyte in file size, so it went onto a DVD,
along with pictures of the meeting and the life of the man who died. The length of the
recording was over two hours. A fellow minister working with Audio and video production
wanted the recording on a CD as an mp3. Audicity uses a Lame software plug-in to
convert to mp3. I had mistakenly thought that one couldn't fit more than 130 minutes on
a 700 megabyte capacity CD, but I was wrong. The output for over 2 hours was only
about 144 megabytes. Mathematics says I could have fit 9.7 hours on the CD! mp3
quality levels vary from 64bit to 256 bit. Can older home CD players play mp3 CDs?
Audacity Free Audio Editing Software & Training
- 208 -
1. Audacity Software Download
2. Audacity Tutorials - Audacity Manual
3. Beginner Tutorials for Free Audacity sound editing
4. Free Audacity Tutorials
5. Audacity Tutorial - Beginner - Part 1 - YouTube
6. Audacity Tutorial Part 1 - YouTube
- 209 -
- 210 -
Booklet Making
I was given an O&M Series 60 booklet maker made by Plockmatic. I was making collated sets of the booklet tract Seven Things God Wants Us To Know posted on the website. I would then hand separate the sets and hand feed them into the
booklet maker which stapes each set in two places, then folds the letter size set of saddle stitch stapled sheets in half and stacks them in the output of the machine. The newer model can staple 22 sheets to make an 88 page letter half booklet. This machine, can
make 211 booklets before the staplers have to be refilled. More expensive models have
staple cartridges that hold 5,000 staples per cartridge. The best machines feed the staple wire from spools and form the staples. They are called stitcher heads. The Hohner
brand stitcher models are more reliable and can be adjusted for thicker booklets than
our base model which can only handle sets of about 10 sheets and a cover. If the maximum 24-26 sheets are stitched, the booklet will look better with a face trim after stitching and folding. Some booklet making systems like the plockmatic system 88 and 102,
come with a built in knife blade trimmer. A regular printers paper cutter can trip 5 booklets at a time if clamps are attached to the back gauge to hold the booklets flat because
the stapled side is thicker due to the fold.
- 211 -
The base model booklet maker may have to
have the paper adjuster knob taped in place as the
constant hammering of the paper against the stop
at the bottom of the input slot eventually changes
the adjustment and the booklet no longer staples
and folds in the center. Also, one may want to lubricate the surfaces the paper contacts with silicone spray to reduce jams. I wanted to cut down
cost per booklet from 20+cents to as low as 10 cents, so I saved money from working
40+ hours a week at a regular care giving job, and bought a
used Plockmatic model 310 10 bin electric collator. Now I can
print the full color cover on the color laser printer, and make
film positives for the other five signatures, then positive development metal plates for the printing press which can print black
copy at over 6,000 an hour at a cost of a cent or less per copy.
Doing this required the good used electric collator which I paid
$1,000 for. The collator staggers the sets as they come out for ease of picking them up
one at a time when feeding them into the manual feed booklet maker.
If I were mass producing tract booklets like the Know Your Future ones posted on the website, I would buy a good used booklet making system consisting of collator interfaced to a booklet maker that is a stitcher not a stapler, and a face trimmer on
the output. I would print them four to a page on legal size paper on a two color exact
registration legal or tabloid sided press, laying the booklets out so there is a ¼” galley
trim between the top set of booklets and the bottom set of booklets. If one could afford
a wide format booklet making system like the Duplo system 5000, one could buy two
extra stitcher heads and staple and fold four booklets at a time at thousands an hour!
Then one would get a good used Rollem Champion 990 slitter
/perforator/ scoring machine and have it outfitted to slit out all 4
booklets at once with two ¼” galley slitters and four regular slitter
wheel sets. Trying to trim stapled booklets on a regular paper cutter is too time consuming, but could be done if one buys a pair of
hold down clamps that fasten to the back gage of the cutter to compress the stapled
end. I got these at Print Finishing Solutions in Placentia, CA for $30+. They also have
good prices on paper cutter blades, and they sell reconditioned good used bindery
equipment examined by knowledgeable repair and maintenance staff. It should be noted that cheaper booklet makers with two staplers can only handle about 10 sheets in a
booklet, and can only do about 20 booklets a minute. The number of pages it can handle is also partly limited by the fact that these machines can only handle ¼” or 5/16”
premade staples. The stapling positions are preset for common booklet sizes like letter
half and letter. Thus, one should design the small booklets so that one staple goes in
- 212 -
each booklet and somewhere near the center (top and bottom). More expensive systems allow variable positioning of the staples along the booklet spine, and can make
booklets containing up to 100 pages. Without a booklet making system with a connected
collator, and a slitting machine, one would be better off to not try to make booklet tracts
as it would take too much time. Most booklet makers can handle tabloid or letter size
sheets resulting in letter size or letter half size finished booklets. The booklets are laid
out on the computer as signatures or two page spreads. Imposition is used for putting
the matching page numbers together. Some computer printer software automatically
makes a booklet out of sequential pages in a word document. One can also copy and
paste Adobe Acrobat PDFs of the pages into two per page picture boxes on signatures
in a page layout program like Adobe Indesign. As an example of imposition layout, for a
36 page booklet, the cover signature would consist of two side by side letter size pages
of a document with the cover on the right side being the page 1 with no page number on
it, and the left hand side of that signature would be page 36. In a booklet, the odd page
numbers are always on the right side and if necessary, a blank page is inserted at the
end of a chapter to make the chapter start be on the right and an odd numbered page.
Inside the cover, which may be a thicker material or card stock, would not be a page
number. The second page signature page set would be pages 34,1 on the front of the
sheet and 2,33 on the back of it. When the center of the booklet is reached, one will see
the ends of the staples, and the two page numbers will be sequential with the odd number on the right. An example of page numbers for the center for a 36 page booklet
(cover not being numbered) would be 8,9.
- 213 -
Modern laser printers come with a custom software printer driver that allows one to
make a booklet in read order in the Microsoft Word word processing program, then
choose options in the printer software for a booklet. The printer
software automatically matches or pairs the pages for the booklet.
Ricoh, an office printer manufacturer, titles their driver RCPS. One
can also design a letter size read order document and print a letter
half size booklet. This feature Works for the laser printer which
duplexes and collates the pages into booklet sets; but, when one is
printing the job on a printing press because a lot of copies are being printed, one must lay out the letter half pages in text boxes,
and use the page layout software program to manually group the
matching pages on letter size pages in the computer document.
Then the signatures have to be printed from film positives from the
laser printer, or negatives from an image setter or service bureau,
and collated by hand or electric collator. Thus, for short runs, using the laser printer is
easier, and one can add color pictures, although this substantially increases the cost
due to the extra use of the more expensive color toners. For booklet or book insides that
are all black and white text, no color, one tells the printed to print in grayscale mode or
to print all text as black. For small booklet tracts, I have concluded that the laser printer
is used to make samples only. The toner is not as durable as oil based press ink, the
pantone colors don't match exactly because the laser printer is trying to make a solid
color from the four primary colors, and the toner can crack when the pages are folded or
creased. Also, the registration accuracy of the laser printer, from page to page is acceptable, but not near perfect like a printing press. By using the laser printer to make
two color separations for a printing press (possibly including a two graphics, one can get
better quality from the printing press than the laser printer at twice the speed (6,000+
copies an hour verses the laser printers 40 to 50 copies a minute (2,400 an hour).
Booklets of more pages than the booklet maker can handle are bound with a heavy
duty mechanical/electrical saddle stitch stapler where the sheets are first folded, then
collated together, then stapled one staple at a time. Light duty saddle stitch staplers
that are triggered with a foot switch and clamp to the side of a desk or table are also
available for lighter booklets assembled at a slower pace. As a last resort, one can still
buy deep throat hand staplers and put two together on a wood base and staple the
booklets flat and then hand fold them in half. Using two angle brackets attached to the
wood can act as side guides to keep the booklet centered when stapling.
Depending on the booklet maker, one can staple and fold in half 10 to 26 sheets,
which is equivalent to 40 to 100 pages. For more pages, using a “Perfect Binder” (paperback book making machine) should be considered.
We bought a used 1994 Plockmatic System 8800 Booklet Maker Pro. It would have
been better to get the next model #102 since it can take a letter size sheet the narrow
- 214 -
way, making a 4.25” x 8.5” or shorter booklet. Our machine can’t do the smaller Know
Your Future tract booklets as we had hoped. Our system has a face trimmer, a nice
feature which saves having to trim booklets a few at a time in the paper cutter. (For
manual face trimming see chapter on Bindery Work.) Our system uses rolls of flat wire
segments that are formed into staples. This is better than the 211 preformed staples
that go in an office stapler, but not as nice as a more expensive machine that has stitchers that cut and form the staples from a spool of wire. A good system should also be
able to hook up to an 8 or 10 bin electric collator. On our system, I was told that the
mating patch cable is no longer made and we can’t find one. I think it best to buy a
working stitcher, trimmer, collator system. Don’t hope to find and add the other pieces
A kind of a miracle happened here with our better booklet maker. A company named
CFS products (copy and finishing solutions) has a branch here in the town where we
live. Unknown to us, the lead Plockmatic service advisor for the nation, Matt Bond, is
working out of this office. The delivery man for our larger printing press had also
brought the booklet making system. I was busy with the remodel of our Quonset hut
print shop, so I agreed to buy the used machine for over $4,000. As it turned out, when
I finally got around to trying the machine, it didn't work. I tried to get the seller to take it
back, but months had gone by they declined. The help you sell it middle man had told
the seller that the machine must have been OK because he hadn't heard from me a
week after the sale and delivery. The Lord once told me, "I am a Master at taking the
devil's tricks and turning them into things that glorify me." In addition the Book of Romans tells us that when we love God are fitting into His plans for our lives, He causes
"all things to work together for good", even in the difficult circumstance we encounter.
I got in touch with Matt Bond and put the machine on a trailer and took it to his business. He told me what was wrong with it and I tried to do most of the repairs myself to
save us from paying a big service charge. As it turned out there was no service charge.
I had to pay $75 for a motor assembly on the input end of the booklet maker, and as instructed, I installed it in place of the broken motor. It took a while, but the machine
worked. It sat more months without use and belts had to be replaced and sensors
cleaned and adjusted. The machine was working properly, but it wouldn't work in tandem with our ten bin paper collator made by the same manufacturer due to the missing
and no longer manufactured patch cord. This cord also had an electronic circuit
box that isolated the ground to prevent interference from static electricity buildup from
the paper passing through the machine.
I visited CFS to pick up some plastics sticks for our electro hydraulic paper cutter.
The man at the desk asked if I would like to speak with Matt Bond who was also there. I
said "Yes." Matt was excited to see me. They had moved to their new location, and he
had ordered some parts from the Plockmatic supplier. To his surprise, he had received
one of the formerly non-existing connector cables to our collator. He had another cus- 215 -
tomer that wanted it really bad, and would pay $300+ for it. Mat suggested I take the cable home, make a list of the parts, including the resistors and integrated circuit on the
circuit board. There was also an electronics parts supplier in the area that was going to
go out of business soon. My wife's engineer son helped me identify the needed parts.
Booklet making Equipment
Rollem Mini & Champion
990 are used to trim booklets
to make covers a full bleed.
Also scores book Covers at
folds for Paperback book
maker (Perfectbinder), and
perforates. The intake feeders can be adjusted so a
small stack feed through
rapidly without a jam.
1994 Plockmatic System 8800
Booklet Maker Pro with 310 Collator
The Rollem Champion 990 rapidly self feeds
and trims out two booklets to make the cover
a full bleed. Welder's magnets and CD cases
help stack the finished booklets.
This heavy duty Interlake saddle stitcher can
handle a thickness of 3/4". It forms the staples from a spook of wire. It also comes with
a flat anvil for making flat books by stapling
the left margin in two or three places.
- 216 -
The Rollem Mini is normally
used for numbering and
perforating, but not trimming because there is
nowhere for the trim waste
to go. We adjusted the
output tray guides to keep
the shavings out of the
booklet catcher, and the
drive gears.
I took a length of yellow foam from the
Dollar Tree store, and cut sections to put
around the shafts to make less room for
trim scraps to collect and get in the gears.
A nylon wire tie, on the smaller diameter
shaft in the foreground, keeps the foam
from slipping; and the rotating end of the tie
propels scraps out of the area and makes
the thin plastic container lid vibrate so the
scraps move downward and outward, hopefully, over the edge into a large plastic container below. The thin magnetic side guide
was covered with aluminum duct tape, and
positioned so a minimum of scrap gets in
the booklet receiving tray.
The parts supplier had them all. Using the parts, and a soldering gun, and my experience from high school electronics class, I made a duplicate cable. I first found out that
the factory cable didn't want to work. Mat and I worked together over the phone to solve
some machine switch position issues, I adjusted the height of the collator for a best
match of the paper feed. The two machines began working together, and I was able to
return the original cable to Matt in good condition. The Favor of God was in this project,
even though there were setbacks, but in the end, with God on our side, we win!
In August of 2015 we were asked to reproduce the Spanish two color booklet titled
Cómo Obtener Paz con Dios (How to Find Peace with God), from a hard copy sample.
We managed to print 25,000+ with acceptable quality, and sell 20,000 with a custom
church address for 10¢ each. It was probably the hardest job we have done on our larger two color press. First, the booklets required a trim on three sides to make the
graphics bleed to all sides after a face trim and top and bottom trim. Secondly, we could
find no existing computer document for this tract, and had to work from a single professionally printed hard copy. I scanned the pages with graphics at 600 dpi, 24 bit color. I
used the magic wand tool in Adobe Photoshop CS5 to select and delete the second color. Under Image, and then Mode, I was able to change the graphic to a grayscale. Then
under Duotone I chose Monotone, clicked on Color Libraries, and picked a Pantone
Matching System color Swatch with Solid Uncoated. This carries the color information
over into the Adobe Indesign page layout program. If the second color is able to be recreated in Indesign, it is supposed to provide a built in trap of the one color over the other
color when color separations for press films are made. On the press, it was hard to get
the colors to match and not leave white gaps. I am of the opinion that, when both color
graphics from a previously printed copy are scanned and separated in Adobe Photoshop, one should manually, using the paint brush tool, add an additional thin border
around the graphic. This should assure there will be a trap when films and plates are
made for the printing press.
I retyped all the text in Indesign and sent the reproduction sample printed on the color
laser printer, to the customer who was an older church secretary with limited English
- 217 -
speaking ability. The church was nice enough to pay for half the job in advance. I used
a previous four to a page tract booklet computer document as a template. The legal
size (14") paper would cut in half, with the top half having the necessary 5/16" no print
gripper margin where the press clamps onto the sheet to pull it through the press. The
bottom half of the sheet, would have a 5/16" margin below the bottom booklet. This way
the spacing between the two sets of two booklets would be the same and the staples
would go in the center of each booklet for the top and bottom sets. I allowed about 1/4"
outside margin on each side for the face trim. By printing the computer document on a
laser film wider than the printed sheet, i.e., an 11" x 17" film for an 8.5" x 14"sheet of
paper, the laser printers need for a 3/16" no print area margin on the sides was not an
issue. The center cut between booklets had to be 1/4" because the lower wheels that
match the two upper slitting wheels on the Rollem Champion 990 are a non adjustable
The semi-automatic hand fed Plockmatic series 60 booklet maker didn't accurately
fold all the booklets after I managed to adjust the machine so both staplers stapled exactly in the middle of the booklet. The staplers could be adjusted side to side along a
bar, but the five matching anvils below that form the staple ends to chinch the sheets
together, were not in the right preset positions to center both booklets. I took the anvil
bar out of the machine and drilled two additional 3/16" holes. I then moved an unused
anvil to the new custom position. This enabled me to do the bottom two booklets on the
sheet and then the top two booklets by feeding them into the booklet maker from the
opposite edge. The Rollem Mini set with one slitting roller set had the same face trim
setting for all the booklets. The Rollem Champion 990, once set for a set of two, with the
side guides adjuster set in the middle of the range, could be easily screwed 5/16" to slit
apart the top set of booklets after having been first set up for the bottom set.
Before any booklets could be face trimmed or slit apart, I had to take a handful of
booklets and look at the staples. If a booklet had a staple that was not in the center of
the fold (see the third booklet from the right in the picture), the booklet had to be taken
out of the stack and refolded by hand, to be straight when trimmed. For a while I didn't
think this would matter, and a lot of booklets went through the Rollem Champion 990
machine crooked, which made them not sellable. Printing these booklets had a separate
set of issues. The white reverse type in a solid color background began to plug up with
unwanted ink. I was also getting an unwanted mark across the top of the sheets that
was not going to trim off. Seeing no solution at the time, I had to print additional books to
get enough good ones, throwing away the top half of the set. There was unwanted
background haze or toning of ink. These issues may be discussed in the chapter on
room temperature control.
Helpful Online Article - Using the Print Booklet Feature in Adobe Indesign CS5
- 218 -
The third booklet from the right did not staple in the center of the fold. It will
have to be refolded by hand so the margins will be equal after a face trip. If a
booklet is misaligned after going through the booklet maker, and not taken
out and fixed, it could look like the picture the left after going through the top
and bottom slitter.
Prisoners in Brazil received tracts we printed and mailed to distributors (national pastors
and evangelists) through Handley World Services Publishing .
A new style 12" laminator made in USA bonds a 1.4 millimeter thick polyester gloss finish film to the outside of paperback book covers and post cards, adding stiffness and scuff
resistance to the toner generated prints from the 12 x 18"
color laser printer. Because the heaters are built inside the
rollers, and the finish stock is quickly cooled with two fans in
the output section, the finished product lies flat. By using 11
3/4" wide film on 12" wide 10 point cover stock, the sticky
side of the material does not make a mess on the surface of
the rollers. The machine can laminate on both sides when
- 219 -
- 220 -
Paperback Book Making
Making paperbacks requires a machine that costs $5,000 or more. A ministry associate of mine paid for a Boway brand Model 970v made in China that was new but costs
thousands of dollars less than known brands. The local church I was ordained through
bought it from Advanced Document Systems and Service in Gardena, California. The
machine clamps a set of printed double sided book content, runs it across a notching
and milling wheel with tungsten carbide tipped blades for lasting sharpness. This
roughs up the spine so the melted glue applied in the next stage will stick well. The glue
comes in hard chips of different formulations depending on the thickness of the book being bound. After passing over the glue applicator rollers picking up the melted glue from
the reservoir below, the clamped book contents move the middle over a cover lying flat.
The cover rises to meet the book spine with glue on it and two flat plates come together
to “nip” the sides of the cover about ¼” up from the spine, then
hold the cover in place momentarily until the glue is cooled and
solid enough to hold together at which time the clamps move
away and release the book and one removes it by hand from the
machine’s output. Using the machine is a semi-skilled task
since there are adjustments for glue tank height adjustment,
cover height to book content adjustment, and timing adjustments
- 221 -
as well as variable glue temperature settings. A glue temperature of 142 degrees seems
to work well with the white colored glue chips purchased from the Brackett Company. At
this temperature, a smooth surface is maintained on the application roller. When
enough glue has been applied, it should appear at both top and bottom of the spine after
clamping the cover. Too much glue, can result in a rounded spine. Too little glue
means you can open the book clear down to the glue, and pages could fall out. Having
about 1/32” thick of glue in the spine area after trimming the book on three sides is good
because then the book snaps shut and stays shut when not reading it. Also, the glue
should extend beyond the score or corner marks on the cover by about ¼”. This helps
keep the book from separating from the cover.
I like to quickly clamp the book spine in the paper cutter as soon as it is released from the book binding machine (before the glue is fully dry) so it is firmly pressed
together during the time I am binding the next book. I believe this makes for sharper bends or neater corners. I use
the mechanical hand operated Triumph 4705 18” cutter for
this. I find a smooth piece of smooth wood about the
width or thickness of the book and place the wood against
the back gauge of the cutter because the back gauge can’t
come forward enough. I want to clamp an area about 3/8”.
The hand wheel on top the cutter determines the pressure.
I use my two hands and press down on the book when the machine clamps the cover,
but sometimes a hump or air pocket gets in the spine. I heat this area from the outside
with a hair dryer which melts the glue again, and I smooth it out with my finger. If there
are air holes in top and bottom of the spine of the book, I use an electric household glue
gun that uses glue sticks to fill in the holes.
After the glue has hardened, the top, bottom and face need a 1/6” or more trim for the
edges to look good. The face is trimmed first, using my hydraulic cutter with the magnetic ¼” thick cushion fastened to the underside of the pressure clamp. The pad prevents an unwanted crease on the cover surface after the cut has been made. A cut
guide light beam shines down the side of the book and onto the plastic cutting stick the
knife blade will strike against. I can look on the top of edge of the book when making
the face trim, follow the light beam down and determine if the trim will be enough to cut
in all desired places before making the cut. A letter half book is 5.5” wide. I determined
I could make a minimum amount trim with the digital readout set to 5.47”. The second
trim is the top of the book. Since the paper cutter knife moves sideways as it cuts, it
must engage the spine edge first or it can tear the spine away from the book. This is
why the top is trimmed off with the front cover of the book facing up, and the bottom
trimmed off with the back of the book facing up. My hydraulic cutter made vertical wrinkles in the top and bottom areas of the spine, even when I changed to a brand new
- 222 -
sharp blade. I solved this by doing the top and bottom trims on the hand operated cutter,
also using the magnetic rubber cushion.
A full bleed cover printed on a color laser printer that can only print on letter or legal
size card stock, will require more of a trim, since there is a 3/16” border where the laser
printer cannot print to the edge. Using the smaller capacity laser printer, ¼” comes off
the face and ¼” off the top and bottom, resulting in a trimmed book that is about 8” tall
by 5 ¼” wide, and can be up to 2” thick for the Boway perfect binding (paperback book
making) machine I am using which equates to about 500 sheets of 20lb paper, or a book
of just under 1000 pages. A letter / legal size color laser printer should be able to feed a
precut letter half stack of paper for a book the narrow way. A tabloid printer like mine
cannot feed that small a sheet so the book is laid out two per sheet and cut in half afterward. Printing the book two up probably saves time and wear and tear on the printers
imaging unit and photo receptor belt. I wasn’t able to get Microsoft Word to lay out the
document two up but I was able to print it on the one half of the sheet in reverse order
then flip the stack on the long side and run it through again in straight order to make the
two books per sheet. This should not be attempted unless the printer has a reliable feed
system that won’t pick up a double or blank sheet. When the book document has been
printed in duplex mode, the book should be fanned through before binding it to find any
blank sheets and replace them by just printing those two sheets in “range” in the printer’s software window on the computer. Our page layout program, Adobe Indesign CS5,
has a book designing capability, but my wife and I haven’t yet figured out how to layout
the books two to a page. What we did on our last book printing (April 2012), is to first
make the book document as a letter half size in Microsoft Office Word 2007, then make
a Press Quality PDF of the document. We then make a letter landscape document in
Indesign, draw letter half sized text boxes, and “place” the PDF pages from Microsoft
Word into the Indesign document, adding more mages as necessary. We use the links
pallet to embed all the PDF images into the document. Our Indesign layout under “document setup”, in the “file” pull down menu, is “facing pages”. Our outside margins are
5/8” (book face edge) and the wider spine side or “inside margins are ¾” or more. The
spine side is wider to compensate for some paper being ground off for a rougher surface
for the glue to stick to, and because it is harder to read down in the crack in the middle
of a thick book.
The best paper to use in making paperback books seems to be KromeKote Digital
C1s 10 point short grain which can be purchased at Kelley Paper Company or Xpedx
and comes in tabloid or 12” by 18” sizes. A 250 sheet package of this paper costs about
$55 or more. This is the maximum size my Ricoh tabloid color laser printer can handle in
the bypass tray, unless I use the manufacturer’s RCPS printer driver which can do banners up to 12" x 43” and custom sizes in between. To get these custom sizes one would
probably have to buy the paper in parent size sheets and cut them down using a larger
- 223 -
paper cutter. Xerox makes an equivalent coated one side book cover card stock Digital
Color Expressions that is a lot cheaper and works and looks just as good.
The length of cover material that a laser printer can print determines how many pages
can be in the book, along with the maximum input opening of the perfect binder, which is
2” on the Boway. For example, in making a letter size book, using the 12” by 18” sheet,
one needs two no print area margins of 3/16” plus the two 8.5” widths of the front and
back. This totals to 17 3/8” which when subtracted from the 18” cover length leaves a
spine width of 5/8” or about 150 pages of 20lb weight paper. The RCPS printer driver
that came with my Ricoh tabloid size color laser printer can handle documents / banners
on paper up to 43” long, but one would have to buy the paper in parent size sheets and
have it cut down on a large paper cutter.
The inside of the cover stock is not coated so the glue will stick better, but it can still
be printed on with information about the author, etc. The grain of the cover stock must
be short so it doesn’t buckle or have lumps in it along the two folds. One might be able
to use the thicker 12 point cover stock, but may want to pre score the two right angle
fold points on a hand scoring machine or paper folder with scoring wheels to make for a
cleaner corner bend. I think scoring is essential, but requires more setup and experimentation time to get square folds. Also, the cover is scored on the outside. If the
score depth is too deep, the paper may crack open along the bend.
In laying out the cover one should examine a trimmed and bound book to make sure
the cover title is centered side to side, the title down the spine is centered both ways,
and the background artwork wraps around the front and the spine but only shows about
1/32” on the backside. Some of this is adjustable by the cover position adjusters on the
perfect binder or where it is sitting when the book contents passes over it. The UPC
barcode symbol should be at least ¼” from both trimmed edges on the back cover. I
spray the printed cover outside with Krylon gloss acrylic spray paint available at Wall
Mart. My mother had told me that, in the past, some of the cover toner had worn off during the shipping of books that were individually mailed.
My actual cost for printing books, no labor but materials only, is about $5 or more for
a letter half 215 page book with full color cover and black only text and no pictures; or
$10 for a 583 page book with color pictures throughout. We sell these books to the author for S10 and $15. The author sells the thicker book for $25+ $5 shipping and handling. One may think he can get self published cheaper through a larger company like
Tate Publishing or Xulon. What one doesn’t realize is that we have made the book
ready to print, while these other companies charge $500 to $900 to put one book together along with an ISBN number! A book made to be sold should have a UPC barcode on it that is specifically for books which is sold in lots of 10 from the Bowker Company which works with the Library of Congress as the designated representative for the
United States. Such will contain an ISBN number integrated into the barcode. Technically, a published work is copy right protected, but one can also obtain an official regis- 224 -
tered copyright by following the instructions and paying the fee and submitting the documents as explained on the Library of Congress Internet website.
About 2014, we purchased a made in USA 12" wide small double sided laminator
with the heating elements built inside the rollers, a newer design. When we sprayed the
printed covers with a clear surface protector coating in a spray can, we were told that
some of the shipped books had stuck together. When we next tried using the 25" wide
older GBC brand laminator, with horseshoe heating elements, that had been donated to
us. Using its .003" polyester film, the material either wouldn't stick well to the printed
cover stock, or the stock would curl and not lay flat when the books were bound. On the
new smaller machine we use a roll of .0014" glossy film material fed to the top heating
roller only, but while leaving the bottom roller heated to prevent unwanted air bubbles
from forming between the laminate and the digital card stock. The temperature was set
to about 250˚. The cover stock being used is 12" wide and the laminate 11 3/4" wide.
This is ideal because one does not have to trim laminate on all four sides, only on the
two ends. We allow about 1/2" of space between covers when doing the laminating. the
roll of material cost over $150, but holds over a thousand feet of material.
We found out we could also use the laminator for the picture side of post cards printed on 14 point card stock. With the added thickness of the lamination, the card thickness is about .015", .016" being the Post Office's upper thickness limit. Because the
laminate is so thin, and the heaters are built into
the rollers, the material laminated lays flat when
it exists the cooling fans of the machine.
Five essential pieces of equipment for making paperback
Laminator - Adds protective coating to digitally printed
Scoring machine - Helps cover make two clean 90˚ folds
at the edges of the book spine.
Perfectbinder - This one, made in China, cost only
$5,000 and handles books 2" thick. There are several
adjustments, and skill is required to make a good looking
book. Other brands cost a lot more money.
Paper cutter, hand operated - Clamp holds book together longer until glue dries. Also used for 3 edge trims
on each book.
Shrink wrapper - Seals books in plastic for shipping, and
keeps them from being distorted.
Pro Lam P1200 double sided laminator being used to
put a protective .0014" thick glossy film on the outside
of book covers. The heating element inside the rollers
design allows for a faster feed speed at 250
˚ or less,
with no annoying curl of the finished product. Film
material is 11.75" wide centered on 12" x 18" digital
cover stock at 10 or 12pt thickness.
- 225 -
Below are illustrations/explanations of spine problems when Perfect Binding
- 226 -
Spiel and Associates has a nice YouTube Video demonstration of their table top
Digibinder Automatic paperback book and pad making machine
Online Helps for Perfect Binding:
Operator's Manual for PBS -6000 Perfect Binding Machine 4 a small print shop
Twenty Tips for Perfect Binding Success
Perfect Binding (Hot Melt) Problem Solver
Q & A - Challenges in Perfect Binding
Bracket Hot Melt Padding Machine - Adhesive ~ Padding Troubleshooting Guide
- 227 -
Designing for Perfect Binding
Tips and Tricks Adhesive Binding
Binding Adhesives - EVA Hot Melt and PUR
Perfect Binding Cover Layout Tips
Guidelines for Designing Perfect Bound Publications
Saddle Stitching vs. Perfect Binding
Perfect Binding Machine Manufacturers:
CP Bourg
Muller Martini
SpielAssociates, Inc.
- 228 -
Additional Equipment that can be used in a home:
Dahle 17" hand operated paper cutter - lighter duty, but accurate
Martin Yale electric 11" x 17"+ friction feed paper cutter
O & M (Plockmatic) Series 60 semi automated electric booklet
maker. The Model 61 looks similar and connects to the Plockmatic
310 10 bin collator
Scoring Machine – makes a mark for the
center fold.
Shrink-wrapping machine and hair dryer.
- 229 -
Comb Binding Quick Reference Capacity & Diameter Guide
(Based On 20# Paper)
3/16″ (4.76 mm) – 12 Sheets
1/4″ (6.35 mm) – 20 Sheets
5/16″ (7.94 mm) – 40 Sheets
3/8″ (9.53 mm) – 55 Sheets
7/16″ (11.11 mm) – 70 Sheets
1/2″ (12.7 mm) – 90 Sheets
9/16″ (14.29 mm) – 100 Sheets
5/8″ (15.88 mm) – 120 Sheets
3/4″ (19.05 mm) – 150 Sheets
7/8″ (22.23 mm) – 170 Sheets
1″ (25.4 mm) – 200 Sheets
1 1/8″ (28.58 mm) – 220 Sheets
1 1/4″ (31.75 mm) – 230 Sheets
1 1/2″ (38.1 mm) – 290 Sheets
1 3/4″ (44.45 mm) – 360 Sheets
2″ (50.8 mm) – 425 Sheets
- 230 -
Reproducing Comb Bound Textbooks
I decided to comb bind limited edition (small number of copies being printed) books rather than make them into paperback books
with a glue binding because perfect binding requires skill. The covers have to be scored in two places to make clean looking corners.
The place of the two scores depends on the number of pages in the
book. One has to experiment to get the scores in the right place. Paperback books have
to have a trim on three sides after binding. A novice can use comb bind to make books.
If one wants to have a protective coating on the covers done with a laminator on paperback books, one can buy a cheap "Purple Cow" or other brand pouch laminator for under $40. One puts the covers in the pocket, laminates then, then round the corners if
desired. The covers will be slightly larger than the book content.
My wife and I were asked to reproduce letter size textbooks for Endtime Ministries
International Bible University ( The highest quality way would be to retype all
the pages in Microsoft Word, maintaining the formatting, but the books were over 100
pages – too much typing for a person like me who types at less than forty words a minute. A shortcut would be to scan the pages at 300dpi, then run them through an OCR
(optical character recognition) software program like Omnipage or Abby Fine Reader.
Such could turn a whole page into fresh computer editable text with the same page layout formatting. As an experiment, I had used the internet to download the free trial version of Abbey Fine Reader. I took a three-fold brochure layout tract made with the Adobe Indesign page layout program. I then exported it to the PDF format. I opened the
PDF of the tract in Abby Fine Reader, processed it, and output it as a new Microsoft
Word document. It looked perfect when opened in Word 2007. I was truly amazed! In
this case that wouldn’t work. The University had been formed in the 1970s, and books
were being reproduced by a photocopy machine on a monthly rental contract. The text
on many pages was not straight, and successive copying had caused the letters to
thicken like bold face type.
In 2016, I again tried the OCR, this time using the Omnipage 17 program. It did not
like italicized typeface, or Script fonts. I found out that a previously printed book could be
successfully converted to fresh text in some cases, depending on the font that was used
when the hard copy document was made. The Times New Roman font seemed to do
the best. The result was that I only needed to read through the converted to Microsoft
Word document and look for wavy red underlines which indicate a possible misspelled
word. I had used a scanner to capture the book pages which were then imported into
the OCR program. If one had the document in Adobe Acrobat PDF format, and wanted
to convert it to fresh text, he could submit that to the OCR and avoid having to scan
book pages. Also, with the full version of Acrobat Professional 9, I was able to export a
PDF to Microsoft Word, and could have exported it to Rich Text Format. The result
- 231 -
wasn't perfect, especially where captions had been typed below pictures, but the
spelling was good.
I decided to scan each page at 300 dpi, using Adobe Photoshop CS5 to straighten
and sharpen each page as well as clean up messes made by stray toner from the copy
machine using the eraser tool. I would start a sequential page letter size document layout in Adobe Indesign, drawing picture boxes into which I would place the scanned in
read order pages from the folder I had saved them in on my external hard drive in .tif file
format. If the resulting file size of the scanned and assembled book wasn’t too large, I
could print it on my laser printer as a grayscale document at a machine cost of about 1.2
cent per page, at near the maximum forty pages per minute speed. Larger file sizes
slow down the printing speed of a document depending on the RAM memory in the laser
printer, and the speed of the CPU (central processing unit) electronic integrated circuit.
I could make one sided books into double sided pages to make the books thinner, using
half the amount of paper. I would use Vellum Bristol 67lb weight cover stock, printing
the covers separately as a color document. As an option, one can include the color cover in the document, but print the color pages separately and collate them into the main
body which would be printed as a grayscale. Non color pages must be printed as a
grayscale, because the cost of using RGB or CMYK color mode on our laser printer is
6.6 cents versus 1.2 cents per page. In the color mode, the printer tries to use additional
colors to the black toner to print the black text. The color toner cartridges cost twice as
much as the black cartridges ($180+ verses $80). I could even use the automated Ricoh
RCPS non postscript printer driver to automatically make the booklets two to a letter
size sheet, further reducing the cost. We have a machine to punch the rectangular slots
in the margin for installing the combs to newly printed copies (See picture at end of this
chapter). At first, I asked the ministers heading the university to do the punching since I
know how slow going the process is. Then I changed my mind. My wife and I did a
three week project, and, no matter how careful we were, some pages got punched
wrong and had to be reprinted and re-punched. This would be difficult if not done in
I started the project by removing the comb from the book I was given to reproduce.
Now the pages can be laid flat on the scanner glass one at a time. If one is going to
convert a paperback book to com bind, he should, with permission from the customer,
cut the glued left side of the book off (up to 1/8" using a guillotine paper cutter). The
books contained some color charts and grayscale illustration pages at the front of the
book. I found some quality computer files of those pages, and didn’t have to scan them.
I scanned each page as a grayscale at 300 dpi, giving each the initials PDT for the
book title Present Day Truth, along with the page number printed on the bottom of the
page. I scanned the pages in read order and saved them in a common folder on the
computer hard drive. One should use the scanner software to make a preview of the
page to be scanned. In the preview window, use the marquis tool to make a border
- 232 -
around the area to be scanned. Do not be concerned with trying to change the margins
dimensions or size of the pages being scanned - that is unnecessary work since the
Adobe indesign page layout program allows one to move images around on a page and
to even resize the image using the White Arrow Tool in the tools pallet. Also, using the
histogram graph in the scanner preview window, slide the right arrow to the left until the
unwanted background haze is removed. The scanner should be set to 8 bit grayscale
mode and 300 dpi, because the next lower setting of black and white, although a smaller file size, can't be edited in Photoshop, and the text edges will be jagged due to it being a bitmapped image.
I tried saving each scanned page in one of two file formats, PDF and .tif. I noticed that
each page is about eight megabytes in file size when opened in Adobe Photoshop. Going the PDF route allows one to open the first page in Acrobat Professional, then, under
the Document pull down menu, insert the other PDF pages to end up with a read order
book. The problem with this method is that, when one opens a page in Photoshop to
straighten it and remove unwanted background, the areas of deleted background appear as a black and gray checkerboard of small squares, and it is harder to use the
erase tool. Saving each page in .tif format means one must have a page layout program like Adobe Indesign and do file, then place to import the pages into the document.
The page to be added loads into the mouse cursor or pointer as a thumbnail image. One
then moves the cursor to the top corner of the Indesign page, then left clicks the mouse
and the image appears on the page in full size and is centered using the arrow keys on
the keyboard. One can simply move the selected page side to side to place the 1/4"
wider margin for the comb on the desired side. Usually, with odd numbered pages on
the right side of an open book, the wider margin goes on the left. If one is converting a
single side document to two sided, saving a scanned page in PDF file format would be a
problem if one tried to assemble the pages in Adobe Acrobat Professional, because the
pages can't be moved from side to side to get the needed extra right side margin for the
even numbered pages. My conclusion is to assemble the book pages together in Adobe
Indesign rather than Acrobat. One can still place PDF file format scanned pages into
Here is the procedure I use with Adobe Photoshop CS5 to prepare the scanned
paged for placing into Adobe Indesign page layout program. First, under the File pull
down menu, go to Open and find and open the page to be edited. Second, straighten
the text on the page. Go to the Edit pull down menu, then clicked on Transform, then go
to right to Rotate. When I place the mouse cursor at the bottom right corner of the selected image, cursor arrows appear. I clicked and dragged to the side to rotate and
straighten the text. For a more exact alignment, use the black arrow tool in the tools
pallet, then click in the upper ruler with the mouse and drag down a blue line over the
image for a straightness guide bar.
- 233 -
The scanning process caused some of the binding punched holes to appear as an
unwanted part of the image, and on occasion, the bottom edge of the page appears as a
black line. I clicked on the dotted square marquis tool, then used the mouse on all side
margins to make rectangles around unwanted image, then press delete. When asked, I
told the program to replace the area with white. After the text is straight on the page,
the side margin (beginning point of the text on each line) may be crooked. While the image is still selected or highlighted from the last procedure of Rotate, go to the Edit pull
down menu again then to Transform, then across to the right and down to Skew. Using
the mouse, click on the bottom corner where the document is sticking out to the side too
far, and drag the mouse sideways until the column of text has a straight side parallel to
the side border. In some cases where books were repeatedly reproduced by copiers,
but not from the same original, the lines of text will become warped. Under Edit, Transform, one can go to the right and down to Warp. By clicking and dragging the mouse on
any part of the highlighted document, one can skew the document to make the lines of
text straight again, and have the text still be readable when one Applies the changes.
Next, I wanted to try and sharpen the text. Under the Filter pull down menu, I could
go down to Sharpen, but that didn’t seem to make much of a difference. Instead, I went
to the Image pull down menu, then down to Adjustments, then across to Levels. In the
new window that appears I can adjust the three slider arrows. The white arrow on the
right, when slid to the left, removes unwanted gray or black background haze, the highlights. On the bottom adjustment bar with two adjusters, sliding the black arrow on the
left to the right will sharpen the letters, but also lighten them. If one uses the magnifier
tool before making an adjustment, it is easier to see the changes being made. I like to
magnify the document, then slide the right slider to the left until all unwanted background is removed, then click on and slide the middle adjuster back to the middle to
make sure the lettering is dark enough to read when printed on the laser printer.
Successive photocopying of the image before it was given to me to scan resulted in
some words or letters being almost unreadable. Most common is for the center of the
letter "e" to be filled in with black. I magnified those areas to about 400%, the picked
Eraser tool with a brush size between two and four. By clicking on the overlapping black
and white squares at the bottom of the tools pallet, I can switch between erasing unwanted black, and adding black.
Now I opened the Adobe Indesign page layout program. Under Document Setup located in the File pull down menu, I chose letter size portrait for document paper size and
orientation. For margins, I selected .75” for top and bottom. The side of the document
not being punched for the comb bind can be .75”. I suggest measuring the width of the
text on a page in the book being reproduced, then subtracting that number from 8.5 to
find how much total margin area you have to work with. Allow .25” more margin on the
side that will be punched. Thus, odd numbered pages will have a .75 to 1” margin on
the left, and even numbered pages will have that margin on the right. Click on
- 234 -
Margins in the Document Setup window so that the wider binding margin will appear on
the proper side of the odd and even numbered pages added to the document. Keep in
mind that, normally, odd numbered pages are on the right side of the open book, and
even numbered pages on the left side; and chapters start on odd numbered pages
which means that it is sometimes necessary to add and leave a blank even numbered
page at the end of a chapter to get the next chapter to start on the right side with an odd
numbered page number.
One can make a picture box (using the rectangle with an X in it tool in the tools pallet)
for placing the scanned page image I labeled PDT pg 1, but it is not necessary, and that
step can be eliminated. Click on the File pull down menu and go down to place. Browse
to find the scanned and saved image labeled PDT pg.1. Click on the item, to highlight it,
then click on Open, and the image is loaded into the mouse cursor and appears as a
thumbnail of the image being inserted into the document. Place the loaded cursor at the
upper right corner of the blank Indesign page and left click the mouse and the full size
image is placed on the page. By using the arrow keys on the keyboard, the image is positioned on the page. If the image is larger than the picture box, and not all the image is
showing, one can click on the picture box and enlarge the box by clicking and dragging
on the small squares that appear around the perimeter of the selected picture box.
A second solution is to select the white arrow tool then left click the mouse when the
cursor is inside the picture box. Now a box with a brown border appears. While holding
down the Shift key on the keyboard, click the mouse with the cursor on of the small
white squares at the lower right corner of the brown box, then drag and the image is
made larger or smaller proportionally without changing the height to width aspect ratio of
the image. It is also possible to slightly distort an image to make it fit by not holding
down the Shift key when changing the size of the image. One adds successive blank
pages to the document by clicking on the Layout pull down menu and going to Pages,
then across to Add Page or Insert Pages. To improve appearance, we printed the front
cover on an inkjet printer with the photo quality setting on Costco Wholesale's Kirkland
glossy photo paper. The cover is not waterproof with a dye based ink set, but looks nicer
that it does when printed on the color laser printer.
Reducing the document file size to make a PDF e-book for Posting on the Internet
When all the pages have been placed into the book document, saving it in a PDF
(Adobe Acrobat Reader) file format may allow one to reduce the file size to that the document will print faster, and can be opened and read on most computers that have the
free PFD reader program installed. If one used the full version of Acrobat, the file size
of the document can be reduced even further, with some loss of quality, to make a read
order e-book document that can be posted on a website on the internet for downloading;
or sold as something to be read on computers or screen smart phones and tablets, no
printed hard copy necessary. Thus, this textbook we reproduced for a Bible University,
- 235 -
in e-book format, could begin to fulfill their dream of offering an Online (internet) version
of their university. The previously hard copy book from pages assembled together in
Adobe Indesign, although saved as a PDF, is still too large a file size for an e-book. A
website making program like the free open source Word Press that we use, allows us to
put book files up to 100 megabytes on the internet. This might take too long for a person
to download to their computer or SMART phone or tablet device. Trying to send a large
scanned to computer book by e-mail attachment probably won't work because the file
attachment limit is usually 20 megabytes, and sometimes 25. One answer is to subscribe to the free cloud storage services offered by Drop Box (, or
Google Drive ( We have been using Drop Box to watch Christian
movies sent us by a friend. One could also make the book document available on a
USB thumb drive, or a CD or DVD.
The simpler way for the e-book textbook recipient, is to reduce the file size of the
document. At about eight megabytes per scanned page, 100 pages would be 800 megabytes. When I recently exported from Indesign to PDF Interactive some book documents with a lot of pages, the resulting PDF file size was still 140+ megabytes. I experimented to get the file size smaller, yet have the document still be clear enough to read.
When I did the export to PDF, I was given options, so I chose Medium for JPEG quality,
and 144dpi. At the next lower setting of about 90 dpi, the PDF text was too fuzzy, and
harder to read. I got the readable PDF file size down to between 44 and 75 megabytes,
depending on the size of the Indesign document I started with.
Another file size reducing method is to open the PDF in the full version of Acrobat
Professional, go to Document, and then down to Reduce File Size. The program scans
and Optimizes the document and the file size is slightly reduced. In one case a document was reduced to less than fifteen megabytes. The lesson learned is that documents made to be posted on the internet as e-books should not be documents made by
scanning and assembling the pages of previously printed books.
Electric Comb Bind Machine for $20 at a Thrift Store
- 236 -
Here is a definition from the online (internet) Wikipedia Dictionary:
An electronic book (variously, e-book, ebook, digital book) is a book-length publication in digital form, consisting of text, images, or both, and produced on, published through, and readable
on computers or other electronic devices.[1] Sometimes the equivalent of a conventional printed
book, e-books can also be born digital. The Oxford Dictionary of English defines the e-book as
"an electronic version of a printed book,"[2] but e-books can and do exist without any printed
equivalent. E-books are usually read on dedicated e-book readers. Personal computers and some
mobile phones can also be used to read e-books.
HIS Print Media Ministries has been able to make paperback books using a perfect
binding machine that cost $5,000, a used scoring machine at $6,000+, and a $6,000 hydraulic/electric paper cutter. Skill and trial and error are involved in this process, along
with a 10% waste (on our last book making project). Shipping 20 of my mother’s books
by two USPS Priority flat rate boxes cost $15.45 per box. When more books are ordered (possibly a year from now), I will have to reconfigure the scoring machine that
pre-creases the book covers for good looking corners. To sell books through an known
distributor would require giving them 55%. If my mother continued charging $25 for the
books, but had them produced through the Christian publisher Xulon, it would cost $999
to make the first copy and $13+ each additional book. I did the calculation, and making
a profit didn’t seem possible.
On the other hand, one could take the computer version of the book and convert it to
a read order Adobe Acrobat PDF document at very little expense, and offer it as an Ebook. One could prepay for a digital edition, then I could send the book to the buyer as
an e-mail attachment. I talked to the Adobe software company, and evidently, one can
take this PDF file book document and download it onto a tablet reading device or smart
phone for portable reading on one of these portable devices (e.g., Amazon’s Kindle, Apples ipad 1 or 2, or Barnes and Nobles’ Nook). With the software upgrade to Adobe
Indesign CS6 ($125+), one can export the original book as an .epub document, which
would allow for making the document interactive or multimedia capable by adding internet hyperlinks, sound clips and video clips.
The Adobe website,, has free videos on how to do this. Adobe is
also accepting pre-release orders of their Digital Publishing Suite, a software which will
support major subscription models like Apple subscriptions and Google One Pass.
“Adobe Digital Publishing Suite provides professional publishers a set of turnkey
hosted services, tools and viewer technologies to create, publish and sell digital content
directly through leading mobile marketplaces and content aggregator partners. Built on
the foundation of Adobe Creative Suite and Adobe Indesign CS5 software, Digital Publishing Suite enables the design and delivery of innovative publisher-branded reading
experiences. As an end-to-end solution, the suite of tools allows customers to create,
distribute, monetize and analyze rich digital content across the desptop and tablet devices.”
- 237 - says it is selling more digital books than hardback or paperback books!
If one want to have a professional convert his book to an E-book, Publisher Services
(provided by Bar Code Graphics) charges between $130-$380. I heard that one can upload a Microsoft Word book document to (an Amazon
company) and they make it into an e-book for their Kindle brand electronic readers.
They can also make hard copies on demand. If one lets Amazon sell his e-book for
$3.99, he gets 2/3rds of the profit as royalties, and Amazon handles the orders and
shipping. The can also help promote your book. How easy is that!
In conclusion, it seems less expensive and less labor intensive to make an E-book
than to make a paperback book. E-books have certain advantages over paperback or
hardback books. The size of the text being viewed can be enlarged for easier reading
on a computer or portable device. They can be enhanced with video and sound. A disadvantage is that portable tablets or Electronic Book Readers can cost $75 to over
$500, making them unaffordable to poorer people in third world countries. (These poorer people could still get internet access and read E-books on smart phones. The Pew
study cited below found that “29% of readers of e-books consume their books on their
cell phones.”) Nevertheless, the number of these portable reading devices is growing
I read an e-mail article by Angela Watercutter (April 9, 2012) titled Publishers Hustle
to Make E-Books More Immersive. It states:“21 percent of Americans say they’ve read
an e-book, according to a Pew Internet study released last week, and the Association of
American Publishers says 114 million e-books were sold in 2010 (the most recent year
for which numbers are available). Some 48.3 million iPads, Android tablets and ereaders were sold to U.S. Consumers in 2011, and about half that many were sold the
year before, according to NPD Group. With so many tablets flooding the market, demand for e-books is only going to grow.”
In the New Testament, the Apostle Paul stated:
1 Corinthians 9:22b AMP To I have [in short] become all things to all men, that I might by all
means (at all costs and in any and every way) save some [by winning them to faith in Jesus
Phillipians 1:18 KJV What then? notwithstanding, every way, whether in pretence, or in truth,
Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice, yea, and will rejoice.
It is my belief that we should fully utilize evolving multimedia technology to further the
good news about Jesus Christ. Prime example is the Jesus Film Project by Campus
Crusade for Christ. The Jesus film has been translated or adapted into over 800 languages, is available for free viewing on the internet, and being shown all over the world
by mobile video teams, first using 16mm film projectors, and now DVD projectors.
God is showing His approval by displaying dramatic miracle healings in conjunction with
the showing of this Bible based film.
As an example of the interactive capability of a PDF e-book, I made some screen
capture training videos and posted them for free on the internet at the YouTube website.
The location or URL address of each video could be copied, then pasted into a list page
on our website. One clicks on the colored hyperlinked text, and is taken to the beginning
- 238 -
frame of that video. I can even change the name of the hyperlink. When I made this
book, I was able to copy and paste the contents of the website training video page into
the book document and retain the internet link (go to the video) capability, providing the
computer has Wi-Fi or internet access. I can make a PDF of the Microsoft Word book
document, then, in the full version of Adobe Acrobat 9 Professional, I can change the
internet addresses to hyperlinked text. More recently, I used Export and then Acrobat
PDF in Word as an experiment, and the hyperlinks automatically appeared in the resulting PDF; and, accessing additional information on the subject being discussed, available
through the Internet is even easier than it is in the Word document. When one moves
the cursor over hyperlinked text in the PDF, a hand  icon appears and one simply left
clicks the computer mouse. If the PDF wording is a www... URL address, the lettering is
not blue, but when one moves the mouse cursor over it, a yellow box also appears containing the online address inside the box. When I moved the mouse cursor over the
special text beginning with http://, the mouse icon also turned into a hand , and a yellow box appeared with the online address inside the box. When I click on the text link,
the Adobe Acrobat Reader program I am viewing the document in, connects to the
connected information posted on the internet. I also noticed, that using Acrobat Professional, I could create a video viewing box (Tools - Multimedia - Video), and link it either
to internet content or a file stored on one's computer. When one goes down the File pull
down menu to Export, he can attach additional files to the document. This implies that
video or sound or flash video files can be incorporated into the PDF e-book and travel
with the document without the need to access the internet. Find more information at:
How to Add a URL Link in Acrobat 9
Adding Multimedia to PDFs - Acrobat Support
How to Create Adobe PDF E-books: Tutorial
Playing video, audio, and multimedia formats in PDFs
Controlling multimedia with Acrobat X - Acrobat forum
Creating work that wows with PDF Portfolios and Acrobat 9
Adobe Acrobat Pro 9: Adding multimedia to PDFs
Adobe Acrobat 9 Professional Training: Editing Content - You Tube
Adding Multimedia to Adobe Acrobat Pro PDF Documents
Inserting rich media into PDF documents
Adding Internal Links and Multimedia Elements
Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating Multimedia Projects - A free intro to a paid course by
Here are some other statistics released by this same Pew Research Center’s Internet
& American Life Project. I copied them from an internet article posted April 4, 2012 titled
The rise of e-reading:
“The increasing availability of e-content is prompting some to read more than in the past
and to prefer buying books to borrowing them.” These nationally representative surveys
“documented” “The growing popularity of e-books and the adoption of specialized ebook reading devices.”
- 239 -
“We at the Pew Research Center’s Internet and American Life Project reported that
ownership of e-book readers among adults age 18 and older has nearly doubled from
10% of the population to 19% over the holiday gift giving season at the end of 2011, and
ownership of tablet computers had surged a similar amount. In the final week of 2011
the e-book version of 42 of the top-selling 50 books on USA Today’s best-seller book list
was outselling the paper version of the same book.”
“30% of those who read e-content say they now spend more time reading, and owners
of tablets and e-book readers particularly stand out as reading more now.”
“The prevalence of e-book reading is markedly growing, but printed books still dominate
the world of book readers.”
“There are four times more people reading e-books on a typical day now than was the
case less than two years ago.”
“In head-to-head competition, people prefer e-books to printed books when they want
speedy access and portability, but print wins out when people are reading to children
and sharing books with others.”
“The rise of e-books in American culture is part of a larger story about a shift from
printed to digital material. Using a broader definition of e-content in a survey ending in
December 2011, some 43% of Americans age 16 and older say they have either read
an e-book in the past year or have read other long form content such as magazines,
journals, and news articles in digital format on an e-book reader, tablet computer, regular computer, or cell phone.”
Adding a clickable URL link in Microsoft Word 2007 and the PDF made from Word
In my opinion, sharing a book document in its digital form by e-mail attachment or posting it for downloading from a website, is superior to a printed book, because of the ease
of sending it to someone by way of the internet (bypassing the post office), because so
much more labor goes into making the physical book, and because the digital version
can include clickable links to online definitions of words, online training videos, or instruction manuals and product information. With a DSL connection to the internet
through a home telephone jack, one can access these additional e-book features almost
instantly. In Microsoft Word, I can shorten long URL code characters to a word or two
describing the subject matter of the linked information. The closest I could come to this
in a printed edition of a book would be to display or type in all the information contained
in the link. The reader would then have to, open up his web browser software to establish a connection to the internet. Then he would carefully type that information into the
address bar of his internet browser, and press the enter key on the computer keyboard
to go online to the URL destination to watch the video or read the additional information.
When the hyperlink to a word or words in the Microsoft document is made, one places
the mouse I beam cursor over the blue words and left clicks the computer mouse and
the computer knows to connect to the internet and access the information.
- 240 -
When one makes and Adobe Acrobat PDF using the built in PDF creator that comes
with Word 2010 and later and is a free add on to Word 2007, the hyperlinks are automatically transferred into the PDF document. One makes the PDF by:
1) Going to Save As from the circle in the upper left hand corner of Word, and then
across to Adobe PDF.
2) Clicking on the circle, going down to Print, then across and up to the printer Icon,
which opens up the printer window where one chooses Adobe PDF from the printers in
the list.
When the PDF is opened in Acrobat Reader, when one places the computer mouse
over the blue text, a hand icon appears and one simply left clicks the mouse to access
the additional online content.
One can make hyperlinks within the Adobe Acrobat Professional Program. This link
tells how. It doesn't appear that one can change the name of the hyperlink to something
simple when it is created directly in Acrobat Professional 9. Therefore I prefer to make
the links in a Microsoft Word document because I can designate the title I want for the
URL coding embedded in the link. Then the links with their shortened text titles are carried over to PDF when saving the document in Word to PDF. I did notice, in Acrobat
Professional 9, that if I click on the Advanced tab at the top and go down to Document
Processing, then over to Create Links from URLs. Acrobat then goes through the document and identifies all text typed in URL format and makes it a link. The program says
this step cannot be undone. Another avenue is to go down the Tool tab to Advanced Editing, then across to Link Tool. Note that one cannot add hyperlinks in the free version of
Acrobat Reader.
Here is how to create a hyperlink in Microsoft Word 2007 to additional online information. I will use the blue word link in the preceding paragraph. I opened Firefox internet browser and in the search box typed Adding a URL hyperlink in Acrobat 9, then
clicked in the Google icon as my search engine. A list of titles of articles and two videos
came up. I watched the videos and felt they were too confusing. I felt the five step explanation pdf article listed as How to Add a Link in Acrobat 9 │eHow is OK . I then right
clicked on that title, and went down the list and clicked on Copy Link Location. This
transfers the link to the computer's clipboard or temporary memory. In the Word document I clicked and dragged over the word link to select it. I then clicked on the Insert tab
at the top left of the program window. I then clicked on Hyperlink. In the window that
opens, in the Address window, I right clicked and clicked on the word Paste in the list.
This inserts the long URL code language which looks like this: At the top of the window, in
the box that is titled Text to Display I can type in a simplified name or title for the URL
link. in this case, I was satisfied with the word link already selected in the document, so I
typed nothing in that box. I then clicked on OK to close the window. Now the word link is
- 241 -
colored blue and underlined. I hold down the Ctrl key on the keyboard and left click the
computer mouse. The computer takes me to the article I had just read on the internet,
confirming I had successfully made the hyperlink.
In the chapter that follows, I will bringing your attention to the popularity of “social
media” on the internet such as Facebook, Linkedin, Hulu, and Twitter. I was told that
80% of young people’s attention on this media is focused on on-line video such as that
found on The Apostle who ordained my wife and I into the ministry, has
radio broadcasting experience, and now makes frequent podcast recordings made on
his home computer that he posts on Twitter. Under the stage name Prince Handley, he
has a following of 64,000 people. He told me by phone that he reaches 17,000 people
a day and a million people a year by this twitter avenue alone.
Below are some other terminology definitions taken from the Wikipedia online (internet)
Portable Document Format (PDF) is an open standard for document exchange. This file format, created by Adobe Systems in 1993, is used for representing documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems.[2] Each PDF file encapsulates
a complete description of a fixed-layout flat document, including the text, fonts, graphics, and
other information needed to display it.
In 1991 Adobe Systems co-founder John Warnock outlined a system called "Camelot"[3] that
evolved into the Portable Document Format (PDF).
While the PDF specification has been available free of charge since at least 2001,[4] PDF was
originally a proprietary format controlled by Adobe. It was officially released as an open standard on July 1, 2008, and published by the International Organization for Standardization as ISO
32000-1:2008.[1][5] In 2008, Adobe published a Public Patent License to ISO 32000-1 granting a
royalty-free rights for all patents owned by Adobe that are necessary to make, use, sell and distribute PDF compliant implementations.[6]
EPUB (short for electronic publication; alternatively capitalized as ePub, ePUB, EPub, or
epub, with "EPUB" preferred by the vendor) is a free and open e-book standard by the International Digital Publishing Forum (IDPF). Files have the extension .epub.
EPUB is designed for reflowable content, meaning that the text display can be optimized for the
particular display device used by the reader of the EPUB-formatted book, although EPUB now
also supports fixed-layout content. The format is meant to function as a single format that publishers and conversion houses can use in-house, as well as for distribution and sale. It supersedes
the Open eBook standard.
Android is a Linux-based operating system for mobile devices such as smartphones and tablet
computers. It is developed by the Open Handset Alliance, led by Google, and other companies.[2]
Google purchased the initial developer of the software, Android Inc., in 2005.[7] The unveiling of
the Android distribution in 2007 was announced with the founding of the Open Handset Alliance,
a consortium of 86 hardware, software, and telecommunication companies devoted to advancing
open standards for mobile devices.[8][9][10][11] Google releases the Android code as open-source,
- 242 -
under the Apache License.[12] The Android Open Source Project (AOSP) is tasked with the
maintenance and further development of Android.[13]
Android has a large community of developers writing applications ("apps") that extend the functionality of the devices. Developers write primarily in a customized version of Java.[14] Apps can
be downloaded from third-party sites or through online stores such as Google Play (formerly Android Market), the app store run by Google. As of February 2012 there were more than 450,000
apps available for Android, and the estimated number of applications downloaded from the Android Market as of December 2011 exceeded 10 billion.[15][16]
Android was listed as the best-selling smartphone platform worldwide in Q4 2010 by
Canalys[17][18] with over 300 million Android devices in use by February 2012.[19] According to
Google's Andy Rubin, as of February 2012 there are over 850,000 Android devices activated every day.[20]
- 243 -
- 244 -
Utilizing Social Media - QR Codes and E-tracts
I became aware of the value of social media (smart
phones and tablets with internet access) in bringing
more people to Jesus Christ, at less expense due to
the growing cost of postage in mailing gospel tracts
overseas. Soon there will be as many social media
devices as there are people in the world, and already a
billion of these devices have internet access. Popular
Mechanics magazine stated, regarding people using
mobile or smart phones, by the end of 2010, five billion
people or 75% of the world's population were subscribers. "People of developing nations, even those
without an electric grid, can tap into the world's commerce and culture. After a scant eleven years of development the device seems to have limitless potential."
Thus, I began using QR codes which were developed by the Denso car manufacturer's parts supply company in Japan. I go to the website, and type in
a URL (internet website address). I am given a high quality .85" QR code with that information embedded in it. I then designed 6 to a sheet (Avery template #5164/8164) all
weather labels with a blue praying hands graphic and the words along the finger tips
World's Most Important Prayer. In the lower back of the hand area I placed the QR code
On our website, I created a new page heading titled World's Most Important Prayer. I
then used my solid state stereo recording device, the Zoom H2, to record the sinners
prayer (prayer of salvation) along with an introduction, and a prayer for the listener at
the end. I paused between phrases so a listener could repeat after the speaker. When I
uploaded the digital audio clip to this website page, it installed a software audio player
with a clickable play button. I typed out the words of the prayer below the player. I had
designed a discipleship or follow-up booklet, both in printable PDF format, and as a free
download read order e-booklet .. I already had this document posted on the website. In
the text below the audio player, I inserted hyperlinked orange text to the booklet documents online location, and invited the visitor this website page to click on the link that
takes him or her to this ready to read online e-booklet titled What it Means to be Born
Again - Understanding God's Plan of Salvation.
I posted a free use PDF (Adobe acrobat reader document) of the six to a page QR
code stickers I had made. The idea is to stick them in public places. A clear sticker,
printed in the flip horizontal mode can be placed inside storefront windows and car windows. Hopefully a person will see the sticker and wonder what it is about, then use an
internet accessible smart phone or tablet with a built in camera and the downloaded free
- 245 -
QR code scanner app from Google or the Macintosh store, will take a picture of the QR
code. The website page with the audio player will appear, one will click on the audio
player and read what he is saying as he is speaking, and become a child of God through
faith in Jesus Christ according to Romans 10:8-10 NIV:
It readers, "The message is very close at hand; it is on your lips and in your heart." And
that message is the very message about faith that we preach: If you confess with your
mouth that Jesus is Lord and believe in your heart that God raised Him from the dead,
you will be saved. For it is by believing in your heart that you are made right with God,
and it is by confessing with your mouth that you are saved."
I persuaded "Prince" Handley, a modern day apostle who ordained my wife and I into
the ministry, to start putting QR codes on tracts we make for him that go to Brazil and
Africa. I went on the internet to, and typed in Handley's revised
website he first designed in the late 1990s,, which was getting 30 hits a second in about 2002. The free online converter quickly gave me a code
graphic file to download. I placed it in my computer document for the Portuguese How to
Win gospel tract titled Como Vencer. When I started printing the batch of 40,000 tracts
on the one color printing press on light blue paper with Pantone Reflex Blue ink, the
thought came to me that I had better test the code with our new LG brand touch screen
tablet. If there is not enough contrast between the code and the background, the code
might not scan correctly. I took a printed copy and took it with the tablet to the print shop
door where there would be better internet reception through the Verizon 4G cell phone
wireless network. I laid the paper on a stool, touched the QR scanner app icon, and began to hold the tablet's camera directly above the code. The software put brackets
around the printed code, showing it had identified it, then gave me the correct URL internet address for the Handley website connected to the code. I took the tablet outside,
and the tablet took me right to the home page of the redesigned website. I was so impressed!
e-tracts and PDF interactive- Ron Link, of Good News Press, Inc., told me that
some people in other countries are making tracts that look OK to them, but are not quality by our standard as printers. Also, if we do the printing and shipping by USPS medium
flat rate international priority, the shipping is about $66 for 5,000 tracts. Thus I decided
to start taking documents I post on the website for use by printers, and modifying them
to make read order e-tracts that can be passed around instantly by way of the internet
without making and shipping a printed copy, and at almost no cost except monthly internet and cell phone fees.
I start with the Adobe Indesign page layout program letter size document. I measure
the size of each page of the tract. For example, a two per sheet double fold tract page or
quarter panel measures 2.75" wide by 4.25" high. I then start a new document with
those dimensions under Document Setup. I make the margins 1/4" or less. I designate
8 pages for the document. I use the black arrow tool in the tools pallet to drag an imaginary text box around all the graphics and text on the tract title page or quadrant. This
selects all the content together. I then do object, then down to group. next I do edit then
copy. Placing the mouse cursor in the first page of the new e-tract document, I right click
the mouse and go down to paste. Using the keyboard arrow keys, I center the content in
the page. I repeat this procedure for the remaining seven pages, then save the new
document and give it a name. I make sure that all the graphics are embedded in the
- 246 -
document so they will travel with it. I go down the file pull down menu to export, then
choose PDF Interactive. I can lower the quality to standard if I want, which lowers the
document file size which makes it attach faster as an e-mail attachment. It will also open
faster for the recipient of the e-mail. In making the PDF I must uncheck the box that
says something like let receiving computer supply fonts. In the full version of Adobe Acrobat Professional 9, I can go to optimize, then choose wipe and left. Now, on tablets
with a touch sensitive screen, one can turn the pages of the document by touching the
pages of the document with a finger tip and flicking the finger to the left to go to the next
pages. One can also make e-booklets by this same method. Normally booklets are laid
out as signatures with matching two up pages for a stapled booklet. With the non postscript RCPS software printer driver that came with my color laser printer, I can take an
easier route and made a read order document in Microsoft Word where the text will automatically flow from one page to the next as one types. A booklet making feature in the
printer software automatically does the impagination or pairing of the pages to print as
collated, printed both sides, booklet sets.
Additional PDF Interactive Capabilities
On our website, I posted a list of Free Training Videos I uploaded to YouTube on the
Internet. I changed the titles of each video to make them hyperlinked text. Now, when a
title, which appears in a different color than black, is clocked on with the computer
mouse, the computer takes the viewer to the internet location of the video where one
simply clicks on the play button. I decided to select and copy the website video listings
page and paste it into the computer Microsoft Word 2007 document of this book. The
appearance of the titles changed, but the hyperlinks carried over. Now, in the e-book
version of this book, one can do a Ctrl + Click combination using the keyboard and
mouse when the mouse cursor is positioned over a hypertext title, and the computer still
takes the viewer to the video watching location. This feature can also be carried over
into Adobe Acrobat when one is using the 9 professional version to designate the text as
a hyperlink. One can also make links to stored documents offering more detail about a
subject, as well as text links to audio recording clips.
There are specific software programs for converting Adobe Indesign documents to file
formats for electronic book readers like the Amazon Kindle and Kindle Fire, the Barnes
and Noble Nook, Apple computer's iBook, and Android devices. When the iBook first
came out, Scott Fresner, head of the US silk screening Institute, updated his printed
manual of silkscreening by making an iBook version. I saw a demonstration and was really impressed with the touch screen hyperlinks to videos and additional (online) information on a topic. The problem I see here, is using the software to convert to these file
formats, like the free Apple's iAuthor software which may have a catch to it . Here are
instructions on how to use this Apple software to create an interactive e-book that only
works with the iOS (Apple tablet) operating system software.
I purchased the Adobe CS5 standard software package in 2010. I found an "export to
e-pub in the Adobe Indesign File pull down menu, but one has to upgrade to version
CS6 to correctly make the conversion for non Apple reading devices. In about 2008, the
Adobe company who has the license for Adobe Acrobat software, gave permission for
the world to use their software which had been recognized as a an ISO standard universal communication method. My view is, since most if not all of the electronic reader devices being manufactured today can accept PDF, but not competitor's file formats, I am
- 247 -
going to stick with using PDF interactive for making e-books, e-booklets, and e-tracts,
because it is a universal format, and because I already have the software installed on
my computer.
I experimented with what happens to a URL or internet address for a website or a
document or video posted there, when it is put into Microsoft Word or Adobe Indesign,
and then converted to a PDF Adobe Acrobat Reader document and posted on our website for others to read and/or download. When hyperlinked text is copied off our website
and pasted into Microsoft Word. One can do a Ctrl + Click with the mouse cursor over
the special text, and the reader is taken online directly to the location of the document or
video. In website making software, one can make a hyperlink code for a post, and then
change the letters and numbers to an identifying title. When the title is exported to Microsoft Word and then Acrobat using a PDF maker software like the one built into Microsoft word 2010, or Adobe Acrobat Professional, the special text transfers to Acrobat,
and is actually easier to connect to the internet link, because, in Acrobat reader, when
one moves the cursor over the special hyperlinked text or URL code, a hand appears,
and one just clicks the mouse to follow the link. I could use the limited editing features in
the full version of Acrobat to type in a URL address, and the address became a clickable
link. I could not edit a URL code address in Acrobat and change its name to a title like I
did in making my website. As I said, the hyperlinked text in Acrobat can link to a sound,
a form to fill out, an audio recording, a tract document, a website or web page of a website, or a PDF e-book. Realize, that this link only works when one is reading the PDF
document containing a link to internet information) on an electronic device that has the
capability of connecting to the internet. If one prints out the PDF and then reads it, to get
the link, he would have to type the special text in the address bar of his or her internet
browser and then press the enter key. Now that I did these experiments, I am more enthused about PDF e-books, e-booklets, and e-tracts, than I was before. Here is a link to
a short video on making hyperlinks in Microsoft Word
I acknowledge the existence and value of Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, etc. One ministry associate, who once made quality fifteen minute radio broadcasts aired on radio
stations, and one minute salvation commercials, now makes Twitter blog post audio recordings using his laptop computer and says he has a following of 117,000 followers 17,000 listeners a day, or a million a year. (See I am
very impressed with the morally uplifting pictures and stories that appear on my wife
Harriet's Facebook account, as well as the stunning graphics quality and the built in videos. Harriet set up our Facebook account, and I helped her find some pictures to post,
but, other than that, I have nothing to report since I am not familiar with these other social media avenues.
I did set up a Linkedin account for myself to inform the public of our graphic arts skills
and services to the end that we work with more people doing God's work.
We should not forget videos of sermons and church services posted for free on the
internet, or through more professional venues like high definition Vimeo. An anointed
minister I worked with called me with excitement to say that his meetings were being
videotaped and posted on the internet, and that all one had to do to find them was to
use the popular Google search engine and type in his name Phillip Gladden. In making
his business cards, I decided to write out the actual URL internet address for the
homepage for his videos. There one finds a thumbnail image of each post and a brief
- 248 -
description. These people may have the potential to reach anyone in the world who understands the English language through the internet, but the quality of the posts leaves
something to be desired. My associate started with a hand held camera someone found
in a trash dumpster. There was no hard wired or bluetooth wireless sound connection
between the speaker at the podium and the cameraman out in the audience. At least
they got a start. Now, an internet radio minister has gifted Gladden with a $6,000 camera.
In the 1980's I was involved in Public Access Television, required by law to be provided in a larger city where there is a cable television network, because the airwaves
are owned by the people. These productions have to meet a certain time frame and
quality requirement. Getting a show spot on the cable public access channel costs $100
a year. Training on using the cameras and doing the video editing to make a DVD of the
proposed shows, is required. I took the camera training and was a guest speaker. In the
city of Santa Barbara where I grew up, the average viewing audience was 8,000 people,
I was told! When I worked at the city college, one of the fellow employees in a different
department stopped by and told me he had seen me on TV. The pastor of a local church
turned their show over to another associate of mine. They were blessed to have gotten
the 10:30AM Sunday morning spot. I was able to be a Guest speaker and used the topic, Am I going to Heaven? Afterward, I was able to record the audio tract off the message portion of the DVD, convert it to a condensed file size mp3 format, and post it on a
new page on our website which has a built in software audio player. The pastors of a
church I worked with are very skilled in moviemaking for TV broadcasts
transferred to DVDs. They started out on Public Access Television, and are now plan
to do increased quality shows worldwide via the internet, from their home, using six professional video cameras that were donated to their ministry. Before, they had been using the Cox Communications cable company equipment, and their own portable, but
quality Panasonic camera with a Three CCD circuit, something armatures may not know
existed or wouldn't spend the money to buy. I believe we should represent the Lord in a
professional as well as anointed by God manner, to the best our ability.
- 249 -
- 250 -
Bindery Work
Folding Tracts
Without an electric folder, one should leave the folding of printed matter up to the recipient. My associate, Prince Handley, with years of tract mailing experience, says the
tracts stay in better shape when mailed overseas when they are shipped flat rather than
shipped folded, as the corners can get damaged. The more Modern folders can handle
14” by 20” sheets, have quieting shields, have more than one friction feed roller, or are
vacuum pickup with an air spray between the sheets. Ear protection should be worn
when folding as it is a noisy operation with many folders. When folding printed matter
that has been printed on a printing press where the ink is not thoroughly dry, some ink
will build up on the folding rollers and will have to be periodically cleaned off with press
blanket wash or rubber rejuvenator. The more expensive folders have automatic preset
adjustments since trying to figure out how to make more than one fold in a document is
confusing even though most folders have a chart on them that shows where to position
the two fold plates for various types of folds and sizes of paper. Some may also come
with a perforating and a scoring roller set on the output which is nice. The older single
- 251 -
friction feed roller electric Martin Yale P7200 Desktop Paper Folding Machine that was
donated to our ministry wasn't very precise until I rebuilt it, and now the performance is
amazing! The hardest fold, for me, was the letter fold into thirds. I decided I had to first
not use the second fold plate by turning it around as in the picture below so I could determine which was the first fold and which direction to move the fold stop. The general
guide shown below comes with the folder, but fine tuning the adjustments is still necessary.
Scoring, Perforating, Slitting, Numbering
For under $40 at an office supply store or Costco, one can get a mostly made of plastic hand operated machine for scoring, perforating and slitting, as well as cutting a
rounded corner on a card. The official heavy duty machine for these additional operations (scoring, slitting, perforating) would be a Rollem Champion 990 which properly outfitted in good used condition could cost up to $6,000.
Such is necessary for separating and trimming out
multiple up tract booklets that have been through a
booklet making system. The staple at the fold makes
them not lie flat in a knife paper cutter making the
operation too slow. The Rollem is ideally made for
slitting single sheets but the Rollem USA salesman
says it will slit thin booklets with full bleed covers as
well. Trying to cut booklets on a regular paper cutter
could result in nicking the blade by cutting a staple which would require the blade to be
taken out and sharpened at a saw shop at a cost of $16+. An upright Rollem model also
has a number stamping assembly which is nice for tickets, but this upright model didn’t
seem satisfactory to me for slitting tract booklets. The manufacturer says this is because there is no place for the waste paper that is slit off to collect other than in the machine mechanism. In September 2009, I bought, on layaway, a factory refurbished
Rollem Champion 990 18” model with a 1/4 “ galley slitter, and two deep slitter blade
sets for slitting out Know Your Future booklets two at a time, along with a perforating
wheel set. Two sets of scoring wheels for pre-scoring book covers for paperback books
would be a future addition. Even though I had no credit, The Rollem company allowed
me to make a refundable$1000 deposit. Next I made a payment of $3000. That l authorized them to deliver the machine for free when they are in this area, along with
some training. After delivery I would have two months to pay the remaining $2000 in
two payments. I ended up driving my truck to their USA headquarters in Santa Ana, CA.
- 252 -
Two employees and I tested slitting some booklet samples I had printed on the color lasr
printer. It worked fine. I later got the knife edge slitting wheels which gave a soother cut
than the right angle cutting surfaces. This is an example of how one can purchase
equipment without using a credit card, but only a debit card, even if one’s credit history
has not been good.
Paper Cutter
The Triumph / Ideal model 4705 made in Germany is hand operated, cuts 18” wide, and over
300 sheets at a time. I have one and it is OK. A
new blade costs about $200. I bought the blade at
Print Finishing Solutions in Placentia, CA. These
machines sell used for up to $2500. I paid $500 for
mine. It came with a stand to which I added casters so I can orient it for ease of use and park it out
of the way when I am not using it, due to my limited
floor space. It is necessary to have the 18” capacity model if you plan to make letter size paperback
books with a full bleed cover as the cover stock comes 12” x 18”. The electric model
operates on 110 volts, but weighs over 500 pounds. The even better model has a digital
readout that reads to a hundredth of an inch. Perhaps the best model is electric / hydraulic, like the Challenge Titan 200, has a machined cast iron or aluminum bed surface, and costs $6,000+ used. This was my choice since I want to be able to record cut
numbers for booklet parts and re-punch in the same numbers to have all the booklet
pages be the same size or dimensions when I’m done. The largest models like the
Challenge Champion 305 MPC run on three phase 220 volts which a home shop is not
going to have. The Model 305 has a key pad for punching in dimensions to a thousandth of an inch, but it is noisy.
About the year 2010, on a whim, my wife and I decided to go to an annual printing
equipment vendors gathering in Orange County, CA. I took the trailer towing ball in faith
we might bring something home – we did! We had been looking at the Challenge Titan
20” electric/hydraulic programmable cutter being used in franchise copy shops like
Kinko’s/Fed Ex. The machine is on casters for easy moving, compact, quiet (motor runs
only when the cut button is pressed), and can be set to a thousandth of an inch. It runs
on a designated 220 volt circuit, but requires single phase rather than three phase power. I was told it has to have 230-240 volts or the electronics will not work. The asking
used price for these machines had been $8,500. We talked to the corporation owner
who told us to talk to another salesman and make an offer. At the same moment my
wife and I both, independently, got the figure $6,000, which was accepted. A customer
had refused to buy a machine because the corner of the display was wrinkled, which
made the machine available to us. It has turned out to be a really nice machine. We
- 253 -
got a falsetto clamp, and a rubber pad magnetic cushion for it so it wouldn’t make marks
when trimming bound paperback books. We try to cover all the equipment with movers
quilts/blankets to protect them from rust and dust. One can record all the cut dimensions for a particular bindery job on a 3 x 5” card and punch in those exact dimensions
the next time the job is run! We kept the manual Triumph cutter to be used to clamp
freshly bound paperback books a little longer until the hot melt glue is solidified.
Using the Cutter
After cutting out the business cards I just made on the Ricoh color laser printer, I feel
it is helpful to explain the proper method of doing this. The business cards didn’t have a
full bleed to the edges like the prayer cards on the CD included with this book, so I was
able to lay them out in the landscape orientation, 12 up or 12 to a page, three columns,
with 4 in each column. Sets of trim marks were placed at the four corners of the document, 3/16” in from the edge of the sheet (the printers no print area) and not extending
past ¼” which would cause them to appear on the cut cards. Trim marks along the top
and bottom separate the three 3 ½” wide columns, and trim marks down the sides separate the four 2” tall rows. After the business card document is finished on the front, I like
to add a prayer on the back with the prayer in a PMS 185 color, printed as a CMYK color composite. Then one card is printed both sides. The laser printer doesn’t register the
image from sheet to sheet as well as a printing press, so I use the laser printers bypass
or manual feed tray and don’t use the duplex feature. Some laser printers can’t feed the
business card 12 point card stock through the paper drawers, and can’t duplex it either.
Be careful here, since the document is laid out as two pages for the two sides, and in
printing each side, you must designate that you are only printing the one page, not both.
After designing the document, print one sheet and cut it out on a hand sheer or roller
blade cutter to check for equal margins. When adjusting the backside, a column at a
time, the right column is the left column on the front of the document. Now print the job.
On the color laser printer one could use Kromekote C2S which means the card stock
has a high gloss finish on both sides. If a person’s picture is on the card, one may want
to use an inkjet printer and Kirkland Photo Paper from Costco and print at the highest
quality the inkjet can do. Inkjets seem to have good registration from sheet to sheet.
The photo paper is only glossy on the one side, so the backside would have to be printed on the laser printer since the inkjet does not like printing on the back of the photo paper. The second reason to use the inkjet is better photo quality than most laser printers.
Now print the business cards. The backside is done by flipping the paper 180 degrees
on the long side. One should use long grain paper for business cards as it makes them
stiffer and less apt to bend. If the business cards had a full bleed like the prayer cards
with the Jesus drawing on the front, one would lay them out eight per letter size sheet,
but the two cards on the right would stand on end. That job would be more complicated
to trim out and will not be discussed here.
- 254 -
Before beginning the procedure for cutting out of business cards, two things are to be
kept in mind. First, since the laser printer did not have perfect registration from sheet to
sheet, the trim marks will not be all in the same location on every sheet. Secondly, we
want to make successive cuts from the same edge of the stack to prevent a progressive
skew error. Since business cards only have a margin of about 1/8”, if the edge is cut
crooked, it will be easily noticeable by the type not being straight or parallel with the
edge of the card. Now adjust the cutter for the first cut, but don’t use just one card as
one card could go into the crack between the cutter side guide and its base or the slight
curve at the base of the movable back gauge. We will not cut a stack of cards more
than 1/8” thick either because the cut dimension may have to be changed slightly. As
you lift the safety latch and lower the blade down to the surface of the top sheet, you
can move the paper by loosening the hand wheel clamp and rotating the hand crank
(counterclockwise for a deeper cut and clockwise for less of a cut). The knife blade
edge should be splitting the trim mark you are cutting on after you have brought it down
to rest on the top sheet, but have not cut through the sheet.
The first cut is cutting off the right hand column of four business cards. You will notice that the trim mark extends about 1/32” beyond the screwed down paper clamp bar.
Before screwing down the clamp, make sure the stack of cardstock is jogged against the
left side guide and the back gauge by tapping the side with the tips of your fingers.
One should have predetermined that the back gauge and the side guide are perpendicular (at 90 degrees) to each other. The two ways of checking this are to cut a sheet
and fold it in half and see if both ends align at the corners. The other way is to put a
single sheet in the cutter that is wide, such as a tabloid size (17” long), making a cut
near the edge, then flipping the sheet on the long edge and cutting off about 1/8” if the
cut strip is the same width on both ends, the cutter is properly adjusted. An adjustment
set screw accessed from the left side of the cutter is a stop for how far the blade comes
down. Thus, rather than replacing a worn plastic cutting stick below the blade, or having
to take it out and rotate it to a fresh position, one may be able to turn the screw counterclockwise to lower the blade enough to cut through the whole sheet. When replacing
the blade after sharpening or because it is worn out (reached the end of its adjustment
and can’t be sharpened any further), the sheet metal housing box around the blade is
removed and the Allen screws removed. The blade must be removed and installed with
two screw in bolts or handles, and the two or three adjustment set screws above the
blade must be backed off to allow room for the new blade which is wider. The removed
blade must be transferred and stored in a wood or plastic housing to avoid being injured
or cut by it. When adjusting the new or sharpened blade, put it in with the two handle
screws and pull it all the way up, then insert additional screws so the blade can’t drop
out. With these screws not fully tight and a new plastic cutting stick beneath the blade,
one can put pieces of paper on the cutter table to cover the whole side to side distance,
and then lower the blade slowly and evenly tighten the set screws above the blade until
- 255 -
it just cuts the test sheets. Tighten the mounting bolts, remove the installation handles,
and reinstall the protective sheet metal cover.
Now back to cutting out the cards. After cutting off the last column on the right on a
1/8” thick test stack, fan through the cut stack and see if the cut, on average, came
close to the middle of most of the trim marks. See how much the marks vary as a
gauge of how accurate the registration is on your laser printer. If the cut location is satisfactory, but the right column off all the remaining business cards. The Triumph cutter
can cut a stack over 2” thick as it is designed to cut a ream of paper at a time. If the
blade is dull, it may draw, or move at a unwanted angle as it cuts.
The second cut is the top ¼” across the long edge of the first two columns and the
short edge of the third column. As we make these successive cuts, the same starting
edge is going against the cutter back gauge to keep the cut parallel. The thirst cut is to
make a strip of cards 2” wide, the bottom strip being 2 ¼” wide. Do this three times to
make three strips. The fourth cut is trimming the bottom ¼” off. Now set the adjuster on
the cutter to 3 ½” and trip the right edge off the four cards that were in the third column.
You can double check yourself by looking to see that the trim marks visible down the
side of the paper stack are outside the cutting area, and are in the narrow ¼” margin
trim. Now with the same 3 ½” setting, cut the remaining strips apart by first cutting between the two cards. Lastly, cut the ¼” off the left side of the four stacks of cards that
formerly made up the left column. I noticed I had to change the dimension of these last
two cuts slightly to get equal margins around the prayer on the back. This means the
business cards won’t all be exactly the same length, but if kept in stacks and rubber
banded together, no one will know.
Booklets made from more than three sheets of paper (a 16+ page booklet), look better with a face trim. This trim requires that the stapled side of the booklet be held flat
while making the trim. On some cutters, plastic safety guards don't allow putting a
hand in this area of the back gauge. The cast brass bolt on set of clamps for about
$35 do the job. Trimming five booklets at a time works OK. Some cheaper cutters like
Dahle brand, don't have these fins for attachment. In that case, spring clamps from an
office supply store, are attached to the top and bottom near the fold. Keep in mind, in
designing the booklet document, that there will be a face trip of up to 1/8".
With the wide 25" laminator, we could make posters using tiling of letter, legal, or tabloid size sheets assembled and taped together like a puzzle. Lamination on both sides
added some structural rigidity and kept the signs clean. This older donated equipment
had horseshoe type heating elements which would not work for protecting paperback
book covers because one had to use a slower speed and polyester film which tended to
curl the product. We had tried spraying artwork protect ant on the outside of the book
covers imaged on the 12" x 18" color laser printer, but the spray didn't seem to fully dry
and finished books would stick together when mailed together in a box. We then pur- 256 -
chased the Pro Lam P1200 which has the heating elements inside the rollers which heat
up quicker and can handle thinner .0014" film at a faster rate of speed, resulting in no
curling problem in the finished product and a good adhesion between the film and the
digital 10 or 12 or 14 point thick card stock. It works nicely on multiple up 14 point full
bleed post cards. The finished thickness is .015, just under the USPS maximum thickness of .016. Nylon film would be even better (more tolerant to weather and humidity
changes), but is more expensive, and may not be available in the 11 3/4" width we ordered. A good laminator should have both a top and a bottom heater so one has the option of laminating both sides. We were getting air bubbles beneath the surface, on the
top only lamination for paperback book covers, so we set the heater temperature at
250˚for both rollers and the problem went away. As mentioned elsewhere, the laminator
came in handy for putting a protective coating on the picture side of 4.25" x 6" smaller
post cards.
- 257 -
- 258 -
Utilizing Volunteers to Saving Money, along with Quality Control
to Down on Waste and Cost of Consumables
Visitors watching us work can feel that offering to help
is the right thing to do. Experience has shown me that,
since printing is a skilled trade, volunteers must be
trained and tested, or they can slow down production.
When I was working out of a garage, a black man who
had spent time in prison needed work, so, in one day I
was able to train him to run the Multigraphics 1218 one
color offset printing press I was using at the time. He did
a good job, but was out of money, so I paid him for his
On the other hand, when I was a pressman at the city college, one of the student workers, a nice Christian man, was given the job of making booklets out of the college's
commencement program that I had printed, and my boss had collated. We neglected to
tell the worker that the constant banging of the sets of paper against the stop at the bottom of the input of the booklet maker would turn the worm screw adjuster to where the
booklet would no longer be stapling or folding in the center. This important job was misaligned by 1/8" and no one caught it until it was almost too late. The production supervisor was not happy. Afterward, I put a small ring clamp on the screw to it could be
clamped in place stay in place for the duration of a job. If we had told the worker more
about the machine, this problem could have been avoided.
More recently, we printed enough paper to make 30,000 Spanish booklet tracts, having to print an extra amount because the printing didn't go as expected. Two people
volunteered to help with the bindery work, one with health issues, and an older woman
with Alzheimer's memory loss. We were getting double covers, and out of order collating. Because the volunteers disrupted the concentration of my wife and I, and we didn't
frequently examine the work of the helpers, My wife got the bottom set of booklets intermixed with the top set. The trim margins of the two sets were different. I assumed the
untrimmed booklets were properly assembled when they got to me and I did the face
trim and started on the top and bottom trim on a different machine before I noticed the
problem. Also, the booklet maker had folded some of the booklets crooked, but I went
ahead and trimmed them as is, not realizing that the text would appear crooked on the
pages. We ended up looking at 23,000+ booklets individually for acceptability for a customer who had already paid $1,000 down on the job. After we had managed to save
20,000 good enough booklets, and delivered them to the church 100+ miles away, the
secretary, who had been communicating with us in broken English, pulled a booklet out
of one of the boxes and began comparing it page by page with a previously printed
booklet she had, looking for mistakes. I had told her that if I didn't feel I could do an ac- 259 -
ceptable job, I would refund her money. My wife was sitting in a chair watching, praying
the woman wouldn't find a mistake. She got through the inside of the back page and
started to put the booklet down. I told her she had forgotten to read the printing on the
back of the cover. No errors were found, and the job was accepted, but we learned
some valuable lessons for future booklet printing. We now realize that volunteers don't
have the years of experience we do, and have to be trained and monitored, if we let
them help at all.
Another issue is an accident. Printing equipment has sharp slitting wheels, very sharp
paper cutting blades, and press rollers posing a pinch hazard, and even a tungsten carbide tipped whirling saw blade in the paperback book making machine that mills and
roughs up the book spine before applying the glue and the cover. My wife was trying to
help me late one night by inserting the book blocks or insides, while I removed the
bound book. Occasionally unwanted glue would collect on the carriage as it passed over
the glue tank rollers. She was reaching down with her finger to remove some glue residue before the whirling blades had coasted to a stop. a notch of flesh was ground out of
the middle of one of her fingers. We went to the emergency room which was paid for by
her Medicare retirement and supplemental insurance. In the end, the alarming wound
healed so well you can't tell which finger got bit. If this had happened to a younger volunteer, I would have felt obligated to pay the medical bill myself, since I had no medical
coverage for business accidents. This accident and other accidents could be prevented
if we carefully explain the dangers of operating the various pieces of machinery. Even
though modern machinery has safety shields, accidents can still happen. Also, two people operating one machine to speed production may be dangerous.
Quality control is important and some companies hire a person to do just that. What
follows are some specific things to watch for in doing a print job.
Before starting a printing job, make a “dummy” or mock booklet layout. Have another
person look for spelling and grammatical errors. Spell Checkers on the computer don’t
catch everything. For Example, when I was doing a job for the Foundation for a local
community college, the back of the cover of the scholarships available booklet read:
“Would you Lie to Establish a Scholarship Fund?” when they intended to use the word
“Like”. Print a sample copy on the color laser printer before making a film positive from
which to make a metal printing plate. When making color separations for a press the
Adobe Indesign CS3 and later versions allow one to preview the color separations on
the computer screen before printing them. Check for missing text, as it is easy in a
page layout program on the computer to not have a text box pulled down all the way resulting in hidden text. In the table of contents of a book or booklet the chapter start
pages listed should match what is actually found in the book as making changes after
the first printing can move chapter starts to a different page. All chapter starts should
also be on the right hand side of the book and be an odd numbered page (all odd numbered pages being on the right half of the book). A blank page may have to be inserted
- 260 -
at the end of a chapter to get the next chapter to start on an odd numbered page.
Check to see that there is enough margin in the spine or bound area of the book and
that the text doesn’t curve around down into the spine area where it is hard to read.
Color laser printing is easy and beautiful but expensive. The manufacturer tells you
what the cost per copy is which includes all consumables (for example, toner cartridges,
waste toner bottle, imaging drums, and intermediate transfer belt or photo receptor belt
assembly) but not the paper. On my Ricoh model Aficio c811dn, this is 1.2 cents a
black and white copy for letter size sheets with 20% coverage of toner, and about 6+
cents a copy for printing in color. If you fail to go by these figures you may find yourself
unexpectedly spending $700 (including tax and shipping) for a set of new high yield toner cartridges that are only going to print 15,000 copies. For some laser printers, online
(order by internet or world wide web) companies like, or sell aftermarket Uni-Kits that contain 32 ounce bottles of aftermarket
toner at about a third the price of a factory color toner cartridge. Along with this one
must buy a new “smart chip” integrated circuit board to go on each cartridge which is
refilled at a cost of about $10 each circuit. There is also a hand held electronic device
that resets the existing chip on inkjet cartridges. I bought the one for Epson Inkjet printers. This lowers the per copy cost of laser printing way down. now
has generic brand toner cartridges at almost half the manufacturer’s prices
In Offset Printing on a printing press, perhaps the biggest source of waste is unwanted “toning” of ink in the non printing background area of the sheet of paper. This is
caused by a wrong “ph” or alkaline / acid level in the fountain solution, not using distilled
water, or too lean a setting or a rise in room temperature or warm air blowing across the
press. The ph of the distilled water is lowered to 4.5 to 5.5 by adding fountain solution
concentrate and checking the mixture with test strips or an electronic measuring device.
The easiest remedy to water problems, although expensive, seems to be installing a
Kompac automatic watering system sold by Varn, Inc. The device is set on 2.5 or 3
(pressure between the two main rollers that determines how much water goes through
the nip and onto the printing plate surface), and takes care of itself so the operator can
set the press on a slow speed and do other things without worry while the press is printing. Trying to apply too much ink can cause a condition called scuming. Running certain
colored inks such as certain reds may require a setting that increases the available
fountain solution. Such a Kompac system new probably costs $2000. Pamarco sells a
comparable Crestline continuous watering system, but it has to be adjusted according to
room temperature, so I like the Kompac better. When the room temperature gets above
75 degrees using the two Crestlines (continuous dampening system) on our Ryobi 3302
larger press, I may have to open the two adjustment screws to increase the water. If the
fireplace we use for a heater is going, moisture is taken out of the air, which could be a
complication, and increase the tendency for background toning of unwanted ink. I also
noticed that, on one occasion, the type on the printing plates was getting plugged with
- 261 -
unwanted ink. This was cause by the ph of the water being too high (over 6). I added
fountain concentrate to the Crestline dampening system fountain tray and the extra acidity kept the letters from plugging up.
Universal Smart Chip Resetter for Epson
inkjet cartridges
- 262 -
Buying Printing Supplies / Consumables
Kelley Paper Company, Xpedex, and Unisource carry paper and graphic arts supplies
and are located in most major cities. Individual reams of colored paper or card stock or
color laser 32lb gloss paper are available from office supply superstores like Staples,
Office Depot, and Office Max. The cheapest place I found for standard size boxes of
20, 22, and 24 pound paper in boxes in letter or legal size (but not tabloid 11” by 17”) is
Costco Wholesale which requires a yearly membership fee of at least $50, and accepts
payment by cash, check, debit card, or American Express card. Paper weighs too much
to pay for shipping, thus I try to buy it at Costco. I found out that one can buy reams of
colored paper through Costco’s online website at about $5 a ream with no shipping
charge. This paper is at least $3 a ream more at a stationary store. Costco will even deliver a whole pallet of paper without a shipping charge!
I am running the business in the mountains and the nearest Kelley paper is about 40+
miles away (they deliver with a $250 minimum order), I have been ordering all but paper
through Christine’s Graphic Supplies through her internet website. She now is able to
get almost everything from one source and buys it wholesale and sells it to me at a 20%
markup for her finding it, and she has it sent directly to me and bills me by a virtual
check after she has worked up an invoice that she sends me by e-mail. I like printing
tracts on glossy paper and to do this economically on a printing press I figured out I can
buy a minimum order of $250 of double sided glossy 60 or 70 pound weight paper from
Kelley paper and they cut it down from the parent size to letter size and will deliver it, the
price being cheaper than the 32lb weight color laser gloss I have been buying at Staples
at about $13 for a package of 300 sheets. When we bought six cans of ink for printing
- 263 -
30,000 tract booklets with heavy ink coverage, Kelly Paper in Ventura, CA delivered it to
our home over 100 miles away. We had to meet a minimum order amount. If we set up
a commercial account with them as a business, we could get a discount on what we buy
and wouldn't have to pay the state sales tax if we obtained a California Reseller's Permit. If we were reselling our supplies, by law, we would have to have this permit.
Unisource paper company out of the Los Angeles area would probably deliver to one of
my relatives’ homes in the city, but I would have to meet a minimum order amount and
set up a commercial account.
For packaging and shipping materials and shrink wrap and shrink wrappers, I have
used They have at least four locations around the United States.
Aftermarket toner and inkjet refill kits and bulk feed systems are available from and At we found aftermarket (not remanufactured) toner cartridges for our better laser printer at less than half the
cost of OEM color cartridges. We usually get free shipping from them, and they frequently offer online discount coupons and bonus points. They also sell (without a discount) the major replaceable laser printer components like the fuser unit, transfer belt,
waste toner cartridge, and the imaging drum units.
On Occasion, after sitting and not being used, the nozzles in a inkjet can plug up.
Rather than throw the printer out, one can order cleaner cartridges from Also I was able to find good used Epson 880 and R300 series
printers at thrift stores for under $20 and get them to work. The older models may be
slower, but the aftermarket or refilled cartridges are cheaper than cartridges for the new
models. Also, the newer model Epson Printers like the large format (13" x 19") Artisan
1430, when equipped with a bulk feed system, stop when the internal counter perceives
that an ink cartridge is empty. The older Stylus Photo R320 with the bulk feed system
doesn't stop, yet does six colors, and equivalent quality to newer models. Computer
supplies and hardware and software are available from When it
comes to press parts or color laser parts, they usually have to be ordered by phone from
the manufacturer using the debit card for payment. The laser printer manufacturer,
Ricoh, offers a Church discount.
Here is a list of consumable items I have been using, most of which I got through
Christine’s Graphics Supply. Evidently she arranges the purchases and has the suppliers or manufacturers send the items directly to me for which she gets a 20% markup
from the wholesale prices she pays.
Note: Use no chemicals containing alcohol for working with positive development metal
plates for offset printing presses.
Blanket Fix – Van son Ink Company
ph balance test strips - for the press dampening system solution
- 264 -
Extra Strength Fountain Solution Universal Type product code 15155 Pacific Products,
Inc., Sutter Creek, CA 1 Gallon bottle. This pin colored concentrate is mixed 15 to one
with distilled water to get a ph balance of 5.5 to 4.5 (slightly acid). It works with metal
plates and can work with Genie laser plates. Laser plates may require a background
stray toner remover solution.
Metal Plate Cleaner/Finisher/Preserver 1 quart bottle
Creek, CA
Pacific Products, Inc., Sutter
Sheetfed Offset Printing Ink ISC America, Inc., Wood Dale, Illinois (Oil based Ink),
Van Son inks, Gans inks
Red Runner Dampening Sleeves BBA Nonwovens, Walpole, MA
Antiset-off powder by Varn
P.S.I. (Process Solutions, Inc.) Positive Plate Developer BP
Baseline 4 x 4 cotton litho pads Bulk, box of 500 - at Pressman's Pride
Graphline High Quality Press Blankets. Full Range of Pressroom Chemistry, Hollywood, FL 33020
Safe and Easy Roller/Blanket Wash & Deglaze, at Pressman's Pride
Baseline Cleanup Sheets, Graphic Arts Products
Positive Development Metal plates
Genie polyester instant laser plates
Kimoto Kimodesk Film Positive (matte or clear, 100 sheets per package, size 11" x 17")
for laser printers.
Nubtex woven Shop Clothes
Printer’s Pride Chrome Cylinder Cleaner & Desensitizer
Krylon Matte or Satin Finish #1919 or #1311 Acrylic clear spray paint to darken film
positives, especially in the heavy solid areas. Sprayway also makes a Toner Aide darkener.
Nikken Metal Deletion Pen Positive Remover, fine and X Large tips
Chrome cylinder cleaner and desensitizer
Paperback book covers printed on a color laser printer – Kromekote Plus cover (10 point
short grain works best for flat covers if the covers are scored on the outside before binding ). If 12 point or long grain is used, scoring the cover at the two fold points after printing is helpful. I score the 10 point also. Available at Kelly Paper Co. Approximately $50
- 265 -
to $60 per 12” x 18” package of 250 sheets. This size sheet allows one to make a full
bleed cover letter size book that is 5/8” thick. Kelley Paper company will deliver within
a reasonable distance for a minimum order of $250 and will custom cut sheets from
parent size stock. Xerox Digital Supreme Gloss is cheaper and works just as well. If
one laminates the outside of a book cover, which makes it shine, using glossy or coated
cover stock is not necessary. Coated paper should be coated on one side only as the
non coated book cover insides will adhere better with the glue.
18" x 12" 14 point thick short grain coated one side card digital card stock from Kelly
Paper Company is used for printing post cards 8 to a page on the color laser printer.
When laminated on one side with 1.4 mil material, the total thickness approaches the
USPS upper limit for post cards. Also, our laser printer doesn't handle thicker card stock.
Inkjet photos and business cards: Costco Wholesales’ Kirkland Photo paper. About
120 thick glossy one side letter size sheets per box.
Slightly thicker and brighter paper for book insides and tracts. Xerox Premium Multipurpose Paper. 96 bright, 24lb weight, 800 sheets a package for about $6.83 a package at
Costco Wholesale.
22 lb 96 bright letter size Advantage Multi-System by Georgia Pacific 2,500 letter size
sheets per box. About $18 at Costco Wholesale. On sale, it is $14.99.
20 lb weight 92 bright, Multi System box of 5,000 letter size sheets. About $30 at Costco Wholesale. By working advertised specials with Staples office supplies stores, we are
able to get a few boxes at a time as low as $20 each (maybe even as low as $10).
20 lb box of 5,000 legal size (8.5" x 14") sheets (for 4 up small booklet tracts). Look for a
sale at Staples of Office Depot to get the price down to $50 or less a box.
Press parts, and most other supplies - Printers Parts of Los Angeles and San Diego.
626-447-1155 Arcadia, CA Sam
Umfress, owner.
Bindery Equipment repair advisor - Mat Bond, Copy and Finishing Solutions, Inc., Santa
Maria, CA CFS Products
Printing press maintenance and repair in Southern California - Larry Page, $75 an hour
Covina, CA 626-388-5884
Good Used Printing Equipment, as well as new equipment - Print and Finishing Solutions, Inc., Placentia, CA, Mike Turner, Salesman
- 266 -
Mixing a Custom Ink Color by the Number
The Pantone Matching System® sells (for $80?) a swatch book of 747+ custom colors
made from about nine primary mixing colors. Examples of their base colors are Rubine
Red and Pantone Green. Buying a five pound can of gold ink could cost $80 to $100. I
didn't have any gold ink on hand, and wanted 5 ounces of a gold color for printing
10,000 two color duotone tracts that display a cover drawing of the New Jerusalem
heavenly city. The other color was a reflex blue which I keep on hand because I use it
more often. Here is how to make a custom gold PMS #131 color from the other colors I
had on hand. I examined the three colors needed to make this color (Rubine red, Pantone Yellow, and black), and found I had them on the shelf - they had been donated to
me when a print shop I had worked in had closed. By using the proportions math formula discussed in the previous chapter, I explain here how to make this color. Below are
pictures of the of the sampler book, the swatch I choose, the accurate weigh scale, and
the tract artwork I wanted the color for.
Step one is to find a color that can be made (mixed) from the colors on hand. Then,
in the Adobe Indesign CS5 Page layout program on the computer, I add the PMS #131
color to the swatches pallet. I then select the subheadings text by clicking and dragging
over it with the computer mouse, and select the new swatch color in the swatches pallet
to change the color. In Adobe Photoshop, I adjust the tract document cover art by
changing it to grayscale under the image then mode tabs. I select image again, then go
to duotone. In the window that opens, I chose my two colors, Pantone 131 and reflex
blue. By adjusting the graphs for each color, I can make the picture look the way I want
it. The graphic is saved in the PSD file format. When the graphic is placed into the page
layout program, the PMS (pantone system properties) of the graphic are carried with it.
Thus, when one asks for spot color separations when it comes time to make laser printer film positives, from which to make aluminum printing plates for the printing press, the
graphic is separated into the two colors to match the two colors of text for the two press
Step two is to decide how much ink to mix. I found out that the 5oz I chose was
enough to do what I wanted (i.e., a box of paper printed both sides). By using the PMS
- 267 -
system, one can make more ink if needed, and it will be an exact match to finish the job.
We will use the three numbers listed on the right of the #131 swatch (92.3, 6.2, 1.5).
Step three is doing the math to determine the proper weight of each of the three inks
being combined to make the #131 gold looking color. A minor difficulty is the fact that
the professional Ohaus brand scale was made for the metric system. 28.4 grams = 1oz.
the 5oz. I want would be 142 grams. I want to add the smallest quantity of ink to the
scale first, otherwise the black could get lost in the larger quantity of yellow and it would
be hard to put some back if I added too much. So I will calculate the amount of black to
add first, then set the scale weights and dial to that amount and add black ink until the
pointer sits in the middle, showing the weight is right. If I want to add a piece of paper to
keep the scale from getting dirty, I would add the paper first and then use the adjustment screw on the left end to bring the marker to zero when all the weights and dial are
set at zero.
= 142 100𝑥 = 1.5 𝑥 142 x = 100 𝑥 = 2.13 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚𝑠 Pantone Black
= 142 100x = 6.2 𝑥 142
= 142 100𝑥 = 92.3 𝑥 142 x =
𝑥 = 8.804 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚𝑠 Pantone Rubine Red
𝑥 = 131.066 𝑔𝑟𝑎𝑚𝑠 Pantone Yellow
Using the scale, make sure it reads zero when all the weights are set at the minimum
settings. Ohaus also makes an electronic scale with a digital LED readout that has a
switch to choose ounces or grams. The scale comes with an accuracy adjustment
weight. If the weight doesn't read the amount stamped on it, one adjusts the screw on
the bottom of the scale. As you can see by the calculations above, one needs a sensitive scale for mixing inks. The scale also doubles for counting printed tracts. Make a
stack of 100 tracts, and weigh it. Make additional piles that equal that weight. To figure
out if one has printed enough tracts while the ink is still on the press, measure a stack of
20lb weight printed paper, and divide by 2", then multiply that by 500 if the tracts are one
per sheet.
I set the mechanical scale rotating dial (fine adjustment) to 2.13 grams and add the
black ink until the scale balances. For the next smallest ingredient, the rubine red, I add
2.13 + 8.804 = 10.934 grams. I reset the scale for this new weight, and add the rubine
red until the scale is again balanced (pointer in the middle of the range). Lastly, I add
10.934 + 131.066 = 142 This verifies my mathematics since 142 grams (5 oz.) in the
total amount of ink I had planned to make. I reset the scale's sliding weights and rotating
dial to this new amount and add the Pantone Yellow ink. I remove the dish from the
scale and thoroughly stir the three colors together. I use my finger tip to select an sample, then smooth it out on a piece of white paper. I put the paper alongside the pantone
book's #131 color swatch page, and the two colors should match. It should be noted that
- 268 -
when printing on the printing press, the adjustable quantity of ink applied to the paper
will affect the ink color. The pantone swatch for the color being printed will be needed to
determine how much ink is printed on the paper. When printing the backside of a sheet,
one can make press ink fountain adjustments so the same color on the two sides match.
In August of 2015, we began preparing to computerize and print about 30,000 of the
sixteen page booklet tract Cómo Obtener Paz con Dios. We are reproducing a previously printed booklet for which there is no existing computer document, as far as we know.
We determined by using our Pantone colors swatch book, that the two colors were
standard colors, Reflex Blue, and Pantone Green. We scanned the booklet graphics at
600 dpi, then, under the Image pull down menu, we went to Mode, then Duotone. We
then chose Monotone and clicked on Color Libraries, then Pantone Solid Uncoated. I
then chose Pantone Green. I made the color appear in the tools pallet at the bottom. Selecting the Paint Bucket tool in Adobe Photoshop CS5, I clicked inside the graphic and
the scanned color was replaced with the Pantone Green. The file for that graphic them
becomes a .psd file extension which saved the color information so that when the graphic is placed into the Adobe Indesign page layout program, the PMS color I designated
for that graphic carries over into the Indesign Swatches pallet. When one chooses to
print to color separations from indesign to make film positives from which to make metal
press plates, the imported graphics of a designated color print along with the same color
text and screens or gradients I made in Indesign. CS3, and later allow a color separations preview. I ran into a problem with a green silhouette of people graphic not printing
right or not printing at all, especially when I tried to make a PDF of the document. I went
back and checked the graphic in Photoshop, and the designated mode was RGB and
not Monotone like I had wanted.
I ordered three 2.2 pound cans of both Pantone colors for the job from the nearest
Kelly Paper store and they said it was enough of a sale to qualify for a free delivery on
their truck the next day to our house! Having previously experimented with the Van Son
Ink Co. inks they sell, I decided on the Quickson oil based formulation, as it gave me no
water or unwanted background toning problems on our biggest two color press, and it is
supposed to dry faster. So you don't charge too little for printing expenses, the Reflex
blue ink cans were about $28 each, and the Pantone Green cans about $35 each. Different formulations, cost different amounts, and some PMS colors like gold and Pantone
Purple and Pantone Violet, cost more than other colors, up to $80+ for five pounds.
- 269 -
- 270 -
Making Foreign Language Documents
Foreign Language Translations
When using the Windows operating system on the computer, one should go into
“Control Panel” the click on the “Regional and Language Settings” icon. When I was using Windows XP Professional, I was asked to insert the operating installation CD and
the Asian and Eastern language fonts were installed so they appear in the page layout
and typing programs. Now someone in another country for which you have a font, can
type something in a word document in their language and e-mail it to you by typing in
the body of the e-mail or sending it as a word processing document attached to the email. You will be able to make a text box in the page layout program you have with the
text tool in the tools pallet, and cut and paste in the text they e-mailed you. For Romance alphabets like Russian, German, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Vietnamese, Tagalong, etc., you can type these languages yourself using the special characters found
in “Character Map” accessed by “Start” then All Programs, then “Accessories”, then
“System Tools”, then “Character Map". Something similar is found In Microsoft Word
under the pull down menu “Insert, then “Symbol”, then “More Symbols”. In the Adobe
Indesign page layout program, the one I prefer to use, in the pull down “Type” menu, go
down to “Glyph” and the pallet appears. Put the text tool cursor where you want to insert a special character or letter with a peculiar accent like the French “ç”, then double
click on that character with the mouse pointer and it is inserted into the document. For
languages for which you have no font (the characters of their written language are not
on your computer), you can scan an existing document as a 1200 by 1200dpi grayscale
into Adobe Photoshop clean up the background, then assemble blocks of scanned text
on layers and later merge the layers or flatten the image to reduce the file size when you
are finished with reproducing the document. In my opinion, it is better not to use any
computer based translation program such as “Bing ” to create a document in a foreign
language. These quick translate programs, some located on the internet for free use,
are handy when you get a response or comment to your website in a different language
and you want to find out what they are saying in English when you don’t understand
- 271 -
their language. I found out that a lot of this was advertisements from companies in Russia or Russian women looking to get to America by means of my marrying them! I had
to close the comments feature on our Word Press based website, and put a filter on our
e-mail service to stop the hundreds of foreign language advertisement related e-mails I
had been receiving. Try to find an educated native speaker of that country to do the
translation and have it checked by someone else for readability since some languages
like Spanish have regional variations by country. Also, it is better to retype a language if
you can, rather than scan it as it will be sharper and the file size will be smaller and the
end quality will depend on the output printer device and some image setters can do
2540 dpi! I scanned a gospel tract written in the Oriya language in India, and another
tract written in Arabic. I sent my reproduced tracts to native speakers in both languages,
and they haven't responded to tell me if I did an OK job on the scan.
An educated Latino man waiting for housing at the rescue mission began translating
tracts into Spanish for us, for a tip of about $10. Because he had used hand writing and
not a computer, I had someone else verify his work. The second person thought we
could do better. We ended up with a volunteer pastor's wife from Peru, South America,
who worked with us by e-mail and didn't charge for her help. We concluded that having
only one translator is not the best policy. That person's work should be checked by others before printing the document. I e-mailed Fanny's translation of the Spanish What
Fills the Void tract to the Spanish speaking printer working at the Free Tract Society. He
said two words needed to be changed. I emailed this information back to Fanny, who
agreed that the printing press operator was right.
When you are reproducing a previously printed foreign language tract made by others, never assume that it has been properly translated. Try to find a native speaker of
that language. For example, we worked from an existing hard copy of the French Know
Your Future booklet. We knew someone from a church we attended who was a WWII
war bride from France. Our work turned out OK. There was a question about how to
hyphenate a word in French. It appears that the English version of the Windows 7 operating system for the United States only knows how to hyphenate English. I solved the
dilemma by widening the line of text until the whole word went on the next line. More
recently, I reproduced, and actually printed for a customer, an enhanced version of the
What Fills the Void? Spanish tract. Afterward, I showed it to a native Spanish speaker
with an education, and he said a lot of accents were missing. I was a bit angry that I
had already printed some tracts, and posted the document on the internet for free use
on our website. In another case, the son of a Korean neighbor told us there had been a
change in the characters of their language since the translation we worked from had
been made. We put our work on that tract on hold. When the housing crunch of 2008
hit, and local people sold or lost their homes, a Korean lady and her husband bought the
house across the street next to the Korean neighbors. I rushed over to see the new
owners, and she took the hard copy of the How To Win tract in Korean, retyped it to
- 272 -
computer medium and changed one word. The document I had was a graphic arts negative in poor condition, and the "camera-ready" printed text copy (Velox) was faint in
some areas. Now I was able to redo the document from scratch using fresh text because I had the Microsoft Asian fonts package on my computer. I tried to use the English document layout of the tract as a template, but the columns of computerized Korean
text given me by the new owner were wider. Since I didn't know where Korean words
should be hyphenated, or if they could still read the message if I reduced the point size
of the type (font), I tried to leave the type given me by e-mail as is and adjust the page
layout. I was able to make two tracts per letter size sheet instead of four for the English
version. I made it a threefold instead of a twofold and it looks good! See it here.
On an Oriya language translation for India, even though we were sent the fonts, the
message sent us by e-mail wouldn't display right on our computer. Then the sender
made an PDF of the text. We placed it into the tract document as an image and were
able to size it to fit. The Pastor in India wanted an Easter tract for an early Easter morning outreach in his village, and we didn't have a lot of time to make it, plus the shipping
would take 6-10 days. He took our English tract and translated the text and emailed it
back to us as a PDF. We used our graphics and his text and a different background picture of the resurrected Jesus, and it got to Pastor Naik the day before he needed it. He
was so excited, he sent me pictures of his passing out the tracts as he talked with people.
A missionary among the Kurdish people in northern Iraq, wrote out the translation for
the How To Win tract and it was mailed to us. I scanned the parts and sized them to fit
in an Indesign document. Because there had been a correction using white out, the
clarity of some lettering was questionable. I suggested we print a copy from our document and it be sent back to the translator. Sure enough, we hadn't accurately filled in the
missing parts of one character in the document, and we were able to correct it. See this
tract here.
A Cambodian Bible college student translated Dr. Esther Mallet's How to Live Forever
- There is Only One Way tract into his native language and nicely laid it out in Microsoft
Word for printing 4 tracts to a page like the English version. Because he didn't e-mail me
the Khmer font, there were rectangles where the letters belonged. After he sent the
fonts, or I found them on the internet and downloaded them, I could only get then to display in Microsoft Word. When I tried to copy and paste the text from Word to my favorite
page layout program, Adobe Indesign CS5, it didn't work. I had intended to print the tract
in two colors on our printing press and thought I could use the Microsoft Word document
by making the color separation by coloring text I didn't want white, and then doing the
opposite for the second color which was a brown. When I made the two film positives
on the color laser printer, then made two metal plates, and put them on the press, I
could not get the two colors to align properly. I ended up doing the job in full color on the
- 273 -
color laser printer for a Cambodian festival in a park where the man requesting the tract
lived. See it here.
I had done a Chinese version of this tract using blocks of computerized text sent me
by e-mail attachment. After designing the tract using the English document as a template, I made a PDF of it and posted it on our website. A relative of my wife had come
to visit and brought along his new Chinese wife. I showed her the tract I had made in her
native language, and she pointed out that the blocks of text had been positioned in the
wrong order! I was glad to fix the problem. This shows that Foreign Language tracts require verification by native speakers of the language.
Another factor is being culturally relevant. I made a special version of the French Know
Your Future booklet for the Congo in southern Africa. The original English version had a
graphic for the What to Do now that I'm a Christian page that showed a white family. I
got an artist Nurse to do a drawing of a black African family, then I found a better one.
Remember —Mark 16:10 “And this gospel of the Kingdom shall be published into all the
world.” before Jesus returns. Let’s make it happen so He can return!
- 274 -
Pressman’s Pointers – Learned over 20 Years of Printing
1. Don’t try to do offset printing on glossy paper without anti-setoff spray powder.
2. Using too much spray powder when printing glossy paper may result in friction roller driven collators misfeeding the printed paper. Also when one goes to back up
the sheet (print the backside), and the spray powder from the first side is not first
blown out after the ink has dried, the powder residue in the sheet from it resting
against the sheet under it during the first printing, could result in powder build up on
the blanket cylinder and that powder attracting unwanted ink.
3. Use only distilled water in the press watering system with enough fountain solution
concentrate added to make the “ph” (acid/alkaline balance) of the water between
4.5 and 5.5. When using instant polyester based “laser plates” made by Genie or
other manufacturers, a pink universal fountain solution such as that made by Pacific Products, Inc. of Sutter’s Creek, CA, may work. With these plates, keep the ph
at 4.5. Determine the “ph by a test strip or hand held electronic device.
4. In printing multiple colors of non-collated NCR or carbonless paper on an upright
press with no register table, the speed should be kept constant throughout the run,
otherwise the necessary accurate registration between the collated and glued sets
could change. Even if the sheets are pre-collated in reverse order, changing the
speed of the press during the run may change the overall registration or position of
the image on the sheet
5. Too much water will result in the side(s) of the stack of paper curling upwards, or a
washed out look of the ink in that area of the paper or that area of the ink rollers
losing ink in an integrated watering system.
6. Trying to print in an atmosphere less than 50 degrees in temperature can result in
the ink not sticking to the printing plate. Pointing an infrared heat lamp at the ink
train and fastening it there with its built-in clamp may remedy this problem.
7. In an atmosphere over 90 degrees, the press may not be able to supply enough
moisture to prevent toning of the ink in the non-printing areas of the sheet. If distilled water is not used this issue is further complicated. Even with a Crestline continuous dampening system, in this hot weather, the adjustment screws may have to
be opened as much as 11 notches above normal. Chilling the fountain solution
helps. The Kompac automatic watering system does not seem to be affected by
the warm weather, but may need to be adjusted for additional water when running
certain color inks such as reds. In my experience, the older, non automatic style
moleton (cloth sleeves on the rollers) watering system works best in hot weather.
8. Movement of air in close proximity to a running printing press, whether from a box
fan, squirrel cage roof ventilator, or air conditioner, can speed evaporation of moisture off the metal printing plate surface and cause unwanted background toning of
ink, making the job not sellable.
- 275 -
9. If one is in a hurry and wants to print the backside
of a job right away, dry the printed side stack of paper by using a hair dryer and fanning through it with
the thumb of the other hand. Better yet, loosely put
a handful of paper in an electric paper jogger and
blow between the sheets with a hair dryer. After drying about 300 to 500 sheets, turn on the jogger to
finish that handful. A additional method is to put an
empty paper box upside down over a printed stack
of paper with the free space facing you. using a
bungee cord with the two ends attached to the box,
support a hair dryer pointing up into the hollow and turn it on and leave it running. A
caution here is that heating the papers to dry the ink also distorts the size of the
paper enough that when the unprinted backside is run through the press, one must
recheck the registration or location of the image on the sheet, and possibly make
minor adjustments to the to the input paper stack (side to side), as well as the feed
table jogger and accompanying spring on the opposite side of the paper. Also,
running two hair dryers at the same time in the same outlet may blow the fuse. I
used a separate electrical circuit for each dryer. Adding the jogger to one of the
outlets is OK.
10. On positive development metal plates that are blue in color, one can coat the exposed and developed plates with a solution, and bake it (before preserving it with
process gum or FPC) in an oven for three minutes at 450 degrees and it will then
print up to a million copies without wearing out!, according to the technician at the
developer solution manufacturer. Trying to bake a non blue plate that was rinsed
off with hard water with high mineral content, can bake the mineral residue onto
the plate, and that residue can pick up unwanted ink.
11. On positive development metal plates never use alcohol based chemicals as these
can dissolve the image. Fountain concentrate can also remove the image.
12. On a press such as a Hamada or Chief that jogs the paper with a push or pull
guide, the jogger should move the paper over about 1/8” and the leaf spring on the
opposite side should be contacted by the paper and move out some as a result.
Chromed and knurled wheels should be positioned at the tail of the sheet so the
middle of the wheels just touch the sheet after the front of the sheet has hit the
“head stop” and momentarily stops moving until the impression cylinder input grippers grab onto it to pull it further. The rollers below the head stop have an adjustment and are adjusted for a slight drag on the sheet when the head stop has come
down against the sheet and it is pinched between the rollers below the sheet. The
first two rollers that the paper encounters when leaving the input pile can be adjusted to steer the paper straight as it goes down the register table. The side and tail
- 276 -
pieces against the input stack of paper must corral the sheet so it doesn’t blow
above the copper whiskers when the air blowers are blowing the sheet up in preparation for the vacuum pickup feet coming down to pick it up. These air blowers into
the sides and front of the sheet should float the top 5 to 10 sheets up to the whiskers. When the sheet is picked up it goes past or into a double sheet detector that
can be adjusted ahead of time by sticking two thicknesses of paper in it and turning
the adjusting know until the deflector baffle plate is activated which would divert a
double sheet to a tray below on a table feed press, or stop the feed on an upright
13. On a two color common blanket press the darker color is put on the head or ink
train that lays down the second color after the first color. On the Hamada this is the
ink unit closest to the input stack of paper.
14. On a two color common blanket press, wet ink should not be printed on top of wet
ink except for a small overlap as registration between colors is not always exactly
maintained. The computer page layout program in which the document being
printed was designed should, when making color separations for printing plates,
drop out or knock out the underlying color where two colors overlap and there
should be a slight trap or choke of the lighter color under the darker color being
printed after it. If this is not followed, it may be hard to get the second color dark
enough especially when trying to print type over a solid color background. Without
care, the ink eventually works its way back through the system and the two colors
become slightly mixed due to the common blanket cylinder.
15. When backing up a job right away, printing the backside of a sheet before the ink is
thoroughly dry, some ink will collect on the back or impression cylinder. An impression cylinder cleaner and desensitizer solution can be applied to the impression cylinder with a cotton pad to help prevent this unwanted ink buildup. On the Hamada
one accesses the impression cylinder through the double doors below the feed table. On an upright press, one accesses the back cylinder through the output paper
tray area, turning the operator hand wheel to access the whole surface. Also, not
dry ink on the first three inches of the leading end of the sheet going into the press
can transfer into to the take in rollers which will need cleaning so as not to print unwanted marks on the top sides of the sheet when the second side is being printed.
16. Printing multiple colors on a single color press by running the paper through again
for successive colors is only recommended if one is printing “spot colors” or colors
that don’t touch each other or are not part of the same line of type. Main headings
on lines by themselves are OK. However, I did one four color process job on the
Heidelberg TOK, one color at a time with good results. Usually a two color press
has a better chance of accurate registration in doing multiple colors requiring exact
registration between colors.
- 277 -
17. I had hoped to get a Ryobi twin tower press with two blanket cylinders and a large
common impression cylinder with the city college print shop I worked at moved to
its new building, but I ended up with a Heidelberg Printmaster QM46-2 which turned
out to be an ideal press for me. The Plates are made from the computer on a computer to plate Quicksetter, and the plates are punched in that machine so they go
on the press automatically and come off the same. The press has an automatic
blanket washer and an above average accuracy registration of the sheet for a nonjogger press to where one can do pleasing four color process (full color) jobs two
colors at a time. The press can do 13 by 19 paper size and has an infrared dryer
and powder sprayer. The pressure between the cylinders is done by air pressure
(pneumatic), and there is an integrated lubricating system. This is the kind of press
I would now prefer. In 2012, in my own shop, I got the Ryobi 3302 press I wanted.
18. When a printing press is moved or transported from one location to another, the adjustments of contact area between the ink form rollers and the plate cylinder and
between the plate cylinder and the blanket cylinder need to be checked by inking
the press and engaging the operator lever through its successive detents without
the cylinders turning or rotating. The contact stripe between ink form rollers should
be parallel and should be about 3 millimeters wide. One adjustment changes overall pressure and an adjustment on one side of the press changes the parallel adjustment. The contact strip pattern between plate cylinder (with a plate on it) and
blanket cylinder should be about 4mm. The pressure adjustment between blanket
and impression cylinder is variable by a thumb screw and lock bolt based on the
thickness of the paper being run. One can hand feed a sheet with the press hand
wheel by turning on only the air/vacuum switch. When the sheet has been clamped
by the impression cylinder fingers, adjust the pressure screw until there is slight
contact pressure, then set the lock screw.
19. One can check the sheet to sheet registration accuracy of the printing press by first
running three sheets and picking the middle one to measure the layout of the image
on the sheet compared to the artwork sample with a printer’s “line gauge” which is
also used to get the image or text square on the sheet. One can then run 10
sheets that have registration marks at the edge (that will later trim off), fan or stagger the edge of the sheets and see if, with another edge against a flat surface, the
marks all line up. Also, one can run about ten sheets through the press twice, printing the same thing on them each pass and then look for double image which shows
a maladjustment of the mechanical parts of the press that register the sheet such
as side jogger or pull guide and spring on the opposite side, head stop adjustment,
and side guide adjustments on presses that don’t have a register table.
20. When a printing press is moved to a new location, it should be leveled with a carpenter’s level placed on the top of an ink oscillating roller. In checking for fore and
aft level, put water in the water fountain and the supply bottle in place. Make sure
- 278 -
that the water level is high enough to come above the lowest point of the aluminum
or chromed water fountain pickup roller, and that the water level is not so high that
it will overflow the tank if the press vibrates while running. Running the press at
maximum speed can show how much it will vibrate and if the floor is sturdy enough
under the press. Since the floor I put the press on was not a concrete slab, I first
went below the dwelling and put in extra concrete tiers and 4 x 4 wood segments to
strengthen the floor directly below where the press would go. I recommend this also for items like a heavy paper cutter. Presses have leveling screws with lock nuts
in all four corners at the base and cast metal washers for them to sit on so as not to
dig into a wood or tiled floor. I was able to get by without using the adjusters which
distributed the weight across the two main steel rails that make up the frame.
21. Putting too many additives or too much additive in the ink can adversely affect the
printing performance. If I know I am going to back up (print the backside of) a job
right away, I add three way dryer to the ink. If I am running a fine halftone or
screen on a cold morning when the ink is stiff, I will add some tack reducer to the
ink to make it more pliable. When printing two colors at once, using some tack reducer in the ink train that lays down the ink last will help prevent it picking off the ink
that may overlap below it on a common blanket cylinder press which would result in
ink migrating backwards into the ink trains resulting in an unwanted mixing of the
22. To get good registration of an image between the front and back sides of a sheet,
or when adding additional colors, especially on a press with no feed table and paper input jogger, it is good to jog the paper well before loading it in the input stack.
I was given a Lectrojog brand electric paper jogger for this which now sells for
about $400. Using the computer and the internet, one can look on E-bay and find
cheaper paper joggers for $200 or less. These joggers are most helpful with literature printed on laser printers which induce static into the paper and make it difficult
to jog, before trimming in the paper cutter, or by any other means.
23. If the printing atmosphere or environment is high humidity, rainy, foggy, or damp,
and one intends to wait until the next day to back up a job, the paper must be
placed into closed cardboard boxes to prevent moisture absorption which could
then cause wrinkled sheets when trying to print the backside. This happened to me
when I was printing tracts in December on a ranch for the Rose Bowl game in Pasadena. I printed one side and put stacks of tracts all over the 8 car garage floor to
dry. The next day when printing the backsides on a table top offset duplicator, almost all the sheets wrinkled when going through the machine. One workable solution is to remove the output stack on its dolly from the press and put a empty cardboard box over the top of the stack. By not disturbing the just printed stack, there is
no possibility of smearing the ink.
- 279 -
24. If one does not have the advantage of using an automatic watering system like the
Varn Kompac, or the continuous watering system like the Crestline Altra, one can
still slow the press speed down and run nearby equipment while the press is printing. Note that when the press is slowed down it requires slightly more water from
the water fountain, and when it is speeded up, it requires slightly less water. On a
segregated watering system with moll ten cloth covers on the rollers, the proper water adjustment can be ascertained by looking across the surface of the plate cylinder while the press is running seeing a shine of a thin film of water all the way
across. When the water is too much, water can be thrown off by centrifugal force,
and when it is too little, the ends of the rollers dry up first, resulting in toning or unwanted background ink appearing on the printed sheet on the two sides and at the
top of the sheet. When you see this by examining an printed sheet while the press
is still running, and you manage to increase the water setting by the adjustment
lever or spinning the crank knob on the end, and then adding a few drops of water
to the ends of the water form and doctor form roller, the toning will go away. I like
to be safe rather than sorry so I don’t run the water as lean as possible and on a
hot day I take a cotton pad and pick up water from the fountain tray now and then
and squeeze some on the ends of the rollers where it normally gets lean first. If
there is too much water the output sheet curls and doesn’t lie flat, and the water
may prevent ink from sticking to the ink rollers where it belongs, especially on integrated watering systems on upright presses like Ryobi, AB Dick, Hamada, Itek. After a short stop of the press I spin the ink fountain roller knob or add extra water
with a cotton pad before starting up again to prevent toning. When the operator
lever is then pulled to the first detent which is adding water, I watch the surface of
the plate until all unwanted ink has been cleaned off and there is no evidence of
toning on the plate cylinder. In running two colors at once, the front head operator
lever (the head that lays down the ink first) is turned through its detents slightly
ahead of the second color head operator lever. When both levers are fully on, then
the vacuum switch is turned on to begin feeding the paper.
25. When trimming the three sides of a paperback book, trim the face first. The top is
next with the front of the cover facing up and the face trim against the left side
guide of the paper cutter table. Since the blade moves to the left as it comes down
to make a cut, this position prevents the trim from tearing away in the spine area.
The last trim, the bottom is done with the back cover of the book facing up.
26. When inserting book covers in making paperback books on a perfect binding machine, it helps to pre score the outside of the cover in the two places where it folds
at 90 degrees. The scoring makes for a flatter corner without lumps. Also, the centerline of the two score marks are to be slightly wider than the thickness of the
book being bound. See the illustration in the chapter on making paperback books..
A cheap multifunction table top device for this like the Fiskers or Staples brand
- 280 -
costs under $40 and does a good job, and also perforates and trims. See a variety
of better mechanical scoring devices at Binding 101 on the Internet. The Easies
method is to buy a scoring bone for $8.50, and use a guillotine paper cutter with the
clamp down. Without the scores, the Boway machine I use will not do a good job
with the thicker 12 point cover stock or the better long grain paper. After scoring,
spray the outside of the book covers made on the color laser printer with a fast drying glossy clear spray paint as a scratch protector and shine enhancement. Be
warned that some sprays don't fully dry and stacked books can stick together. A
better way is to laminate the outside, before binding the book, with a 1.4mil laminate on a machine with heaters built into the rollers like the 12" Pro-Lam PL1200hp.
27. I was at my wits end trying to do quality two color tracts to give to the Free Tract
Society. was getting unwanted fuzzy bands of unwanted brown ink in the background or non image area of the printed sheet, and even though I had been printing
for over fourteen years, I could not solve the problem. In my desperation, I told the
Lord that if He didn't solve this problem, I would never print for Him again. Unknown
to me, my wife, Harriet, had been cleaning up the computers area of the print shop
and had placed a stack of my notes on 3 x 5 cards on the corner of my computer
desk. She sensed I was having trouble and was praying for help also. In this round
of difficulty, I had controlled myself and kept my anger and frustration inside. I was
impressed to look through past notes I had made regarding past printing problems,
when I spotted the pile of cards. On one card it stated that adding varnish to the
ink would eliminate unwanted background banding, the very problem I was having.
I added the varnish, and the problems diminished so that I could print for about another 12 hours that day. The next day went even better. In a few days time we
were able to print 140,000 tracts! Psalm 37:5 Living Bible reads, "Commit everything you do to the Lord. Trust him to help you do it and he will." I now feel the fountain solution in a Crestline Dampening System must be chilled while running our
larger Ryobi 3302 press. The smaller, single color Ryobi 3200 also has a similar
dampening system, but isn't affected by fountain solution temperature.
The Summer heat brought the room temperature to 80° before
we put an 11,000 BTU air conditioner in the window. There was
unwanted background ink on the paper (toning), and the ink was
dripping through the ink fountain adjustment gap, aggravated by
two many nights of overnight spray to keep the ink from drying on
the rollers. Blue ice helped. The Gans ink sales representative
told me to add varnish to the ink to make it thicker. He sent me a
can of their varnish additive. it also helped.
In 2016 I concluded that the room air conditioner is not enough to
prevent unwanted background toning of ink. The water in the
Crestline Altra continuous dampening system must be kept
29. When I imaged a metal plate from a film positive I had made from the computer in
the laser printer and then put it on the press, I realized that the image was too
- 281 -
close to the top of the plate - it all fit on the plate cylinder of the single color press,
but when the image transferred to the blanket cylinder, it was not all showing. No
matter how I adjusted the image up and down, the beginning of the document
wouldn't all show on a printed sheet because it was bleeding off the leading edge
of the blanket cylinder. I reimaged a second metal plated, moving the film positive
down about 1/4". Then the document printed perfectly. In the past, the image had
been too low on the plate and an unwanted line of ink would build up on the lead
edge of the blanket cylinder and transfer to the printed stock after about a thousand copies - a real nuisance. Now I could print continuously without stopping until
the output receiving paper tray on the press was full! I then decided, when I finished the job and went to store the plate for future use, I had better measure the
distance from the leading edge to the beginning of the artwork or text. It was 7/8". I
needed to save this information for future jobs on that press. The operator's manual had given me a dimension (a combination of plate bend and 5/16" gripper bite),
but I found a measurement that really works for me.
30. A note I had written from a previous job on the one color press with the Crestline
brand continuous dampening system, stated that, for temperatures up to 71 degrees, and a fountain solution and distilled water combination equaling a ph of 4.5
to 5, I would be able to print with the two adjusting screws in the lowest position. I
was using Van Son Quickson Reflex Blue ink for sheet fed presses. I was having
toning of ink issues, or unwanted background printing of ink, but the room temperature got up to 74˚F. so I turned on the 11,000 btu air conditioner. By adjusting the
output fins toward the press I was using, and hanging a box fan from the ceiling using bailing wire, I was able to focus the cooling on the part of the building where the
press I was using is. The temperature went down to about 71˚, and no ink or water
problems occurred with the press on that job of 20,000 copies.
31. I printed one side of a large job and didn't want to let the paper dry overnight, so I
used the hair dryer and electric paper jogger to speed up the drying time so I could
print the backsides right away. This deforms the paper. The fact that I was feeding
the wide side (11") into the press compounded the issue. The advantage of feeding from this side is that one can design the 5/16" no print area gripper bite for the
paper to be at the top of a small four to a page gospel tract, allowing the side margins to be 1/4" or less, which makes more room for the printed message. The disadvantage is that the grain structure of letter size paper normally runs parallel to
the long side. Thus, when the press blows air into the front of the sheets, the
sheets will curl more (not remaining flat) and some stability of the sheet will be lost
in feeding it into the press that does not have a registration feed table. I was able
to print the first side at a speed of up to 9,000 impressions per hour, but, after the
hair dryer, I had to reduce the speed to 5,000 an hour. Even then, the pile height,
vacuum, and blower adjustments to the input paper pile were so difficult that sheets
- 282 -
began to wrinkle, feed double sheets, and even print crooked when feeding
through the press. Evidently using the hair dryer warps the paper and it doesn't
feed into the press as well.
Maintenance and Repairs
32. The Nu Ark flip top mercury vapor bulb plate exposure box for aluminum press
plates has a bulb that must be handled with cotton gloves and costs over $100.
The machine also contains slow blow short fuses that could blow and have to be
33. Most of the parts that get out of adjustment on a printing press can be handled or
readjusted by the normal pressman who follows the Press Owner’s Manual. Such
repairs are replacement of rollers because, in the watering system, the molleton or
cloth covers of the water form roller or the water fountain doctor roller get dirty with
ink and cannot be scrubbed clean with special cleaner for that. When ink rollers
age, the rubber at the ends becomes enlarged and the contact pattern is not even.
On integrated ink and watering systems, this can result in eventual inability to control the water, especially on a Heidelberg TOK press. The mounting shafts of rollers
can become too small in diameter due to wear from lack of lubrication. The paper
delivery gripper bars get out of timing and nick the paper where they bite on to it to
carry it through the press. The Impression tripper adjustment, especially on a
Hamada 500 or 600 series press, can be a very hard to obtain, hair line adjustment. The contact pressure between rollers and main cylinders, and parallel adjustment of the contacts, are easily adjusted by following the owner’s manual. All
these things should be fixable by replacement of rollers or adjustments that the operator can do, saving the possible hundreds of dollars it costs to call in a factory
technician. My family’s independent philosophy and pioneering spirit, my Father
having been an Electronics Engineer and inventor, have motivated us to watch,
observe, and then fix mechanical /electrical things ourselves. Replacing and adjusting the paper cutter blade is something you can do yourself and is explained in another section of this book.
For printing press parts and accessories, I recommend Printer’s Parts of Los Angeles,
CA. I felt led by the Lord to visit them while my wife and I were on vacation. I got a
very good discount on new ink and water system rollers needed for two of our presses.
Larry Page, a seasoned press repairman working out of their office, took a family vacation to the city of our print shop so he could install the rollers and make other adjustments.
- 283 -
- 284 -
Maintenance, Repair, & Adjustments
Two examples of neglect found on the property where our recovered printing facility is located. Left - a
bean thrasher. 2x4 braces keep it from falling over. Right – remains of a horse era utility wagon.
In science, the Second Law of Thermodynamics, states that things left to themselves
tend to degenerate, disintegrate, or fall apart. In 1970, my parents bought the small
ranch on which our print shop is located, from a collector. The wooden bean thrashing
machine is still standing, but has been propped up with support boards. Due to neglect,
and being left out in the open, the spokes in the wheels of the horse drawn carriages
have broken down and now one sees the iron rings lying against oak tree trunks here
and there. Such sights should prompt us to take care of the equipment God has entrusted us with. Here is a list of suggested items in the print shop that need attention
over time. Some are listed by type of machine. In making adjustments such as the
necessary pressure between rollers and cylinders on a printing press, operators and repair manuals should explain this, and on smaller presses, one should be able to do these himself. On replacing rubber ink and water rollers, which swell on the ends, I have
felt ok replacing them on the smaller press like the Hamada 550/650, or Ryobi 3200.
On the larger Ryobi 3302, I paid an experienced factory trained press repair man Larry
Page with Los Angeles Printing Parts) $75 an hour. He brought the new parts with him
that I had bought while visiting his office in Arcadia, CA.
A couple of years after the Paramco brand aftermarket press rollers had been installed, I was getting unwanted ink toning on the printed copy on the non operator side
of the press. At my wits end, I called Larry Page, a press repairman at Printer's Parts of
Los Angeles, for advice. He said I should do a stripe check for roller to roller contact
pressure at both ends. When I readjusted the pressure screws in the problem area of
the watering system, the toning problem went away because more water was getting to
the plate where it was needed to repel unwanted ink.
Lubrication – the newer printing presses have an integrated oiling system with a pump
handle to distribute 100 weight oil to the main parts of the press. Red dots indicate
small oil holes that are to be oiled with a hand held squirt can. Some machines, like the
paper cutter, require grease where the ends of the blade slide up and down as it travels.
- 285 -
The booklet maker requires oil on shaft ends and parts around the staple heads where
the staples are clinched. Another product, Silicone spray or Teflon dry lubricant spray,
can be sprayed on paper paths in the booklet maker to reduce friction where the paper
travels, reducing jams.
Rust and Dust - on high humidity or rainy days, the wind can blow moisture onto bare
metal surfaces like the paper cutter table, causing rust. Phosphoric acid can remove the
rust and protect the metal. I cover the machines with movers blankets or painter’s cloth
tarps when they are not being used. We put a sheet over the computers and desktop
printers when we are not at the shop. The flip top plate maker box requires the glass to
be kept clean as specks of dirt will transfer spots to the plate surface when the plate is
exposed. These can be removed with a deletion pen when the plate is mounted on the
printing press.
Rubber Sucker Feet and friction rollers. Over time, the suckers that pick up the paper
to feed it into the press become deteriorated/oxidized, or physically worn. I have a
sealed plastic bag of 50 extras on hand. The friction rollers and “O” rings that move the
paper in folders, booklet makers, and collators eventually lose their grip due to ink residue buildup or clay particles from the paper. A strong smelling product called super
rubber rejuvenator sold by the gallon at the Kelly Paper Company, restores and cleans
rubber so it can grip the paper better. I was told, however, by a factory trained technician, not to use strong chemicals on collator friction feed rollers. They are to be removed by pushing the shaft sideways against the sprint and lifting the other end out,
then washing the rollers with soap and water. Printing press rollers, over time, may
need to be washed with a deglaze solution. Supposedly, the non hazardous, low odor
Genie brand non solvent roller wash and blanket cleaner makes a solvent based deglazing solution unnecessary. The Genie roller wash does have to be washed off the rollers
with warm water after taking the ink off. If one uses a solvent based roller cleaner and
blanket wash and orders it by mail, there will be, in California, an added shipping charge
for hazardous material. Also, the cloth shop rags or paper based blanket wipes used
with the solvent wash will have to be kept in a covered metal safety can.
When I used to use more solvent based products, I had a yellow double
walled fire resistant special safety cabinet ($400?) for storing these flammable and stinky chemistries.
Shrink Wrapper – it is a good idea to have a spare heating wire and pad strip, if you
have a shrink wrapper.
Paper Cutter – when the blade gets dull (4,000+ cuts), you notice that the hydraulic
system strains on stacks of wide paper being cut, or the dull blade draws the paper so
that the covers on paperback books do not trim evenly. One can try to use the opposite
side of the cutting blade as a temporary fix. It is good to have a spare knife blade on
hand with its wood or plastic guard. Replacing and readjusting the cutter knife oneself
can be done. Realize that putting in a newer blade being will mean the top adjusting
- 286 -
screws will have to be backed off since the new blade will be taller and need more room
so it doesn’t ruin the plastic stick that the blade comes down against. One should have
a small box of extra sticks on hand also. Their lengths and widths vary depending on
the cutter make and model.
Perfect binder – the paperback book making machine has melted glue in a pot that
solidifies after the machine is turned off. Eventually the glue becomes too old and has
to be drained and discarded. There are small chains and shafts that get hot from the
melted glue at 135°F or hotter, and need hand oiling. The hot melt glue chips can be
expensive, and extras kept on hand. I was told to look up the Brackett company to get
these. A cloth sack inside the machine cabinet collects paper dust from the carbide
tipped grinding wheel and that dust has to be emptied and thrown away when the bag
gets full. Also, a silicone lubricant needs to go on the sliding surfaces of the output nip
clamps, or they won’t release properly and a bound book may not fully release from the
clamps and unwanted glue could get on the surrounding clamps.
Press Adjustments – The most essential adjustment I can think of relates to doing a nip
width or stripe test which shows how tightly the ink and water form rollers contact the
plate cylinder, and whether they are parallel to the plate cylinder with equal pressure on
both ends. The last time I used the bigger press, I added the ink and waited for it to
smooth out over all the rollers. On the front ink train, I noticed the ink was not smooth
on the upper rollers. I found the tension adjuster screw and its lock nut had loosened.
A readjustment solved the problem.
A nip width or ink stripe on the plate cylinder (with a plate on it) is determined by rotating the plate cylinder so all two or three inked up ink form rollers and the water form
roller are over the surface of the plate cylinder with the press stopped. Move the operator lever to where all the rollers are engaged or touching the plate cylinder. Then turn
the lever(s) back to the off or disengaged position. Rotate the cylinder using the hand
wheel or inching button until the stripes become visible. Use a short ruler or measuring
pattern to see that the stripes are 3mm wide, and that the width of each stripe is the
same on both ends. Adjustments under the machines removable sheet metal side covers give one access to the adjusting screws, eccentric cams, lock nuts at the ends of
the roller shafts. If the stripe pattern is much narrower in the middle than on the ends,
the roller has swollen/ deformed, and may need replacing.
The nip width test can also be made between the plate cylinder and the blanket cylinder by inking up a portion or all of the plate cylinder, and then moving the operator lever
and back again so that the inked area of the plate transfers a stripe to the blanket cylinder. Inking up the plate for this test may require first removing the water from the system watering system. The contact between the blanket cylinder and the impression or
shinny chrome cylinder can be determined by inserting a sheet of paper from the feed
table by the hand wheel or inching button until the paper has tripped the switch or finger
for the two cylinders to make contact. If you then try to pull the paper out, you can
- 287 -
sense how much resistance there is. On most presses the blanket to impression cylinder pressure is adjustable. On the two Ryobi presses I have, a turn knob has automatic,
or adjustment settings for thicker stocks of paper. Large presses have bearers, or metal
to metal contact of the cylinder side edges for better quality printing. A packing sheet
placed under the blanket adjust the pressure in the paper being printed. Presses with
a feed table also have a head stop pressure and parallel adjustment that may need to
be adjusted depending on whether one is using thin paper or card stock.
Here are two more items of concern. First, is the air and vacuum adjustment for picking up the sheets from the input tray, along with the two or more fingers that keep the
paper in position and level when air is being blown into the front of the sheet until the
sucker feet come down and latch onto the sheet. A double sheet detector is adjusted to
sense when two sheets are being picked up at once. When this happens, the second
sheet may be transferred to a collection area below the feed table by a solenoid operated diverter baffle, or a whistle may sound and the press goes into idle mode until the
operator goes to the output of the press and pulls out the blank sheet. On our larger
feed table press, the double sheet detector could not be fixed, even with new parts. I
have to run minimum vacuum and minimum air pressure where the incoming sheet is
picked up, and I have to set automatic pile lifter adjuster knob so the pile height stays in
the lowest position possible. If properly adjusted the problem of picking up double
sheets will be eliminated. Otherwise the second unwanted sheet that is picked up may
go into the ink train and disintegrate resulting in a need for washing the rollers before
the printing job is finished. The last item I mention is the levelness of the press when a
carpenter’s level is placed across the top of the top most roller on the press. There are
adjustment screws at the four corners of the press to change this. The Ryobi 3302 has
two addition feet in the middle. When a press in level, the water in the water fountain will
be evenly dispersed while printing, and the machine will set solidly on the floor. The
press should not shake when running at higher speeds. The concrete floor surface on
which the press sits may not be uniformly flat. The adjustable press feet fix this.
A couple of years after the press repairman, Larry, had replaced press rollers, I began having a real problem with the Crestline Altra watering system on our twin tower
press. the non-operator side of the rollers weren't getting enough water, and ink unwanted background ink mysteriously began making a mess on all three of the main cylinders on one printing unit. I had thought it was a chemistry problem like the fountain solution being too alkaline, or, the overnight spray to keep the ink from drying on the press.
Larry said it was likely the new rollers need a parallel pressure adjustment. I tried my
best to do a stripe contact pressure pattern test, then adjusted the problem side accordingly using the built in Allen screws. I also used a carpenter's level and found a slight
readjustment of both presses was needed. Now the Ryobi 3302 press doesn't have that
pesky lack of water problem, which shows the need for occasional factory specifications
checks and adjustments.
- 288 -
Electrical and Room Temperature Requirements
I have suffered so much waste of material, time, and loss of quality due to temperature or climate conditions in the press room, I am writing this to spare you the headache
and heartache. The underlying problem is that offset printing requires a thin film of water
on the surface of the printing plate to keep unwanted ink off the non printing areas. Too
little water results in background toning. Too much water can wash out the ink, curl the
paper, and slow down drying time. Scumming is another problem that can cause ink to
appear in the non image areas. Too alkaline a water fountain solution results in the
copy text plugging (not sharp). Alcohol in the fountain solution can dissolve the image
off positive development plates. If the room temperature is 40 degrees and the equipment has been sitting idle in the cold all night, the ink may be so stiff it won’t stick to the
surface of the metal plate. I took an infrared heating lamp with an squeeze clamp fastener and fastened it so it put heat on inking system. On the opposite temperature
spectrum, when it is too warm (above 80°), there can also be problems with the ink. If
overnight spray had been used a couple of nights in a row on the ink train to save having to wash the ink off the rollers so it won’t dry on the rollers, on a hot day, the properties of the ink can change enough for the ink to run through the metering (adjustment)
gaps and drip and make a mess. I C-clamped a frozen Blue Ice (self contained no drip
ice substitute) to the ink fountain tray, to cool the ink. When using certain colored inks,
like the Pantone 185 red, more water to the plate may be required to prevent toning,
even on automatic watering systems like the Kompac. Watering systems that are described as continuous, like the Crestline brand, require counter clockwise opening of the
two knurled adjustment knobs to increase the water when the room temperature rises to
near 80° and above. An alternate solution is to cool the fountain solution in its dispenser
bottle by storing the mixture in a refrigerator, or putting crushed ice made from distilled
water, in the bottle. One could also put ice cubes in a zip lock bag and rubber band the
bag of ice to the water fountain bottle. One brand of Blue ice freezing solution comes in
a plastic container with an inward curved recession on one side to conform to the shape
of the fountain solution supply bottle. Another winter weather related problem is the
printed paper collecting moisture when it is left out to dry. In December, about 1982, I
had printed one side of 50,000 testimony compilation tracts. The chaplain of the Rose
Parade had contacted the Christian football players from the two teams playing in the
rose bowl game that year, and gotten their pictures and written testimonies. I didn't have
the experience I have now with desktop publishing, so I paid a local graphic arts service
bureau about $80 to make a paste-up, a negative, and a metal plate for a two to a page
gospel tract. I printed one side and spread small piles of paper all over the multi car
garage’s wood floor. There was no insulation in the walls, just galvanized sheet metal
panels. The paper had absorbed so much moisture by the next day, that I couldn’t stop
- 289 -
the paper from wrinkling when I printed the backside on a bottom of the line tabletop offset duplicator. Now I know to put the paper in a paper carton and put a lid on it.
The conclusion is that the room temperature should be between 60 and 75 degrees
while running an offset printing press (and also an image setter which makes metal
plates from the computer, I might add). For summer heat, I put an 11,000 BTU window
air conditioner in the small window about 5 feet from the two sets of ink and water rollers
on the biggest press. In addition, if the temperature gets up to 75 degrees, I plan to
open the adjusting screws on the Crestline continuous watering system one or two
notches. Having the building doors or windows open and a warm breeze blowing
through can also evaporate water off the press plate surface while the press is running,
resulting in toning or unwanted background ink in the non image areas of the paper being printed on. Evidently, even the cool air from the air conditioner blower can cause this
unwanted evaporation. Anticipating hot air being trapped in the dome of the Quonset hut
printing facility, along with fumes from press solvents and chemistry, we installed two
squirrel cage electric motor blowers, one on each end of the building, against the ventilation slots found at each end. There are non smelly cleaning agents like Genie Safe
and Easy, but they don't seem to clean as well as or dry as fast as the more expensive
fast drying environmentally hazardous solvents. I recommend not running the building
exhaust fans while the presses are running but while they are idle during times of
changing and registering another set of plates, or loading or unloading paper.
For the winter cold, I bought a forced air 40,000 BTU propane heater from Harbor Freight Tools which can raise the
inside building temperature 10° in 15 minutes until the wood
burning stove we put in catches on. After that the propane
heater must be turned off because it takes breathing oxygen
out of the air. I bought a Kiddie brand carbon monoxide detector/alarm and set it next to the propane heater. In California, propane heaters used indoors are required to vent to the outside through the wall or
roof. I found I can put the forced air propane jet heater from the Harbor Freight tool
company on a plastic crate so the fan or air input end can tuck into the front of the
Wedgewood stove with the stove wood loading door open. This serves as a roof vent for
the gas heater by using the 6" diameter fireplace chimney. The fireplace/stove, had to
have a sheet metal chimney with a spark arrestor going through the roof and extending
two feet above the highest point of the roof. Also, a hand adjustment baffle in the chimney about 2 feet above the stove was helpful to keep more heat inside the building. A 2’
electrical box fan hangs on one of three hooks above the stove and close to the chimney to blow the heat into the room. The older stove has a dish built in the top for water
to act as a humidifier. Evidently the stove can take so much moisture out of the air, that
the printing press plate surface can dry out, resulting in unwanted toning of ink in the
non printing areas of the paper. I close with the comment that painting the corrugated
- 290 -
roof with white reflective Henry’s Solar-Flex thick latex roof paint ($111 a 5 gallon pail),
or the more expensive Rustoleum ($35+ a gallon), keeps the sun for overheating the
building. Putting R 32 insulation in the interior ceiling and walls and adding dry wall can
also reduce temperature changes between day and night.
Electrical - When my father gave the okay to remodel the Quonset hut on the ranch
and turn it into a print shop, the metal building was not insulated, and there were only
two or three overhead porcelain light sockets for incandescent bulbs. Buy screwing a
plug receptacle into the lamp socket, we were able to get enough electricity to do construction using an extension cord connected to electric drills and a cut off saw. For
printing purposes, we would need 220 volts to run the larger printing press, the plate exposure box, and the paper cutter. The owner of the corporation that sold us the cutter
told us that it required at least 230 to 240 volts for the electronics to function. If not, I
would have to buy a Buck-boost transformer to raise the voltage. The long length of #2
aluminum wires from the main house can drop the voltage under the load of running
several pieces of equipment at the same time. I measured the no load voltage and got
241 volts. However, on occasion, the machine would not initialize when I turned it on,
and I would have to turn off other equipment then restart the cutter.
My father had told me that the ranch electrical system was already taxed to capacity,
and if I wanted to build my own print shop, I would have to supply my own source of
power. Outside the Quonset hut was a junction box where three #2 aluminum wires
(capable of handling 90 amps of current) came from a sub panel in the addition to the
main house. These wires were connected at the house to even smaller wires. The result was a voltage drop under heavy usage that could drop the voltage down to as low
as 107 volts when wall heaters were being used. This may have resulted in our paperback book binding machine not working either. Putting in a new power pole next to the
Quonset hut as an extension of the utility pole feeding the main house, would have cost
up to $7000, and new zoning only allowed one pole per house, unless it was for a water
well. The maintenance man living on the ranch came up with a doable solution.
The power company came and approved an upgrade at the main house from a 100 to
a 200 amp service. The maintenance man put in the new panel and the county inspector
gave approval for the Edison Company to switch power to the new masthead and panel.
Then the family began working with a licensed electrician. After the inspector gave the
final inspection, an additional 100 amp circuit and copper wires were put in to connect
directly to the junction to the Quonset hut. Now we are getting 116 to 118 volts (and
240 volts) inside the Quonset hut; and the voltage should not drop significantly when
there is a load on the system. Two non electrician apprentices had worked together
with me to make a 100 amp panel inside the Quonset hut that meets county electrical
codes. We ran duplex outlets every eight feet around the inside walls, and put in two
ceiling fans and two rows of florescent lighting divided into four sections controlled by
- 291 -
four switches at the entry doors. We added designated 220 volt outlets for the plate exposure box, bigger printing press, and hydraulic/electric programmable paper cutter.
Room Temperature - my real world experience
Too much heat causes two printing problems. First, when printing above 75 degrees,
some ink brands can become so thin that the ink begins to run through the metering
crack where the inkwell meets the ink fountain roller. The Gans Ink sales representative
for our area told me he would send me varnish to add to and thicken the ink. It worked.
Second, if one uses a press with the Crestline brand continuous watering system used
on two of our three printing presses, the water need to be kept chilled. Cooling the room
with an 11,000 btu air conditioner in the small window near the big press didn't solve the
problem because the moving air over the press plate cylinders evaporated water off the
plate. The Air conditioner can be used when the press is not running, e.g., during the
time one is changing plates and registering the image a new set of plates, or when loading a new stack of paper into the input. In the evening, when it is cooler outside the
building, one can turn one or both of the two squirrel cage exhaust fans located at the
apex of both ends of the Quonset hut. When I did that, the room temperature went down
5o in under ten minutes. Before that, I opened the main entry door, leaving the screen
door shut, with a box hanging on it to suck in cooler outside air. I am reluctant to run any
fans while the printing press is also running because I believe the moving air in the room
will have an adverse effect on the printing.
A press repairman with years of experience told me that our Crestline brand of watering system is not made to be adjusted by the two thumb screws that are loosed when
not printing to prevent flat spots from developing on the rollers. I had tried opening the
screws, but the printed image would begin to lighten and looked washed out. The answer is to have refrigerated bottles of chilled fountain solution, and, wrapping flexible
frozen blue ice packets around the two water bottles and securing them with a small
bungee cord. From now on, I don't plan on doing any printing without chilled and distilled
water in the fountain solution with just enough fountain concentrate chemistry to bring
the ph balance (tested with a litmus paper strip) to 4.5. On the internet I found stand
alone chiller machines that connect to the press watering system.
It is interesting make a contrast with the older style manual adjustment moleton watering system that came out on printing presses like our Hamada 550 two color press
built in 1983. I was using it to print a one color black ink only job inside a mobile home
when the temperature was 100o. I don't remember having a lack of water problem then. I
could look across the surface of the plate cylinder as it was turning and see a thin film of
water. If necessary, I increased the adjustment so the cloth covered water system transfer roller contacted the other rollers longer to apply more water to the plate. The Red
runner brand of roller covers seemed to work better and collect less ink. On the next
page, find a picture of how the blue ice packets can be used to chill the fountain solution
- 292 -
in a continuous watering system. I would even suggest using Velcro fastener material to
secure a block of artificial ice to the underside of the water fountain tray, if one can still
open the safety guard to access and clean the press cylinders. The larger presses have
a pump that circulates the water in the tray through the chilling device, and back to the
tray again. Here is a link to one of these stand alone chiller machines.
The Summer heat brought the room temperature to 80°
before we put an 11,000 BTU air conditioner in the window.
There was unwanted background ink on the paper (toning),
and the ink was dripping through the ink fountain adjustment
gap, aggravated by two many nights of overnight spray to
keep the ink from drying on the rollers. Blue ice helped.
Adding an 11,000 btu air conditioner in the small window
near the press to cool the whole room, didn't solve the watering system's need to be chilled, and caused the problem
of air blowing across the press plate cylinders and evaporating needed moisture from off the plates resulting in unwanted toning background ink in the printed sheets.
From 1993 to 1996 I was hired to do printing in a warehouse with two large roll up
doors and no air conditioning in main work area. Temperatures would range from the
50s in the winter to 90+ in the summer. Even though the company bought a Crestline
brand continuous watering system for the Itek 975 one color press I was running, we
had problems with unwanted background toning, especially when we used an Itek 430
camera imaged Mitsubishi Silvermaster technology paper plates with colored ink. It was
also a dusty environment. I think a big part of the problem was not using distilled water
for the watering system and not keeping that water chilled. With regular tap water, the
dried minerals on the plate surface can attract unwanted background ink, and the ph of
the water is so alkaline, that it can't be brought down to the needed 4.5-5.5, no matter
how much fountain solution concentrate is added.
- 293 -
- 294 -
HIS Print Accomplishments
To show that a relatively unknown and small Christian print shop, working out of a garage or residence, can, through a connection with larger more visible evangelistic ministries, produce some significant projects, consider the following:
1. In about 1980-81, using tabletop AB Dick and Ricoh brand offset duplicating machines, 50,000 Action League testimonial
tracts were printed for the Pasadena Rose Bowl game. Evangelist Sondra Berry Young, who had grown up in Pasadena and
become the official chaplain of the yearly parade where she coordinated a couple of hundred believers in evangelizing the one
million visitors to the parade. She contacted payers on both
football teams playing each other that year who were Christians, and got a short testimony and their photos. We paid a local graphic arts provider to assemble these into a tract on a metal printing plate to print it in black and
white. Thousands of Welcome to Pasadena two color tracts with the official parade
rose flower logo were also printed.
2. Sondra worked with the Holy Ghost Repair Service in Hollywood, CA which I had
discovered when working in a Photography Studio there, when a new evangelist
friend and I were passing out tracts we were given by a tract supplier in a nearby
city. When I had moved back to Santa Barbara and begun printing out of a car garage on my parent’s ranch. I was able to reprint thousands of drug related tracts like
What Fill The Void?, The Dealer, and High Times.
3. About 1998 Sondra connected me with a ministry in New York for which I reproduced 5,000 copies of Gwen Shaw’s Who Is Jesus? Tracts in the Tibetan language
for Tibet.
4. Sondra connected me with one of the Henderson brothers of Soldiers For Jesus and
The Power Team. They were leading a weekly street ministry on behalf of Trinity
Broadcasting Network out of the Bear Street, Costa Mesa, CA headquarters. I printed in two colors, and delivered for their use, 11,000 of the Who…?
Tract I had felt inspired to create. It is now posted in full color for
download from the website my associates and I
5. Again, Sondra connected me with Mel Rolls of Rescue Atlanta in
Georgia who made specialty tracts for big parades and celebrations
around the country. Using two color negatives and art work they
provided me, my college Print Shop supervisor and I were able to
make two color printing plates for a press and make thousands of
tracts for both the Savannah, Georgia Saint Patrick’s Day Parade,
and the weeklong Mardi Gras festival in New Orleans, Louisiana.
- 295 -
6. About 2002, I converted Mel Gerrard’s Know Your Future booklet tract to a computer
in English, Spanish, and French. Two friends and I made, donated, and delivered
32,000 Spanish booklets to the Los Angeles Free Tract Society to go to Cuba.
When we purchased a used twin tower exact registration Ryobi 3302 press about
2011, my wife and I began making these English and Spanish booklets by the thousands. I now have the French translation ready on the computer to print those when
7. Prince Handley,, worked together with me for a year out of a
garage rented on the Eastside of town for about $120 a month. We made tens of
thousands of his Mini Series tracts which he later told me had a great impact.
8. From the Lower Eastside of Santa Barbara, CA garage, I worked with Pastor Clayton
Golliher of Hope For Homeless Youth at the Dream Center in Los Angeles, CA. A
man in his program had been a warlock or wizard. I took my Desktop Publishing
computer setup to Pastor Clayton’s garage and we put together a tract, I Was a True
Harry Potter Experience. We printed over 30,000 of them in black ink and they were
distributed to young people in the Los Angeles Unified School District, warning them
about the dangers of occult involvement.
9. Tens of thousands of tracts were printed and distributed locally, mostly at big yearly
parades like 4th of July, and the Fiesta Parade. I am still supplying area Evangelists
and Churches with custom tracts with their contact information on them.
10. Boxes of tracts were printed and mailed to Sondra Berry Young Ministries in South
Africa. Through one tract I wrote, Who…?, She led thirty men to the Lord in a parking lot.
11. Boxes of tracts have recently gone to Africa and Brazil.
12. I began printing one of the tracts I designed, Why John 3:16?, along with Conozca
Su Futuro Spanish booklet tracts by Mel Gerrard, for the Free Tract Society in Los
Angeles, CA.
13. In 2015 I have been asked to reproduce two out of print tracts that the people using
them say are their favorite tract. After attempting to contact the original printers and
receive copyright permission, we have gained enough computer skill in using Adobe
Creative Suite CS5 to scan and reassemble the tract parts for printing more expensive short runs on our color laser printer. If the customer wants thousands of tracts, I
proceed to separate the tract into two colors for our printing press.
14. We have also prepared computer tract documents for the Free Tract Society of Los
Angeles. I send an Adobe Acrobat PDF of a two color tract document to a service
bureau that uses their expensive professional grade image setters to make film negatives that are then mailed to the FTS who strips the negatives into masks, burns
press plates, and prints and distributes the tracts. I took the time to print 10 two color
tracts I wrote and designed, putting the FTS address on them. I delivered about 1200
- 296 -
of each as a gift. They have started using our tracts, are putting them in their sample
packets, and have already asked us to print them more of a few of our designs.
15. An associate ministry that distributes tracts to other countries has been paying us to
print, package and ship the tracts. In about two weeks, we printed 60,000 Portuguese Como Vencer (How to Win) tracts for Brazil, and mailed out over 40,000 of
them through our local post office. Now a Spanish Pentecostal church in the Los
Angeles area, has asked us to reproduce from a hard copy sample, a Spanish booklet for them. When they get their website running again, we are ready and feel confident to print 30,000 of these booklets, getting paid 10 cents each for the first 20,000,
the rest going to the Free Tract Society, and some for us to have on hand.
16. I was told, prophetically, that I would train others to do what I do, so I downloaded
the trial or free version software called Microsoft Expression and Screen Capture.
Now I can capture to video what appears on my computer screen as I design tract
documents. These 10 minute video clips are then converted to a WMV (Windows
Media Video) file format and uploaded by internet, along with sound, and a thumbnail
picture and short description, to become free You Tube training videos - a show and
tell on doing Christian Evangelism desktop publishing.
17. Here is a neat story of how I worked with a group of Christians from different part of
the world to make two gospel tracts ready to print and to post on our website.
In April of 2016 I received by e-mail a request from Stephen Tan to finish two
tracts: Discover How You Can be Sure of Going to Heaven at the End of Your Life
and Entry into Heaven is not Bought, Earned, or Deserved - So What Must I Do to
Go to Heaven? They had been laid out on A4 size paper in Microsoft Word as a
three-fold. They were full color. The cover graphic needed to have some black areas
changed to a dark green. The three inside graphics were too low a resolution (less
than 300 dpi) and the lettering in these graphics had been made in Photoshop which
has to be rasterized which made it hard to read in the small point size it was typed in.
The tracts needed to have the inside columns flipped upside down on the same
sheet so two tracts could be printed from a one page document. A student in the
church Stephen attended had made the graphics in Photoshop, but Stephen didn't
want to bother the person any further as he felt it would interfere with his or her
He began to search the Internet for help and came across the website started and managed by Joe and Laura Rich in the Eastern United
States. In 2009, when was searching for a domain name for our website, I found and
began corresponding with the Rich family. They had helped a lot people design
tracts, and had quite a few connections to tract makers listed on their website. Our
ministry and domain name had also been added to their website, along with a tab or
section just for us. Stephen saw this and e-mailed us, then sent us by attachment,
the two tract documents in the state of development he had left them.
- 297 -
I hadn't worked with the A4 paper size before. I first fixe his graphics in Photoshop. Using the Clone stamp tool, I erased the fuzzy small text, replacing it with
the background color. I found a walking man from another similar type tract we had
worked on, and replaced the blurred man. The arch made gray dashes was removed. I redid the text and curve in Adobe Indesign CS5 after I placed the graphics
into the A4 paper size Indesign document I created. Then the text was sharp. At
first I had thought I could continue working on Stephen's tract in Microsoft Word,
but I knew indesign would be easier and positioning the various parts more exact. I
was able to draw text boxes and cut and paste the message from Word into
Indesign. I was able to copy the text off his page two and paste it upside down on
page one to make the document a two to a sheet work and tumble. I used the Magic Wand selection tool, the Paint Bucket tool, and the Swatches Pallette in Photoshop to turn a black leaf on the cover image into a dark green.
I made a PDF of my Indesign documents and emailed them to Stephen as attachments. He took the computer files to the Library and printed and folded the
tract, but it didn't fit right on the paper. He took a picture of his printed sample and
e-mailed that to me. At first I thought he didn't know how to print the document or
he had used the wrong size paper. I had put the center guide for the A4 paper layout in the wrong place and not at the half way point. I corrected this, then printed
the document on our color laser printer on a larger size piece of paper, telling the
printer software to center the image on the sheet. I measured and marked 3/16"
borders around the document (the smallest margin our laser printer allows). I used
an razor blade and a straight edge to trim out the tract from the 11" by 17" tabloid
sheet I had printed it on. When I folded each half into thirds, the tracts looked
beautiful. I took a picture of my finished product and e-mailed it to Stephen to show
him the job could be done with the second set of PDF documents I had also emailed him.
The A4 paper, and Stephen using the British spelling of certain words like baptize, and his English writing proficiency go me curious about what country he had
been e-mailing me from. Then, in an e-mail he disclosed that it was Auckland, New
Zealand! Then I remembered that a man named Trevor and his wife also lived in
that city. They also had a tract printing ministry and shipped full color tracts free of
charge to anyone requesting them, as funds and printed tract availability allowed.
They had a similar domain name to our, I had e-mailed Trevor
before, so I e-mailed him again and asked if he could help Stephen Tan get his
tract properly printed on their A4 paper size from the two PDF documents I also attached in my e-mail to Trevor. I gave him Stephen's e-mail address and he said he
would contact him and offer his help.
Soon after that, Stephen e-mailed again, delighted that he has successfully
made a good looking tract from the second set of computer documents I had sent
- 298 -
him by attachment. He was eager to get a printer going at his home so he could
start printing the tracts for himself and anyone else who wanted to distribute them.
On the last panel of his tracts he stated he would give the tracts to others wanting
to distribute them. I then felt like the Lord wanted me to e-mail the Rich family to tell
them the good news about how we had all had a part in working together on this
tract project. Joe Rich responded - he too was uplifted and encouraged.
To God be the glory
Great things He hath done
So love He the world
That He gave us His Son
Who yielded His life
An atonement for sin
And opened the life gate
That all may go in!
Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord
Let the earth hear his voice
Praise the Lord, Praise the Lord
Let the people rejoice.
Oh come to the Father
And give Him the Glory
Great things He hath done!
- 299 -
- 300 -
Services Offered by HIS Print Media Ministries
(What Other Christian Shops Might Offer)
1. Develop your tract or audio testimony idea into something beautiful that can be printed by you, or this ministry, and be posted on the internet with the idea of reaching
more people with our evangelism creation. For example, see the website post of A
Father’s Steadfast Love which started with a phone conversation from a family in
Texas that had seen the website. A hand written message and hard copy photographs were mailed to me. I developed the tract, turned it into a PDF, attached it to
an e-mail, and sent it. The family used their computer to view the tract and suggest
a couple of minor corrections, after which I printed and mailed the document. They
mailed a suggested contribution for cost of materials. The tract and accompanying
prayer card were posted on the website for reading and printing by anyone. When
the family made a trip to Malaysia where the mother was raised, we worked together
to make and print a Traditional Chinese version. We don't charge for our labor on
these ministry related projects.
2. Making quality audio testimonies to post on the testimony section of the website, or
burn on CDs with full color labels printed directly on the CDs. The free download
Audacity program is used to edit and enhance the testimony. The Dragon Naturally
Speaking Preferred 10 program by Nuance, and a microphone headset can convert
an audio testimony to computer text then to a printed book like That’s No Problem
For The Lord!
3. Converting a preexisting hard copy document or tract to computer medium for printing on a color laser printer, or one or two color offset printing press. We haven't been
charging for our computer work.
4. We now convert the printing press or laser printer computer documents to Adobe
PDF interactive read order e-tracts, e-booklets, and e-books for smart phones and
tablets with touch screen displays. The pages are turned with a side swipe of a finger
tip on the display.
5. Printing gospel tracts or evangelistic discipleship training materials / literature at
about 5 cents a tract on the 40 page a minute color laser printer in quantities up to
1,000 copies.
6. Printing, for 2 to 4.5 cents a copy, the above in one or two colors on an offset printing
press that can handle up to legal size documents, at speeds up to 8,000 an hour, at
a couple of cents a copy. At a later date, as working space increases, an 11” by 17”
full bleed tabloid size press currently owned by the ministry can be utilized. At the
present time, this larger press would only be able to print one color at a time without
exact registration between colors.
- 301 -
7. Printing tract size 2” by 4” to letter size stapled booklets (the size after it is folded in
half) up to 40 pages, or about 36 pages with a thick cover. The cover can be full
color and printed both sides. The content can be 11” by 17” black and white or full
color in limited quantities. 5 ½” by 8 ½” tall or 7 ½” by 8 ½” tall booklet insides can
be printed in one or two colors in mass quantities on the printing press. Small two
color tract booklets of 16 pages can be printed on the printing press as cheap as 2.5
cents each. The reason they are cheap is that the labor is donated. A 5 ½” by 8 ½”
letter half booklet of twelve pages with a full color cover an black and white inside
pages can be as low as ten cents each with donated labor, for examples, see the
Know Your Future booklet posted on the website and also Seven Things God Wants
Us To Know. For clarification, my present low end model O & M series 60
Plockmatic booklet maker that staples and doesn’t stitch, can handle ten sheets of
20lb weight paper in the input (a 40 page booklet). Newer models can handle 22-26
sheets at a time (a booklet up to 100 pages). These thicker booklets tend to not lie
flat near the stapled edge. Such would also look better with a face trim. Doing more
than 12 sheets would require running two tower collators in tandem or hand collating
he booklet parts before running them through the booklet maker. Thus, making
thicker booklets would best be done on a more expensive booklet making system
like the Duplo 5000 that can also include a spine crusher (at $8,000 additional?).
Some newer models make a square fold like a paperback book, even though they
still use staples.
The current equipment number of sheets limitations of HIS Print Media Ministries
suggest that stapled booklets be a maximum of 40 pages or 10 sheets of 20bl weight
paper. We do have a slower heavy duty saddle stitch machine that can do an 80 page
booklet which is so thick it doesn't lie flat. Perfect bound or paperback books should be
at least 100 pages if one intends to print the title of the book in the spine area - that
would only be about .12” or 1/10th of an inch thick in the case of 100 pages. One solution here would be to take a letter size book and make it letter half so it would be twice
as thick, an possibly be faster and cheaper to print and easier on the limited copy life of
color laser printer parts and consumables since the books are now laid out two per letter
size sheet and twice as many books are printed in the same time span. However, don’t
leave it up to me to layout the books two to a page in Microsoft Word as I’ve tried it and
can’t get the same page numbers to print two per page on both halves of the same letter
size sheet. The best I was able to do was print a letter half book in reverse collation order on the left half of the letter size sheet, then flip the printed book set 180 degrees on
the long edge and print on the other half in straight collation order. When the stack is
cut in half, it yields two letter half book contents. The difficulty is that the smaller letter
and legal size color laser printers that duplex can print a letter half sheet fed the narrow
say, but larger format tabloid printers won’t feed the letter half sheet, but do well with a
letter side sheet fed from the 11” side .
- 302 -
8. 5” by 8” paperback books with a thick 10 point gloss full color cover and black and
white inside pages, all one on a color laser printer which automatically collates the
sheets and puts out complete book sets read for covers put in by the perfect binding
machine, cost about $3 for a 215 page book. We sell it for about $7. A book of the
same height and width, but 583 pages with full color pictures throughout costs about
$6 a copy with no labor charge. We sell it for $15
Because using the computer for laying out such books in Microsoft Office Word is
so time consuming, I request that the document being submitted for printing be a
computer document, whether created in Pagemaker, Indesign, Quark Xpress, or a
PDF file. Such a file would include a separate cover document (outside and inside),
and the book content with page numbers, preface, table of contents, dedication,
copyright permissions, etc., all in one document. I was involved in all this on four
books, including securing the UPC symbol barcode and Library of Congress copyright on some of them. I have guidelines for such on my computer, but prefer not to
have to do the writers part when I can spend my time designing new tract ideas the
Lord has given me. If someone who is a published author would provide a step by
step guide for putting a book document together it will be added as a chapter in future editions of this book and will be greatly appreciated.
9. I can take a larger file size WAV or WMA audio recording (on a cassette, CD, solid
state flash card, or external hard drive, or record a phone conversation using a suction cup microphone, and use the free download Audacity computer program to edit
the file, boost the volume of the recording, and export the file in WAV or mp3 format,
putting it on a CD and designing a simple color label to print on the CD using an Epson R320 photo inkjet with a pigmented, light and fade resistant ink, bulk feed inking
system that cuts the printing cost way down.
10. Reproduce previously printed books and tracts not on a computer medium. Use a
scanner and Adobe Photoshop to capture and straighten and clean the individual
pages. Place the pages into a page layout program in read order. Make a PDF ebook from the computer file, and print limited editions of the book using the color laser printer. Bind the pages together using a booklet maker, perfect binder for paperback books, or a GBC brand electric Comb Bind punching machine. The Comb Bind
system takes less skill than making paperback books and a one inch comb can hold
330 double sided pages.
11. Post helpful literature or tract documents on a website for free use by anyone wanting
to work for God using printed matter.
12. Customize a document posted for free use on our website, to meet the particular
needs of a church or individual. The Romans Road PDF tract had been made with
Bible verses from the New Living Translation. Tom called from Minnesota, and wanted the verses changed to the King James Version and his prayer of salvation substi- 303 -
tuted for the one I like to use. We did this and are helping Tom's soul winning group
get a custom contact address on the back of the tract. We helped Tom adapt the
tract to print on his particular printer.
- 304 -
Writing a Tract
A tract is a concise written synopsis of the Good News of Jesus’ death burial and resurrection for mankind (I Corinthians Chapter 15), which, if personally and sincerely accepted (an opportunity presented through a prayer of salvation contained in the tract)
can result in that person:
1. Becoming a child of God. (John 1:11,12)
2. Being delivered out of the Spiritual domain or kingdom of Darkness ruled by Satan
and demons, and being translated into the kingdom of Jesus Christ, God’s dear Son.
(Colossians 1:13)
3. Receiving eternal life immediately in one’s human spirit, the real person living in the
body according to John 5:24 Amplified translation “He who believes in me, has [now
possesses] eternal life.”, and everlasting life (living forever) in a glorified body (I Corinthians 15:35-57) with a loving God throughout eternity. “and this is the promise he
has promised us: eternal life.” I John 2:25.
4. Living a happy life. “Happy is the people who’s God is the Lord” Psalm 144:15; “To
give them the oil of joy for mourning, the garment of praise, for the spirit of heaviness.” Isaiah 61:3.
5. Having a Prosperous life, prosperous in Hebrew meaning to succeed at what one is
doing. “But his delight is in the law of the Lord, and in his law doth he meditate day
and night…and everything he does shall prosper” Psalm 1:3
6. Having a Healthy Life. “And it shall come to pass that if thou shalt hearken diligently
unto the voice of the Lord thy God to keep all his commandments…that he shall take
sickness away from the midst of thee.” Exodus 23:25 (see also Deuteronomy 7:15).
Also “Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health,
even as thy soul prospers.” 3 John 1:2. This is a result of having been redeemed or
“bought back” from the curse(s) of God’s broken laws, according to Galatians 3:18
7. Having joy and other “fruit of the Holy Spirit” Galatians 5:22-23, along with getting rid
of the “works of the flesh” (e.g., variance, strife, lust) mentioned in the preceding
verse (Galatians 5:19-21).
8. Having a change of heart “If any man be in Christ there is a brand new person inside,
old things are passed away, behold new things have come.” 2 Corinthians 5:17 Living Bible
9. Having a new fellowship with God on three levels: Father and Son (I John 1:3), and
Holy Spirit (2 Corinthians 13:14)
10. Having the power and opportunity to overcome in life’s trials and circumstances.
“Overwhelming victory is ours…” Philippians 3:8 AMP
11. Having the indwelling and lasting presence of the Spirit of God living within us as
what the Greek language word usage calls the “Paraclete” which the Amplified
- 305 -
Translation lists as “Counselor, Helper, Advocate, Intercessor, Strengthener,
Standby” – John 16:7 AMP
12. Having the Baptism of the Holy Spirit - the power of God the Holy Spirit upon us to
empower us to live and witness for God with power or “signs following” – Mark 16:20;
Acts 1:8; 2:4. This will include a new heavenly personal prayer language that communicates directly with God and charges us up like a battery (Jude 20). “For we
know not what to pray for as we ought, but the Spirit himself maketh intercession for
us, praying according to the will of God.” – Romans 8:26). The Amplified Translation Bible states, “For if I pray in an unknown tongue, my spirit (by the Holy Spirit
within me) prays.” 1 Cor. 14:14 AMP
Tract Contents:
1. A catchy, attention getting title and cover
graphic or picture. For example, and
see the full color thick paper tract by
Ray Comfort (
that looks like a dropped wallet with paper money sticking out of it. A booklet
tract I am fond of and have reproduced
is Mel Gerrard’s, Know Your Future. The
Lord spoke directly and audibly to Dr.
Esther Mallet and gave her a tract that
has gone around the world in many languages, How To Live Forever – There Is
Only One Way.
2. The beginning of the tract can give us some helpful and practical information like the
message in a tract for Laundromats titled Stain Removal Guide. The beginning contains information on how to remove various clothing stains as an analogy to the removal of the stain of sin on the human soul by the precious blood of Christ (“redeemed with the precious blood of Christ” I Peter 1:19). Bible verses, God’s promises from the written Word of God, show us our need for the cleansing of Jesus’ shed
blood or life (Leviticus 17:11), for our lives (“He who knew no sin…” 2 Corinthians
5:21) to restore our broken relationship with God that occurred through our sin or
disobedience to God’s commands, resulting in the prospect of our facing an eternal
judgment awaiting us with everlasting and unpleasant consequences for our having
gone astray from God to follow our own way (Isaiah 53:6).
As another example, my tract for gamblers is titled, What Are Your Chances Of
Winning It Big? I put a color picture of the Las Vegas Strip or main street taken at
night on the cover, and a picture of stacks of money on the inside two pages, lightened beneath the text message that started by giving the odds of winning money at
- 306 -
the various table games an slot machines. At the
end of the statistics, I asked an important spiritual
question related to odds: “What are your chances of
making it to Heaven and living forever with God in the
end?” This leads us to God’s desire to give us eternal
life as a free gift if we pray and receive Jesus Christ’s
death and resurrection on our behalf, as payment for
our sins which Isaiah 59:2 says have cut us off from
God. So Item #2 in tract writing draws our attention to
God loving us and wanting us to know Him personally, but our having turned away from God blocking us
from God, leaving us with the Devil as our master who
will eventually, by his demons, drag us down to Hell
against our wills at death, unless we change course by calling on the highest power,
Jesus Christ as our new Lord and Master.
3. Item 3 shows us Jesus Christ’s substitute sacrifice or payment for our sins to remove
God’s wrath against us, making a legal way for Him to declare us “not guilty” before
God. A key verse here is 2 Corinthians 5:21 “He who knew no sin was made to be
sin on our behalf, that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.” I Corinthians 1:30 states that Jesus Christ has been made unto us “wisdom, righteousness,
and redemption.”
4. This section presents us with the “Prayer of Salvation” as a turning point for us to renounce The Devil & get free of his evil domain or kingdom of darkness by calling on
the name above every name that is named, Jesus Christ as our new Master who,
then, according to the promise of His Word, the Bible, steps in on our behalf to deliver us out of Satan’s “power of darkness”, transferring us into the “Kingdom of God’s
dear Son” (Colossians 1:13), making us children of God, giving us salvation and son
ship, as a free gift, complements of Jesus Christ’s death on our behalf and not our
works (Titus 3:5, Ephesians 2:8-9).
The Prayer of Salvation offered here, which I call the World’s Most Important Prayer, is
base on Romans 10:8-13. The prayer is written for the reader to pray aloud. I like to
precede the prayer with a question like the one I wrote in the Why John 3:16? Tract,
“So, then, where is God in your life – on the inside, or just on the outside? Pray this
World’s Most Important Prayer aloud and from your heart.” This is the clincher as we
must each have a personal inside experience with God that we initiate by asking the
Lord Jesus, who, according to Revelation 3:20, is standing on the outside, knocking on
our heart’s door, to please come in as our new Lord and Master. I had attended a good
church for about a year when I was confronted with this issue. Just going to a Church
and learning about God hadn’t been enough. I had to become a member of the Church
- 307 -
which, figuratively, is an organism, the corporate group of believers built on Jesus Christ
the foundation (Ephesians 2:22).
Like a good recipe, this Bible based prayer needs to contain certain key ingredients
which are:
1. An acknowledgement that Jesus Christ died on the cross for our/my sins (I Corinthians 15:3-4; Romans 10:9)
2. Asking God to please forgive all one’s sins: “I confess that I am a sinner, I choose to
repent of my sins, and I ask you to please forgive me of every sin, cleansing me from
my sins by the precious blood of your Son Jesus Christ, shed on the cross as a
payment for my sins, His spotless life being now substituted for my sinful life.” The
Bible says, “Except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish.” Luke 13:3, 5 Repent
means an about face or making a decision, with the indwelling power and help of the
Holy Spirit who is now coming to live within us, to turn from a life of disobedience
and sinning, to a life of following and obeying God.
3. An acknowledgement that God the Father raised His Son Jesus Christ from the
dead. Romans 10:10
4. In the first person particle of speech, an out loud confession of Jesus Christ as one’s
personal Lord and Master and Savior
5. Asking God to forgive one’s sins as the Publican in the Temple cried out, smiting his
breasts, “Lord be merciful to me a sinner!” Luke 18:13.
6. Asking God to “Wash me in the blood of Jesus!” “If we confess our sins, He is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.”
I John 1:9. See also verse 7.
7. Asking God to write your name in His Book of Life in Heaven. “And whosoever’s
name was not found written in the Lamb’s book of life, was cast into the lake of fire.”
Revelation 20:15.
8. Asking God to give you the free gift of Eternal Life. “For the wages of sin is death,
but the free gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.” Romans 6:23
“They that have received of the gift of righteousness, shall reign as kings in life by
the one, Jesus Christ.” Romans 5:17 AMP
9. Asking Jesus to fill or baptize you with His Holy Spirit. This is not an option, but a
command of God through the Apostle Paul: “Be filled with the Spirit.” Ephesians
10. "so that I might serve and obey You." I began adding this after criticism from some
Christians that asking Jesus into one's heart is not found in the Bible. To me, saying
the prayer starts one on the road to Heaven or begins one's existence as a child of
God according to Galatians 5:24. I am well aware that one must press on to know
Him according to Hosea 6:3 NLT. A song says, "If He's not Lord of everything, then
He's not Lord at all." We know that God wants to bless and prosper us, and that we
realize this by trusting and obeying Him, by being willing and obedient (Isaiah 1:19). I
- 308 -
like to distinguish that we do good deeds for God, not to be saved, but, because we
are already saved by simple trust in Jesus Christ and his finished work on the cross,
and He is living out the life and example of Jesus through us (Acts 10:38)
Titus 2:14 NLT He gave His life to free us from every kind of sin, to cleanse us, and
to make us His very own people, totally committed to doing good deeds.
1 Peter 2:21 NLT For God called you to do good, even if it means suffering, just as
Christ suffered for you. He is your example, and you must follow in His steps.
11. Believing God has heard and answered one’s prayer according to His Bible promise
to do so, regardless of any immediate feelings in one’s flesh or sense knowledge
awareness., The Bible states, “For we walk by faith, and not by sight.” 2 Corinthians
5:7 Jesus made a promise to come in (Revelations 3:20 Living Bible), “I will come
in…”. The Bible also states, as God told the prophet Jeremiah, “I am watching over
my word to perform it.” Jeremiah 1:12. Isaiah 55:11 states “So shall my word be that
goeth forth from my mouth; it shall not return unto me void, but it shall accomplish
the thing whereunto I have sent it.” Yet another Bible promise tells us regarding God
“for thou hash magnified thy Word above all thy name.” Psalm 138:2. I close the written sinner’s prayer in the tract with “I thank you for hearing and answering my prayer
as you promised in your Word you would do.” Or, “I thank you, and, by faith, I believe I have received the answer now.”
The next part in tract writing, is the assurance of salvation that God has indeed heard,
and answered, saving the person as it is written or promised in the Bible, which is “Godbreathed”, a transliteration of the Greek word “Theopneustos” used in I Timothy 3:15
which says, “All Scripture is given by inspiration of God.” Another passage says, “holy
men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost” 2 Peter 1:21. The Apostle
Paul, who wrote 2/3rds of the New Testament, was personally taught by Jesus Christ for
up to 3 ½ years in the wilderness of Arabia according to Galatians 1:11-12, 17. He stated that people received his writings for what they really were, “the very word of God”. In
this part, depending on how much room is left to finish writing the tract, one can include
one or more assurance of salvation Scriptures. I like ones from the Living Bible as they
are especially clear and easy to understand with no archaic words. I try to at least use I
John 2:25 “And this is the promise He hath promised us: eternal life.” Here are other
suggest verses I used (from the Living Bible) on the back of the Why John 3:16? Tract:
Revelation 3:20; John 1:12; 2 Corinthians 5:17, 21; Romans 6:23.
The last part of the tract is the contact or follow up information of a local church consisting of the name of the church, the location of the church, the pastor’s name, the
times of the services, the church phone number, e-mail address, and website URL address if they have a website. This information is required base on Jesus’ command o
“make disciples”. The Greek word used here is “discipulos” and means an adherent or
follower. Some tracts, like the ending pages of Mel Gerrard’s Know Your Future booklet,
under the heading “GROW”, write out guidelines for growing in one’s relationship with
- 309 -
the Lord. The Apostle Paul’s goal was “that I might present every man perfect [Greek
word used here also means “mature”] in Christ.” Colossians 1:28.
The Testimony Tract, whether written, or put on an audio CD as those posted for
download at, is a different approach, telling one’s own story of
how he or she met the Lord, possibly through a difficult or life threatening experience.
The reader relates himself to the writer’s short story, realizes that he too needs God
personally in his life, and can be changed by God and become a child of God in the
same fashion the writer did as it is written, “For whosoever shall call upon the name of
the Lord shall be saved.” Romans 10:13. He is made to know that this is accomplished
by asking Jesus into his or her heart through praying aloud the World’s Most Important
Prayer, the Prayer of Salvation through which one initially becomes a child of God (John
1:11-12), or is reconnected with God and started in the road to Heaven as his eternal
destination, home, or citizenship.
Jesus told the demon possessed “man of the tombs”, after setting him free from a legion
of demons, “Go and tell how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had
compassion on thee!” Mark 5:19.
Helpful Tract Writing Verses:
Note: Some think that the King James Version of the Bible is the only truly inspired version and should be used exclusively in all preaching and evangelism. As I see it, the archaic words out an unnecessary language barrier in the way of an unsaved person coming to Jesus Christ. That is why I prefer using the Living Bible, The New Living Translation, and the Amplified Bible. Here is one example of the ease of understanding difference that the Living Bible makes - 2 Corinthians 5:18, 21 "God...brought us back to
himself through what Jesus Christ did...For God took the sinless Christ and poured into
him our sins. Then, in exchange, he poured God's goodness into us!" Verse 20, in the
NLT says "Come back to God!" The one drawback to using these other translations is
that, legally, one should include in small lettering at the end of the tract, the copyright
permission statement requested by the publisher. You can see here how I did this on
one of the tracts I wrote The Greatest Offer Ever Made By The Greatest Man Who Ever
God Loves Us, and the Creation He Made:
John 3:16 AMP “For God so greatly loved and dearly prized the world that He [even] gave up
His only begotten (unique) Son, so that whoever believes in (trusts in, clings to, relies on) Him
shall not perish (come to destruction, be lost) but have eternal (everlasting) life.”
1 John 4:8-10 NLT “But anyone who does not love does not know God, for God is love. 9 God
showed how much He loved us by sending His one and only Son into the world so that we might
have eternal life through Him. 10This is real love—not that we loved God, but that He loved us
and sent His Son as a sacrifice to take away our sins.”
Proverb 18:24b NLT “and there is a friend that sticketh closer than a brother.”
We have All Sinned, and Our Sins or Disobedience to God’s Laws have Cut Us Off from God.
- 310 -
Isaiah 64:5-6 NLT “You welcome those who gladly do good, who follow godly ways. But You
have been very angry with us, for we are not godly. We are constant sinners; how can people
like us be saved? 6 We are all infected and impure with sin. When we display our righteous
deeds, they are nothing but filthy rags. Like autumn leaves, we wither and fall, and our sins
sweep us away like the wind.”
Romans 3:23 NLT “For everyone has sinned; we all fall short of God’s glorious standard.”
Romans 3:19 NLT “Obviously, the law applies to those to whom it was given, for its purpose is to
keep people from having excuses, and to show that the entire world is guilty before God. “
Romans 3:9b-12 NLT “For we have already shown that all people, whether Jews or Gentiles, are
under the power of sin.10 As the Scriptures say, “No one is righteous—not even one. 11 No one is
truly wise; no one is seeking God. 12 All have turned away; all have become useless. No one
does good, not a single one.”
Sin has a Consequence, a Judgment Day:
Romans 6:23 NLT “For the wages of sin is death, but the free gift of God is eternal life through
Christ Jesus our Lord.”
Isaiah 59:1-2 NLT “Listen! The LORD’s arm is not too weak to save you, nor is His ear too deaf
to hear you call. 2 It’s your sins that have cut you off from God. Because of your sins, He has
turned away and will not listen anymore.”
Ezekiel 18:20 KJV “The soul that sinneth, it shall die.”
Hebrews 9:27 KJV “ And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment.”
Romans 14:10b KJV “For we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ.”
2 Corinthians 5:10 AMP “For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every
one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good
or bad.”
Matthew 25:41 KJV “Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye
cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels.”
Luke 13:27-28 AMP “But he shall say, I tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from me,
all ye workers of iniquity. 28 There shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth, when ye shall see
Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets, in the kingdom of God, and you yourselves thrust out.”
Exodus 34:7a NLT “I lavish unfailing love to a thousand generations. I forgive iniquity, rebellion,
and sin. But I do not excuse the guilty.”
God has offered a Sins Payment Solution – Jesus Christ:
1 John 4:9-10 NLT “God showed how much He loved us by sending His one and only Son into
the world so that we might have eternal life through Him. 10 This is real love—not that we loved
God, but that He loved us and sent His Son as a sacrifice to take away our sins.”
John 1:12 LB “But to all who received him, he gave the right to become children of God. All they
needed to do was to trust him to save them.”
2 Corinthians 5:21 LB “For God took the sinless Christ and poured into him our sins. Then, in
exchange, he poured God’s goodness into us!”
Romans 3:24-26 NLT “Yet God, with undeserved kindness, declares that we are righteous. He
did this through Christ Jesus when He freed us from the penalty for our sins. 25For God presented Jesus as the sacrifice for sin. People are made right with God when they believe that Jesus
sacrificed His life, shedding His blood. 26b He declares sinners to be right in His sight when they
believe in Jesus.”
Romans 5:6-8 NLT “When we were utterly helpless, Christ came at just the right time and died
for us sinners.7 Now, most people would not be willing to die for an upright person, though
someone might perhaps be willing to die for a person who is especially good. 8 But God showed
- 311 -
His great love for us by sending Christ to die for us while we were still sinners. 9 And since we
have been made right in God’s sight by the blood of Christ, He will certainly save us from God’s
condemnation. 10 For since our friendship with God was restored by the death of His Son while
we were still His enemies, we will certainly be saved through the life of His Son. 11 So now we
can rejoice in our wonderful new relationship with God because our Lord Jesus Christ has made
us friends of God. 12 When Adam sinned, sin entered the world. Adam’s sin brought death, so
death spread to everyone, for everyone sinned. 13 Yes, people sinned even before the law was
given. But it was not counted as sin because there was not yet any law to break. 14 still, everyone died—from the time of Adam to the time of Moses—even those who did not disobey an explicit commandment of God, as Adam did. Now Adam is a symbol, a representation of Christ,
who was yet to come. 15 But there is a great difference between Adam’s sin and God’s gracious
gift. For the sin of this one man, Adam, brought death to many. But even greater is God’s wonderful grace and His gift of forgiveness to many through this other Man, Jesus Christ. 16 And the
result of God’s gracious gift is very different from the result of that one man’s sin. For Adam’s sin
led to condemnation, but God’s free gift leads to our being made right with God, even though we
are guilty of many sins. 17 For the sin of this one man, Adam, caused death to rule over many.
But even greater is God’s wonderful grace and His gift of righteousness, for all who receive it will
live in triumph over sin and death through this one Man, Jesus Christ. 18 Yes, Adam’s one sin
brings condemnation for everyone, but Christ’s one act of righteousness brings a right relationship with God and new life for everyone. 19 Because one person disobeyed God, many became
sinners. But because one other person obeyed God, many will be made righteous. 20 God’s law
was given so that all people could see how sinful they were. But as people sinned more and
more, God’s wonderful grace became more abundant. 21 So just as sin ruled over all people and
brought them to death, now God’s wonderful grace rules instead, giving us right standing with
God and resulting in eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.”
John 6:27-29 NLT “But don’t be so concerned about perishable things like food. Spend your energy seeking the eternal life that the Son of Man can give you. For God the Father has given
Me the seal of His approval. 28 They replied, “We want to perform God’s works, too. What should
we do?” 29 Jesus told them, “This is the only work God wants from you: Believe in the One He
has sent.”
We Can’t Save Ourselves by Ourselves. Salvation or Right Standing before God
is a Free Gift, Complements of Jesus Christ:
Romans 5:17 AMP For if because of one man’s trespass (lapse, offense) death reigned through
that one, much more surely will those who receive [God’s] overflowing grace (unmerited favor)
and the free gift of righteousness [putting them into right standing with Himself] reign as kings in life
through the one Man Jesus Christ (the Messiah, the Anointed One).
Romans 6:23 KJV “For the wages of sin is death, but the free gift of God is eternal life through
Jesus Christ our Lord.”
Ephesians 2:8-9 NLT “God saved you by His grace when you believed. And you can’t take credit
for this; it is a gift from God. 2 Salvation is not a reward for the good things we have done, so
none of us can boast about it.”
Titus 3:5 KJV “Not by works of righteousness which we have done, but according to his mercy
he saved us, by the washing of regeneration, and renewing of the Holy Ghost.”
Romans 3:20-23 NLT “For no one can ever be made right with God by doing what the law commands. The law simply shows us how sinful we are. 21But now God has shown us a way to be
made right with Him without keeping the requirements of the law, as was promised in the writings of Moses and the prophets long ago. 22 We are made right with God by placing our faith in
Jesus Christ. And this is true for everyone who believes, no matter who we are. For everyone
has sinned; we all fall short of God’s glorious standard. 27 Can we boast, then, that we have
- 312 -
done anything to be accepted by God? No, because our acquittal is not based on obeying the
law. It is based on faith. 28 So we are made right with God through faith and not by obeying the
God is merciful, willing to forgive, and He will not Reject Anyone
who comes to Him on His Terms:
Numbers 14:18 KJV “The LORD is longsuffering, and of great mercy, forgiving iniquity and
transgression, and by no means clearing the guilty.”
Romans 10:13 KJV “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.”
Ephesians 2:4-5 NLT “But God is so rich in mercy, and He loved us so much, 5 that even though
we were dead because of our sins, He gave us life when He raised Christ from the dead. (It is
only by God’s grace that you have been saved!”
John 6:37 KJV “All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh to me I will
in no wise cast out.”
Revelations 3:20 NLT “Look! I stand at the door and knock. If you hear My voice and open the
door, I will come in, and we will share a meal together as friends.
Matthew 11:28-30 NLT “Then Jesus said, “Come to Me, all of you who are weary and carry
heavy burdens, and I will give you rest. 29 Take My yoke upon you. Let Me teach you, because I
am humble and gentle at heart, and you will find rest for your souls. 30 For My yoke is easy to
bear, and the burden I give you is light.”
Assurance of Salvation
We can Know, Based on God’s Promises (and not our Feelings) that We are Saved,
God has Accepted Us, and We Will Spend Eternity With Him:
1 John 2:25 KJV “And this is the promise that he hath promised us, even eternal life.”
John 5:24 AMP “I assure you, most solemnly I tell you, the person whose ears are open to My
words [who listens to My message] and believes and trusts in and clings to and relies on Him
Who sent Me has (possesses now) eternal life. And he does not come into judgment [does not
incur sentence of judgment, will not come under condemnation], but he has already passed over
out of death into life. “
2 Corinthians 5:17 LB “When someone becomes a Christian he becomes a brand new person
inside. He is not the same anymore. A new life has begun!”
Revelations 3:20 LB “Look! I have been standing at the door and I am constantly knocking. If
anyone hears me calling him and opens the door, I will come in and fellowship with him and he
with me.”
Isaiah 1:18 NLT “Come now, let’s settle this,” says the LORD. “Though your sins are like scarlet,
I will make them as white as snow. Though they are red like crimson, I will make them as white
as wool.”
John 6:38-40 KJV “For I have come down from heaven to do the will of God who sent Me, not to
do My own will. 39 And this is the will of God, that I should not lose even one of all those He has
given Me, but that I should raise them up at the last day. 40 For it is My Father’s will that all who
see His Son and believe in Him should have eternal life. I will raise them up at the last day.”
There Is a Reward for Soul Winning
Proverbs 11:30 KJV “He that winneth souls is wise, and they that lead many to righteousness
shall shine as the stars forever and ever.”
I Corinthians 9:16 KJV “Woe is unto me if I preach not the Gospel.”
Psalm 126:6 KJV “He that goeth forth an weepeth, bearing precious seed, shall doubtless come
again rejoicing, bringing his sheaves with him”
- 313 -
John 4:35 KJV “Say not to yourselves, yet four months and then cometh the harvest. For I say
unto you that the fields are already ripe unto harvest.”
Matthew 9:38; Luke 10:2 KJV “Therefore pray ye the Lord of the harvest, that he will send forth
laborers into his harvest.”
Song: Bringing In The Sheaves
Sowing in the morning, sowing seeds of kindness,
sowing in the noontime, and the dewy eves.
Waiting for the harvest, and the time of reaping,
We shall come rejoicing, bringing in the sheaves.
- 314 -
My First Tract
In 1967, at age 17, I wrote my first tract
titled How Important Is Your Soul? I printed
it on a hand cranked mimeograph machine I
ordered through the Sears catalogue for
about $75. The message was typed using
a conventional typewriter on waxed coated
sheets with a fiber backing. The metal cold
type of a key stroke striking with force cut
through the wax surface. If a mistake was
made, a correction fluid from a small brush
was applied to the mistake area. The ink
inside the machines drum with holes in the surface, was thrown against the holes by the
centrifugal force of the rotating plate cylinder with the stencil attached to it, and oozed
through the cut areas of type in stencil and onto the paper passing through that was
pressed against the drum by a rubber friction roller. The cover artwork was drawn by
hand using a stylus pen. I found a copy printed one side on old paper turning yellow
with age, but it contained no cover artwork. The cover was a large question mark with
words of the title hand written along its edge. The tract didn’t contain a “Sinner’s Prayer”.
I had intended to spend my Summer vacation from high school printing Christian literature by this simple means in a shed my Dad and I had built behind our home, distributing it at the “coffee house” meetings held Friday evenings in a room behind the Foursquare Church in the nearby City of Carpinteria, CA. I knew so little about printing, I
didn’t carefully check for spelling mistakes, and the pastor of the church, Max Applegate, a teacher at my high school, confronted me about a grammatical error, and suggested I not be passing out this imperfect literature at his church. I think the error was
actually made by my younger friend Jeff who became head of car testing at the General
Motors Saturn Division. Now, in retyping this tract here, I found I had made about three
“typos” in the original tract – Yikes! My Scientific Dad had concluded that tracts are not
the most efficient way to spread the Gospel and he had put real pressure on me to either get a summer job or join the Army. What a way to start a printing ministry! Here is
the tract.
How Important Is Your Soul?
I’m sure you have heard stories of poverty stricken men who sold their souls to the
Devil. You accept them as fiction or fantasy. But could it be you’ve taken them too
lightly? Let’s assume you’re in low straits; a very rough spot. You need help. Suddenly
the figure of Satan appears before your eyes. You know its him because of the way he
grins; or possibly by the pointed barb on his tail. He offers you one million dollars in ex- 315 -
change for your soul. Would you unthinkingly accept his offer or quickly reject it; or
would you get scared and run away? If you’d reject it – then why? Is it because you
know how the story ends?
If you rejected this great offer of help in your time of need then surely you must place
a great value upon the soul – but why? What’s the soul? Can’t we say that a person is
made up of a body, soul, and spirit – and that the soul is the self-consciousness that responds to environment, and is the center of the senses – taste, touch, smell, hearing,
sight? Thus it is indeed most valuable. One could not live without it. He would die.
Then what about when a person dies – what happens to his soul? Does it die with
the body and remain in the grave to decay – or would you tell me that it goes to Heaven
along with the person’s spirit if they’ve led good lives? That seems to be partly right.
The Bible says there is only one of two destinations for a person – Heaven or Hell. The
person (soul and spirit) leaves the body. It never dies. The body is laid in the grave and
returns to dust until the great judgment when it will be resurrected.
Judgment? What’s that for? Well, the Word of God also states that men who disobey God will have to go with the Devil some day. God is a righteous God and therefore
must punish man for his disobedience or sin. Even if a man commits only one single sin
he can’t be accepted into Heaven.
Now you’re probably thinking that everyone is hopelessly doomed – right? Because
you know that it is impossible for any man not to sin at all. And thus all men go to Hell –
and the Devil gets their souls anyway – and their spirit along with it. And you’re thinking
how it’s such a hopeless case when it’s not!
Not a hopeless case? Do you think I’d be joking? Not at all! You must also know
that God is a God of love.
Yes, and He loves every sinner on earth. You’re probably wondering now why God
doesn’t make a way out – a way that at least someone might get to Heaven. He already
has! Men are sinners by nature, and sinners by practice, and are responsible for their
actions. God demands death for sin – for the sinner to spend eternity in Hell; or a substitute death. But ever since the beginning of creation He made plans for this. It is the
main theme of the Bible. He sent His Son Jesus Christ to earth as a man. Being a Son
of God, Christ was able to lead a sinless life. He took upon himself all the past, present,
and future sins of the world so that man through Him might be acceptable in the eyes of
God. Is this not an ultimate love? Three days after Christ died, God his Father, raised
Him from death to Heaven so that he became Victor over sin an death. Eternal life is
Christ himself. He is the source of physical life and eternal life; He alone can give eternal life. The result is that there is now a way to Heaven – to be accepted as righteous
by God. All we need to do is accept it.
But how does one do that?
Well, the Bible way to be saved is this:
- 316 -
Confess your sins to the Lord Jesus with your mouth. Repent and be sorry for all your
sins. Forsake your wicked way of living. Call on Jesus and ask Him to come and live in
your heart.
- 317 -
- 318 -
Holiday or Special Occasion Tracts
I was walking back from the mail box in our housing tract thinking that I am an Evangelist and my wife and I haven’t even met all our neighbors, let alone talk to them about
the Lord. Meanwhile, the Jehovah's Witnesses had been canvassing our neighborhood
week after week. My wife wanted us to make a Valentine’s Day tract and suggested a
heart shaped cookies picture she had found on the computer in Microsoft Word clip art.
We then got the idea to attach the tract to a bag of cookies. At the Dollar Tree store we
found ribbon and clear plastic bags with hearts printed on them. We went door to door
with our gifts, were well received, and even got to pray with a neighbor. We also passed
these out at our weekly Sunday Rescue Mission Church service for the homeless. I
planned the sermon so we could close by all reading together the prayer of salvation on
the back of the card each listener had received. We did the same thing on Easter Sunday. Using holidays, and current events in the news in writing tracts can help garner
people’s attention to the things of God.
Years ago, I went to see the first Harry Potter Movie. The main
character enrolled in a school for “witchcraft and wizardry”. I was printing tracts for Hope For Homeless Youth at the Dream Center in Los
Angeles, CA. A man went through their program who had been a wizard. I packed up my desktop publishing computer equipment, put it in
the car, and drove to the home of the director where we designed a
tract titled I Was a True Harry Potter Experience. I printed 35,000 of
these on the printing press. Pastor Clayton, the director, said he would like to put
this tract in the hands of every high school student in the
Los Angeles school district!
Another example: When a Muslim Army psychiatrist at
Fort Hood went on a shooting spree, shouting “Allah Akbar!” I wrote a tract titled Have You Been Hoodwinked?
picturing the Fort Hood medical center on the cover.
- 319 -
- 320 -
Writing & Publishing a Booklet or Book
Hopefully one’s motivation for writing a book is more than making money. The objective should be wanting to spare others the grief and toil we went through learning life’s
hard lessons; or, learning from the trials and mistakes of others without our having to
learn those lessons the hard way, ourselves. The Bible states that “The things which
happened aforetime were written as ensamples…that we should not follow after the
same manner of disobedience.” – I Corinthians 10:6, 11. The immediate reference here
is to the Children of Israel leaving Egypt, then, through unbelief (Hebrews 4:6) (not believing they could conquer the promised land like God and the two positive spies told
them), they ticked God off, and wandered 40 years in the wilderness when they could
have made it to the land of Canaan in just eleven days. That whole generation (except
Joshua and Caleb) had to die off before the twelve tribes could move forward with God’s
promise and plan.
Another good motivation in writing a book follows the analogy of teaching a man to
catch fish for himself, rather than your perpetually having to fish for him, preparing three
meals a day, when we could be multiplying our efforts by teaching our talents and trade
to others. The Apostle Paul told the younger upcoming Apostle, Timothy, “That which
ye have received, the same commit also to faithful men who shall be able to teach others also.” – 2 Timothy 2:2. The Lord told me prophetically, through someone under the
anointing of the Holy Spirit, “You will train other to do what you do.” On another similar
occasion I was told “You are to write things that will help and benefit others, whether you
think so or not.” Fortunately, as I am doing right now in writing these very words, I can
see evidence that the Lord is guiding me and making it easy. There is a saying, “Little is
much, when God is in it.”
Perhaps the first step in writing/making a book to be published yourself is to decide
on a title and topics or chapter headlines, and then decide if you have the equipment
and resources to do it, considering the limitations of that equipment. “For which of you,
if he decides to build a building, does not first sit down and count the cost to see if he
have sufficient to finish it?” – Luke 14:28. Whether you have and own the equipment, or
are borrowing it to use, as with my perfect binder which was owned by the church, this
chapter will give you the practical know how of putting it together on a computer with Microsoft Office Word 2007, a color laser printer, a perfect binder or paperback book gluing and cover inserting machine, a roll laminator, and a paper cutter. The Perfect binder
I use can do up to 2” thick in a letter or letter half size. Two inches of 20 lb paper is
about 500 sheets which, printed double sided, would give me a possibility of a book containing 1,000 pages. The accumulative thickness of the toner being printed on the
sheets will probably take up 1/8”. If the book is a letter half (5 ½” wide by 8 ½” tall) the
top, bottom, and face will need a 1/16” or more trim. If one is starting with a standard
letter size sheet readily available at warehouse princes at places like Costco, and one
uses a full bleed to the edge after trim cover design, then an additional 3/16” trims off as
- 321 -
this is the no print margin area of the laser printer. Thus the total trim is ¼” off three
sides making the finished bound book size 5” wide by 8” tall. A good inside margin dimension (so one doesn’t have to try and read down into the crack of the binding, is
about 1”, and the outside margin is a little less, maybe .8” The bound book, from my
experience, has to be trimmed for the edges to look smooth. If one uses an oversize
cover stock taller than 8.5”, then one can gain an addition 3/16” width and 3/8” height by
being able to first trim off the no print margin down to 8 ½” before putting the cover on,
and then doing an additional 1/16” top and bottom trim after the book has been bound to
make those surfaces smooth. If there are diagonal marks on the surface of the trimmed
book, the paper cutter blade has been nicked and needs to be removed and sharpened
at a tool supply store or saw shop. A guard is placed over the sharp edge. We pay about
$16 for getting a blade sharpened.
First decide, “Am I making a stapled booklet, or a paperback book with a glued
spine?” The lowest quality booklet maker with stapler heads (rather than stitchers that
make or form the staples each time from two spools of wire), is about ten thicknesses of
20 lb weight paper which equates to 40 to 88 pages in the booklet maker, depending on
brand and model. The stitcher can do a couple of extra thicknesses of paper (additional
sheets and the staple length is adjustable so thick booklets don’t have the staple barely
folding over at the middle of the booklet. Thus a stitcher model can handle booklets up
to 100 pages. The thickest booklets will require a face trim of up to 1/8” to make the
edge even, and the spine area should be crushed by hand or with the paper cutter
clamp so the middle of the booklet sits flat and doesn’t budge in the middle. Booklets of
more than 80 pages should probably be bound as a paperback book or comb bind.
Cheap booklet makers (see inside of machine picture in this article) have fixed positions
to staple in, but the distance between staples is predetermined for letter half and letter
size booklets with two staples (i.e., collated sets of booklets being fed into the machine
are letter size or tabloid size paper or “signature” sheets. One should make a “dummy”
booklet first by taking the signature sheets, folding them in half, and hand numbering the
pages. For example, a letter half booklet of 36 pages will be printed both sides on 9
sheets of letter size paper folded in half. The number of pages you can make increases
by 4 with each added signature sheet.
Whether the color laser printer or printing press being used can handle tabloid paper
(11” by 17”) or only legal or letter size will determine whether the booklet is to be a letter
half or letter size after folding. If the laser printer cannot duplex the sheet automatically,
or the booklet is printed on a printing press, a paper collator will be needed. The tower
models have friction or vacuum feed and come in 8 to 12 bin models.
The transition from booklet to paperback book is probably reached at 100 pages which
is barely 1/10” thick and has almost no room to print the title and author’s name in the
spine area of the cover. As with making a booklet, whether a glue bound book will be
letter or letter half in size is determined by the limitation of the color laser printer or size
- 322 -
of the printing press being used. The big consideration is how long a cover sheet or
book cover the machine can print. Even color laser printers that only do legal size can
do a longer sheet through the bypass feed tray using a manufacturer’s special software
printer driver. In the case of my Ricoh / Lanier brand printer, this software driver is
called “RCPS” and allows one to do banner printing possibly as long as 43”. I read that
Ricoh has now dropped this driver. A piece of paper long enough to do a two inch thick
letter size book with a “full bleed” cover would make the needed length 8 ½” x 2 + 2”
spine width + 3/16” x 2 no print margin + 1/16” x 2 full bleed trims, a total length of 19
½”. This would require buying the coated one side 10 point thick short grain cover stock
in a “parent size” and cutting it down with an expensive 20” or larger paper cutter. It
would be cheaper and simpler to use one’s existing smaller paper cutter like my 18” Triumph 4705, and a standard 12” by 18” or smaller pre cut cover stock that is specifically
made for digital laser printers and comes 250 sheets to a package for $45 to $65. To
utilize this more readily available paper, one would need to make a thinner letter size
book with fewer pages. How many pages, maximum would this be? There may be a
12” wide by 18” long limit of the Postscript Level 3 software printer driver on the computer, a driver that came with my Ricoh tabloid size color laser printer. There is also the
size limit of the bypass or manual feed paper tray of 12” wide by 18” long. 18” less 3/16”
no print area on both ends and a 1/16” trim on both ends to make the cover art of the
bound book bleed to the edge, leaves 17 ½”. The front and back cover widths of 8 7/16”
(16 7/8” total of the two) are subtracted from this leaving only 5/8” of binding area or
thickness for the book. One ream of 500 sheets of 20 lb weight paper is about 2” thick
and yields approximately 1,000 double sided printed sheets (but maybe as much as 1/8”
less due to the cumulative build up of the thickness of the printed toner on the sheets).
Using proportioning Algebra, 5/8” over 2” = X over 1000. 2X = .625 x 1000 or 625. X =
625 divided by 2 or 312. Cover stock is 10 point or .010” thick x 2 = .020”. 20 lb paper
is about .003” thick per sheet. Thus, the cover thickness is equivalent to about 7 sheets
of 20 lb paper. 312 – 7 = 305. The answer is that, using a tabloid laser printer that can
also print a 12” by 18” sheet in the bypass tray, to make the book cover, one can do a
20 lb paper book of 305 pages maximum less the thickness of the toner. It is safer to
assume about 275 pages. These calculations are necessary for laying out on a computer, in a page layout program like Adobe Indesign or Quark XPress, the cover for a
book. Newer inkjet and laser printers can print sheets up to 24" long in the bypass or
manual feed tray.
In making this book you are reading, I figured it would be about 150 back to back
(duplexed) pages. I found the maximum thickness for a letter size book was 300 pages
or 5/8”. This book then, which is half that amount, would require a 3/5” thick spine area
or about .60”. Another factor in deciding whether a book should be letter half or letter
size is the tabloid laser printer’s ability to run a letter half size sheet. If it can’t then one
would have to print a letter half book “two up” or two identical pages per sheet side by
- 323 -
side. I couldn’t figure out how to do this using Microsoft Office Word 2007, so I decided
on a letter size book. I did find a compromise for running letter half books formerly run
on a smaller laser printer that could take the smaller letter half sheet. The newer and
larger Ricoh printer duplex letter can feed half sheets in the bypass tray like the older
model does, but it can't automatically duplex them. By increasing the right margin of the
letter half book layout by about 5 ½ additional inches, I was able to get the book to show
on the left half of the sheet one up. Then I could run it through the newer larger laser
printer on letter size sheets that are fed in from the side in the main paper tray. First I
would print one copy of the book in reverse order. Then I flipped the stack 180 degrees
on the long side that fed into the machine before, and printed a second copy in straight
collation order. I ended up with two letter half book contents on one stack of letter size
paper. There is a disadvantage to doing it this way as it puts twice as much wear on the
machine as running it two to a page printing the two copies in one pass. The imaging
drums and the photo receptor belt in the machine, otherwise known as the intermediate
transfer belt, have limited lifespan or number of copies they will do before wearing out.
Running two copies in two passes on the machine shortens the life span of these parts
by half and greatly increases the cost per copy. Perhaps laying out a letter half book
two up from scratch in Adobe Indesign is the better way of doing it. I decide on making
my first letter size book in Microsoft Word 2007 because inserting page numbers is
easy, as well as pictures, and the text auto flows from one page to the next as it is typed
in the document. Frankly, although I am pretty good at using Adobe Indesign for tract
making, I don’t know how to make books with it. My intent now is to describe, step by
step, how to use Microsoft Office Word 2007 on the computer to make a book like this
one, including how to insert pictures using a digital camera.
First, review the main parts of a book. The cover contains the book title, author’s
name, and background artwork that I like to “bleed” to all four sides, after using a paper
cutter to trim off 1/16” after printing and binding. Down the spine area of the book cover,
one puts the title and author again in smaller type size. The backside of the cover could
contain a couple of positive reviews by those who have read the book, the author’s picture, and the UPC symbol barcode for books. Inside the cover of my book I put a picture of a sample future building I hope to have and who the book is printed by. On the
inside of the back cover, I put “About the Author” and the author’s picture and a scripture
verse relevant to the author’s vision statement. The book insides begin with an introduction or preface, acknowledgments or dedication page, copyright permissions, table
of contents.
When making the table of contents page with chapter numbers, titles, and chapter
start pages, one must make column like text boxes to put these items in, or they won’t
line up straight. In the task bar of Word, go to “Insert”, then over to the right to “Text
Box”, then down to “Draw Text Box” near the bottom” Type the numbers and hit return
- 324 -
each time to make a column. You can click on the text box and move it around with the
keyboard arrow keys to align the three boxes on the page.
Using Scripture verses from a translation other that the King James Version of 1611,
will require printing an acknowledgement statement at the beginning of the book or even
writing to the publishers for permission. Since I like using the Amplified and New Living
Translations, I went to on the internet and they had a hypertext
link for what kind of a statement the publishers want you to make. One problem, is that
in writing something like a tract, it cannot contain more than 25% of the text from that
Margin setting for the book can be 1” top and bottom and left with about ¾” to 7/8” on
the right. In Word, in the task bar, go to “Page Layout”, then “Margins”. One will need to
check “Mirrored” because the book is being printed on both sides of the sheet and the
backsides will need the wider margin for the spine area binding on the opposite side of
the front or odd numbered pages. Normally, because of the full bleed cover, ¼” will trim
off the top, bottom, and face of the bound book. This is the 3/16” no print margin of the
laser printer plus the additional 1/16” to make sure no white border shows on the finished cover. I figured out a way around this, a way of not cutting off but 1/16”, which is
to use custom cover stock for making the cover and making the cover documents, inside
of cover and outside, a custom size that is 3/8” wider and 3/8” longer. One would print
the cover on this oversize sheet, cut it down to 11” or the same height as the book’s inside pages, then do a final trim of 1/16” of the whole book after binding. The book making machine doesn’t care if there is excess cover material sticking out in the face area,
but top and bottom is too hard to get the cover centered over the content with different
Here is how to lay out the book cover in Adobe Indesign CS2, both the inside and the
outside, and the spine area title. I am using the cover of this book as a example.
1. With the computer on, open the Adobe Indesign CS2 Program by going to “Start” on
the desktop, clicking on it with the mouse, and going to “All Programs”, then “Adobe
Indesign CS2”. Wait until the program has fully loaded, then click and close the
identification box in the middle of the screen.
2. Go to “File” in the pull down menus and click and then go down to “New”, then “Document”. In the Document Setup window that opens, set the Page Orientation to
“Landscape” and 18” wide by 12” high.
3. Set the top and bottom margins for 5/16” or .3125”. In setting the right and left margins, I determined the book would be 150 double sided pages. Thus the spine width
would be 75 sheets of 20lb weight paper where the thickness of one sheet is about
.003” or less thick, plus .020” for the thickness of the two 10 point covers. If 1000
printed sheets is a minimum of 2”, then 150 sheets is .30 or just under 1/3”. 5/16” is
close, a hair over, so I’ll use that. The front and back of the cover take up 17”. Adding the spine of 5/16” makes 17 5/16”. The total of left and right margins is then
- 325 -
11/16” and individually, half that or 11/32” which in decimal equivalent is .3406” So
for left and right margins, type in .3406
4. Make sure the program’s “rulers” are showing in the top and left hand margins. If
not, go to “Windows” pull down menu and check “Rulers”.
5. Click with the mouse in the left ruler margin and drag out a blue line guide to the center of the document which is 9”.
6. Drag out two more blue lines and place them 1/16” in from the left and right purple
colored margin lines. This is where the face edge of the book will be after binding
and 1/16” trim.
7. Drag two blue lines of the left ruler and place them 5/32” to both sides of the center
line. These are the two folds at the edge of the glue binding.
8. Pull down two blue lines out of the top ruler area and put them 1/16” inside the purple margin markers. These are the top and bottom edges of the book after binding
and trimming off 1/16” from the top and bottom.
9. Now we need to add four cut or trim marks to cut equal amounts off the printed cover to get it to 11” before inserting it on the book using the perfect binder machine.
Select the line tool from the tools pallet. Now put the mouse cursor ½” down from
the top of the document using the dotted gray line in the left ruler margin as a
guide, while at the same time having the cursor 1/16” to the left or left edge of the
document outline. Click and drag left to make a straight blue line about ¼” long.
Change the line segment to black color in the swatches pallet and one point thickness in the stroke pallet. If the stroke pallet isn’t open or displaying, go to the “Windows” pull down menu and down and click on “Stroke”. With the line segment you
just made selected by clicking on it, go to “Edit” and then “Copy”. Move the mouse
cursor back in the document area and right click and go down to “Paste. You can
keep doing this to make additional line segments. Click on the three additional line
segments and drag them into positions at the four corners of the document, the
edges where the paper will trim down to 11” before being bound to the book contents.
10. Later on, we will make a vertical short red colored line segment on the inside of the
cover to serve as a centering mark for positioning the flat cover sheet (inside facing
up, in the perfect Binder. This will assure that the book is bound in the center of the
cover. If it is off, the face background may not “bleed” and the spine title won’t be
Now it’s time to make equipment pictures to go on the back cover outside. On the
more recent book back covers I have been using a quality group picture of the equipment in our Quonset hut print shop. On the older back cover I did a collage of our various machines. I try to hold the 5 megapixel digital camera steady and make the object
fill the viewfinder to get the highest amount of detail. I find I have to use the flash or the
- 326 -
picture blurs. I find that if I back up and use the 3X zoom of the lens, The flash doesn’t
leave such glare marks in the photos.
1. I take digital camera pictures of each of the major pieces of equipment I have that
make up a print shop such as paper cutter, color laser printer, computer, etc. It is
always best to use a tripod on the camera and the ten second delay feature in taking
the picture to minimize blur of the image.
2. Plug the camera into the computer’s USB port or take the flash SD memory card out
and put it into a memory card reader plugged into the computer.
3. Open Adobe Photoshop or Photoshop Elements or similar photo editing program.
Go to “File”, then “Open”, then locate the drive that has the pictures on it, and select
a picture at a time. You can click once on the number given to the picture and see it
preview as a thumbnail in the center of the “Open” window. Open each picture and
crop it as necessary using the “marquis” tool in the tools pallet, drawing a dotted rectangle around the area you want to keep and then doing “Image” and down to “
4. Adjust the brightness of the picture by going to “Image” then “Adjustments” then
“Levels”, then using the slider triangles to adjust as you watch the results. Click OK.
5. Adjust the size and resolution of the photo by going to “Image”, then down to “Image
Size”. Make sure the three little square check boxes are checked to make the
changes proportional. Change the size of the width of portrait photos to 2.125”. On
landscape photos, change the height to 2.125”. Set the resolution for 250.
6. One can use the “Band Aide” (a healing brush) tool along with a mouse click and the
“Alt key on the keyboard to remove blemishes in the paint of the equipment.
7. Save all these adjusted photos in a folder on the computer hard drive that is a subfolder under the book folder titled “cover” and then, inside that, “back cover photos”.
One might as well get the front cover pictures ready at this time also.
1. Open a tract document on the computer in Adobe Indesign. If the tract is in PDF
format it will open right into Photoshop. With each digital picture, working with one at
a time, place them in Indesign, then draw a marquis around the cover material to select all items there, then go to “Object” and down to “Group”. Now go to “Edit”, then
2. Open a new document window in the Indesign Program. Go to “Edit”, then down to
“Paste”. Now, just the cover of a tract is showing. Now go to “File” then down to
“Export”, then select PDF as the type and make an intermediate place / folder to
store these tract covers images. I named the folder “tract covers medium” since I
want to make them smaller or a thumbnail size in Photoshop.
3. Now Open Adobe Photoshop again and go to “File”, then “Open” and find one of the
medium size tract covers and open it. Crop it so no white shows using the Marquis
tool and “Image” then “Crop”. In “Image” then “Image Size reduce the image so the
narrowest side is 2.125”. Make the resolution 250. As you reduce size, you can in- 327 -
crease the resolution and still maintain detail or sharpness. Save the image in
JPEG, TIF, or PDF format and put it in a “tract covers small” folder as a subfolder
under “Book Cover”. Note that, when inserting pictures into a text box in Microsoft
word, it seems best to use a JPEG file format image. When placing pictures on a
Word Press based website, the JPEG seems to work, but PDF images don't work
When saving, first click on discard layer information (Layer - Merge Visible) so the
resulting file size of the document is smaller. The idea here is that either the width or
height of each tract thumbnail to be used in making a collage on the cover, has a
common width so I can make a rectangle of tracts around the border of the cover
that also bleed to the edge on all four sides of the book cover after 1/16” is trimmed
Now it’s time to assemble to photos together on the back of the cover
1. Open the cover document in Adobe Indesign. In the right half, use the picture box
tool with the X in it and draw a square with the mouse that is a little large than the
photo we are placing. Now go to “File” and down to “place” then find the back cover
pictures small folder and place pictures one per picture box. If the picture box made
isn’t big enough to see all the picture, click on the little squares around the border of
the selected box. Clicking on the white arrow tool (direct selection tool) in the tools
pallet allows one to click inside the picture box and see a brown outline of the actual
size of the “Placed” picture. By holding down the shift key and dragging a corner of
this brown box border around the picture, one can proportionally increase or decrease the size of the photo. Afterwards, click on the black arrow tool and make the
blue border around the picture near the size of the picture. One can then click in the
area of the picture and drag it around the desktop to position the picture where
wanted. By clicking with the mouse on the brown bordered picture and not holding
down the shift key when one drags, one can tweak the picture to fit better in a desired spot, so there are no gaps between pictures.
2. Move the pictures into position on the back cover within the document borders but so
1/16” sticks out to make a full bleed cover after trim. By using “Object” then down to
“Arrange” then “Send backwards” or something similar, one can control the overlap
of the pictures to get them all in the document. I put the printing press in the middle
first and then made the other photos fit around it. If you use the magnifying glass tool
and scroll around the document using the hand tool or border of document sliding
bars, you can make sure there are no hairline white gaps between pictures. In one
case, the picture of the laminator had a white area above the machine that I didn’t
like after I made the collage. I opened that picture in Photoshop, then used the magic wand tool and clicked in that white area to select it. Next I used the alt key and the
eyedropper tool to select another area of solid color in the picture. I then selected
the Paint Bucket tool and clicked to put in the color in the white area to get rid of the
- 328 -
The back of the cover is done, now to make the front of the cover.
1. With the Adobe Indesign cover outside document open, I began to draw picture boxes anywhere on the desktop and file place all the small tract covers into individual
text boxes.
2. Next I put the pictures in position. First I took the Messiah’s Identity Revealed picture
and put it in the upper left hand corner of the right half of the cover document, remembering not to go beyond the fold and into the spine area, and remembering also
to extend the top of the picture 1/16” beyond the top trim marker. Across the top I
placed landscape layout pictures like A Father’s Steadfast Love. There was a space
in between I needed to fill so I put the How To Live Forever tract cover there and
made it fit by resizing it. On this one I didn’t make the black outline border go above
the trim line so that, after trim, there would still be a black border around all four
sides of this tract. When I put the Arabic Who Is Jesus tract on the right, there was
no color border around it so I decided to make a black outline rectangle using the
box tool and coloring it black in swatches pallet and 2pt wide in the stroke pallet. I
noticed I had to use the magnifying glass tool and blow the document up to 200% or
more to see if there were unwanted white gaps between pictures.
3. Now to make the Titles. This required three text boxes since the black in the middle
doesn’t have a drop shadow, but the type in the main title and author’s name do.
Fist I use the text box tool with the T in it from the tools pallet and with the mouse
draw a text box almost as wide as the black rectangle I made as a border around the
white space inside the pictures border. In the Character pallet I selected CAC
Moose for typeface and 50 points for type size. In the Swatches pallet, I clicked on
the two small overlapping white squares and set the outline for black at about .5pt
thick. In the fill, I wanted 185 red which wasn’t a choice of available colors. In the
Swatches pallet I clicked on the small triangle in the circle near the upper right corner
of the pallet. I went to New Color Swatch, chose Spot, and Pantone solid coated. In
the next window that opened, I typed 185 in the middle near the top and clicked ok
and PMS 185 appeared in the Swatches pallet so I could choose it for a type fill color. I then typed in the title with the “centered” icon selected in the Paragraph / Transform pallet. I clicked the Enter key after each word to make three lines. Now I wanted to add a Drop Shadow to the lettering so I clicked on the black arrow tool, then
with the mouse cursor went to Object in the pull down menu and down to Drop
Shadow. I clicked to put a check mark in the Add Drop Shadow box. I typed in 45%
and .05 for blur, offset, etc, selections and clicked OK and observed the result. To
make the author’s name text box, I first selected the Text tool and then clicked and
dragged across the pain title. Then I went to Edit and then Copy. Now I drew another text box that was about the same width as the first, but narrower. I then went to
Edit and then Paste and copied the main title text into the new text box. I clicked and
dragged across it and made it about 20pt in size and typed over the existing text the
- 329 -
author’s name and degrees which replaced the text with the new text. I selected the
black arrow tool in the tools pallet and clicked on the text box I had just made and
sized and loved it into positing by clicking and dragging with the mouse. Next I selected the Text tool and drew the third text box and CAC Moose and black with no
fill. I typed in the subtitle and used the black arrow tool to arrange the three pieces
of text to look good on the surrounding white portrait background.
4. Now for the book spine title. I used the text tool and drew a long narrow landscape
text box. For font I chose CAC Moose, and made the fill PMS 185 red and the black
outline .25points in thickness in the stroke pallet. The size of the type is about 12
points. The sub title is black only and the Author’s name is CAC moose like the main
title. To rotate the text box I selected it with the black arrow tool and then went to the
Transform tab in the Paragraph pallet, and typed in -90 degrees then hit the enter
key. This turned the text on end. I selected the black arrow key and used the mouse
to click and drag the title into the spine area white background. Final positioning was
done with the keyboard arrow keys. I made sure the centering of the type in the
Paragraph pallet is “Left”. By adding spaces with the keyboard space bar, I was
able to space the lettering so that there is about ½” of margin from the edge of the
type to the trim marks on the book, both top and bottom.
5. The last cover outside design item would be send an e-mail to the Bowker company
back east and buy a UPC symbol bar code for a book with integrated ISBN (not a
CD or other kind of product), have them send it by e-mail attachment, and draw a
picture box on the back cover and place the UPC symbol there.
This is the end of making the outside of the cover.
To make the inside of the cover:
1. I went, in Indesign, to Layout in the pull down menus then Pages, then, add one
page after the current page. Using the first page or cover outside blue lines as examples, I made new blue lines on page two and put them in the same positions they
are on the outside document page. In addition, I used the line tool to make a ¼” long
2pt wide red marker for the center of the book, made it vertical, and positioned it at
the top trim mark for the finished book. This serves as a guide for positioning the flat
cover sheet in the book making machine which has a red arrow to indicate the center.
2. I felt led to put a picture of a future metal building I wanted to someday have for ministry expansion and I found one of sufficient quality by searching with the Google
search engine under metal buildings. Using the text tool in Photoshop and other finer adjustments, I was able to slightly crop the picture, type caption in white below the
building in the picture, and write HIS Print Media Ministries on the side of the building
in green type in a perspective style making it look smaller as it got further away from
the viewer. I drew a picture box in Indesign and Placed this picture from where I had
it stored on my computer’s hard drive. Below the picture I made another text box
- 330 -
and typed in black the publish date, and contact information for the publisher. This
completed the inside of the front cover.
3. For the inside of the back cover, I made a text box and selected 14 point Arial typeface. I opened the document I had already made in Microsoft Word containing the
About the Author and my picture. I dragged over and selected all the text in Word
and copied it and then went back to Indesign and File and Paste and put it in. I then
drew a picture box and was able to copy and paste the picture from Word into
Indesign. I think it better to Place the picture from where it is stored on the computer. Under Object then Text Frame Options, I was able to move the picture over the
text and have the text wrap around it. I felt inspired to add a Scripture verse to the
bottom of the existing text so I looked it up in the E-sword program and copied and
pasted it into Indesign in the same text box, but I had to drag across the pasted text
and change it to the same font and size as the rest of the text.
4. I went to the links pallet in Indesign and clicked on each linked picture in the list and
then the little triangle in the circle and embedded each picture into the document so it
travels with the document and the link won’t end up missing.
5. I turned on the tabloid color laser printer and set it up in the software to print on card
stock from the bypass or manual feed tray on a 12” by 18” sheet. I experimented
and found the printer printed on the bottom side of the sheet and then I had to flip the
paper 180 degrees on the long side to print the second side. I used a razor blade
knife and tripped the document with an 18” ruler as a guide so the document bled to
the edge on four sides. I then used the scoring machine I had bought at Staples for
about $29 and scored the inside of the cover at the two fold points. I carefully folded
the cove stock 90 degrees on each of these two score marks and got to see what the
cover would look like on a book. I then went back and made some minor improvements to the document and resaved it.
Now, to finish the inside of the book, mainly, adding pictures and page numbers in
Microsoft Word, and making the chapter start pages all odd numbered pages, as well as
creating a Table of Contents. For the table of contents, scroll through the beginning
pages of the document to find where to put the table of contents. Now, in Microsoft
Word 2007, at the top of the program window, go to “Insert”, then down and to the left to
“Blank page”, and a page is automatically inserted. Go back to the Home tab, chooses
the icon for centered text, pick Bold, then type in Table of Contents. Hit the enter key,
take off the bold, and set text alignment to the right. Now type in Chapter, followed by
spaces, then Title or Topic, then more spaces and type Page, then hit the enter key.
Spaces can be added between these words later to position them for best fit and look.
Now we make three vertical columns necessary to keep the lists of chapter numbers,
chapter titles, and chapter start page numbers straight. Go to the Insert tab again then
to “Text Box”, then “Draw text Box”. The cursor changes to a +. Click and drag to form
a portrait narrow and tall box. Then go to “Text Box Styles”. A small box at the right,
- 331 -
when clicked on, brings up Advanced Tools. Here, in this new box, select none for fill
color and for outline “No Outline”. Notice that if you hold the mouse cursor at the edge
of the blue highlighted box, you can get a move icon and click and move the box within
the page with the mouse. If you double click the box, you can move it with the keyboard
arrow keys. You can also extend the size of the box by clicking and dragging on one of
its sides. Position the box below “Chapter” and Chose something like the Arial font and
12pt size. Type a number 1, then hit return, and type successive numbers. Now go to
“Insert” again, then “Text Box” then “Draw a Text Box” and place the mouse cursor to
the right of the first text box with numbers in it and click and drag to make a wider text
box for chapter titles. Make a third box near the right margin and type the page numbers there of the chapter starts. I couldn’t figure out when I added page numbers in the
footer of the document how to get the beginning of Chapter One to have a page number 1, so, I left it whatever number it is, since the Word program began numbering from
the first page in the document which was acknowledgements and copyright permissions.
Move these three text boxes around on the page by double clicking on them and using
the keyboard arrow keys, and align them so, reading across from left to right, the text in
each column starts on the same level. I decided I wanted each chapter title to have 6pt
of space after it, but have titles taking two lines to have no additional spacing between
the lines. This means the line spacing between the numbers in the first and last column
have to be adjusted to align with the middle column. This seems to be a trial and error
adjustment method that is accessed by being in the “Home” tab and then opening “Paragraph” and varying the “Before” and “After” under “Spacing”.
After typing all the chapters in the contents of the book, and inserting pictures, and
making sure that each chapter title starts at the top of its own page, it is time to insert
page numbers. Go to the “Insert” tab, then over to ”Page Number” then down to
“Format Page Numbers”. Pick a number style and click on OK. In “Page Number” pick
where on the page you want the page number to appear. Now the page numbers appear in the document, but the chapter start pages must be odd numbered pages so
when the book is bound they appear on the right and not the left. Scroll with the mouse
to the beginning of each chapter and if the chapter doesn’t start on an odd page, place
the cursor in front of the title and click, and go to the Insert, then to Blank Page which
automatically inserts a blank page before that chapter start, moving that chapter start
page to an odd numbered page. Keep in mind that adding more text to the document
and additional pictures, etc. may move the starting pages of chapter to an even page
and another blank page may have to be inserted. When the book is the way you want it,
write down the page numbers of the various chapter starts and type them into the Page
column on the right in the Table of Contents.
For adding pictures one can simply go to the Insert tab and then click on the Picture
icon which will open a window for you to find a stored picture on your computer. When
you find one and click ok, the picture is inserted into the document at the point where
- 332 -
you were typing. If you hold down the shift key and click and drag the corner of the picture, you can proportionally resize it. If you double click the picture, the “Format” tab
opens at the top of the document with choices for adjusting the picture in terms of
brightness and contrast, putting a border or drop shadow on the picture, and position on
the page. The Text Wrap feature allows you to drag the picture over text and adjust the
text to flow around the picture. Here I think it is best to make a text box around the picture or first draw a text box, click inside it and then do Insert and Picture. That way you
can click on the text box and move the picture around a small amount at a time with
more control using the keyboard arrow keys. There is also a feature I came across that
allows you to easily insert a caption under the picture, but I can’t seem to find it.
In closing this chapter, please be sure that you have gone to the Page Layout tab,
then “Margins” then “Custom” and clicked on “Mirrored Margins” and applied it to the
whole document. You will be printing the book document double sided and hopefully
you will have a laser printer that has built in automatic duplexer. My prayer is that as
you begin writing and publishing books, the Lord make you to have what the Bible states
in Psalm 45:1 AMP “My tongue is like the pen of a ready writer.”
It seems the easiest way to book publication is Self-Publishing with
One uploads the book word document to them, and they take care making the paperback books, and also e-books. If one charges a low enough price ($3.99 for e-books
and 9.99 for printed books), the author gets 2/3rds of the royalties (profits from sales),
and they handle the sales and record keeping.
- 333 -
- 334 -
FAQs: General Questions about ISBN*
What is an ISBN?
What is the purpose of an ISBN?
What is the format of the ISBN?
Does the ISBN have any meaning imbedded in the numbers?
Why do some ISBNs end in an "X"?
Who can assign ISBNs to a publisher?
Who is eligible for an ISBN?
How long does it take to get an ISBN?
How much does it cost to get an ISBN?
What do I do when I receive the ISBN and where is it printed?
How & where do I register my ISBN?
Can a publisher have both an ISBN & ISSN?
How can I find an assigned ISBN?
How are ISBNs used in a Bar Code & how do I obtain one?
How do I select the correct amount of ISBNs?
What is the format of the new ISBN-13?
Does the ISBN-13 have any meaning embedded in the numbers?
Where does an ISBN get placed on a book?
What is the difference between a bar code and an ISBN?
Does it matter where a book is printed?
If a publisher is selling their books on their own and are not trying to place them in stores or libraries or with wholesalers, is an ISBN required?
Do ISBNs have to be assigned to books that are not being sold?
Are different ISBNs used if a book appears in different languages?
Are custom publications assigned ISBNs?
What is an ISBN?
The International Standard Book Number (ISBN) is a 13-digit number that uniquely identifies
books and book-like products published internationally.
What is the purpose of an ISBN?
The purpose of the ISBN is to establish and identify one title or edition of a title from one specific publisher and is unique to that edition, allowing for more efficient marketing of products by
booksellers, libraries, universities, wholesalers and distributors.
What is the format of the ISBN?
Every ISBN consists of thirteen digits and whenever it is printed it is preceded by the letters
ISBN. The thirteen-digit number is divided into four parts of variable length, each part separated
by a hyphen.
Does the ISBN have any meaning embedded in the numbers?
The four parts of an ISBN are as follows:
- 335 -
Group or country identifier which identifies a national or geographic grouping of publishers;
Publisher identifier which identifies a particular publisher within a group;
Title identifier which identifies a particular title or edition of a title;
Check digit is the single digit at the end of the ISBN which validates the ISBN.
Why do some ISBNs end in an "X"?
In the case of the check digit, the last digit of the ISBN, the upper case X can appear. The method
of determining the check digit for the ISBN is the modulus 11 with the weighting factors 10 to 1.
The Roman numeral X is used in lieu of 10 where ten would occur as a check digit.
Who can assign ISBNs to a publisher?
There are over 160 ISBN Agencies worldwide, and each ISBN Agency is appointed as the exclusive agent responsible for assigning ISBNs to publishers residing in their country or geographic
territory. The United States ISBN Agency is the only source authorized to assign ISBNs to publishers supplying an address in the United States, U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam and Puerto Rico and
its database establishes the publisher of record associated with each prefix.
Once an ISBN publisher prefix and associated block of numbers has been assigned to a publisher
by the ISBN Agency, the publisher can assign ISBNs to publications it holds publishing rights to.
However, after the ISBN Agency assigns ISBNs to a publisher, that publisher cannot resell, reassign, transfer, or split its list of ISBNs among other publishers. These guidelines have long
been established to ensure the veracity, accuracy and continued utility of the international ISBN
As defined by the ISO Standard, the ISBN publisher prefix (or "root" of the ISBN) identifies a
single publisher. If a second publisher subsequently obtains an ISBN from the assigned publisher's block of ISBNs, there will be no change in the publisher of record for any ISBN in the block
as originally assigned. Therefore, searches of industry databases for that re-assigned ISBN will
identify the original owner of that assigned prefix as the publisher rather than the second publisher. Discovering this consequence too late can lead to extensive costs in applying for a new prefix,
re-assigning a new ISBN, and potentially leading to the application of stickers to books already
printed and in circulation.
If you are a new publisher, you should apply for your own ISBN publisher prefix and plan to
identify and circulate your books properly in the industry supply chain. You may encounter offers from other sources to purchase single ISBNs at special offer prices; you should be wary of
purchasing from these sources for the reasons noted above. There are unauthorized re-sellers of
ISBNs and this activity is a violation of the ISBN standard and of industry practice. A publisher
with one of these re-assigned ISBNs will not be correctly identified as the publisher of record in
Books In Print or any of the industry databases such as Barnes and Noble or Amazon or those of
wholesalers such as Ingram. If you have questions, contact the US ISBN Agency for further advice.
Who is eligible for an ISBN?
The ISBN Agency assigns ISBNs at the direct request of publishers, e-book publishers, audio
- 336 -
cassette and video producers, software producers and museums and associations with publishing
How long does it take to get an ISBN?
Allow 5 business days for non-priority processing from the time an ISBN application is received
at the agency (not from the date sent by the publisher.) Priority processing is two business days
from the time an application is received at the agency. Express processing is 24 business hours.
How much does it cost to get an ISBN?
There is a service fee to process all ISBN applications. Service fee information is contained on
the application. Priority and Express processing involve an additional fee.
NOTE: The processing service charge is NON-REFUNDABLE.
What do I do when I receive the ISBN and where is it printed?
An ISBN should be assigned to each title or product, including any backlist or forthcoming titles.
Each format or binding must have a separate ISBN (i.e. hardcover, paperbound, VHS video, laserdisc, e-book format, etc). A new ISBN is required for a revised edition. Once assigned, an
ISBN can never be reused. An ISBN is printed on the lower portion of the back cover of a book
above the bar code and on the copyright page.
How & where do I register my ISBN?
Once ISBNs have been assigned to products they should be reported to R.R. Bowker as the database of record for the ISBN Agency. Companies are eligible for a free listing in various directories such as Books in Print, Words on Cassette, The Software Encyclopedia, Bowker's Complete
Video Directory, etc.
NOTE: Receiving just your ISBNs does NOT guarantee title listings. To ensure your titles
get in the Books in Print database you must submit your title information.
Book titles should be registered with Books in Print at
Can a publisher have both an ISBN & an ISSN?
Both numbering systems are used for books in a series and with annuals or biennials. The ISBN
identifies the individual book in a series or a specific year for an annual or biennial. The ISSN
identifies the ongoing series, or the ongoing annual or biennial serial. If a publication has both,
each should be printed on the copyright page.
How can I find an assigned ISBN?
The Publications (hard copy listings) in which the assigned ISBNs appear are Publishers, Distributors & Wholesalers of the United States, published by R.R. Bowker, and Literary Market
Place, published by Information Today.
How are ISBNs used in a Bar Code & how do I obtain one?
The ISBN can be translated into a worldwide compatible bar code format. Publishers who wish
to have their ISBNs translated into worldwide compatible bar codes can now make their request
- 337 -
directly online at or . Bar code scanning is a required
step required by for many retailers in the sales transaction process for book publications and
book-related items. We hope that offering this service will save you time and enable you to meet
all of your transaction partners' requirements.
How do I select the correct amount of ISBNs?
ISBNs are sold in blocks of 10, 100, and 1000. When purchasing ISBNs, we recommend that you
estimate the amount of publications you will be publishing within the next five years, and select
the block that best suits your needs. It is always best to select the block that will last you for a
few years because you will be able to maintain one publisher prefix, and minimize the unit cost
per ISBN. When purchasing a larger block of ISBNs, the price per ISBN decreases.
What is the format of the new ISBN-13?
Every ISBN will consist of thirteen digits in 2007. The thirteen digit number is divided into five
parts of variable length, each part separated by a hyphen.
Does the ISBN-13 have any meaning imbedded in the numbers?
The five parts of an ISBN are as follows:
1. The current ISBN-13 will be prefixed by "978"
2. Group or country identifier which identifies a national or geographic grouping of publishers;
3. Publisher identifier which identifies a particular publisher within a group;
4. Title identifier which identifies a particular title or edition of a title;
5. Check digit is the single digit at the end of the ISBN which validates the ISBN.
Where does an ISBN get placed on a book?
An ISBN gets placed on the copyright page and, if there is no bar code, on the back cover.
What is the difference between a bar code and an ISBN?
An ISBN is a number. A bar code is the graphic with vertical lines that encodes numerical information for scanning purposes. An ISBN and a bar code are two different things.
Does it matter where a book is printed?
No, books can be printed anywhere. ISBNs are assigned based on the geographical location of
the publisher, not the printing company.
If a publisher is selling their books on their own and are not trying to place them in stores
or libraries or with wholesalers, is an ISBN required?
No, an ISBN is not required.
Do ISBNs have to be assigned to books that are not being sold?
No, they do not have to be assigned, but they can be.
Are different ISBNs used if a book appears in different languages?
Yes. Each language version is a different product.
- 338 -
Are custom publications assigned ISBNs?
No, custom publications are not assigned ISBNs unless such assignment is necessary for a publisher’s back office systems, such as finance, since there is only one customer in such arrangements.
Bowker is an affiliated business of ProQuest. | © 2014 R.R. Bowker LLC. All rights reserved.
For support, please call us toll-free at 1-877-310-7333.
Contact Us | ISBN Terms of Use| Bowker Statement of Use | Privacy Policy
*Note: This information was copied from the official ISBN website on the internet.
If one wants to buy a single book barcode and ISBN number, instead of minimum of ten from the
Bowker company, he can go through Publisher Services and pay $55 (as of 12/6/2011). For
additional fees they do book formatting, etc., with a Complementary Hard Proof Author Copy for
$349 (the Base Cost for Publishing as of 12/6/2011). They also do digital formatting of books in the
Kindle ($180+) and e-pub formats.
Roy and Susan Cypher of Taking it to the Streets, visit us to work on their books which we
manufacture. In the past they had used ISBN numbers and bar codes, but we decided they didn't
need to do that since their booklet and upcoming new book are mainly distributed by them
personally at places they speak and minister. My wife and I are writing a new book titled Our God
Stories. My mother, who had purchased a set of then ISBN numbers from Bowker when she
publisher her book, Settlers of the Sod, agreed to let us use one of the ISBN numbers she bought. I
contacted Bowker, and we are waiting to find out how many pages will be in the book and what
we will charge for a copy. Then I will contact Bowker and they will produce and send me by e-mail
attachment, and updated ISBN number including a barcode and price. I will place it on the back
cover of the book and place the ISBN number on the copyright page.
- 339 -
- 340 -
What’s This “Born-Again” Business?
(Understanding God’s Plan of Salvation)
Note: This chapter is now posted as a separate free downloadable PDF read order
e-booklet item on our website This clickable link takes you to that
document if you are reading this desktop publishing guide book in e-book rather than
printed copy form: Born Again read order e-booklet. I also have been printing it as a
booklet to be used for follow-up after a person become a Christian - It explains in detail
what happened to them when they asked Jesus to come into their heart as Personal
Lord and Savior. When I did this at age eleven, my emotions were somewhat shut
down, and I wondered for three years afterwards if I was really saved. God’s Bible promises said I am, but my feelings didn't tell me that. Printed booklets are available by emailing
While living with and working for my parents on their ranch (about 1981), I felt inspired to write something on the scriptural background behind the concept of “getting
saved”. Thirty pages flowed out of me and I feel I should share it here, with a few additions or improvements. As an Evangelist, I have been praying for a “revelation of Jesus
Christ” or divine revelation regarding God’s plan of Salvation for mankind from eternity
past to eternity future. This is not it, but is helpful in doing a better job of reaching the
lost soul. This paper became a sermon topic at public locations I was asked to preach
at. Keep in mind that the statistics I quote were taken in the early 1980’s.
Here’s an interesting topic – interesting because some sixty million Americans are
involved in it. This topic, the title of my sermon (tonight) is: What’s This “Born-Again
Business?” I pick up the news paper. The Gallup Company has taken another poll!
They say some 60 million Adult Americans (one half of the U.S. population) claim
they’ve had a “Born-Again” experience. An earlier poll a few years ago said 50 million.
This is a growing phenomenon. It’s happening to people from all walks of life, and it’s
changing the hell out of the most unlikely people – characters like former communist
and Black Panther Eldridge Cleaver who now emphatically states that an individual personal encounter with Jesus Christ is the best way to change or reform the world for
good. I heard him give his testimony – it’s really touching; yet, when I mention this,
some insist that Eldridge hasn’t or couldn’t have changed. Then we have Chuck Colson,
a Richard Nixon “hatchet man”, a prisoner turned preacher to prisoners. He wrote a
book, a best seller, I believe it was, titled, Born Again. This brings to mind Charles Tex
Watson of the Charles Manson Cult – the one responsible for the brutal murder of Sharon Tate. Watson became assistant chaplain at the prison where he was serving time.
Perhaps the most dramatic case I can remember is that of Jim Tucker, a bank robber,
weight lifter, Hell’s Angel, American Nazi Party member, and Satanist who tried to shoot
and kill his school teacher during class at age eight. Jim is now a man of the cloth!
- 341 -
This born-again group now includes singer Bob Dylan and notable movie stars such
as Pat Boone, Cheryl Ladd of the TV series Charlie’s Angels, Dean Jones, Jane Fonda,
and the late Steve McQueen, not to mention Ronald Reagan, according to a March ’81
article in The Ladies Home Journal titled, Going Back to God in Godless Hollywood.
Movie stars have all had all the popularity, sex, drugs, riches, you or I could want, and
they’re still not satisfied, still searching for true happiness – that’s why they’re taking another look, a closer look at the God of their childhood, the subject of a song by Rev.
Kenneth Copeland, “I have returned, to the God of my childhood, to the same simple
faith, that as a child I once knew…and the God I outgrew.”
On the other hand, this born-again experience is happening to some of the world’s
most religious people such as Rabi Maharaj from India who authored the book Death of
a Guru. Although one might rightly say that the majority of born-again people are religious; believe it or not, religion (being religious or of a certain Church denomination or
affiliation, having Christian parents, or being raised in a Christian home) – all this is not
a prerequisite to being born-again. You’ll see why as we discuss this further. My mother’s side of the family were devout Christians and my Grandmother prayed over me and
dedicated me to the Lord when I was born, and although I began attending a church of
their same denomination and had been going there a year with my sister, I was not yet
born again.
Well, if 60 million Americans are testifying that, spiritually, being born-again is the
best way to go – “the only way to fly”, we ought to know about it – we need to find out
what’s gotten into these people or what this born-again business is all about. For sure,
pollsters show us, this group has been growing in numbers. Some of us may not like it,
but it’s something we’re going to have to learn to like or to live with. In the case of The
Galloping Gourmet TV cook, Graham Kerr, for example, he found out it had happened
to his wife!
The fourth largest television network in the USA, CBN, is promoting this phenomenon. As you can see, it is dramatically revolutionizing for the good people from all walks
of life – especially people like yourself – so how can you knock it! It’s coming your way,
so let’s be informed and be prepared. “What is this Born-Again Business?” I went
through a year of Bible College and two years of Theology School, to find out. Here’s
the scoop as I see it and have experienced it. I’ve been born-again over nineteen years
now and I just recently figured out what all happened to me. It is obvious that something
happened. There’s been such a change in me that my formerly agnostic and still scientific Dad figured those religious fanatics on my mother’s side had done something to me
during my occasional visits to the farm in South Dakota. When I went to Georgia to work
with a seasoned Evangelist, the family began to think I needed to be deprogrammed, as
they had my Aunt travel an additional 90 miles from her company meeting in Atlanta to
check on me.
- 342 -
Born-again is a familiar term in some circles; but, all too often, theology students like
myself develop this religious Bible lingo or jargon and we fail to communicate in talking
to those outside our line of study. We assume that others know what we’re (what I’m)
talking about. It reminds me of the two black men speaking jive in the movie Airplane. I
mean using words like the word theology that I just used a moment ago. It can be divided or broken down into the two Greek words Theos (God), and ology (the study of).
Theology, then, is the study of God. Other words I might otherwise use are: Propitiation,
Salvation, Righteousness, Justification, Sanctification, and Redemption, to name a few.
Take the word Redemption, for example; or, Salvation. We know about the Salvation
Army or, for those of you who are a little older, the location of the nearest Blue Chip
stamp redemption store; but this is probably the limited extent of our understanding of
such terms. You walk down the street in downtown Los Angeles. Someone hands you a
tract and says, “Are you saved?” “Saved, what’s that? Saved from what?” you might
well reply if you didn’t feel embarrassed and weren’t in such a hurry. As a bit of humor,
take the word assume I used earlier and break it down – ass – u – me. When I assume
that you understand what I’m talking about, and you don’t, it makes an Ass out of You
and Me.
I know many of you have been to various Rescue Missions, Churches, or Salvation
Army meetings across the country, or possibly a Billy Graham Crusade, at some time in
your life. Some of you have probably heard more sermons than I’ve heard or preached,
especially on the subject of being or getting saved. Oops, there’s one of those theological words again! Just the same, I will not assume that you’ve not understood all the religious or Biblical nomenclature that’s come from this and other pulpits like it all across
our land. I was told by other ministers that I don’t break terms down enough for new
Christians or non-Christians to understand. I checked this out and found out they were
right! At a nearby boys camp chapel service we sang that old standby Amazing Grace. I
asked if anyone knew what the word grace meant. One young man raised his hand and
exclaimed “I always thought that grace is what you say before meals.” On this topic I’ve
endeavored to explain things as clearly and as simply as I know how.
The word born-again was coined by Jesus Christ when a leader of the Jews named
Nicodemus came to see Jesus at night. Nick must have sensed that something was
lacking in his life, something Jesus either had or knew about. Nick, and other Jewish
leaders like him had been anticipating the arrival of the promised Jewish Messiah or
Anointed One, and he wondered if Jesus were the One. This is substantiated by the following Bible references:
Daniel 9:25 KJV “Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment
to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.”
Luke 3:15 KJV “And as the people were in expectation, and all men mused in their hearts of
John, whether he were the Christ, or not.”
- 343 -
John 4:25 KJV “The woman saith unto him, I know that Messiahs cometh, which is called Christ:
when he is come, he will tell us all things. “
Although Nick was a spiritual leader of his people and outwardly very religious, Jesus
knew that no man or woman could be right with God without an inward change of heart,
a change in his spiritual nature or spirit, what the Apostle Paul called the inward man.
(2 Corinthians4:16), the inner man (Ephesians 3:16); or, the hidden man of the heart as the
Apostle Peter called it (I Peter 3:4).
2 Corinthians 4:16 NKJV “For which cause we faint not; but though our outward man perish, yet
the inward man is renewed day by day.”
Ephesians 3:16-17a NKJV “That he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be
strengthened with might by his Spirit in the inner man. 17a That Christ may dwell in your hearts
by faith.”
1 Peter 3:3-4 KJV “Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of
wearing of gold, or of putting on of apparel. 4 But let it be the hidden man of the heart, in that
which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of
God of great price.”
We can only understand this if we understand that man in his makeup is a three part
being – spirit, soul, and body. The real you is a spirit being who lives in that body of
yours, through which you express various emotions, the soul being the seat of the emotions. Modern medical science is enabling doctors like cardiologist Maurice Rawlings,
MD, to revive clinically dead patients, who, in the olden days, never came back. As
Reader’s Digest put it, “Today, medical advances have allowed doctors to resuscitate
people who in earlier times would have been irretrievably dead. In effect, medical intervention has pushed back the boundaries of what we call death.” (August 2003, page
124) People are dying as usual, but now, through modern medical resuscitation methods such as CPR and AED machines, some are returning to tell about a very real existence beyond this life, a Life After Life as one researcher titled his book.
Dr. Rawlings wrote two books, Beyond Death’s Door by Bantam House, and To Hell
and Back which is also a video. In his first book he tells of a patient in his office having
a cardiac arrest and collapsing while taking a treadmill test. Dr. Rawlings began administering CPR. He says the first thing a patient usually says when they come to life again
is, “Get off of me, you’re hurting me!” But this man said “Don’t stop! Don’t stop! Don’t
you know that every time you stop I die and go to Hell!? Dr. Rawlings told him to shut
up and keep his Hell to himself until he got a pacemaker installed. he patient cried out,
“What do I have to do so I don’t die and go to Hell!” The doctor replied, “I guess it’s like
we learned in Sunday school when we were children. Ask Jesus into your heart and
you will go to Heaven when you die. If you live, you’re on the hook forever.” The doctor,
not sure of any of this, found himself leading the patient in the prayer of salvation to ask
Jesus to come into his heart, right there on the floor in his office. The patient stabilized
and became a sincere Christian after that. Dr. Rawlings made an interesting discovery
when he writes, “I found out it may not be safe to die!”
My Dad once told my Mom and me, “When I die, have me cremated, scatter my ashes, and forget about me, I’m gone!” “Can you be so sure?” my Mom had replied, having
been raised in a Christian Pentecostal family. More recently my Father got cancer and
then had a minor heart attack. He called me on my cell phone at work and asked me to
- 344 -
come by and pray for him after work. He really wanted to get healed and live longer,
even though he is was 87. I told him something I had come up with the week before.
“Dad, it’s not your time to go because, #1, you don’t know where you’re going; and, #2,
You don’t know how you’re going to get there. After explaining about the need to pray
and ask Jesus into one’s heart as personal Lord and Savior, I took his hand and led him
in the prayer of salvation. He had been a research scientist and electronic inventor. His
youngest brother, a Baptist lay minister, had been trying to reach my dad for years.
Reader’s Digest magazine published two articles on Evidence for Life after Death. In
the first article, Professor of Psychiatry, Dr. Ian Stevenson, after having researched
NDEs (near death experiences), and OBEs (out of body experiences), told Reader’s Digest, “I think it prudent to prepare for the eventuality.” The second article New Evidence:
Life After Death (August 2003), tells the true story of Pam Reynolds who, in 1991,
learned she had a life-threatening bulge in an artery in her brain. Neurosurgeon Robert
Spetzler, director of the Barrow Neurological Institute in Phoenix, AZ, told the 35 year
old mother of three that in order to operate, her heart would have to be stopped, her
brain function would cease, and by all clinical measures she would be dead for up to an
During the operation, “Spetzler gave the order to bring Reynolds to ‘standstill’ – draining the blood from her body. By every reading of every instrument, life left Reynold’s
body.” Just before that Reynolds felt herself pop out of her body, where she briefly observed part of the operation (which she described in detail afterwards, even though her
eyes had been taped shut), then he found herself traveling down a tunnel toward a light
where she saw her long-dead grandmother, relatives and friends, until an uncle led her
back to her body and instructed her to return. After she came to, she told the doctor all
that she had seen and experienced. At the writing of the article, twelve years later, the
doctor still didn’t know what to make if it all.
What these doctors are proving is that it is this human spirit part of a man that lives a
very real existence beyond physical death and the grave. Dr. William Mayo, co founder
and chief of staff at the famous Mayo Clinic at Rochester, Minnesota, said “The keen
blade of my scalpel may never uncover the soul as a tangible part of the mystery called
man, but I know it is there. I am as confident of its presence as I am of the most elemental truth to which my own medical science adheres.” In the Bible, in the Apostle
Paul’s second letter to the church at Corinth, he wrote:
2 Corinthians 5:1 KJV “For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved,
we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens.”
2 Corinthians 5:8 KJV “We are confident, I say, and willing rather to be absent from the body,
and to be present with the Lord.”
Another Old Testament passage confirms this:
Zechariah 12:1 KJV “The burden of the word of the LORD for Israel, saith the LORD, which
stretcheth forth the heavens, and layeth the foundation of the earth, and formeth the spirit of
man within him.”
Getting back to our story of Jesus and Nicodemus, Jesus emphasizes that the spirit
of a man must undergo a change if man is to live a truly happy life. He get’s right to the
root of Nicodemus’s need. Jesus tells him, “Except a man be born again” (or, born a
second time, “born from above” as some translations have it), he cannot see or enter
into the Kingdom of God – this rule of God on earth the Jews were looking for. In other
- 345 -
words, unless the spirit man is somehow born a second time, a man cannot take part in
the blessings of God’s rule and kingdom. Using similar language, Jesus said, in a different setting on a different occasion:
Matthew 18:3 KJV “And said, Verily I say unto you, Except ye be converted, and become as little
children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of heaven.
The Apostle Peter, in one of his first public sermons said:
Acts 3:19 KJV “Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when
the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord.”
There is a neat riddle I used to have on a hand held multi-page sign “Born once, die
twice, born twice, die once” Nicodemus tried to figure this out on a mere physical level of
meaning without seeing the spiritual meaning because the Jews were under the Romans or The Great Roman Empire, at the time and were very interested in being liberated from pagan Rome with their pantheon of idol gods, while the Jews were monotheistic, or believing in only one God. They looked for this deliverance to come through the
promised Messiah (Anointed One) of Old Testament prophecy, who, they figured, would
throw off their Roman oppressors and set up a Kingdom of God on Earth centered at
Jerusalem, Israel.
Acts 1:6 KJV “When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt
thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?”
You can see, then, why Nick was so interested in Jesus’ use of the phrase Kingdom
of Heaven. Trying to figure out what Jesus meant by the term born-again in the kingdom
statement Jesus had just made.
John 3:4-6 KJV “Nicodemus saith unto him, How can a man be born when he is old? Can he enter the second time into his mother's womb, and be born?”
Jesus begins to straighten things out a bit for Nick, and for us, by building on the idea
Nick just put out – a physical birth. 5 Jesus answered, Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a
man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. 6 “That which is
born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit.”
Jesus here distinguishes the birth he is talking about, saying that it is a spiritual one
whose agent (that which causes it to happen) is the Holy Spirit of God. This is a supernatural experience involving supernatural power. One version of Peter’s epistle states
“born, not of human origin, but of God”. The birth here is a second birth or rebirth of the
human spirit, not the body, but your spirit – the real you that lives inside that body of
yours – that part of you the doctors have found to live on after you physically die. I
heard the testimony of a born-again minister who works with Oral Roberts, and had a
heart attack and died recently in ICU – the hospital’s Intensive Care Unit. When his
heart stopped he (the human spirit) checked out of his body and was in another world
walking along a green country path toward the great City of God in Heaven. Meanwhile,
when the heart monitoring machine first sounded its alarm, a medical assistant began
jumping on the man’s body to get his heart going again. When the heart started beating,
the human spirit returned. “Didn’t that hurt you, my beating on your chest?” the assistant
asked. The man replied, “How could it hurt me when I wasn’t here?”
Even the news media understands this. When someone is murdered and the police
find out about it, the news report goes something like this: “Police detectives discovered
the body of John Doe.” They recognize that John Doe, the spirit man, is no longer associated with his body because, at death, John Doe checked out. When was the last time
- 346 -
you looked at an epitaph or tomb stone or grave marker to find it reads, “Here lies the
body of…”? The human spirit is the most important aspect of our beings as it is the part
which lives forever. Thus, making sure our spirits are born-again is of utmost importance. Jesus said:
Matthew 16:26 KJV “For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his
own soul? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul?”
I hope you understand now what I mean when I use the term the human spirit, or man’s
spiritual nature.
By using the term born-again, then, I paraphrase Jesus as saying, “Nick, being right
with God is more than a matter of being physically born once (a man’s first birth) into a
Jewish family, the Jews being God’s chosen people. A right relationship with God
transcends physical ties. You’re having a right and satisfying relationship with God your
creator transcends physical relationships or requirements. Your having a right and satisfying relationship with God in His Kingdom requires this second birth I’m talking about –
a rebirth of the human spirit – the spiritual side of man – that which was originally made
in the image and likeness of God (Genesis 1:26). Since God is a spirit being (John
4:24), he relates to man as a spirit being.”
Saint Peter is the only other person in the Bible to use the term born-again. His usage of the word shows us that this term cannot be a reference to physical birth. “Being
born-again, not of corruptible seed [i.e., earthly parents], but of incorruptible, by the word
of God which liveth and abideth forever. For all flesh is a grass [an analogy to the word
“corruptible” just used]…” (I Peter 1:23-24a).
As I mentioned earlier, one translation reads “born, not of human origin”. The NASB
translation reads, “having been born-again” showing us that this is a present experience,
and not a future happening as advocated by the late Herbert W. Armstrong in his Plain
Truth magazine. Saint John uses a similar phrase, born of God, that sheds further light
on the fact that this is a supernatural experience that occurs or takes place inside a
man, in his heart or human spirit. A sample of the Apostle John’s usage of his term here
is I John 5:1a “Whosoever believeth that Jesus is the Christ [i.e., the Anointed One of
God] is born of God.”
We can draw two conclusions to what Jesus is saying to Nicodemus in the third chapter of the Book of John. If a man’s spirit needs to be reborn to be in God’s kingdom – in
right relationship and harmony with God, then something has gone wrong somewhere
because, as originally created, man was at one time in harmony with God and in right
standing with God,; but, for some reason, he’s not there now. We can deduce or conclude that:
1. The man who hasn’t been born again is out of kilter or out of harmony with God.
2. If the inner man or spirit of a man needs to be reborn, then somewhere along the
span of man’s existence, man died as a spirit; or, spiritually speaking. We know that
he continued to exist (because we’re all still standing here today). Man continued to
exist, but alienated somehow from God – somehow fallen from the image and likeness in which he (man) was created according to Genesis 1:26.
Genesis 1:26-27 KJV “And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let
them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle,
and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. 27 So God
- 347 -
created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him; male and female created he
When, then did this happen, and what does this term spiritual death or died spiritually
mean? And, in what way does being born-again resolve this whole broken relationship
between God and mankind? What is this born again business, anyway? As I said, I
spent five years in college getting a Bachelor of Theology degree (a study of God degree) to find out; and now I believe I understand it, and can help you to understand it
with me.
At the Biblical creation of man by God in the Garden of Eden, God’s enemy, the fallen
angel Lucifer, appeared disguised as a snake or serpent and told the first woman, Eve,
that God was wrong when he told them they would die if they ate of the fruit of the Tree
of the Knowledge of Good and Evil. Being the father of lies, Satan deceived Eve (her
husband Adam sinned also, but was not deceived in what he was doing according to I
Timothy 2:4) into thinking that God was withholding something good from mankind that
could make him like God. Willfully following the advice of Satan over God’s clear command, man disobeyed God. This made Satan man’s authority figure. Man sold out to
Satan, willfully committing an act of high treason against God, and then indirectly blaming God for it by saying, “The woman whom thou gavest to be with me she gave me of
the tree and I did eat.” (Genesis 3:12). Adam and Eve [mankind] lost their place as
God’s under rulers on the earth.
Genesis 1:28 KJV “…have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and
over every living thing that moveth upon the earth.”
The Apostle Paul tell us that the result of this is that the Devil, God’s arch enemy, became “the god of this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4). In his relationship with God, Adam died
as a spiritual being – he fell out of harmony and fellowship with a Holy and Just God, his
creator. Although created to live forever, men began to die physically, living increasingly
shorter lives as a result of spiritual death and the disease of sin, which is disobedience
to God’s commands. Further disobedience, starting with Adam’s son Cain murdering
his brother Abel, led to men taking on more of the nature of Satan to where in Jesus
time, he told the most religious people of his day, the Pharisees,
John 8:44 KJV “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a
murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When
he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.”
God wouldn’t let mankind live forever in a fallen condition – that’s why Adam and Eve
were put out of the Garden of Eden so they wouldn’t continue to eat of the Tree of Life
and live forever in their fallen spiritual state.
Genesis 3:22-24 KJV “And the LORD God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to
know good and evil: and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat,
and live for ever: 23 Therefore the LORD God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the
ground from whence he was taken. 24 So he drove out the man; and he placed at the east of the
garden of Eden Cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the
tree of life.”
God had told man at the start, “In the day that thou eatest of it [the forbidden fruit[ thou
shalt surely die.” (Genesis 2:17). Yet Adam didn’t die physically for 930 years after that.
- 348 -
Looking back to the time before men are born-again, the Apostle Paul helps us understand things when he writes:
Ephesians 2:1-3 KJV “And you hath he quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins; 2
Where-in in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of
the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience: 3 Among whom
also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling the desires of the
flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others.”
The people (Ephesians) that Paul was writing to were alive, yet Paul says they were
dead. He has to be talking about a spiritual death rather than a physical death. Jesus
told a man who wanted to follow him after burying his father, “Let the dead bury their
dead.” (Luke 9:60). Adam and Eve were acutely aware of this when they became embarrassed about their physical nakedness before God and tried to make coverings for
themselves out of fig leaves (Genesis 3:7). God then killed an animal to make clothes
of skin for man. This showed the high cost of sin – that the only acceptable covering for
man’s sin is the taking of the life of another in exchange for our life, and the of
that other’s blood which represents life. In the Book of Leviticus, God says:
Leviticus 17:11 KJV “For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the
altar to make an atonement for your souls: for it is the blood that maketh an atonement for the
This is why only the blood or life of Jesus Christ applied to our sins is acceptable to
God, and why God will not accept any religion or cult that does not involve a blood sacrifice. This is why the Mormons, Jehovah’s witnesses, Christian Scientists, Eastern Religions, and other groups who deny the need of a blood sacrifice to be forgiven by God,
are not acceptable to God, because they won’t meet God on His terms – they won’t accept His plan for making men right with God.
Romans 10:2-4 KJV “For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not according to
knowledge. 3 For they being ignorant of God's righteousness, and going about to establish their
own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the righteousness of God. 4 For Christ
is the end of the law for righteousness to every one that believeth.”
God called Adam and Eve’s act of rebellion (eating the forbidden fruit and following
Satan’s advice) sin. Sin is defined elsewhere in the Bible as the transgression of, or
disobedience to, God’s laws or commandments (more specifically, the Ten Commandments – Exodus chapter 20) for peace and harmony on earth.
1 John 3:4 KJV “Whosoever committeth sin transgresseth also the law: for sin is the transgression of the law.”
1 John 5:17 KJV “All unrighteousness is sin: and there is a sin not unto death.”
Romans 5:12 KJV “Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and
so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned.”
Romans 6:23 KJV “For the wages of sin is death.”
Ezekiel 18:20 KJV “The soul that sinneth, it shall die.”
It should be noted here that the terms death and die, do not mean what the Jehovah’s
witnesses call soul sleep, or, ceasing to exist for a period of time until Jesus returns to
earth.. Although the physical body dies and decays, the Bible says God will someday,
somehow resurrect it to stand before Him on a Judgment Day, but, on a spiritual plane,
one never ceases to exist. Jesus said:
- 349 -
Matthew 10:28 KJV “And fear not them which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul: but
rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.”
W.E. Vine, in his Expository Dictionary of New Testament Words comments that the
Greek word for destroy used here is “not absence of being, but of well being”.
Romans 6:23 is telling us that when we sin we earn wages or earnings, and that these
earnings are death – eternal separation from God for all eternity. When the Bible
speaks of unrepentant sinners suffering in a burning Hell, it also states in at least three
Mark 9:43-48 KJV “And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter into life
maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched: 44
Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 45 And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off:
it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that
never shall be quenched: 46 Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 47 And if
thine eye offend thee, pluck it out: it is better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one
eye, than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire: 48 Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is
not quenched.”
Revelations 14:11 KJV “And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and
they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth
the mark of his name.”
I believe it was Albert Einstein who stated that “once matter has been created, it cannot be destroyed” As men continued to sin by yielding to Satan’s dominion and following Satan’s perverted advice, they, as I mentioned earlier (John 8:44), took on Satan’s nature or character. Here is
an additional reference from the Apostle Paul:
Ephesians 2:1-3 NKJV “And you were dead in the trespasses and sins 2 in which you once
walked, following the course of this world, following the prince of the power of the air, the spirit
that is now at work in the sons of disobedience-- 3 among whom we all once lived in the passions of our flesh, carrying out the desires of the body and the mind, and were by nature children of wrath, like the rest of mankind.”
Evidently, in John 8:44 where Jesus told the religious leaders they were of their father
the Devil, doing the lusts of that father, he was, in essence, that no amount of human
effort, good works (good deeds) or religious acts can get a man out from under Satan’s
spiritual and physical domination in this earth, partly because such deeds don’t and
can’t change a man’s intrinsic nature, which is sinful. If you will look around you will see
that this world is in a mess because men, by nature, are doing things Satan’s way, following Satan’s lusts – playing into his hand, rather than following God’s way.
Isaiah 55:6-9 KJV "Seek the LORD while he may be found; call upon Him while he is near; 7 let
the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts; let him return to the LORD,
that he may have compassion on him, and to our God, for He will abundantly pardon. 8 For my
thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways my ways, declares the LORD. 9 For as the
heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways and my thoughts than
your thoughts.”
Although men can’t change their evil nature or please God, the situation isn’t hopeless because God can and wants to change our natures or our hearts.
Romans 5:5-6 KJV “And hope maketh not ashamed; because the love of God is shed abroad in
our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us. 6 For when we were yet without strength, in
due time Christ died for the ungodly.”
- 350 -
In the Old Testament, in the Book of Ezekiel, God foretold how he would accomplish
Ezekiel 11:19-21 KJV “And I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you; and I
will take the stony heart out of their flesh, and will give them an heart of flesh:
That they may walk in my statutes, and keep mine ordinances, and do them: and they shall be
my people, and I will be their God.”
It’s like the drug addict who eventually comes to the realization that he seems hopelessly addicted. And so it is with the alcoholic, the occultist or Satanist, the Boston Strangler, the freeway killer, etc. We have unknowingly yielded to the Devil until there is no
way out except the Lord rescuing us when we call on Him.
Joel 2:32 KJV “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the LORD
shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the LORD hath
said, and in the remnant whom the LORD shall call.”
Romans 10:13 KJV “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved.”
Did you read the Reader’s Digest feature story of March ’81 titled To Catch a Killer?
Theodore R. Bundy was a college graduate and was studying to be a lawyer. But he
had a fantasy about single young women. He gave in to the thought and eventually
found his name on the FBI’s list of the ten most wanted fugitives. After his final arrest,
Bundy admitted to picking up, molesting, and killing over 100 women. “I’m one of the
most cold hearted SOBs you’ll ever meet!” Bundy exclaimed. You see, it’s the Devil, not
God, that has tried to destroy this world ever since he (the Devil) usurped or took over
Adam’s God given dominion or under rule on earth. Jesus stated:
John 10:9-10 NKJV “I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in
and out, and find pasture. 10 The thief cometh not, but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I
am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly.”
The Apostle Paul calling the Devil “the God of this world” who “has blinded the minds of
them that believe not” (2 Corinthians 4:4), is confirmed by Jesus temptation by the Devil
in the wilderness.
Luke 4:5-7 KJV “And the devil, taking him up into an high mountain, shewed unto him all the
kingdoms of the world in a moment of time. 6 And the devil said unto him, All this power will I
give thee, and the glory of them: for that is delivered unto me; and to whomsoever I will I give
it. 7 If thou therefore wilt worship me, all shall be thine.”
What fallen man needs then are three things.
1. Spiritual life (a reconnection with God and a new spiritual nature) in place of spiritual
death (Satan’s nature), for the Bible says, “The soul that sinneth, it shall die.” (Ezekiel 18:4,20).
2. Man needs righteousness – right standing with God – the restoration of a sin free fellowship between God and man. The Bible says “There is none righteous, no not
one; there is not a just man upon the earth that doeth good and sinneth not.” (Romans 3:10; Ecclesiastes 7:20). At one time or another we’ve all blown it – we’ve all
broken at least one of God’s commandments on occasion.
3. Fallen man needs liberation from the bondage of Satan’s dominion of poverty, addictions, sickness, disease, insatiable lusts, and fears – the curses of the broken law
(Deuteronomy chapter 27, second half of chapter 28)
- 351 -
The Bible tells us that God knew when the world was created that all this would happen, and way back then, before the world began, he had a plan to straighten things out.
Revelation 13:8, a most unusual verse, speaks of Jesus Christ as “the Lamb slain from
the foundation of the world”. God in His love and mercy looked down on suffering humanity. God personally came to earth to solve these problems by providing himself the
perfect blood sacrifice for sin that He required, but that no man had been able to provide
because of man’s sin heritage from Adam (Romans 5:12). The Patriarch Abraham foresaw this when God asked him to sacrifice his only son Isaac, on Mount Mariah (the
same place where years later Jesus would be sacrificed). When Isaac asked, “Where is
the sacrifice?”, Abraham replied (Genesis 22:8) “God will provide himself a lamb for a
burnt offering.” Through a virgin birth (a young woman who had never had sex with a
man), by the impregnating of the Spirit of God came Jesus whose name means Savior.
Luke 1:34-35 KJV “Then said Mary unto the angel, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man?
And the angel answered and said unto her, The Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the
power of the Highest shall overshadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of
thee shall be called the Son of God.”
Evidently, the blood type of a child comes from the father, and since Jesus had God
as his Father, he had a unique blood type free from the sin passed down from Adam. I
watched a video by an amateur archaeologist excavating the area of the crucifixion of
Jesus, the place where Abraham had told his son the Lord would provide the necessary
sacrifice. A pseudo archeologist named Ron Wyatt said that, In the Books of the Maccabees in the Catholic Bible, it says that the Prophet Jeremiah, took the Ark of the Covenant, upon which the blood of animal blood sacrifices were annually sprinkled by the
high priest as a foreshadow of the coming perfect, “once for all” sacrifice of God himself
in the person of Jesus Christ, and hid it in a cave in the side of a hill.
Hebrews 1:3 KJV “Who being the brightness of his glory, and the express image of his person,
and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat
down on the right hand of the Majesty on high.”
Wyatt shows in a video where he was digging and says he found the Arc of The Covenant and the Ten Commandments. Even more astounding, the Ark was located directly beneath Golgotha, the place where Jesus was crucified. He said that when the
earthquake occurred at Jesus crucifixion, as recorded in the Bible, some of Jesus
unique type blood went down a crack and dripped on the mercy seat of the Arc to make
the perfect sacrifice, and that he, Wyatt, took blood samples and had them analyzed,
and this was indeed a different type of blood! It sounds impossible to have happened
that way, but I believe it did. The Bible also says that Jesus took some of his blood to
the Temple in Heaven, and purged that also.
Hebrews 9:11-14 KJV “But Christ being come an high priest of good things to come, by a greater
and more perfect tabernacle, not made with hands, that is to say, not of this building; 12 Neither
by the blood of goats and calves, but by his own blood he entered in once into the holy place,
having obtained eternal redemption for us. 13 For if the blood of bulls and of goats, and the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean, sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh: 14 How much more
shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without spot to God,
purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?”
- 352 -
I was told the story of an unsaved farmer, whose wife had been trying to win him to
the Lord. One Sunday morning, in the cold of winter, when she had gone to church and
he was home alone, he watched a bird hitting against the window trying to get into the
house where it was warm. “If I could just tell that bird to go into the barn”, he thought,
“He could keep warm.” He then realized that in order to relate that message to the bird,
he would have to be a bird himself. It was at that moment the Gospel Message became
real to him.
The angel had told Joseph, Jesus’ earthy guardian, “Thou shalt call his name Jesus:
for he shall save his people from their sins.” (Matthew 1:21). Verse 23 recalls an Old
Testament prophecy which read, “they shall call his name Emanuel, which being interpreted is, God with us.” As I stated, by the virgin birth, with God as his father, and a divine blood type, Jesus escaped the tarnish of sin handed down through Adam’s bloodline, and was free from Satan’s nature and bondage. This is evident in Jesus’ statement
regarding Satan, “The prince of this world [the Devil] cometh, and hath nothing in me.”
(John 14:30). Thus, Jesus Christ was the only one who could free others from sin and
its consequences – from unrighteousness (lack of right standing with God), from spiritual
death (separation from God for time and eternity), and from Satan’s dominion and nature.
It was like a rematch between Adam and Lucifer, alias the serpent. Jesus is sometimes called the last Adam in the Bible (for example, I Corinthians 15:22). The difference is that this time Jesus won, after being severely tempted “in all points like as we
are, yet without sin” (Hebrews 4:15). Jesus knows what we go through, yet he never
gave in to Satan’s pranks – Satan’s delusions. As I pointed out, the Devil tempted Jesus with giving him all the kingdoms of the world (Matthew 4:8,9). “…for they have been
given to me, and they are mine to give to whosoever I will” he had said. You see, Satan
had gotten all this from Adam. You know that God’s not going to even give his enemy
the Devil the time of day, let alone anything else. If the Devil had been lying as usual,
Jesus would have known it, and this wouldn’t be called a temptation. This is why I say
Adam committed high treason against God and let his dominion over the earth slip into
the Devil’s hands, resulting in Satan becoming “the god of this world” (2 Corinthians
4:4); or, “the prince of this world” (John 14:30); or, “the prince of the power of the air”
(Ephesians 2:2) – resulting in man’s need to be free from Satan’s dominion if he is to be
saved from his deplorable condition – saved through a born from above experience.
In not sinning or giving in to Satan, not succumbing to the Devil’s evil lordship, Jesus
perfectly obeyed God’s commands and met all of God’s requirements for being righteous or in right standing with God, free from the consequences of sin and spiritual
death. In other words, Jesus is the only man who ever lived who was, in himself, perfectly righteous in God’s sight according to the God given Jewish laws or Ten Commandments.
Hebrews 4:15 KJV “For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of
our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin.”
1 Peter 2:22 KJV “Who did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth.”
Now, how could Jesus’ righteousness be transferred over to sinful man’s account and
satisfy sinful man’s need for righteousness, spiritual life, and freedom from Satan? The
answer is a thousand dollar theological phrase, vicarious atonement – one man’s life
voluntarily given in exchange for the life of another in such a manner that God’s justice
- 353 -
and punishment for sin would be fully satisfied and man declared “not guilty!”. In God’s
eyes, according to His master plan to save the world, Jesus’ righteousness (an no one
else’s) qualified for an equal exchange for man’s unrighteousness.
2 Corinthians 5:21 KJV “For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might
be made the righteousness of God in him.” The Living Bible reads, "For God took the sinless
Christ and poured into him our sins. Then, in exchange, he poured God’s goodness into us!"
I call it the Great Exchange where, when we look to Jesus to save us, God, 2000
years ago takes our junk, what the Bible calls the “handwriting of ordinances against
us.”, then, as a free gift, gives us the goodness of Jesus in its place.
Colossians 2:13-15 KJV “And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh,
hath he quickened together with him, having forgiven you all trespasses.14Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances that was against us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the way,
nailing it to his cross; 15 And having spoiled principalities and powers, he made a shew of them
openly, triumphing over them in it.”
Romans 5:12 KJV “Wherefore, as by one man sin entered into the world, and death by sin; and
so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned.”
Romans 5:15-19 KJV “But not as the offence, so also is the free gift. For if through the offence of
one many be dead, much more the grace of God, and the gift by grace, which is by one man,
Jesus Christ, hath abounded unto many. 16 And not as it was by one that sinned, so is the gift:
for the judgment was by one to condemnation, but the free gift is of many offences unto justification. 17 For if by one man's offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness shall reign in life by one, Jesus Christ.) 18 Therefore as by the offence of one judgment came upon all men to condemnation; even so by the
righteousness of one the free gift came upon all men unto justification of life. 19 For as by one
man's disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made
The Amplified translation says that those who have received "the gift of righteousness, shall reign as kings in life by the one, Jesus Christ". Another passage says
“overwhelming victory is ours!” The Lord told Rev. Kenneth Copeland “A twice born
man [Jesus] defeated Satan in his [Satan’s] own domain.” We are a copy [of Jesus].
Colossians 1:13-15 KJV “Who hath delivered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of his dear Son: 14 In whom we have redemption through his blood, even
the forgiveness of sins: 15 Who is the image of the invisible God, the firstborn of every creature:”
Romans 8:28-32 KJV “And we know that all things work together for good to them that love God,
to them who are the called according to his purpose. 29 For whom he did foreknow, he also did
predestinate to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among
many brethren. 30 Moreover whom he did predestinate, them he also called: and whom he
called, them he also justified: and whom he justified, them he also glorified. 31 What shall we
then say to these things? If God be for us, who can be against us? 32 He that spared not his own
Son, but delivered him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things?”
The Greek word for firstborn used here is prototokos from which we get our word prototype.
As an added benefit to a changed heart, we have the overcoming power of the Spirit
of God and Jesus Christ living within us who will one day make alive or “quicken” our
mortal bodies, just as it did Jesus, in raising him from the dead, when Jesus returns to
earth to punish the wicked, reward the faithful, and set up his Millennial Kingdom. At
- 354 -
last the scales of justice qualified for an equal exchange for man’s unrighteousness,
harmony and fellowship between God and man could be balanced. But how?
John 15:13 KJV “Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.”
Romans 8:9-11 KJV But ye are not in the flesh, but in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God
dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his. 10 And if Christ be in
you, the body is dead because of sin; but the Spirit is life because of righteousness. 11 But if the
Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, he that raised up Christ from the
dead shall also quicken your mortal bodies by his Spirit that dwelleth in you.”
Hello Good Friday! Hello, Easter Sunday! Jesus was falsely arrested, tried and convicted by the ruling Jews who were envious and jealous of the attention he was getting
from the people, so they had set out to capture and kill Him. At the insistence of these
Jews , the Romans crucified the very Messiah these Jews had hoped would throw off
the Romans. Yet God was ultimately in control.
Isaiah 53:4-6 KJV “Surely he hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem
him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. 5 But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was
bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we
are healed. 6 All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and
the LORD hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.”
Isaiah 53:10-11 KJV “Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise him; he hath put him to grief: when thou
shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the
pleasure of the LORD shall prosper in his hand. 11 He shall see of the travail of his soul, and
shall be satisfied: by his knowledge shall my righteous servant justify many; for he shall bear
their iniquities.”
Nailed to the cross, Jesus took upon himself the sins of the world and suffered the consequences of sin – God’s wrath, alienation from God, and banishment to Hell for what
might have been a godless eternity. Many ministers will deny that Jesus went this far in
identifying with fallen man. What does it mean when the Bible states:
1 Peter 2:24-25 KJV “Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree that we, being
dead to sins, should live unto righteousness: by whose stripes ye were healed. 25 For ye were as
sheep going astray; but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.”
2 Corinthians 5:19 KJV “To wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not
imputing their trespasses unto them.”
Perhaps the most memorized verse in the Bible is John 3:16, “For God so loved the
world that He gave His only Begotten Son…” But how much did he give? Amazingly,
the verse before this, John 3:15 Compares Jesus death on the cross to the serpent God
had told Moses to make and put on a pole in the wilderness, so that when people looked
upon that serpent, the plague in their bodies stopped and they were healed / delivered.
How could Jesus be likened to a serpent when, in the Garden of Eden, the deceiver, the
Devil, God’s arch enemy was the serpent?
John 3:14-15 KJV “And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son
of man be lifted up:15 That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life.”
It wasn’t for nothing that the dying Jesus cried out, “My God, My God, why hast thou forsaken
me!” (Matthew 27:46). The Living Bible paraphrase states, regarding Jesus’ sweating blood ordeal in the garden of Gethsemane, “He shrank back in terror at the thought of being separated
from the Father’s bright presence.”
- 355 -
The Holy God could no longer look on His sin laden Son. For the first time in his existence, Jesus personally experienced what mankind had known all along – the loneliness and emptiness of a life without (separated from, or estranged from) God – a separation brought on by sin or disobedience to God’s laws.
Isaiah 59:1-2 KJV “Behold, the LORD'S hand is not shortened, that it cannot save; neither his
ear heavy, that it cannot hear: 2 But your iniquities have separated between you and your God,
and your sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear.”
How could God do such a thing – turn His back on His only Son – the Son of His love,
his beloved Son, about whom He had spoken from Heaven that He was well pleased
with (Matthew 3:17; 17:5; Mark 1:11; 2Peter 1:17)? Here we see God’s love and desire
in freeing mankind – His love for a lost and dying world. This is why John 3:16 Jesus
John 3:16 KJV “For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever
believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”
As I indirectly pointed out, this great love of God for you and me is further manifested
in Isaiah 53:10 which strangely declares, “It pleased the Lord to bruise Him.” The letter
to the Hebrews, and the Romans adds:
Hebrews 12:2 NKJV “Looking unto Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy
that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the
right hand of the throne of God.”
Romans 5:6-10 KJV “For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the ungodly. 7 For scarcely for a righteous man will one die: yet peradventure for a good man some
would even dare to die. 8 But God commendeth his love toward us, in that, while we were yet
sinners, Christ died for us. 9 Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved
from wrath through him. 10 For if, when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the
death of his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by his life.”
John 15:13 KJV Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends.”
With great expense and force, atomic particles are separated in a cyclotron generator.
Even greater, the Trinity of God was temporarily split by God’s great love for you.
On the cross, Jesus shed His divine blood for us, the very life of God!, because, as
scientists admit, the blood is the source of one’s physical life. As I already mentioned,
God, in the bible pointed this out centuries ago:
Leviticus 17:11 KJV “For the life of the flesh is in the blood: and I have given it to you upon the
altar to make an atonement for your souls: for it is the blood that maketh an atonement for the
soul. “
Jesus gave his life by shedding His blood because the Bible says that without the
shedding of blood there is no remission of sin.
Hebrews 9:22 KJV “And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding
of blood is no remission.”
This is why there is no born-again experience in bloodless religions. Such religions
are manmade, made by men because men are naturally religions – they were created
that way – created with a hunger to know God. Saint Augustine said, “Thou hast made
us for thyself, O God, and the heart of man is ever restless, until it finds its rest in Thee.”
Time Magazine published an article saying there may be a gene in man’s makeup that
causes him to search for God. The many religions created by men are a result of this.
- 356 -
But, however much they satisfy men, or even the Devil (as a diversion from the truth that
is in Jesus - Ephesians 4:21); they don’t satisfy God’s requirement for right standing with
Himself, namely, the shedding of blood, a vicarious atonement, a sinless life for a sinful
This shows the high cost of sin – it cost God His only Son. We must not skirt around
the real Biblical reasons Jesus came:
Hebrews 9:26-28 KJV “For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world:
but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself. 27 And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: 28 So Christ was
once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation.
1 John 4:10 AMP “In this is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to
be the propitiation [the atoning sacrifice] for our sins.”
He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil sinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.
The Apostle Paul, who was personally taught by Jesus in the wilderness of Arabia (Galatians 1:12,17), tells us “For He (God) hath made Him (Jesus) to be sin for us (on our
behalf), who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in Him.” (Corinthians 5:21). Jesus was made to be sin that we might be made right with God
through Jesus’ death on our behalf or, in our place. This phrase was made to be sin
can only mean that Jesus took upon himself all the diseases, distress, and sickness the
Devil had been putting on us as a result of our disobedience or sin.
1 Peter 2:24 NKJV “Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being
dead to sins, should live unto righteousness: by whose stripes ye were healed.
Matthews 8:16-17 KJV “When the even was come, they brought unto him many that were possessed with devils: and he cast out the spirits with his word, and healed all that were sick: 17 that
it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, Himself took our infirmities,
and bare our sicknesses.”
The prophet Isaiah foresaw this when he wrote of the coming Messiah or Anointed
One, “He bare the sins the sin of many.” (Isaiah 53:12). “Thou [speaking of the Lord]
shall make his soul an offering for sin” (verse 10) – a vicarious or substitutionary sacrifice for our sins. Earlier in this 53rd chapter, Isaiah, by divine inspiration, wrote (verses
4-6) “Surely he hath borne our griefs [or “pains” – see Matthew 8:17], and carried our
sorrows [or sicknesses], yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God and afflicted.
But he was wounded [“tormented” as the margin reads] for our transgressions [our sins,
disobedience to God], he was bruised for our iniquities [wickedness]: the chastisement
[punishment for] our peace [peace with God] was upon him; and with his stripes we are
healed. All we like sheep have gone astray [away from God and His commands given
for our good and welfare]. We have turned everyone to his own way [each of us has
done his own selfish thing]; and the Lord hath laid on him [Jesus] the iniquity [wickedness] of us all.”
As I pointed out earlier, we all know that the serpent represents Satan. In the Old
Testament, the Children of Israel were delivered from an onslaught of snakes by looking
at a brass serpent the Lord had Moses place on a pole. God told Moses to make the
brass serpent as a type or symbol of the people’s sins. In John 3:14, 15 Jesus identifies
himself with that serpent when he says,
- 357 -
John 3:14-15 KJV “And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son
of man be lifted up: 15 That whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life.
Jesus was made to be sin on our behalf (2 Corinthians 5:21). Here we find Jesus on the
cross and at the whipping post, suffering in our place the death sentence we, before
God, deserve – that we have earned by sinning.
Romans 6:23a KJV “For the wages of sin is death.”
Jesus then physically died (his human spirit separated from his body).
James 2:26 KJV “For as the body without the spirit is dead.”
Luke 23:46 LKV “And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I
commend my spirit: and having said thus, he gave up the ghost.”
Now, as a living, but spiritually dead or separated from God human spirit, Jesus had
to do something more while his body spent three days and three nights in the tomb just
like Jonah spent three days and three nights in the belly of the whale; and, the Apostle
Paul says we don’t cease to exist when we physically die.
Matthews 12:40 KJV “For as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale's belly; so shall
the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.”
2 Corinthians 5:1 KJV “For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved,
we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens.”
Jonah wrote of his ordeal:
John 2:1-7 KJV “Then Jonah prayed unto the LORD his God out of the fish's belly, 2 And said, I
cried by reason of mine affliction unto the LORD, and he heard me; out of the belly of hell cried
I, and thou heardest my voice. 3 For thou hadst cast me into the deep, in the midst of the seas;
and the floods compassed me about: all thy billows and thy waves passed over me. 4 Then I
said, I am cast out of thy sight; yet I will look again toward thy holy temple. 5 The waters compassed me about, even to the soul: the depth closed me round about, the weeds were wrapped
about my head. 6 I went down to the bottoms of the mountains; the earth with her bars was about
me forever: yet hast thou brought up my life from corruption, O LORD my God. 7 When my soul
fainted within me I remembered the LORD: and my prayer came in unto thee, into thine holy
So, then what did Jesus the human spirit who had lived in his body, but was now
separated from it due to his death on the cross, do during these next three days? I believe the demons, Satan’s agents, took him to a literal burning Hell where is suffered
spiritual death in our place. The late Rev. E.W. Kenyon, a forerunner of Kenneth E.
Hagin, says the literal translation of the original Hebrew language of Isaiah 53:9 uses
the word deaths in the plural and reads:
Isaiah 53:9 KJV “And he made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in his deaths.”
Jesus had been made sin. In the book Visions Beyond the Veil by Baker, Orphan
children in China in the early 1900’s experienced a revival and were able to see, by the
Holy Spirit upon them, into the spiritual realm around us. They observed, that when an
unsaved sinner dies, demons are there at the bedside and put spiritual shackles and
chains on the person and drag them forcibly, against their will, down to Hell for eternity,
to suffer and be tormented there. Thus, Jesus also suffered a spiritual death, the eternal
consequences of sin. I was quite unsure about this teaching as I hadn’t heard it before
and I didn’t want to spread any false doctrine. I believed the Lord to give me a confirmation of the truth of this. I went with my spiritual parents to hear a guest speaker, Evangelist Dave Roberson, who was speaking in Templeton, California. When I got there, he
- 358 -
said he felt led to speak on something different than what he had planned and spoke on
the extent of the expression of God’s love for us. He said God had shown him a vision
of Jesus suffering in torment in the lowest pit of Hell, and gave these Biblical references
from Psalm 88 for it:
Psalm 88:6-18 KJV “Thou hast laid me in the lowest pit, in darkness, in the deeps. 7 Thy wrath
lieth hard upon me, and thou hast afflicted me with all thy waves. Selah. 8 Thou hast put away
mine acquaintance far from me; thou hast made me an abomination unto them: I am shut up,
and I cannot come forth. 9 Mine eye mourneth by reason of affliction: LORD, I have called daily
upon thee, I have stretched out my hands unto thee. 10 Wilt thou shew wonders to the dead?
shall the dead arise and praise thee? Selah. 11 Shall thy lovingkindness be declared in the
grave? or thy faithfulness in destruction? 12 Shall thy wonders be known in the dark? and thy
righteousness in the land of forgetfulness? 13 But unto thee have I cried, O LORD; and in the
morning shall my prayer prevent thee. 14 LORD, why castest thou off my soul? why hidest thou
thy face from me? 15 I am afflicted and ready to die from my youth up: while I suffer thy terrors I
am distracted. 16 Thy fierce wrath goeth over me; thy terrors have cut me off. 17 They came
round about me daily like water; they compassed me about together. 18 Lover and friend hast
thou put far from me, and mine acquaintance into darkness. “
These would be the pains of death spoken about in Acts 2:24.
Acts 2:24-27 KJV “Whom God hath raised up, having loosed the pains of death: because it was
not possible that he should be holden of it. 25 For David speaketh concerning him, I foresaw the
Lord always before my face, for he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved: 26 Therefore
did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; moreover also my flesh shall rest in hope:
Because thou wilt not leave my soul in hell, neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption.”
The word torment in the margin of Isaiah 53:5 [i.e., alternate reading, “he was tormented
for our transgressions”) may be what Jesus was referring to in this parable:
Matthews 18:34-35 KJV “And his lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors, till he
should pay all that was due unto him. 35 So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you,
if ye from your hearts forgive not everyone his brother their trespasses.”
Recalling Psalm 16:8, Saint Peter applied it to Jesus, saying, “thou wilt not leave my
soul in hell, neither wilt thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption [NASB says, ‘undergo decay’]” (Acts 2:27). In his first letter to born-again Christians scattered throughout the Roman Empire, he states that, when Jesus died and his spirit left his body, he
descended into the lower parts of the earth (Ephesians 4:9), and preached a born- again
message to lost sinners in prison in prison there, being incarcerated by Satan:
1 Peter 3:18-20 KJV “For Christ also hath once suffered for sins, the just for the unjust, that he
might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit: 19 By which
also he went and reached unto the spirits in prison; 20 Which sometime were disobedient, when
once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that is, eight souls were saved by water.”
1 Peter 4:6 KJV “For for this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, that
they might be judged according to men in the flesh, but live according to God in the spirit.”
2 Peter 2:4 KJV “For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and
delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserved unto judgment.”
Isaiah 14:12,17 says Lucifer “opened not the house of his prisoners”. You see, in my
view, God in His love and mercy even gave dead sinners before Jesus’ death an opportunity to be saved or born-again. These were those who, beating on the door of Noah’s
- 359 -
Ark to get in after God had shut the door, cried for help. Though it was too late for physical survival then, they were now being given the opportunity, through Jesus, to live forever with God. Those who received that message preached by Jesus in Hell were taken out of there along with Jesus after he had been dead three days and three nights.
Strangely, the Bible tells us, that after Jesus death, some graves were opened and
some people came back to life then. He also led a train of captives out of Hell. Evidently, according to what the Lord showed Mary Katherine Baxter in her bestselling book A
Divine Revelation of Hell, Jesus took Abraham’s Bosom, a holding tank within the earth
for Heaven bound Old Testament people waiting for Jesus’ yet to come resurrection
(Luke 16:22), and transferred it to Heaven, and that vacated area was taken over by
Hell which the Bible says “enlarged itself” (Isaiah 5:14)
Matthews 27:50 KJV “Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. 51
And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did
quake, and the rocks rent; 52 And the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which
slept arose, 53 And came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and
appeared unto many.”
Ephesians 4:8 KJV “Wherefore he saith, When he ascended up on high, he led captivity captive,
and gave gifts unto men.” [Psalm 68:18]
Eph. 4:9-10 KJV “Now that he ascended, what is it but that he also descended first into the lower
parts of the earth? 10 He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that he might fill all things.”
Maybe Luke 4:18 applies here were Jesus says the Spirit of the Lord is upon Him,
having anointed him “to proclaim release to captives”. We need to realize that Jesus
didn’t go to Hell just to preach to others who were lost. It wouldn’t take 72 hours (three
days and three nights - Matthew 12:40) to do that. He had been made sin for us (2 Corinthians 5:21; John 3:14; Numbers 21:9; Galatians 3:13)
Num. 21:7-9 KJV “Therefore the people came to Moses, and said, We have sinned, for we have
spoken against the LORD, and against thee; pray unto the LORD, that he take away the serpents from us. And Moses prayed for the people. 8 And the LORD said unto Moses, Make thee a
fiery serpent, and set it upon a pole: and it shall come to pass, that every one that is bitten,
when he looketh upon it, shall live.
And Moses made a serpent of brass, and put it upon a pole, and it came to pass, that if a serpent had bitten any man, when he beheld the serpent of brass, he lived.”
Galatians 3:13-14 KJV “Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse
for us: for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree: 14 That the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ; that we might receive the promise of the
Spirit through faith. “
All the sins we ever committed were transferred to Jesus account and he was suffering the pains of death (Acts 2:24) in Hell as He paid or settled mankind’s account. The
Greek word odin used here is used elsewhere to describe the pangs of a woman giving
birth to a child. The New Living Translation uses the word horrors. Hebrews 2:9 tells us
that Jesus tasted death for every man. We know this by a most unusual Bible reference
to this event of Jesus being resurrected, raised from the dead, or brought back to life by
his heavenly Father (Acts 13:33), Himself (John 2:19,20), and the Holy Spirit (Romans
8:11). Acts 13:33 reads [the Heavenly Father speaking] “Thou art my Son, this day
[NASB reads ‘today’] have I begotten thee.” Jesus previously existed with God in a form
- 360 -
the Bible calls “the Word” (John 1:1). He became the Son of God when he became human through the Virgin Mary being impregnated by the Holy Spirit. Jesus asked his disciples who they thought he was. Peter gave the correct answer when he said “Thou art
the Christ [Anointed One] the Son of the living God” (Matthew 16:16). We see that Jesus was the Son of God, but on the day of his resurrection, his Heavenly Father says He
was made to be God’s Son, “Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee.” (Psalm
2:7; Acts 13:33; Hebrews 1:5). The Bible doesn’t contradict itself, so we conclude that
on the day of his resurrection Jesus was spiritually reborn a second time or born-again.
As I already mentioned, Saint Paul describes this Jesus as “the beginning, the
firstborn from the dead” (Colossians 1:18; and, “the firstborn of all creation” (Colossians
1:15). If Jesus needed to be born-again, then He, like the rest of humanity, must have
been spiritually dead (separated from God) during his stay in Hell – dead because He
had been made sin on our behalf and had taken upon himself the sins of all mankind –
separated because God will not fellowship with sin – suffering spiritual punishment because God, being just, must punish sin as it is written in Romans 6:23a “the wages of
sin is death”, and “The soul that sinneth, it shall die” (Ezekiel 18:20). Psalm 22, a Psalm
ordinarily accepted as Messianic, or referring to the coming Messiah, shows this spiritual separation of Jesus from his Father during the time the wrath of God against sin was
being poured out on His Only Son.
Psalm 22:1 KJV “To the chief Musician upon Aijeleth Shahar, A Psalm of David.’ “My God, my
God, why hast thou forsaken me? why art thou so far from helping me, and from the words of
my roaring? 2 O my God, I cry in the daytime, but thou hearest not; and in the night season, and
am not silent. 3 But thou art holy, O thou that inhabitest the praises of Israel.”
Psalm 22:6-8 KJV “But I am a worm, and no man; a reproach of men, and despised of the people. 7 All they that see me laugh me to scorn: they shoot out the lip, they shake the head, saying,
He trusted on the LORD that he would deliver him: let him deliver him, seeing he delighted in
Psalm 22:11-21a KJV “Be not far from me; for trouble is near; for there is none to help. 12 Many
bulls have compassed me: strong bulls of Bashan have beset me round. 13 They gaped upon me
with their mouths, as a ravening and a roaring lion. 14 I am poured out like water, and all my
bones are out of joint: my heart is like wax; it is melted in the midst of my bowels. 15 My strength is
dried up like a potsherd; and my tongue cleaveth to my jaws; and thou hast brought me into the
dust of death. 16 For dogs have ompassed me: the assembly of the wicked have inclosed me:
they pierced my hands and my feet. 17 I may tell all my bones: they look and stare upon me. 18
They part my garments among them, and cast lots upon my vesture.9 But be not thou far from
me, O LORD: O my strength, haste thee to help me. 20 Deliver my soul from the sword; my darling from the power of the dog. 21a Save me from the lion's mouth:
1Peter 5:8 KJV “Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the Devil, as a roaring lion,
walketh about, seeking whom he may devour.”
I think Ephesians 2:1 and Colossians 2:13-15 may fit in here:
Ephesians 2:1 KJV “And you hath he quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins.”
Colossians 2:13-15 KJV “ And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your
flesh, hath he quickened together with him, having forgiven you all trespasses.14 Blotting out the
handwriting of ordinances that was against us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the
way, nailing it to his cross; 15 And having spoiled principalities and powers, he made a shew of
them openly, triumphing over them in it.”
- 361 -
Thus, Jesus suffered the Hell we each deserved for our sins and now we don’t have to
go to Hell – nobody has to go – they may chose to go there, but they are doing so with
their sins potentially having been paid for by Jesus about 2000 years ago,
2 Colossians 5:17-21 KJV “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature: old things
are passed away; behold, all things are become new. 18 And all things are of God, who hath
reconciled us to himself by Jesus Christ, and hath given to us the ministry of reconciliation; 19 To
wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto
them; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation. 20 Now then we are ambassadors
for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ's stead, be ye reconciled
to God.21 For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the
righteousness of God in him.”
This belief is further established by the fact that Saint Peter, in his writings, looks
back on the cross (crucifixion of Jesus) and writes “Who his own self bare [past tense]
our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins [separated from a sin
dominated life], might live unto righteousness [do what is right in God’s sight – do what
He says is best for us, by His indwelling ability and presence of the Holy Spirit in our
lives]. By whose stripes ye were healed. For ye were as sheep going astray; but are
now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls.” (I Peter 2:24-25). Were
healed is past tense. Earlier we read in Isaiah “with his stripes we are healed.” (Isaiah
53:5). Peter used were to show that our sins which alienated us from God and brought
us under Satan’s bondage or domain of darkness (Colossians 1:13) were dealt with
2000 years ago in Jesus Christ, who, in His death totally identified with fallen man.
We can see that all of mankind’s varied troubles (sickness, disease, premature death,
poverty, etc) stem from our disobedience to God’s commands. This opens the door for
Satan to attack, afflict, and torment us with these various troubles. In the Old Testament
of the Bible all these troubles are summed up in one phrase the curse of the law. In Galatians 3:13 the Apostle Paul states that Jesus, in His crucifixion, took upon himself this
curse of the broken Law, setting us free from its harm so that we can now live under
God’s blessings
Galatians 3:13-14 KJV “Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse
for us: for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree: 14 That the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ; that we might receive the promise of the
Spirit through faith.”
Proverbs 10:22 KJV “The blessing of the LORD, it maketh rich, and he addeth no sorrow with it.”
In that deplorable condition, suffering in Hell, God considered our account with Satan
legally paid in full and, by the power of the Holy Spirit, yanked Jesus up out of there
along with those who believed his born-again message He preached there (Ephesians
4:8-9; I Peter 4:18-22)
I am well aware as I stated earlier, that the idea of Jesus suffering in Hell is completely foreign to the teachings of most ministers today, and probably even considered a
heresy by some, which is why I have been reluctant to mention it in public sermons I
have done. I was wary that, if I were to preach this in most churches, I would be branded a promulgator of false doctrine, booted out, and never invited back. As I told you, I
prayed that God would confirm the truth of this usual conception of the born-again, as it
was new and strange to me also. When the minister shared his vision of how he had
seen Jesus suffering in the lowest pit of Hell being tormented by worms, it was within
- 362 -
two weeks after I had prayed. The gist of the minister’s message is that if Jesus could
go through that on our behalf, out of love for us, then He can relate to anything we are
going through. At the meeting I attended, traveling about 100 miles to get there, Roberson began in detail, to expound upon the very points that I had prayed about. He told
how he had himself questioned Jesus’ going to Hell until God showed him the various
scriptures I’ve already quoted, along with Psalm 88, and the vision of Jesus being tormented by worms:
Mark 9:44-46 KJV “Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 45 And if thy foot
offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into
hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched: 46 Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not
Mark 9:48 KJV “Where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched.”
I quoted Psalm 88 earlier:
“I am counted with them that go down into the pit: I am as a man that hath no strength:…Thou
hast laid me in the lowest pit, in darkness, in the deeps. Thy wrath lieth hard upon me, and thou
has afflicted me with all thy waves. Selah. I am shut up, and I cannot come forth. Mine eye
mourneth by reason of affliction:…Lord, why casteth thou off my soul? Why hideth thou thy face
from me?”
The astonishing spiritual agony of this cursed separation from God was depicted by
the Prophet Isaiah:
Isaiah 52:14 KJV “As many were astonished at thee; his visage was so marred more than any
man, and his form more than the sons of men.”
As I already mentioned, the Living Bible paraphrase of this verse reads:
They shall see my Servant beaten and bloodied, so disfigured one would scarcely know it was a
person standing there. So shall he cleanse many nations.
This is why Jesus sweat as it were great drops of blood [there is actually a medical term
for this phenomenon] when he prayed in the Garden of Gethsemane.
Luke 22:41-44 AMP “And He withdrew from them about a stone's throw and knelt down and
prayed,42 Saying, Father, if You are willing, remove this cup from Me; yet not My will, but [always] Yours be done. 43 And there appeared to Him an angel from heaven, strengthening Him in
spirit. 44 And being in an agony [of mind], He prayed [all the] more earnestly and intently, and His
sweat became like great clots of blood dropping down upon the ground.”
In his human nature, Jesus did not want to go through this. The Living Bible reads:
He shrank back in terror at the thought of being separated from the Father’s bright presence.
He had learned from the Scriptures what Hell is like, had taught on the subject, and now
he had to yield to God the Father’s will that He [Jesus] would be separated from God’s
wonderful presence for the first time in his life (existence) to be tormented in a burning
Hell. An interesting verse that fits in here is Peter’s statement.
Acts 2:24 NLT “But God released Him from the horrors of death and raised Him back to life, for
death could not keep Him in its grip.”
If death is cessation of existence, or soul sleep as some Christian Cults teach, how
was Jesus’ being dead for three days and nights in a tomb, an experience of horrors?
What would motivate a person to voluntarily go through that, let alone being cut off from
constant communion with God for a period in his life? Answer – love for you and me.
- 363 -
John 15:13 AMP “No one has greater love [no one has shown stronger affection] than to lay
down (give up) his own life for his friends.”
Jesus went beyond this to lay down his life for his enemies!
Romans 5:8-11 AMP “But God shows and clearly proves His [own] love for us by the fact that
while we were still sinners, Christ (the Messiah, the Anointed One) died for us. 9 Therefore,
since we are now justified (acquitted, made righteous, and brought into right relationship with
God) by Christ's blood, how much more [certain is it that] we shall be saved by Him from the indignation and wrath of God.10 For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God through
the death of His Son, it is much more [certain], now that we are reconciled, that we shall be
saved (daily delivered from sin's dominion) through His [resurrection] life. 11 Not only so, but we
also rejoice and exultingly glory in God [in His love and perfection] through our Lord Jesus
Christ, through Whom we have now received and enjoy [our] reconciliation.” [Jer. 9:24.]
Who would want to go through that! Nevertheless, even in this, Jesus, in his love for
God and fallen men and women, submitted totally to his Father’s will and Master Plan
when he exclaimed. “Not my will, but Thine be done.” (Luke 22:42)
Thank God, when we have a question about a difficult subject, we can go to Him and
get a clear, satisfying answer.
Jeremiah 33:3 NLT “ Ask Me and I will tell you remarkable secrets you do not know about things
to come.”
Being raised from spiritual death or spiritually reborn, Jesus Christ became the first
man to be born again. The Bible says that what God desires here is that Jesus’ release
from sin and Satan might be a pattern for us – that Jesus might be “the firstborn among
many brethren” (Romans 8:19). The Word of God also states that when Jesus was
raise up out of Hell, he took from Satan the keys – the governing authority over – spiritual death and Hell.
Revelations 1:18 NLT “I am the living One. I died, but look—I am alive forever and ever! And I
hold the keys of death and the grave.”
What He is saying is that if we look to Jesus Christ and acknowledge Him as our Lord,
Master, and Savior, rather than Satan, God will yank spiritual death and Satan’s nature
out of us just like He delivered Jesus out of Hell. The moment we make the free will confession with our mouth that Jesus Christ is now our newly elected Lord, and that Satan
is no longer our master, God brings all the power of Heaven on the scene to deliver us
and give us a new divine spiritual nature, God coming to dwell in us by His omnipresent
(present everywhere) Holy Spirit.
Let’s look at three key verses:
First, Romans 10:13 which is a quote of Joel 2:32:
And it shall come to pass that whosever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be delivered
Second, showing our transfer of ownership from Satan to God, Paul’s letter to the Colossians states:
Colossians 1:13 NLT “For He has rescued us from the kingdom of darkness and transferred us
into the Kingdom of His dear Son.”
A connecting verse here is:
- 364 -
John 1:12-13 NLT “But to all who believed Him and accepted Him, He gave the right to become
children of God. 13 They are reborn—not with a physical birth resulting from human passion or
plan, but a birth that comes from God.”
A fellow minister and I were ministering to a homeless man in the local park where we
were holding meetings. He needed some Vaseline for his cracked lips, so I went to the
7-11 Store and bought him some. We wanted him to say the prayer and invite Jesus
into his heart, but he couldn’t say the name Jesus in the prayer, so we prayed and rebuked the Devil or demons hindering him, and he was then able to say it!
The third verse shows that when we confess Jesus to be our personal Lord and Savior,
we become God’s child,
Galatians 3:26 KJV “For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus.”
Renewed in His likeness, God takes spiritual death and Satan’s nature out of us, and
gives us a divine nature, making us a new kind of creature.
2 Colossians 5:17 AMP “Therefore if any person is [ingrafted] in Christ (the Messiah) he is a new
creation (a new creature altogether); the old [previous moral and spiritual condition] has passed
away. Behold, the fresh and new has come!”
An analogy would be the dramatic caterpillar to butterfly transformation or metamorphosis.
This explanation of the born-again experience shows why the lives of the most unlikely people – people like Charles Tex Watson, a former member of the Charles Manson
cult – are so drastically changed when they acknowledge Jesus Christ as their personal
Lord and Savior and are born again. Although such people were evil and undoubtedly
on the road to Hell, we must realize that anyone who hasn’t been born- again is lost, not
because of what he or she does, but because of he or she is – spiritually dead inside
(separated from God) and needing life from the Source of all life, Jesus Christ:
Revelations 21:6 KJV “And he said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning
and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.”
John 14:6 KJV “Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto
the Father, but by me.
Revelations 2:10b KJV “Be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.
2 Timothy 1:10 KJV “But is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ,
who hath abolished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel:
Colossians 3:4 KJV “When Christ, who is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear with
him in glory.”
Colossians 1:17 AMP “And He Himself existed before all things, and in Him all things consist
(cohere, are held together).” [Prov. 8:22-31.]
Hebrews 5:9 AMP “And, [His completed experience] making Him perfectly [equipped], He became the Author and Source of eternal salvation to all those who give heed and obey Him,” [Isa.
John 1:3 KJV “All things were made and came into existence through Him; and without Him was
not even one thing made that has come into being.
John 1:4 KJV “ In Him was Life, and the Life was the Light of men.”
In Mark 7:21-23 Jesus tells us that a man is evil or lost because of heart trouble – Satan’s nature in his human spirit or inner man.
- 365 -
Mark 7:20-23 AMP “And He said, What comes out of a man is what makes a man unclean and
renders [him] unhallowed. 21 For from within, [that is] out of the hearts of men, come base and
wicked thoughts, sexual immorality, stealing, murder, adultery, 22 Coveting (a greedy desire to
have more wealth), dangerous and destructive wickedness, deceit; unrestrained (indecent) conduct; an evil eye (envy), slander (evil speaking, malicious misrepresentation, abusiveness),
pride (the sin of an uplifted heart against God and man), foolishness (folly, lack of sense, recklessness, thoughtlessness).23 All these evil [purposes and desires] come from within, and they
make the man unclean and render him unhallowed.”
1 John 3:8 NLT “But when people keep on sinning, it shows that they belong to the devil, who
has been sinning since the beginning. But the Son of God came to destroy the works of the devil.”
We see, then, that people don’t go to Hell or miss Heaven just because they are sinners by practice; but, because they are sinners by nature – in their hearts or spirits.
1John 3:8 AMP “[But] he who commits sin [who practices evildoing] is of the devil [takes his
character from the evil one], for the devil has sinned (violated the divine law) from the beginning.
The reason the Son of God was made manifest (visible) was to undo (destroy, loosen, and dissolve) the works the devil [has done].“
These people have spiritual death in their hearts. They need spiritual life, eternal life
(God’s life and nature) in their human spirits or innermost beings. However many good
or bad deeds they do, their nature remains the same – dead in spiritual darkness.
Ephesian 5:8 NLT “For once you were full of darkness, but now you have light from the Lord. So
live as people of light!”
You can dress a dead man in his Sunday best clothes and try to put a smile on his
face, but he’s still dead! The Bible says that death started with Adam’s first sin and
spread to each of us because we’ve all sinned.
Romans 5:12-14 NLT “When Adam sinned, sin entered the world. Adam's sin brought death, so
death spread to everyone, for everyone sinned. 13 Yes, people sinned even before the law was
given. But it was not counted as sin because there was not yet any law to break. 14 Still, everyone died—from the time of Adam to the time of Moses—even those who did not disobey an explicit commandment of God, as Adam did. Now Adam is a symbol, a representation of Christ,
who was yet to come. “
Man, then, needs, not a change of action, but a change of heart. Doing good deeds
in and of itself, cannot put oneself on the road to Heaven. Deciding to turn over a new
leaf each new years day will never do, even if we follow through on such resolutions.
God works are meaningful to God after one is born-again and on the road to Heaven,
but not before. Once on Heaven’s road they help determine our rate of Christian growth
and maturity, and our earthly and eternal rewards, and they keep the door closed to the
Devil. This is why, as I mentioned earlier, Jesus says “Except ye be converted [have a
change of heart]…ye shall all likewise perish” (Matthew 18:3). This is where Eastern
Religions and Philosophies fall short – they attempt, by physical disciplines and meditation to change the heart – a job that only the Spirit of God can do.
John 3:6b NLT “Humans can reproduce only human life, but the Holy Spirit gives birth to spiritual life.”
Here are some related verses showing that man is, by nature, spiritually dead (separated from God), and Satan bound in his spirit or heart. The extent of bondage caries
with the individual, depending on the degree to which he knowingly or unknowingly
yields to Satan’s desires (sinning), and the type of sins he commits.
- 366 -
Ephesians 4:27 KJV “Neither give place to the devil.”
1 Peter 5:8 KJV “Be sober, be vigilant; because your adversary the devil, as a roaring lion,
walketh about, seeking whom he may devour.”
2 Timothy 2:26 AMP “And that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who
are taken captive by him at his will.”
Ephesian 2:1-3 KJV “And you hath he quickened, who were dead in trespasses and sins; 2
Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the prince of
the power of the air, the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience:3 Among whom
also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, fulfilling the desires of the
flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of wrath, even as others.
The first part of Ephesians 2:1 states that Jesus had quickened them, or, made them
alive. Paul’s letter to the Romans states:
Romans 5:10 NLT “For since our friendship with God was restored by the death of His Son while
we were still His enemies, we will certainly be saved through the life of His Son.”
In John 5:24 Jesus describes this born-again experience, this spiritual quickening, or
receiving of eternal life as a passing from death unto life that takes place the moment
we hear the born again message and appropriate it (apply it) to our lives. God is the
Source of all life. The Apostle Peter called Jesus the Author of life (Acts 3:15). Saint
John tells us (John 5:26) that He (God) gave this life to His Son Jesus so that Jesus can
now give this divine life to those of us who will receive it through the born-again experience. This is why Jesus calls himself the Way, the Truth, and the Life in John 14:6. Jesus Christ also says in this verse that he his Father’s only appointed connection between us and God. “no man cometh unto the Father but by me.”. Saint Peter, in the
Book of Acts, confirms this.
Acts 4:12 NLT “There is salvation in no one else! God has given no other name under heaven by
which we must be saved."
Jesus Christ is the only way or avenue God has provided for us to receive the divine
life and nature of God we so desperately need. Eastern religions may claim to be one of
the many ways to God, but such are not God’s chosen way, and thus are not acceptable
to God and cannot bring us this divine life because they do not deal with the problem of
spiritual death and man’s need for a change of nature (heart), rather than just a change
of outward actions, exercise, or diet. If there had been another less costly way that God
could have reconciled or restored the world to right standing with himself other than by
his sacrificing the most precious thing that he had, his Only Son, don’t you think he
would have known about it; that he would have utilized it? Advocating that Jesus is but
one of many savior christs or that there are many roads to God is like a slap in God’s
face, an implication that He didn’t make the best choice or know what he was doing.
Jesus, himself, stated in John 10:9-10 that He is the door to salvation or spiritual life –
the born again experience, the rebirth of the human spirit (entry into God’s sheepfold).
In this same passage (John 10:1) He tells us that the person who tries to climb up some
other way is a thief and a robber.
John 10:9 NLT “I am the door: by me if any man enter in, he shall be saved.”
Jesus here proclaims himself as God’s only passage, gate, or door of escape from spiritual death, Satan’s nature and bondage, as well as their inevitable result, Hell for eterni- 367 -
ty. In John 11:25-26, Jesus also presents Himself as our only door to receiving this God
given divine life (John 5:26), made available to us on a believing, receiving basis.
John 11:25-26 NLT “Jesus told her [Martha], "I am the resurrection and the life. Anyone who believes in Me will live, even after dying. 26 Everyone who lives in Me and believes in Me will never
ever die.”
John 11:25-26 AMP “Jesus said to her, I am [Myself] the Resurrection and the Life. Whoever
believes in (adheres to, trusts in, and relies on) Me, although he may die, yet he shall live; 26 And
whoever continues to live and believes in (has faith in, cleaves to, and relies on) Me shall never
[actually] die at all. Do you believe this?”
Please consider the following statement used in two tracts I wrote:
Did Jesus pay too much? If there had been another way that God could have restored
fallen men to right standing with Himself, other than sacrificing the most precious thing
He had, His only Son Jesus Christ to die on the cross for our sins, don't you think He
would have known about it and used it?
I might add here that, in addition to giving us a new spiritual nature, God has given us
the promise that when Jesus returns, our physical bodies will be changed and perfected
to life forever, just like the body that Jesus had when He was resurrected or raised from
the dead. This will be the final putting away of physical death.
1 Colossians 15:51-54 AMP “Take notice! I tell you a mystery (a secret truth, an event decreed
by the hidden purpose or counsel of God). We shall not all fall asleep [in death], but we shall all
be changed (transformed)52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the [sound of the] last
trumpet call. For a trumpet will sound, and the dead [in Christ] will be raised imperishable (free
and immune from decay), and we shall be changed (transformed). 53 For this perishable [part of
us] must put on the imperishable [nature], and this mortal [part of us, this nature that is capable
of dying] must put on immortality (freedom from death).54 And when this perishable puts on the
imperishable and this that was capable of dying puts on freedom from death, then shall be fulfilled the Scripture that says, Death is swallowed up (utterly vanquished forever) in and unto victory.” [Isa. 25:8.]
In Revelation 2:7 Jesus tells us that resurrected, born-again Christians, having God’s
divine life and nature, will regain the immortality that Adam and Eve lost through sin and
spiritual death. These believers in Jesus will once again be able to eat the fruit of the
Tree of Life in the middle of the Paradise of God.
Revelations 2:7 NLT "Anyone with ears to hear must listen to the Spirit and understand what He
is saying to the churches. To everyone who is victorious I will give fruit from the tree of life in the
paradise of God.”
Friends, we’ve learned that mankind was separated from God by sin—he died spiritually. In other words, men fell from the spiritual image and likeness of God in which he
was created (Genesis 1:26-27). In his fallen state he continued to disobey God and
progressively took on Satan’s nature or likeness as he chose to obey Satan rather than
God. Man had lost God and God (with a few exceptions like Enoch and Elijah) had lost
man as a source of mutual fellowship and communion like he had had with Adam and
Eve in the Garden of Eden before the fall (Genesis 3:8). The result is that there’s a God
shaped void in the heart of every man, woman, boy, or girl who hasn’t been born-again
– a void or emptiness that only God can fill. The French physicist Blaise Pascal said
“There is a God shaped void in every person that only Jesus Christ can fill.” People’s
attempts to fill this void lead them down the road of drugs, sex booze, education, getting
- 368 -
rich, religion, etc. This is why people, like the movie stars in the Ladies Home Journal
article, who have tried everything but being born-again, have come to the end of the
road—they’ve run out of things to try and, have either committed suicide; or, come full
circle and returned to the God of their childhood by asking Jesus Christ into their hearts.
We learned that since his fall by sin, or disobedience to God, man, by following the
Devil’s suggestions, rather than God’s commands, has been suffering, along with all
God’s creation (Romans 8:22, under the “god of this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4), Satan,
who will not open the “house of his prisoners” (Isaiah 14:17). Outside of Jesus Christ,
serving Satan is a one way, no return street to Hell for all eternity. Fallen man, then,
needs spiritual life (God’s life and nature), righteousness—right standing with God—and
freedom from sin’s present power and eternal punishment. Fourthly, man needs freedom from Satan’s yoke of misery and bondage. God personally solved this crisis by becoming a man like us who “was in all ways tempted as we are” so that He totally identified with us, except that He never sinned (Hebrews 2:17-18; 4:15).
You’ve probably heard the name Immanuel used in reference to Jesus (Matthew 1:23
NLT)? It means “God with us”. Jesus died in our place as God’s perfect sacrifice for
mankind’s sins, restoring perfect harmony and peace between God and men by taking
upon himself all that relates to our sin (disobedience), namely our lack of peace, poverty, sickness, anguish of soul, loneliness, etc.. In Jesus Christ (the Savior – the
Anointed One of God) God potentially solved all four of the aforementioned needs or
problems of mankind – spiritual death, unrighteousness, sinfulness in conduct and nature,, and the lordship of Satan. In other words, Jesus broke the sin barrier (between
God and man) 2000 years ago according to 2 Corinthians 5:19 which reads, “God was
in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them.
The words “not imputing” mean that God no longer charges or holds our sins against us.
Isaiah 53:11 says that “He [God] shall see the travail [agony] of his [Jesus’] soul, and
shall be satisfied.” God’s justice in dealing with and punishing our sins was fully satisfied in the sacrifice [death] of His Son Jesus for us. To put it yet another way, the main
issue today, between the man who isn’t born-again and God is not every single sin or
act of disobedience that you or I ever committed. Rather, it is only one sin, rejecting the
sin cure, Jesus Christ. You don’t have to fear going down to the altar and tell everyone
every embarrassing thing you ever remember doing wrong.
What is this one lone sin that bars man from Heaven and fellowship with God? In
John 16:8,9 Jesus says that when he dies he will send the Spirit of God to earth to carry
on his work, and that the Holy Spirit will convince, convict, or reprove the world of sin
“because they believe not on me [on Jesus Christ].” In other words, God’s not mad at
you but loves you. John 3:17-18 says almost the same thing.
John 3:17-18 KJV “God sent His Son into the world not to judge the world, but to save the world
through Him. 18 There is no judgment against anyone who believes in Him. But anyone who
does not believe in Him has already been judged for not believing in God's one and only Son.”
Revelations 21:8 KJV “But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers,
and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake
which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.’
These verses are telling us that the real issue between God and us is a failure on our
part to believe on Jesus Christ – to recognize and accept Jesus as God’s only sin solution, remedy, or cure. Jehovah Rapha, the Great Physician, has a cure for all your ills.
- 369 -
Won’t you take it? Have you taken it? How sad that people are going to Hell with their
sins paid for. It’s kind of like the world’s food and medicine, and clean water shortage,
especially in Africa where one third of the population doesn’t get enough to eat. Food is
being produced elsewhere, but needy people can’t reach it. In the case of eternal life or
salvation, Jesus states:
Revelations 22:17 KJV “ And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say,
Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.
The letter to the Romans, citing Deuteronomy 30:14, shows salvation is a simple confession
way from anyone.
Romans 10:8-9 AMP “But what does it say? The Word (God's message in Christ) is near you, on
your lips and in your heart; that is, the Word (the message, the basis and object) of faith which
we preach. [Deut. 30:14.] 9 Because if you acknowledge and confess with your lips that Jesus is
Lord and in your heart believe (adhere to, trust in, and rely on the truth) that God raised Him
from the dead, you will be saved.”
We must understand that there are two masters and two spiritual kingdom—the
Kingdom of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the kingdom of “the god of this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4), Satan. Saint John, in (I John 3:10) uses the term “the children of God…and
the children of the Devil.” Of Jesus kingdom the prophet Isaiah tells us, “of the increase
of his government and peace there shall be no end.” (Isaiah 9:6-7). On the other hand,
Satan’s kingdom is destined for complete destruction when the Devil is cast into the
Lake of Fire, along with death and Hell, for all eternity:
Revelation 20:10-15 KJV “And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and
brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and night forever and ever. 11 And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the
earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. 12 And I saw the dead,
small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened,
which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the
books, according to their works. 13 And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death
and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according
to their works. 14 And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death. 15
And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.”
As we’ve seen, the Bible tells us that, because of sin, every man born on earth, by
nature, is in Satan’s kingdom already. Jesus so identified with our sin and Satan’s
bondage, that, when God told Satan “That’s enough, hold it right there!” and raised Jesus out of Satan’s kingdom, God made, in Jesus, a way out for us also. The Bible says
that God raised Jesus to the right hand of the throne of God, a position of authority far
above all principalities, powers, might and dominion (I Peter 3:22 NLT) where he intercedes between God and men (Hebrews 7:25 NLT).
The Apostle Paul says that we are seated with Jesus, in this position of authority
(Ephesians 1:16 – 2:7 NLT). Now fallen man is no longer hopelessly doomed to spend
eternity in Hell. As I mentioned earlier, Hell was created for the Devil and fallen angels,
not for us (Matthew 25:41 NLT). Nevertheless, people in Satan’s kingdom will go there
when they physically die. As mentioned earlier, in the Book by Baker, Visions Beyond
the Veil, boys in an orphan home in China saw visions of what happens to unsaved
people when they physically die. The reason these people go to Hell is that, when they
die, demon spirits, Satan’s servants, drag them forcibly in shackles and chains, down to
Hell. I met a man named William Dellury who told me he was laying on a gurney in the
- 370 -
hospital after a drug overdose, waiting and hoping to die when
he saw demons coming toward him. “Oh, no! I’m not going
with you! He had said. Now he is a born-again Christian with
Jesus living in his heart. It is possible that when Jesus died,
because he had been made sin and forsaken by God, was also
dragged down to Hell by the demons.
Man is no longer hopelessly doomed, though, because, after
Jesus defeated Satan in his (Satan’s) own domain.
Hebrews 2:14 NLT Because God’s children are human beings—made of
flesh and blood—the Son also became flesh and blood. For only as a human being could he die, and only by dying could he break the power of the
devil, who had the power of death.
A Christian Woman called to
ministry work walked away
from God and lived a life of
sinning and drug abuse. She
ended up in a mental institution where she drew pictures of
the demons who tormented
her until, once again, the Lord
set her free, restored her, and
she was discharged from the
mental ward.
God reestablished man’s free will in the matter. Now people go
to Hell only because they choose to, not because God sends
them there. We can choose not to go there by choosing not to
remain any longer in Satan’s kingdom under Satan’s cruel
bondage and dominion. We do this by acknowledging Jesus
Christ to be the Lord of our lives and renouncing Satan’s lordship. When we do this, all the power of God that delivered Jesus from Hell comes on the scene and delivers us also, transferring us to Jesus’ kingdom and giving us just as much power (authority) over the Devil
as Jesus has. Then, when we die as born again Christians (the same orphan boys also
saw this), the angels of God come and escort us to Heaven. You choose Heaven or
Hell, to be a winner or loser, depending on which spiritual kingdom you choose to be in.
If you fail to choose or keep putting off the decision to enter Jesus’ Kingdom of Heaven
– the one Nicodemus was looking and hoping for; you remain in Satan’s kingdom and
choose Hell by default – by failing to make a decision not to go there.
John 3:18 NLT “There is no judgment against anyone who believes in Him. But anyone who
does not believe in Him has already been judged for not believing in God's one and only Son.”
Jesus regained the dominion over the earth that Adam lost to Satan, and it will not be
lost a second time because Jesus, the Last Adam (I Corinthians 15:45) is holding it. Jesus invites you to share this dominion with Him – to “reign in life as kings (Romans 5:17
Amplified Translation), and to be “more than conquerors” through Him (Romans 8:37)
through God’s indwelling presence and power in the life of a believer in Jesus. Galatians 6:15 NLT states, “What counts is whether we have been transformed into a newcreation.”
Now, like Adam, God has given us the ability to choose our eternal destiny – to
choose once again who will be the lord of our lives – Jesus Christ or Satan. Each of us
individually must face up or own up to the ugly fact that, if we haven’t been born-again –
if we haven’t acknowledged Jesus Christ as our personal Lord and Savior, then we are
right now under Satan’s dominion as “the god of this world” who blinds the minds of unbelievers from seeing the good news of freedom through faith in Jesus Christ (2 Corinthians 4:4). Let us again examine Ephesians 2:1-6 NLT where the Apostle Paul addresses born-again Christians, looking back to that time in their lives before they had a
born-again experience – before they had individually accepted, acknowledged, or confessed Jesus as Lord of their lives.
- 371 -
Ephesians 2:1-6 NLT “Once you were dead because of your disobedience and your many sins. 2
You used to live in sin, just like the rest of the world, obeying the devil—the commander of the
powers in the unseen world. He is the spirit at work in the hearts of those who refuse to obey
God. 3 All of us used to live that way, following the passionate desires and inclinations of our sinful nature. By our very nature we were subject to God's anger, just like everyone else. 4 But God
is so rich in mercy, and He loved us so much, 5 that even though we were dead because of our
sins, He gave us life when He raised Christ from the dead. (It is only by God's grace that you
have been saved!) 6 For He raised us from the dead along with Christ and seated us with Him in
the heavenly realms because we are united with Christ Jesus.”
HA Bakker headed an orphan home in China in the early 1900s. Revival broke out
and the children became Christians. By the gifting of God the Holy Spirit upon them,
they were able to see the spiritual world around us, the angels and the demons. When a
person was near death, the nonbeliever who had not asked Jesus into his or her heart
as his personal Lord and Savior, was accompanied by demons in the room. When the
person physically died, the demons would put shackles on the human spirit of the person that remained alive, and drag that person, against his wishes, down into the Devils
kingdom within the earth, a place the children saw as conscious and ongoing fiery torment. On the other hand, when a follower of Jesus died, angels of God were standing
by the bedside to escort the liberated human spirit and soul to God's dwelling place Heaven and the heavenly city there. Here is a link to Bakker's free online PDF book titled Visions Beyond the Veil.
But thank God, in His love and mercy, He has provided for us a fire escape from hell
through His Son Jesus Christ who said “I am the way” (John 14:6a). I included Ephesians 2:6 above to show that when we were spiritually dead in sins, God made us alive
– He gave us spiritual life just like He did for Jesus when He was in Hell. In the bornagain experience, God raises us up out of a sin serving, sin dominated existence, to a
spiritual position of victory with Christ, over Satan and sin.
Romans 6:20-23 NLT “When you were slaves to sin, you were free from the obligation to do
right. 21 And what was the result? You are now ashamed of the things you used to do, things
that end in eternal doom. 22 But now you are free from the power of sin and have become slaves
of God. Now you do those things that lead to holiness and result in eternal life. 23 For the wages
of sin is death, but the free gift of God is eternal life through Christ Jesus our Lord.”
God meets us at our level – at the point of our need when we’re in a fix and can’t get
out by ourselves; and, God saves us there, the moment we turn our lives over to Him.
Ephesians 2:8-9 tells us that, outside of Jesus Christ, no amount of effort or good works
on our part can get us out – out of our bondage to sin and Satan. If you like cartoons, in
a fix Felix the Cat his bag of tricks. Popeye the Sailor Man had his can of spinach; but in
the real world, outside of Jesus Christ the Deliverer (Romans 11:26 / Isaiah 59:20-21),
fallen man resorts to using recovery programs like Alcoholics Anonymous which seem
to offer only a degree of self control. Realizing this, we call on Jesus as our Lord; and
God, in His mercy, reaches out and lifts us to safety.
Ephesians 2:8-9 AMP “For it is by free grace (God's unmerited favor) that you are saved (delivered from judgment and made partakers of Christ's salvation) through [your] faith. And this [salvation] is not of yourselves [of your own doing, it came not through your own striving], but it is
the gift of God; 9 Not because of works [not the fulfillment of the Law's demands], lest any man
should boast. [It is not the result of what anyone can possibly do, so no one can pride himself in
it or take glory to himself.]”
- 372 -
God has provided only one Way of escape from the spiritual dilemma of fallen man –
Jesus Christ. Man, in his quest for God, has provided many ways (the many religions of
the world) by which he hopes to find God. But God, in His search for man, has provided
only one way that he will accept and that really works. In the Book of Acts, Dr. Luke
records this statement from one of Saint Peter’s first sermons:
Acts 4:12 AMP “And there is salvation in and through no one else, for there is no other name under heaven given among men by and in which we must be saved.”
Saint Peter told us “You must be saved!” Jesus tells us, in his meeting with Nicodemus,
“Ye must be born-again!” This is because, “Except a man be born again…” he cannot
see or enter into God’s present and eternal kingdom. Jesus also put it another way “Except ye be converted…ye shall all likewise perish” (Matthew 18:3). In other words, as we
have seen verified by so many Bible writers and references, Jesus Christ is our only
hope of Heaven, and He is God’s only means of transferring us from Satan’s kingdom to
God’s kingdom; because, of all men throughout history, only Jesus successfully
whipped Satan. The Author of the letter to the Hebrews states of Jesus:
Hebrews 2:14-15 AMP “Since, therefore, [these His] children share in flesh and blood [in the
physical nature of human beings], He [Himself] in a similar manner partook of the same [nature],
that by [going through] death He might bring to nought and make of no effect him who had the
power of death--that is, the devil.15 And also that He might deliver and completely set free all
those who through the [haunting] fear of death were held in bondage throughout the whole
course of their lives.”
Only Jesus can bring you safely home to God – only He can give you, in exchange
for your sinfulness, the righteousness you need to be restored to right standing before
God; for the Bible says:
Isaiah 64:6 AMP “For we have all become like one who is unclean [ceremonially, like a leper],
and all our righteousness (our best deeds of rightness and justice) is like filthy rags or a polluted
garment; we all fade like a leaf, and our iniquities, like the wind, take us away [far from God's
favor, hurrying us toward destruction].” [Lev. 13:45, 46.]
Only Jesus can bring us to a saving knowledge of God. You may know about God
through your weekly participation in Mass or Church liturgy; but do you know God on a
personal basis through Jesus Christ? 2 Thessalonians 1:8-9 tells us “those who do not
know God…will be punished with everlasting destruction and shut out from the presence of the Lord.”
Many will miss Heaven by 18” – the distance between heart and mind. They have an
intellectual understanding of God’s Plan of Salvation, but have never made a heartfelt
acceptance or out loud confession of it with their mouths, making it their very own.
Romans 10:9-10 NLT If you openly declare that Jesus is Lord and believe in your heart that God raised him
from the dead, you will be saved. For it is by believing in your heart that you are made right with God,
and it is by openly declaring your faith that you are saved.
Kenneth E. Hagin told the story of being a guest speaker for a group of men at a weekly
Church Bible Study. One man stood up and said that he had been coming there for
twenty years, and he knew that the other men there were saved, but that he wasn’t.
Rev. Hagin told him he was half way there, he had done the first half (come to believe
the historical facts about Jesus, that He died for our sins and that God raised Him from
the dead), but he had never done the other half, the confession of Jesus as one’s own
personal Lord and Savor with one’s mouth in a public setting (the two parts of Romans
- 373 -
10:9 -10). He then led that man in confessing aloud before the group that Jesus is his
Lord and Savior, and the man got it.
Only Jesus can give you the divine spiritual life that results in a born-again experience, a rebirth of the human spirit, the real you living in that body of yours, that makes
you a new creation like Adam and Eve before they ever sinned. Jesus Said, “I am the
life.” (John 14:6c) “I am the resurrection and the life. He who believes in me shall never
die [never spend an endless eternity separated from God and His love in a burning Lake
of Fire and Brimstone – Hell!” (John 11:25-26; Revelation 21:8)
In Acts 26:28 the Apostle Paul describes his God given mission as follows [Jesus
Acts 26:18 AMP “To open their eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power
of Satan unto God, that they may receive forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them
which are sanctified by faith that is in me.”
This, in a nutshell, is the heart of the Bible message. This is the born-again experience that has transformed multiplied millions of lives from hopeless wretched sinners to
loving saints, doing what no rehabilitation program could ever do. Men get into such
deplorable condition because they are searching for something or someone to fill that
God shaped void that San Pascal talked about, that is in the heart of every man. Jesus
perfectly fills that void, bringing us to God and washing away the guilt and hang-ups of
our searching past. Saint Paul tells us in his first letter to Timothy:
I Timothy 2:5-6 TLB “God is on one side and all the people on the other side, and Christ Jesus,
Himself man, is between them to bring them together, by giving His life for all mankind.”
I Peter 3:18 states “Christ died for sins once for all…to bring you to God.” The author
of the Book of Hebrews writes:
Hebrews 9:26b KJV “But now once in the end of the world hath He [i.e., Jesus Christ] appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself.”
Now, let’s get to the conclusion of this whole matter – how it relates to you and I as
twenty first century individuals – how we can appropriate or apply this to our lives. We
know, based on the testimonies of millions in our society today, people like TV’s FBI
star, Ephraim Zimbalist Jr., that man’s deepest needs are met only when his broken relationship with God or right standing before God is restored through a spiritual rebirth of
the human spirit from spiritual death to spiritual life for time and eternity. Jesus called
this second spiritual birth being born-again. Jesus Christ is the only Way God has provided for this restoration or new birth to be accomplished. We get the term new birth
from 2 Corinthians 5:17 NLT where the Apostle Paul tells us:
...anyone who belongs to Christ has become a new person; the old life is gone; a new life has
This involves our being rescued from the lordship or ruler ship of Satan over us as “the
god of this world” (2 Corinthians 4:4 KJV) – a transfer of ownership from Satan, and his
"kingdom of darkness" into the kingdom of God's dear Son (Colossians 1:13 NLT). By
“kingdom of God”, I mean, the rule and the reign of Jesus Christ in the hearts and lives
of men.
The Bible tells us, and millions have testified to the fact, that this born-again experience occurs or takes place the moment we confess Jesus Christ to be our Lord and
Savior (the Master of our lives) according to Romans 10:8-10 – the key to the born- 374 -
again experience. “This is the word of faith which we preach [this is the crux, the main
theme or objective of a preacher’s mission or duty – to reunite fallen men and women
with God for time and eternity]”. Now here’s how or when it happens in two parts – believing and confessing. Verse 9, “That if thou shalt confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus [or, Jesus as your Lord], and shalt believe in thine heart that God hath raised him
from the dead, thou shalt be saved.” To believe means accepting as true the historic
facts concerning Jesus Christ and what He came to do for you – specifically, how he
died, was buried, and was raised from death after three days (I Corinthians 15:1-8).
Verse 10 of Romans chapter ten reads “For with the heart man believeth unto righteousness [resulting in right standing with God]; and with the mouth confession is made
unto salvation [or, resulting in salvation]. Salvation is a term synonymous with bornagain and means a divine deliverance or work of God in your life which frees you from
your enemies, specifically Satan’s and spiritual death’s hold over you, be it mental illness, sickness, disease, drug addictions, a need for eternal life, etc. The root Greek
word translated saved here, is transliterated to sodzo and means to be made whole in
every sense of the word. Look at these examples:
Matthew 24:21-22 KJV “For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning
of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 22 And except those days should be shortened,
there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.”
Luke 18:40-43 KJV “And Jesus stood, and commanded him to be brought unto him: and when
he was come near, he asked him, 41 Saying, What wilt thou that I shall do unto thee? And he
said, Lord, that I may receive my sight. 42 And Jesus said unto him, Receive thy sight: thy faith
hath saved thee. 43 And immediately he received his sight, and followed him, glorifying God: and
all the people, when they saw it, gave praise unto God.”
Romans 5:8-10 KJV “But God commendeth his love toward us, in that, while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. 9 Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved
from wrath through him. 10 For if, when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the
death of his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by his life.”
Mark 4:37-39 NLT But soon a fierce storm came up. High waves were breaking into the boat,
and it began to fill with water. 38 Jesus was sleeping at the back of the boat with His head on a
cushion. The disciples woke Him up, shouting, "Teacher, don't You care that we're going to
drown?" 39 When Jesus woke up, He rebuked the wind and said to the waves, "Silence! Be still!"
Suddenly the wind stopped, and there was a great calm.”
Verse thirteen of this tenth chapter of Romans goes on to say, “For whosoever [that
means anyone--YOU!] shall call upon the name of the Lord [call on Jesus Christ invoking Him as his Lord and Savior] shall be saved [i.e., made whole]. In the Old Testament
of the Bible, where this verse originated in the vision of Joel the prophet (Joel 2:32), it
reads “shall be delivered”.
Reader, the Lord God of the universe is a very present help in trouble (Psalm 46:1).
He’s here right now to meet your needs if you’ll let Him; if you will surrender your whole
life and not just your individual problems (not just your bad habits) to Him, acknowledging Jesus Christ to be your Savior and Lord – the Lord of your life. While various community social programs and health clinics want you to pay them to help you control your
problems – your drinking, gambling, overeating, drug addiction, anger, smoking, anxiety,
fears, etc. – God has made us an offer that on one in his right mind will refuse. Others
offer you a way of life, but Jesus Christ offers you life itself, in all its fullness (John
- 375 -
10:10). God offers you the perfect (James 1:17) and free (Ephesians 2:8-9) gifts of salvation, eternal life Romans 6:23b), living water (John 4:10, 13-14), right standing with
God (Romans 5:15-17), the indwelling presence and power of the Comforter, The Holy
Spirit (John 14:16-17) to abide with you forever; and a divine supernatural and total
permanent deliverance from these problems (not just a miserable lifetime of trying to
control your habits. One man I heard give his testimony, a former alcoholic, stated “You
could give me a bath in alcohol, and it wouldn’t phase me!” It has been the Devil that
led you into these habits so he could gain complete control over you to destroy you so
you’d spend eternity with him – misery loves company you know!
How is it that one is prompted or moved to be born-again? Why does it happen to
some of the most unlikely people? The Bible states that the Heavenly Father loves you
so much that He draws you into a satisfying relationship with Himself by the conviction
His Holy Spirit (John 6:44; 16:7-11; Ephesians 2:18). Let’s say you’re in a most unusual
Church meeting. God is moving – supernatural miracles of healing and deliverance are
taking place. God gets hold of you on the inside, tugging at your heart or human spirit
and you know as never before that you need God. The path you’ve been traveling
turned out to be a one way street leading you straight to Hell; and Jesus (God) is your
only hope. Then, as the preacher shows everyone how, you take these verses in the
Book of Romans, and you make a prayer out of them (the Prayer of Salvation or Sinner’s Prayer, as many call it). You say this prayer with your mouth out loud and believe
it in your heart or spirit, and something wonderful happens – you’re born again! You experience an inner peace and calm that you’ve never known before (John 14:27). You
don’t feel guilty or apprehensive about being in Church because you feel like a million
bucks! You feel like a ton of bricks has been lifted from your shoulders – Satan’s shackles have dropped off.
Since Jesus Came Into My Heart - Words: Rufus H. McDaniel, 1914. Music: Charles H. Gabriel, 1914
What a wonderful change in my life has been wrought
Since Jesus came into my heart!
I have light in my soul for which long I had sought,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
Since Jesus came into my heart,
Since Jesus came into my heart,
Floods of joy o’er my soul
Like the sea billows roll,
Since Jesus came into my heart.
I have ceased from my wandering and going astray,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
And my sins, which were many, are all washed away,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
I’m possessed of a hope that is steadfast and sure,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
And no dark clouds of doubt now my pathway obscure,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
- 376 -
There’s a light in the valley of death now for me,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
And the gates of the City beyond I can see,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
I shall go there to dwell in that City, I know,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
And I’m happy, so happy, as onward I go,
Since Jesus came into my heart!
But, how can this be - what has happened? God tells us that when we meant business with God and prayed this prayer, He “delivered us from the domain [authority] if
darkness, and transferred us to the kingdom of His beloved Son [Jesus Christ].”
(Colossians 1:13. John 1:12 reads:
“But as many as received Him [Jesus as Lord of their lives], to them gave he [God] the right
[power] to become the children of God, even to them that believe in his name.”
Beloved reader, as we’ve seen, God through Jesus Christ triumphed over Satan and
death, leaving you with a free will choice in the matter of your spiritual and eternal destiny. All you have to do is to acknowledge Jesus as Lord of your life, and be willing, with
His indwelling help and power, to do things God’s way. In doing this you’re saying “Satan, I’ve had it with you! You’ve done me no good. I’ve had enough of your rule in my
life. I renounce you Satan, in Jesus’ mighty name. From this moment on I acknowledge
Jesus Christ to be the Lord of my life.” At that moment, all the power of Heaven goes to
work to make good what you just declared with our mouth – to make effective for you
God’s written Bible promise of eternal life. The Bible tells us, “I create the fruit of the
lips." (Isaiah 57:19), and that God watches over His Word to perform it (Jeremiah 1:12;
Isaiah 44:26, 55:11). God yanks the Devil and his demons off of you, forgives you and
forgets all of your past sins, casting into the sea of His forgetfulness (Micah 7:9); and
separating them from you “as far as the East is from the West” (Psalm 103:12). God
then comes to abide within you by the Holy Spirit as He transfers you into His kingdom,
making you a child of God, and giving you the inward assurance of (and the Bible promise of) eternal life (Romans 8:16; I John 5:10-13).
God’s not mad at you. God loves you and has a wonderful plan for your life!
(Jeremiah 29:11). God longs to reveal Himself to you—to relate to you as an individual.
God wants you to prosper and be in health, spiritually, physically, mentally, and emotionally:
3 John 2 KJV - "Beloved, I wish above all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even
as thy soul prospereth."
Remember, Jesus said:
John 10:10 NLT - "The thief’s purpose is to steal and kill and destroy. My purpose is to give them
a rich and satisfying life."
Are you God’s beloved—are you His child—have you been born again—have you
personally asked Jesus Christ to come into your life (spirit, soul, and body), and be the
Lord of your life? Have you renounced the Devil’s lordship over you and been set free –
are you willing to admit that the Devil is at the bottom of all your troubles? If you haven’t
done so, and would like to, I invite you to do so right now by praying this simple, World’s
- 377 -
Most Important Prayer, or, Prayer of Salvation, aloud as you repeat it after me, from
your heart. God tells us in the Bible that he wants everyone to pray this prayer.
1 Timothy 2:4 NLT - "...who wants everyone to be saved and to understand the truth."
Romans 10:13 NLT - ”For 'Everyone who calls on the name of the LORD will be saved.'"
Revelation 3:20 NLT - “Look! I stand at the door and knock. If you hear my voice and open the
door, I will come in, and we will share a meal together as friends.”
This is how you can be born again. This is how to receive Jesus as your Lord and
Savior – as your sin solution. This is how you become a child of God and an heir—a
recipient of God’s blessings. This is how you the free gift of eternal life He has for you.
God If you are able, as an act of surrendering your life to Him, raise your hands as you
Dear Father God, I come before you just as I am. I’ve sinned against you by going my own way. I’m sorry Lord. I now renounce all sin in my life—any bitterness,
unforgiveness, hatred, or evil thoughts I am holding toward anyone, including
myself. I forgive myself. I receive your forgiveness. I know now that Jesus Christ
is my only hope. I now turn my life over to your control, Lord, as best I know how.
I now confess Jesus to be my Savior and Lord. I now renounce the lordship of
Satan over my life. I renounce all involvement in the occult. I call upon you Lord
Jesus as my Deliverer—set me free as you said in your Word you would. Save
me now! Wash me in the shed blood of Jesus, Lord. Fill me with your promised
Holy Spirit so I can serve and obey you. Give me your free gift of eternal life and
the inner assurance that I am your child. Write my name in your Book of Life. I
thank you Lord for hearing and answering my prayer—for making me right with
you as you promised you would. I ask this all in Jesus’ name, Amen.
When you prayed, God made you his own special child of love.
John 1:12 KJV - “But as many as received Him [Jesus as Lord of their lives], to them He [God]
gave the right to become children of God.”
When you prayed, God gave you the gift of everlasting life (here and hear after in
Heaven) – no more spiritual death, no more Hell, no more fear of dying!
I John 5:13 KJV - “These things have I written to you who believe in the Name of the Son of
God, in order that you may know that you have eternal life."
I John 2:25 KJV - “And this is the promise that He has promised us, even eternal life.”
When you prayed, God forgave all your sins and washed them from his remembrance
as he cast them into the sea of His forgetfulness and love.
Micah 7:19 KJV - “He will have compassion on us. Thou wilt cast all their sins into the depths of
the sea.”
Psalm 103:10,12 KJV says “He hath not dealt with us after our sins; nor rewarded us according
to our iniquities [wickedness]. As far as the East is from the West, so far hath he removed our
transgressions from us.”
When you prayed, God gave you His divine peace.
John 14:27 KJV - “Peace I leave with you, my peace I give unto you; not as the world giveth,
give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid.”
- 378 -
When you prayed, God gave you righteousness (right standing with himself) as a free
gift, and enabled you, through your Lord Jesus Christ, to now reign as kings in this life
by his indwelling presence and power.
Romans 5:17 AMP - “They which receive abundance of grace [God’s unmerited favor and blessing – God’s riches at Jesus’ expense] and of the gift of righteousness, shall reign as kings in life,
by one, Jesus Christ."
Romans 5:10 AMP - “For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to [restored to harmony
with] God through the death of His Son, it is much more (certain), now that we are reconciled
[are God’s friends] that we shall be saved (daily delivered from sin’s dominion) through His (resurrection) life.”
Freed from Satan’s sin nature, you can now live above sin and not be dominated by
it. If we do sin, we ask God’s forgiveness, and Jesus blood keeps on washing away the
sins we commit after being born-again.
I John 1:9 KJV – “If we confess our sins, He [God] is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and
to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.”
When you die, physically (Jesus will someday eliminate this death too – I Corinthians
15:25-26), the angels of God will escort you to heaven—God’s home. The Apostle Paul,
who had visions of Heaven (supernatural insight into the supernatural realm or world
around us), assured us that:
2 Corinthians 5:8 KJV - “ be absent from the body [to die and leave your body behind in the
grave], is to be present with the Lord.”
I Timothy 2:5 NLT "...I know the One in whom I trust, and I am sure that He is able to guard what
I have entrusted to Him until the day of His return."
The Bible also assures you, and all other born again Christians living at this time, that
Jesus will return to Earth to rule over it. From the signs of the times, it looks like it will
be soon. Those of us still living here on planet Earth at that time, who have been born
again, will be resurrected—physically changed like Jesus was when He was raised from
the dead. Our bodies will be made perfect and immortal like the bodies that Adam and
Eve had in the Garden of Eden before they sinned and spiritually died. These incorruptible bodies (I Corinthians 15:12-58) will never again know sickness, sorrow, or pain:
Isaiah 25:8-9 KJV “He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears
from off all faces; and the rebuke of his people shall he take away from off all the earth: for the
LORD hath spoken it. 9 And it shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God; we have waited for
him, and he will save us: this is the LORD; we have waited for him, we will be glad and rejoice in
his salvation.”
When Jesus returns, we’ll share in the blessings of His benevolent worldwide rule,
free from Satan’s presence and power, for Satan will be bound in a pit for a thousand
years! (Revelation 20:1-3)
When you prayed and were born-again, God sent his omni-present (present everywhere) Holy Spirit to dwell inside you—to assure you that you are right with God
(Romans 8:16) – to empower you to live an overcoming life of victory and success (Acts
1:8) – and to lead and guide you to success in your new found walk with God (John
16:13), and to enable you to understand the Bible. Consider the following Bible verses
or promises along these lines:
- 379 -
Romans 8:16 KJV “The Spirit itself beareth witness with our spirit, that we are the children of
Acts1:8a KJV “But ye shall receive power, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you.”
John 16:13-15 KJV “Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth:
for he shall not speak of himself; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will
shew you things to come. 14 He shall glorify me: for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew it
unto you. 15 All things that the Father hath are mine: therefore said I, that he shall take of mine,
and shall shew it unto you.”
Phillip 4:13 KJV “I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.”
Congratulations! You’re born-again! Welcome to the family of God! The Bible says
that the angels of Heaven are rejoicing over your decision.
Luke 15:10 KJV “Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over
one sinner that repenteth.”
For you to realize your full potential as a born-again Christian – for you to grow up in
the knowledge of what or who you are in God’s family – and what’s available to you in
the way of blessings, and helping others to also find God, you need to start doing what
the Bible says – to start doing things God’s way as outlined in the Bible, realizing that
His way is the best possible way you can live – a blueprint or instruction manual:
2 Timothy 3:15-17 NLT “You have been taught the holy Scriptures from childhood, and they
have given you the wisdom to receive the salvation that comes by trusting in Christ Jesus. 16 All
Scripture is inspired by God and is useful to teach us what is true and to make us realize what is
wrong in our lives. It corrects us when we are wrong and teaches us to do what is right. 17 God
uses it to prepare and equip His people to do every good work.”
As the late Rev. Dick Mills pointed out, There are some 7,700 or more promises or
blessings in the Bible that can be yours if you put handles on them with your faith—if
you walk with God—knowing and doing what God wants as revealed in the Bible, and
by the leading of the Holy Spirit who now dwells inside you. Walking with God can be
condensed into four main activities or categories—first prayer life; second, studying the
Bible (meditating in God’s Word) – God’s road map or, owner’s manual.
Psalm 1:1-3 NLT “Oh, the joys of those who do not follow the advice of the wicked, or stand
around with sinners, or join in with mockers. 2 But they delight in the law of the LORD, meditating on it day and night. 3 They are like trees planted along the riverbank, bearing fruit each season. Their leaves never wither, and they prosper in all they do.”
Third, fellowshipping with other born again Christians, and Fourth, witnessing (telling
others about Jesus and why he came and what he offers, and how to receive it).
First is your private and public prayer life. This is a two way conversation with God –
between you and God. In his epistle (letter) to the Ephesians (6:18), the Apostle Paul
admonishes Christians to be “Praying always with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit [as the indwelling Holy Spirit leads you to pray], and watching thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints.”
Philippians 4:6-7 KJV - “Be careful [anxious] for nothing; but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. And the peace of God,
which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Jesus Christ.”
Secondly, another main activity in your walking with God, is your daily study of the
Bible—God’s plan and road map for your life. Read it as if it were written to you personally. Pray that the Holy Spirit will reveal its meaning and meditate on it until He does
- 380 -
just that. I suggest you do an internet search and locate the cassette tape series by
Dave Roberson, Cardinal Laws That Govern Meditation in God’s Word. As mentioned
earlier, Psalm 1:2,3 states that when one meditates in God’s word day and night “whatsoever he doeth shall prosper.” Joshua 1:8 tells us that when we are careful to do according to all God wants us to do as revealed in God’s Law, the Bible, then we will make
our way prosperous and we will have good success. 2 Timothy 2:15 tells us that we find
God’s approval as we study the Bible, God’s words of truth.
Thirdly, we must stay in fellowship with other believers in Jesus. When one removes
a single log from the burning fire, it doesn’t burn very well by itself. So we need the help,
encouragement, teaching, and prayers of others.
Proverbs 27:17 NLT “As iron sharpens iron, so a friend sharpens a friend.”
We usually find this fellowship in going to a local Church. Neighborhood home prayer
and Bible study groups where everyone participates with his or her God given spiritual
gift or talent, are exciting too!
Hebrews 10:25 NLT – And let us not neglect our meeting together, as some people do, but encourage
one another, especially now that the day of his return is drawing near.
Our fourth main category of activity for a successful or fruitful and joyous Christian life
is witnessing—telling others what Jesus has done for us and leading them to a bornagain experience with the Savior. The Devil, through fears, will try and stop us in this
because witnessing and soul winning is taking away his subjects; but we must persevere to victory.
Proverbs 11:30b KJV - “he that winneth souls is wise.”
Daniel 12:3 KJV - “And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they
that turn many to righteousness as the stars forever and ever.”
In our final journey to Heaven, all we can take with us is other souls. This is why Jesus told his disciples to use their financial resources to convert souls who will someday,
when they die and get to Heaven before we do, welcome us into the eternal kingdom.
Luke 16:9 NLT - "Here’s the lesson: Use your worldly resources to benefit others and make
friends. Then, when your possessions are gone, they will welcome you to an eternal home."
By witnessing, I mean what the phone company means when they use the catchy
phrase “reach out and touch someone!” We need to reach out and let God help others
through us—telling others what God has done for us as Jesus told the delivered demoniac. We tell them that what God did for us, He wants to do for them.
Mark 5:19 KJV - “Go home to thy friends, and tell them how great things the Lord hath done for
thee, and hath had compassion on thee.”
You can see by all that has been written on the subject of being born again that salvation is the world’s greatest need—it changes the world from the inside out by changing men’s hearts (human spirits) and attitudes which improves their conduct and gives
them something to live for. I started readying the book God’s War on Terror by Walid
Shoebat a former PLO Islamic terrorist who, through the influence of his Christian wife,
became born again and made an about face! Therefore, everything we do for God or
our fellow man is geared to bringing them into this born again relationship with our
Heavenly Father. God has chosen to use us to do this. Jesus said to his core group of
disciples, before going to sit on the right hand of God in Heaven:
- 381 -
Matthew 28:18-20 KJV - “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore,
and teach all nations [make disciples of them]…teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I
have commanded you: and lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world.”
Saint Mark tells us that as we go out witnessing, fulfilling this Great Commission, God
will confirm our witness and preaching by miracles that God works through us.
Mark 16:20 KJV - “And they went forth and preached everywhere, the Lord working with them,
and confirming the word with signs following.”
The principle of God reaching people through people is found in Colossians 1:27 “Christ
in you, the hope of glory.” We need to be God inside minded. The bible says that “All
things are possible with God (Matthew 19:26) and that “All things are possible to him
that believeth (Mark 9:23). 1 Corinthians 6:16 states:
“For ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them;
and I will be their God, and they shall be my people.”
I John 4:4 KJV - “Greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world.”
These verses are telling us that when we are born again, Satan no longer is the dominating force in us. God comes to live inside us and carries out his will and plan he began in Jesus, through us. Jesus said:
John 14:12 KJV - “He that believeth on me, the works that I do shall he do also; and greater
works than these shall he do, because I go unto my Father.”
The extent to which God so uses us depends on:
1. Our understanding of His indwelling presence – our knowledge and faith.
2. Our yielding and cooperation.
3. How much God can trust us to use His power wisely
4. Our willingness to maintain a right attitude and walk in love (Ephesians 5:2)
Philip 4:7 KJV “And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearts
and minds through Christ Jesus.”
Colossians 1:9-12 NLT “ For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray
for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understanding; 10 That ye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, being fruitful in
every good work, and increasing in the knowledge of God; 11 Strengthened with all might, according to his glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness; 12 Giving
thanks unto the Father, which hath made us meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints
in light.”
A Song: I Know in Whom I have believed (2 Timothy 1:12b)
Words: Daniel W. Whittle, in Gospel Hymns No. 4, 1883. Music: James McGranahan
I know not why God’s wondrous grace
To me He hath made known,
Nor why, unworthy, Christ in love
Redeemed me for His own.
But I know Whom I have believed,
And am persuaded that He is able
To keep that which I’ve committed
Unto Him against that day.
- 382 -
I know not how this saving faith
To me He did impart,
Nor how believing in His Word
Wrought peace within my heart.
I know not how the Spirit moves,
Convincing us of sin,
Revealing Jesus through the Word,
Creating faith in Him.
I know not what of good or ill
May be reserved for me,
Of weary ways or golden days,
Before His face I see.
I know not when my Lord may come,
At night or noonday fair,
Nor if I walk the vale with Him,
Or meet Him in the air.
- 383 -
- 384 -
God’s Anointed Soul-Winning Plan
Note: This plan has now been made into a booklet document available as a free PDF
download, both as a printable document or a read order computer document (e-booklet).
They contain pages copied from Rev. Beckmann’s diary that prove this plan changes
lives. There are also printable forms for contact information and Bible assurance of salvation verses. Here is the link to the document for printing booklets.
Reverend Larry Beckmann with Dick Handley
Sep 30, 2009
About 40 years ago I had the privilege to ordain into the ministry a man, who without a
doubt, was the greatest personal soul winner of the last 100 years. His name was Reverend Larry Beckmann, and he was the recipient, posthumously, of the World Services® University of Excellence Honorary Doctorate for excellence in personal
evangelism and discipleship.
Larry came to Bible studies I taught where many high school and college students attended. I also had the privilege to pray for him to receive the Baptism in the Holy Spirit
with the evidence of speaking in tongues. A few minutes later he was leading a man to
Christ at a liquor store next door. Reverend Beckmann kept a detailed daily log, or
diary, of the people he led to Christ.
From the day Christ came into Larry's heart on May 2, 1964 until June 9, 1996, during
that 32 years, he personally prayed with 170,336 people to receive Christ. In one
city alone (Atlanta, Georgia) 60,347 people prayed with him to receive Christ. In
just a five (5) year period, one married couple Larry trained in soul-winning in Atlant